diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'lib/hal-stm32f0/source')
56 files changed, 59385 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bb588b4a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal.c @@ -0,0 +1,467 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief HAL module driver. + * This is the common part of the HAL initialization + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be + used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL. + [..] + The HAL contains two APIs categories: + (+) HAL Initialization and de-initialization functions + (+) HAL Control functions + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HAL HAL + * @brief HAL module driver. + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Constants HAL Private Constants + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief STM32F0xx HAL Driver version number V1.7.0 + */ +#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN (0x01) /*!< [31:24] main version */ +#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 (0x07) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */ +#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 (0x00) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */ +#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION_RC (0x00) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */ +#define __STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION ((__STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24U)\ + |(__STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16U)\ + |(__STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8U )\ + |(__STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION_RC)) + +#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK (0x00000FFFU) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Macros HAL Private Macros + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Variables HAL Private Variables + * @{ + */ +__IO uint32_t uwTick; +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions HAL Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions + * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initializes the Flash interface, the NVIC allocation and initial clock + configuration. It initializes the source of time base also when timeout + is needed and the backup domain when enabled. + (+) de-Initializes common part of the HAL. + (+) Configure The time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated + Tick interrupt priority. + (++) Systick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user + can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose + timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base + duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and + handled in milliseconds basis. + (++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically + at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time + when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). + (++) Source of time base is configured to generate interrupts at regular + time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a + peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority + (numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller + ISR process will be blocked. + (++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __Weak + to make override possible in case of other implementations in user file. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief This function configures the Flash prefetch, + * Configures time base source, NVIC and Low level hardware + * @note This function is called at the beginning of program after reset and before + * the clock configuration + * @note The time base configuration is based on HSI clock when exiting from Reset. + * Once done, time base tick start incrementing. + * In the default implementation,Systick is used as source of time base. + * The tick variable is incremented each 1ms in its ISR. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void) +{ + /* Configure Flash prefetch */ +#if (PREFETCH_ENABLE != 0) + __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE(); +#endif /* PREFETCH_ENABLE */ + + /* Use systick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is HSI) */ + + HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY); + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_MspInit(); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function de-Initializes common part of the HAL and stops the source + * of time base. + * @note This function is optional. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Reset of all peripherals */ + __HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET(); + + __HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET(); + + __HAL_RCC_AHB_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_AHB_RELEASE_RESET(); + + /* De-Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_MspDeInit(); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the MSP. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_MspInit(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the MSP. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief This function configures the source of the time base. + * The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated + * Tick interrupt priority. + * @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after + * reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(). + * @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base. + * It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. + * Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process, + * The the SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower) + * than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked. + * The function is declared as __Weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementation in user file. + * @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority. + * @retval HAL status + */ +__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority) +{ + /*Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/ + HAL_SYSTICK_Config(HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq()/1000U); + + /*Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */ + HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority ,0U); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 HAL Control functions + * @brief HAL Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### HAL Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Provide a tick value in millisecond + (+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond + (+) Suspend the time base source interrupt + (+) Resume the time base source interrupt + (+) Get the HAL API driver version + (+) Get the device identifier + (+) Get the device revision identifier + (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during Sleep mode + (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode + (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick" + * used as application time base. + * @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms + * in Systick ISR. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_IncTick(void) +{ + uwTick++; +} + +/** + * @brief Provides a tick value in millisecond. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @retval tick value + */ +__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void) +{ + return uwTick; +} + +/** + * @brief This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based + * on variable incremented. + * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. + * It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick + * is incremented. + * @note ThiS function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @param Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_Delay(__IO uint32_t Delay) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + uint32_t wait = Delay; + + /* Add a period to guarantee minimum wait */ + if (wait < HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + wait++; + } + + while((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < wait) + { + } +} + +/** + * @brief Suspend Tick increment. + * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is + * used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick() + * is called, the the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment + * is suspended. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void) + +{ + /* Disable SysTick Interrupt */ + CLEAR_BIT(SysTick->CTRL,SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk); +} + +/** + * @brief Resume Tick increment. + * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is + * used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick() + * is called, the the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment + * is resumed. + * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other + * implementations in user file. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void) +{ + /* Enable SysTick Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(SysTick->CTRL,SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk); +} + +/** + * @brief This method returns the HAL revision + * @retval version : 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC) + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void) +{ + return __STM32F0xx_HAL_VERSION; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the device revision identifier. + * @retval Device revision identifier + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void) +{ + return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) >> 16U); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the device identifier. + * @retval Device identifier + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void) +{ + return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns first word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits) + * @retval Device identifier + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw0(void) +{ + return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)UID_BASE))); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns second word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits) + * @retval Device identifier + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw1(void) +{ + return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 4U)))); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns third word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits) + * @retval Device identifier + */ +uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw2(void) +{ + return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 8U)))); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void) +{ + SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Debug Module during STOP mode + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void) +{ + SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_adc.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_adc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a94fe6d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_adc.c @@ -0,0 +1,2186 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_adc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Analog to Digital Convertor (ADC) + * peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * ++ Initialization and Configuration of ADC + * + Operation functions + * ++ Start, stop, get result of conversions of regular + * group, using 3 possible modes: polling, interruption or DMA. + * + Control functions + * ++ Channels configuration on regular group + * ++ Analog Watchdog configuration + * + State functions + * ++ ADC state machine management + * ++ Interrupts and flags management + * Other functions (extended functions) are available in file + * "stm32f0xx_hal_adc_ex.c". + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### ADC peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (+) 12-bit, 10-bit, 8-bit or 6-bit configurable resolution + + (+) Interrupt generation at the end of regular conversion and in case of + analog watchdog or overrun events. + + (+) Single and continuous conversion modes. + + (+) Scan mode for conversion of several channels sequentially. + + (+) Data alignment with in-built data coherency. + + (+) Programmable sampling time (common for all channels) + + (+) ADC conversion of regular group. + + (+) External trigger (timer or EXTI) with configurable polarity + + (+) DMA request generation for transfer of conversions data of regular group. + + (+) ADC calibration + + (+) ADC supply requirements: 2.4 V to 3.6 V at full speed and down to 1.8 V at + slower speed. + + (+) ADC input range: from Vref- (connected to Vssa) to Vref+ (connected to + Vdda or to an external voltage reference). + + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + + *** Configuration of top level parameters related to ADC *** + ============================================================ + [..] + + (#) Enable the ADC interface + (++) As prerequisite, ADC clock must be configured at RCC top level. + Caution: On STM32F0, ADC clock frequency max is 14MHz (refer + to device datasheet). + Therefore, ADC clock prescaler must be configured in + function of ADC clock source frequency to remain below + this maximum frequency. + + (++) Two clock settings are mandatory: + (+++) ADC clock (core clock, also possibly conversion clock). + + (+++) ADC clock (conversions clock). + Two possible clock sources: synchronous clock derived from APB clock + or asynchronous clock derived from ADC dedicated HSI RC oscillator + 14MHz. + If asynchronous clock is selected, parameter "HSI14State" must be set either: + - to "...HSI14State = RCC_HSI14_ADC_CONTROL" to let the ADC control + the HSI14 oscillator enable/disable (if not used to supply the main + system clock): feature used if ADC mode LowPowerAutoPowerOff is + enabled. + - to "...HSI14State = RCC_HSI14_ON" to maintain the HSI14 oscillator + always enabled: can be used to supply the main system clock. + + (+++) Example: + Into HAL_ADC_MspInit() (recommended code location) or with + other device clock parameters configuration: + (+++) __HAL_RCC_ADC1_CLK_ENABLE(); (mandatory) + + HI14 enable or let under control of ADC: (optional: if asynchronous clock selected) + (+++) RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStructure; + (+++) RCC_OscInitStructure.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI14; + (+++) RCC_OscInitStructure.HSI14CalibrationValue = RCC_HSI14CALIBRATION_DEFAULT; + (+++) RCC_OscInitStructure.HSI14State = RCC_HSI14_ADC_CONTROL; + (+++) RCC_OscInitStructure.PLL... (optional if used for system clock) + (+++) HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStructure); + + (++) ADC clock source and clock prescaler are configured at ADC level with + parameter "ClockPrescaler" using function HAL_ADC_Init(). + + (#) ADC pins configuration + (++) Enable the clock for the ADC GPIOs + using macro __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE() + (++) Configure these ADC pins in analog mode + using function HAL_GPIO_Init() + + (#) Optionally, in case of usage of ADC with interruptions: + (++) Configure the NVIC for ADC + using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(ADCx_IRQn) + (++) Insert the ADC interruption handler function HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() + into the function of corresponding ADC interruption vector + ADCx_IRQHandler(). + + (#) Optionally, in case of usage of DMA: + (++) Configure the DMA (DMA channel, mode normal or circular, ...) + using function HAL_DMA_Init(). + (++) Configure the NVIC for DMA + using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(DMAx_Channelx_IRQn) + (++) Insert the ADC interruption handler function HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() + into the function of corresponding DMA interruption vector + DMAx_Channelx_IRQHandler(). + + *** Configuration of ADC, group regular, channels parameters *** + ================================================================ + [..] + + (#) Configure the ADC parameters (resolution, data alignment, ...) + and regular group parameters (conversion trigger, sequencer, ...) + using function HAL_ADC_Init(). + + (#) Configure the channels for regular group parameters (channel number, + channel rank into sequencer, ..., into regular group) + using function HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel(). + + (#) Optionally, configure the analog watchdog parameters (channels + monitored, thresholds, ...) + using function HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig(). + + *** Execution of ADC conversions *** + ==================================== + [..] + + (#) Optionally, perform an automatic ADC calibration to improve the + conversion accuracy + using function HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start(). + + (#) ADC driver can be used among three modes: polling, interruption, + transfer by DMA. + + (++) ADC conversion by polling: + (+++) Activate the ADC peripheral and start conversions + using function HAL_ADC_Start() + (+++) Wait for ADC conversion completion + using function HAL_ADC_PollForConversion() + (+++) Retrieve conversion results + using function HAL_ADC_GetValue() + (+++) Stop conversion and disable the ADC peripheral + using function HAL_ADC_Stop() + + (++) ADC conversion by interruption: + (+++) Activate the ADC peripheral and start conversions + using function HAL_ADC_Start_IT() + (+++) Wait for ADC conversion completion by call of function + HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() + (this function must be implemented in user program) + (+++) Retrieve conversion results + using function HAL_ADC_GetValue() + (+++) Stop conversion and disable the ADC peripheral + using function HAL_ADC_Stop_IT() + + (++) ADC conversion with transfer by DMA: + (+++) Activate the ADC peripheral and start conversions + using function HAL_ADC_Start_DMA() + (+++) Wait for ADC conversion completion by call of function + HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() or HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback() + (these functions must be implemented in user program) + (+++) Conversion results are automatically transferred by DMA into + destination variable address. + (+++) Stop conversion and disable the ADC peripheral + using function HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA() + + [..] + + (@) Callback functions must be implemented in user program: + (+@) HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback() + (+@) HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback() (callback of analog watchdog) + (+@) HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() + (+@) HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback + + *** Deinitialization of ADC *** + ============================================================ + [..] + + (#) Disable the ADC interface + (++) ADC clock can be hard reset and disabled at RCC top level. + (++) Hard reset of ADC peripherals + using macro __ADCx_FORCE_RESET(), __ADCx_RELEASE_RESET(). + (++) ADC clock disable + using the equivalent macro/functions as configuration step. + (+++) Example: + Into HAL_ADC_MspDeInit() (recommended code location) or with + other device clock parameters configuration: + (+++) RCC_OscInitStructure.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI14; + (+++) RCC_OscInitStructure.HSI14State = RCC_HSI14_OFF; (if not used for system clock) + (+++) HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStructure); + + (#) ADC pins configuration + (++) Disable the clock for the ADC GPIOs + using macro __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_DISABLE() + + (#) Optionally, in case of usage of ADC with interruptions: + (++) Disable the NVIC for ADC + using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(ADCx_IRQn) + + (#) Optionally, in case of usage of DMA: + (++) Deinitialize the DMA + using function HAL_DMA_Init(). + (++) Disable the NVIC for DMA + using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(DMAx_Channelx_IRQn) + + [..] + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC ADC + * @brief ADC HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Constants ADC Private Constants + * @{ + */ + + /* Fixed timeout values for ADC calibration, enable settling time, disable */ + /* settling time. */ + /* Values defined to be higher than worst cases: low clock frequency, */ + /* maximum prescaler. */ + /* Ex of profile low frequency : Clock source at 0.1 MHz, ADC clock */ + /* prescaler 4, sampling time 7.5 ADC clock cycles, resolution 12 bits. */ + /* Unit: ms */ + #define ADC_ENABLE_TIMEOUT ( 2U) + #define ADC_DISABLE_TIMEOUT ( 2U) + #define ADC_STOP_CONVERSION_TIMEOUT ( 2U) + + /* Delay for ADC stabilization time. */ + /* Maximum delay is 1us (refer to device datasheet, parameter tSTAB). */ + /* Unit: us */ + #define ADC_STAB_DELAY_US ( 1U) + + /* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time. */ + /* Maximum delay is 10us (refer to device datasheet, parameter tSTART). */ + /* Unit: us */ + #define ADC_TEMPSENSOR_DELAY_US ( 10U) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Functions ADC Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef ADC_Enable(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef ADC_Disable(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef ADC_ConversionStop(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc); +static void ADC_DMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void ADC_DMAHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void ADC_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions ADC Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the ADC. + (+) De-initialize the ADC +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the ADC peripheral and regular group according to + * parameters specified in structure "ADC_InitTypeDef". + * @note As prerequisite, ADC clock must be configured at RCC top level + * depending on both possible clock sources: APB clock of HSI clock. + * See commented example code below that can be copied and uncommented + * into HAL_ADC_MspInit(). + * @note Possibility to update parameters on the fly: + * This function initializes the ADC MSP (HAL_ADC_MspInit()) only when + * coming from ADC state reset. Following calls to this function can + * be used to reconfigure some parameters of ADC_InitTypeDef + * structure on the fly, without modifying MSP configuration. If ADC + * MSP has to be modified again, HAL_ADC_DeInit() must be called + * before HAL_ADC_Init(). + * The setting of these parameters is conditioned to ADC state. + * For parameters constraints, see comments of structure + * "ADC_InitTypeDef". + * @note This function configures the ADC within 2 scopes: scope of entire + * ADC and scope of regular group. For parameters details, see comments + * of structure "ADC_InitTypeDef". + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Init(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tmpCFGR1 = 0U; + + /* Check ADC handle */ + if(hadc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CLOCKPRESCALER(hadc->Init.ClockPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_RESOLUTION(hadc->Init.Resolution)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(hadc->Init.DataAlign)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SCAN_MODE(hadc->Init.ScanConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.DiscontinuousConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXTTRIG_EDGE(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXTTRIG(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.DMAContinuousRequests)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EOC_SELECTION(hadc->Init.EOCSelection)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_OVERRUN(hadc->Init.Overrun)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.LowPowerAutoWait)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.LowPowerAutoPowerOff)); + + /* As prerequisite, into HAL_ADC_MspInit(), ADC clock must be configured */ + /* at RCC top level depending on both possible clock sources: */ + /* APB clock or HSI clock. */ + /* Refer to header of this file for more details on clock enabling procedure*/ + + /* Actions performed only if ADC is coming from state reset: */ + /* - Initialization of ADC MSP */ + /* - ADC voltage regulator enable */ + if (hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Initialize ADC error code */ + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc); + + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hadc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_ADC_MspInit(hadc); + } + + /* Configuration of ADC parameters if previous preliminary actions are */ + /* correctly completed. */ + /* and if there is no conversion on going on regular group (ADC can be */ + /* enabled anyway, in case of call of this function to update a parameter */ + /* on the fly). */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL) && + (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) && + (ADC_IS_CONVERSION_ONGOING_REGULAR(hadc) == RESET) ) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL); + + /* Parameters update conditioned to ADC state: */ + /* Parameters that can be updated only when ADC is disabled: */ + /* - ADC clock mode */ + /* - ADC clock prescaler */ + /* - ADC resolution */ + if (ADC_IS_ENABLE(hadc) == RESET) + { + /* Some parameters of this register are not reset, since they are set */ + /* by other functions and must be kept in case of usage of this */ + /* function on the fly (update of a parameter of ADC_InitTypeDef */ + /* without needing to reconfigure all other ADC groups/channels */ + /* parameters): */ + /* - internal measurement paths: Vbat, temperature sensor, Vref */ + /* (set into HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel() ) */ + + /* Configuration of ADC resolution */ + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->CFGR1, + ADC_CFGR1_RES , + hadc->Init.Resolution ); + + /* Configuration of ADC clock mode: clock source AHB or HSI with */ + /* selectable prescaler */ + MODIFY_REG(hadc->Instance->CFGR2 , + ADC_CFGR2_CKMODE , + hadc->Init.ClockPrescaler ); + } + + /* Configuration of ADC: */ + /* - discontinuous mode */ + /* - LowPowerAutoWait mode */ + /* - LowPowerAutoPowerOff mode */ + /* - continuous conversion mode */ + /* - overrun */ + /* - external trigger to start conversion */ + /* - external trigger polarity */ + /* - data alignment */ + /* - resolution */ + /* - scan direction */ + /* - DMA continuous request */ + hadc->Instance->CFGR1 &= ~( ADC_CFGR1_DISCEN | + ADC_CFGR1_AUTOFF | + ADC_CFGR1_AUTDLY | + ADC_CFGR1_CONT | + ADC_CFGR1_OVRMOD | + ADC_CFGR1_EXTSEL | + ADC_CFGR1_EXTEN | + ADC_CFGR1_ALIGN | + ADC_CFGR1_SCANDIR | + ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG ); + + tmpCFGR1 |= (ADC_CFGR1_AUTOWAIT(hadc->Init.LowPowerAutoWait) | + ADC_CFGR1_AUTOOFF(hadc->Init.LowPowerAutoPowerOff) | + ADC_CFGR1_CONTINUOUS(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode) | + ADC_CFGR1_OVERRUN(hadc->Init.Overrun) | + hadc->Init.DataAlign | + ADC_SCANDIR(hadc->Init.ScanConvMode) | + ADC_CFGR1_DMACONTREQ(hadc->Init.DMAContinuousRequests) ); + + /* Enable discontinuous mode only if continuous mode is disabled */ + if (hadc->Init.DiscontinuousConvMode == ENABLE) + { + if (hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode == DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC group regular discontinuous mode */ + tmpCFGR1 |= ADC_CFGR1_DISCEN; + } + else + { + /* ADC regular group discontinuous was intended to be enabled, */ + /* but ADC regular group modes continuous and sequencer discontinuous */ + /* cannot be enabled simultaneously. */ + + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + /* Set ADC error code to ADC IP internal error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL); + } + } + + /* Enable external trigger if trigger selection is different of software */ + /* start. */ + /* Note: This configuration keeps the hardware feature of parameter */ + /* ExternalTrigConvEdge "trigger edge none" equivalent to */ + /* software start. */ + if (hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv != ADC_SOFTWARE_START) + { + tmpCFGR1 |= ( hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv | + hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge ); + } + + /* Update ADC configuration register with previous settings */ + hadc->Instance->CFGR1 |= tmpCFGR1; + + /* Channel sampling time configuration */ + /* Management of parameters "SamplingTimeCommon" and "SamplingTime" */ + /* (obsolete): sampling time set in this function if parameter */ + /* "SamplingTimeCommon" has been set to a valid sampling time. */ + /* Otherwise, sampling time is set into ADC channel initialization */ + /* structure with parameter "SamplingTime" (obsolete). */ + if (IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(hadc->Init.SamplingTimeCommon)) + { + /* Channel sampling time configuration */ + /* Clear the old sample time */ + hadc->Instance->SMPR &= ~(ADC_SMPR_SMP); + + /* Set the new sample time */ + hadc->Instance->SMPR |= ADC_SMPR_SET(hadc->Init.SamplingTimeCommon); + } + + /* Check back that ADC registers have effectively been configured to */ + /* ensure of no potential problem of ADC core IP clocking. */ + /* Check through register CFGR1 (excluding analog watchdog configuration: */ + /* set into separate dedicated function, and bits of ADC resolution set */ + /* out of temporary variable 'tmpCFGR1'). */ + if ((hadc->Instance->CFGR1 & ~(ADC_CFGR1_AWDCH | ADC_CFGR1_AWDEN | ADC_CFGR1_AWDSGL | ADC_CFGR1_RES)) + == tmpCFGR1) + { + /* Set ADC error code to none */ + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc); + + /* Set the ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + else + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL, + HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Set ADC error code to ADC IP internal error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + } + else + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + + +/** + * @brief Deinitialize the ADC peripheral registers to their default reset + * values, with deinitialization of the ADC MSP. + * @note For devices with several ADCs: reset of ADC common registers is done + * only if all ADCs sharing the same common group are disabled. + * If this is not the case, reset of these common parameters reset is + * bypassed without error reporting: it can be the intended behaviour in + * case of reset of a single ADC while the other ADCs sharing the same + * common group is still running. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_DeInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check ADC handle */ + if(hadc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL); + + /* Stop potential conversion on going, on regular group */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop(hadc); + + /* Disable ADC peripheral if conversions are effectively stopped */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable the ADC peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Disable(hadc); + + /* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status != HAL_ERROR) + { + /* Change ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY; + } + } + + + /* Configuration of ADC parameters if previous preliminary actions are */ + /* correctly completed. */ + if (tmp_hal_status != HAL_ERROR) + { + + /* ========== Reset ADC registers ========== */ + /* Reset register IER */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, (ADC_IT_AWD | ADC_IT_OVR | + ADC_IT_EOS | ADC_IT_EOC | + ADC_IT_EOSMP | ADC_IT_RDY ) ); + + /* Reset register ISR */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, (ADC_FLAG_AWD | ADC_FLAG_OVR | + ADC_FLAG_EOS | ADC_FLAG_EOC | + ADC_FLAG_EOSMP | ADC_FLAG_RDY ) ); + + /* Reset register CR */ + /* Bits ADC_CR_ADCAL, ADC_CR_ADSTP, ADC_CR_ADSTART are in access mode */ + /* "read-set": no direct reset applicable. */ + + /* Reset register CFGR1 */ + hadc->Instance->CFGR1 &= ~(ADC_CFGR1_AWDCH | ADC_CFGR1_AWDEN | ADC_CFGR1_AWDSGL | ADC_CFGR1_DISCEN | + ADC_CFGR1_AUTOFF | ADC_CFGR1_WAIT | ADC_CFGR1_CONT | ADC_CFGR1_OVRMOD | + ADC_CFGR1_EXTEN | ADC_CFGR1_EXTSEL | ADC_CFGR1_ALIGN | ADC_CFGR1_RES | + ADC_CFGR1_SCANDIR | ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG | ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN ); + + /* Reset register CFGR2 */ + /* Note: Update of ADC clock mode is conditioned to ADC state disabled: */ + /* already done above. */ + hadc->Instance->CFGR2 &= ~ADC_CFGR2_CKMODE; + + /* Reset register SMPR */ + hadc->Instance->SMPR &= ~ADC_SMPR_SMP; + + /* Reset register TR1 */ + hadc->Instance->TR &= ~(ADC_TR_HT | ADC_TR_LT); + + /* Reset register CHSELR */ + hadc->Instance->CHSELR &= ~(ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL18 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL17 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL16 | + ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL15 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL14 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL13 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL12 | + ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL11 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL10 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL9 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL8 | + ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL7 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL6 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL5 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL4 | + ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL3 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL2 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL1 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL0 ); + + /* Reset register DR */ + /* bits in access mode read only, no direct reset applicable*/ + + /* Reset register CCR */ + ADC->CCR &= ~(ADC_CCR_ALL); + + /* ========== Hard reset ADC peripheral ========== */ + /* Performs a global reset of the entire ADC peripheral: ADC state is */ + /* forced to a similar state after device power-on. */ + /* If needed, copy-paste and uncomment the following reset code into */ + /* function "void HAL_ADC_MspInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)": */ + /* */ + /* __HAL_RCC_ADC1_FORCE_RESET() */ + /* __HAL_RCC_ADC1_RELEASE_RESET() */ + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_ADC_MspDeInit(hadc); + + /* Set ADC error code to none */ + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc); + + /* Set ADC state */ + hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET; + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + + +/** + * @brief Initializes the ADC MSP. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADC_MspInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hadc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_ADC_MspInit must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the ADC MSP. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADC_MspDeInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hadc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_ADC_MspDeInit must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief IO operation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start conversion of regular group. + (+) Stop conversion of regular group. + (+) Poll for conversion complete on regular group. + (+) Poll for conversion event. + (+) Get result of regular channel conversion. + (+) Start conversion of regular group and enable interruptions. + (+) Stop conversion of regular group and disable interruptions. + (+) Handle ADC interrupt request + (+) Start conversion of regular group and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop conversion of regular group and disable ADC DMA transfer. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables ADC, starts conversion of regular group. + * Interruptions enabled in this function: None. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Perform ADC enable and conversion start if no conversion is on going */ + if (ADC_IS_CONVERSION_ONGOING_REGULAR(hadc) == RESET) + { + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Enable the ADC peripheral */ + /* If low power mode AutoPowerOff is enabled, power-on/off phases are */ + /* performed automatically by hardware. */ + if (hadc->Init.LowPowerAutoPowerOff != ENABLE) + { + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Enable(hadc); + } + + /* Start conversion if ADC is effectively enabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + /* - Clear state bitfield related to regular group conversion results */ + /* - Set state bitfield related to regular operation */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_OVR | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOSMP, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY); + + /* Reset ADC all error code fields */ + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc); + + /* Process unlocked */ + /* Unlock before starting ADC conversions: in case of potential */ + /* interruption, to let the process to ADC IRQ Handler. */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Clear regular group conversion flag and overrun flag */ + /* (To ensure of no unknown state from potential previous ADC */ + /* operations) */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, (ADC_FLAG_EOC | ADC_FLAG_EOS | ADC_FLAG_OVR)); + + /* Enable conversion of regular group. */ + /* If software start has been selected, conversion starts immediately. */ + /* If external trigger has been selected, conversion will start at next */ + /* trigger event. */ + hadc->Instance->CR |= ADC_CR_ADSTART; + } + } + else + { + tmp_hal_status = HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop ADC conversion of regular group, disable ADC peripheral. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* 1. Stop potential conversion on going, on regular group */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop(hadc); + + /* Disable ADC peripheral if conversions are effectively stopped */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* 2. Disable the ADC peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Disable(hadc); + + /* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Wait for regular group conversion to be completed. + * @note ADC conversion flags EOS (end of sequence) and EOC (end of + * conversion) are cleared by this function, with an exception: + * if low power feature "LowPowerAutoWait" is enabled, flags are + * not cleared to not interfere with this feature until data register + * is read using function HAL_ADC_GetValue(). + * @note This function cannot be used in a particular setup: ADC configured + * in DMA mode and polling for end of each conversion (ADC init + * parameter "EOCSelection" set to ADC_EOC_SINGLE_CONV). + * In this case, DMA resets the flag EOC and polling cannot be + * performed on each conversion. Nevertheless, polling can still + * be performed on the complete sequence (ADC init + * parameter "EOCSelection" set to ADC_EOC_SEQ_CONV). + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @param Timeout Timeout value in millisecond. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_PollForConversion(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + uint32_t tmp_Flag_EOC; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* If end of conversion selected to end of sequence */ + if (hadc->Init.EOCSelection == ADC_EOC_SEQ_CONV) + { + tmp_Flag_EOC = ADC_FLAG_EOS; + } + /* If end of conversion selected to end of each conversion */ + else /* ADC_EOC_SINGLE_CONV */ + { + /* Verification that ADC configuration is compliant with polling for */ + /* each conversion: */ + /* Particular case is ADC configured in DMA mode and ADC sequencer with */ + /* several ranks and polling for end of each conversion. */ + /* For code simplicity sake, this particular case is generalized to */ + /* ADC configured in DMA mode and and polling for end of each conversion. */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hadc->Instance->CFGR1, ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN)) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + tmp_Flag_EOC = (ADC_FLAG_EOC | ADC_FLAG_EOS); + } + } + + /* Get tick count */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait until End of Conversion flag is raised */ + while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->ISR, tmp_Flag_EOC)) + { + /* Check if timeout is disabled (set to infinite wait) */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to timeout */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Update ADC state machine */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC); + + /* Determine whether any further conversion upcoming on group regular */ + /* by external trigger, continuous mode or scan sequence on going. */ + if(ADC_IS_SOFTWARE_START_REGULAR(hadc) && + (hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode == DISABLE) ) + { + /* If End of Sequence is reached, disable interrupts */ + if( __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOS) ) + { + /* Allowed to modify bits ADC_IT_EOC/ADC_IT_EOS only if bit */ + /* ADSTART==0 (no conversion on going) */ + if (ADC_IS_CONVERSION_ONGOING_REGULAR(hadc) == RESET) + { + /* Disable ADC end of single conversion interrupt on group regular */ + /* Note: Overrun interrupt was enabled with EOC interrupt in */ + /* HAL_Start_IT(), but is not disabled here because can be used */ + /* by overrun IRQ process below. */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC | ADC_IT_EOS); + + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + else + { + /* Change ADC state to error state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + /* Set ADC error code to ADC IP internal error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL); + } + } + } + + /* Clear end of conversion flag of regular group if low power feature */ + /* "LowPowerAutoWait " is disabled, to not interfere with this feature */ + /* until data register is read using function HAL_ADC_GetValue(). */ + if (hadc->Init.LowPowerAutoWait == DISABLE) + { + /* Clear regular group conversion flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, (ADC_FLAG_EOC | ADC_FLAG_EOS)); + } + + /* Return ADC state */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Poll for conversion event. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @param EventType the ADC event type. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_AWD_EVENT: ADC Analog watchdog event + * @arg ADC_OVR_EVENT: ADC Overrun event + * @param Timeout Timeout value in millisecond. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_PollForEvent(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t EventType, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart=0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EVENT_TYPE(EventType)); + + /* Get tick count */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check selected event flag */ + while(__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, EventType) == RESET) + { + /* Check if timeout is disabled (set to infinite wait) */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to timeout */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + switch(EventType) + { + /* Analog watchdog (level out of window) event */ + case ADC_AWD_EVENT: + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD1); + + /* Clear ADC analog watchdog flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_AWD); + break; + + /* Overrun event */ + default: /* Case ADC_OVR_EVENT */ + /* If overrun is set to overwrite previous data, overrun event is not */ + /* considered as an error. */ + /* (cf ref manual "Managing conversions without using the DMA and without */ + /* overrun ") */ + if (hadc->Init.Overrun == ADC_OVR_DATA_PRESERVED) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_OVR); + + /* Set ADC error code to overrun */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_OVR); + } + + /* Clear ADC Overrun flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_OVR); + break; + } + + /* Return ADC state */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables ADC, starts conversion of regular group with interruption. + * Interruptions enabled in this function: + * - EOC (end of conversion of regular group) or EOS (end of + * sequence of regular group) depending on ADC initialization + * parameter "EOCSelection" + * - overrun (if available) + * Each of these interruptions has its dedicated callback function. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Perform ADC enable and conversion start if no conversion is on going */ + if (ADC_IS_CONVERSION_ONGOING_REGULAR(hadc) == RESET) + { + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Enable the ADC peripheral */ + /* If low power mode AutoPowerOff is enabled, power-on/off phases are */ + /* performed automatically by hardware. */ + if (hadc->Init.LowPowerAutoPowerOff != ENABLE) + { + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Enable(hadc); + } + + /* Start conversion if ADC is effectively enabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + /* - Clear state bitfield related to regular group conversion results */ + /* - Set state bitfield related to regular operation */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_OVR | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOSMP, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY); + + /* Reset ADC all error code fields */ + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc); + + /* Process unlocked */ + /* Unlock before starting ADC conversions: in case of potential */ + /* interruption, to let the process to ADC IRQ Handler. */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Clear regular group conversion flag and overrun flag */ + /* (To ensure of no unknown state from potential previous ADC */ + /* operations) */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, (ADC_FLAG_EOC | ADC_FLAG_EOS | ADC_FLAG_OVR)); + + /* Enable ADC end of conversion interrupt */ + /* Enable ADC overrun interrupt */ + switch(hadc->Init.EOCSelection) + { + case ADC_EOC_SEQ_CONV: + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC); + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, (ADC_IT_EOS | ADC_IT_OVR)); + break; + /* case ADC_EOC_SINGLE_CONV */ + default: + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, (ADC_IT_EOC | ADC_IT_EOS | ADC_IT_OVR)); + break; + } + + /* Enable conversion of regular group. */ + /* If software start has been selected, conversion starts immediately. */ + /* If external trigger has been selected, conversion will start at next */ + /* trigger event. */ + hadc->Instance->CR |= ADC_CR_ADSTART; + } + } + else + { + tmp_hal_status = HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + + +/** + * @brief Stop ADC conversion of regular group, disable interruption of + * end-of-conversion, disable ADC peripheral. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* 1. Stop potential conversion on going, on regular group */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop(hadc); + + /* Disable ADC peripheral if conversions are effectively stopped */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable ADC end of conversion interrupt for regular group */ + /* Disable ADC overrun interrupt */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, (ADC_IT_EOC | ADC_IT_EOS | ADC_IT_OVR)); + + /* 2. Disable the ADC peripheral */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Disable(hadc); + + /* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables ADC, starts conversion of regular group and transfers result + * through DMA. + * Interruptions enabled in this function: + * - DMA transfer complete + * - DMA half transfer + * - overrun + * Each of these interruptions has its dedicated callback function. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @param pData The destination Buffer address. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from ADC peripheral to memory. + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Perform ADC enable and conversion start if no conversion is on going */ + if (ADC_IS_CONVERSION_ONGOING_REGULAR(hadc) == RESET) + { + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Enable the ADC peripheral */ + /* If low power mode AutoPowerOff is enabled, power-on/off phases are */ + /* performed automatically by hardware. */ + if (hadc->Init.LowPowerAutoPowerOff != ENABLE) + { + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Enable(hadc); + } + + /* Start conversion if ADC is effectively enabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + /* - Clear state bitfield related to regular group conversion results */ + /* - Set state bitfield related to regular operation */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_OVR | HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOSMP, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY); + + /* Reset ADC all error code fields */ + ADC_CLEAR_ERRORCODE(hadc); + + /* Process unlocked */ + /* Unlock before starting ADC conversions: in case of potential */ + /* interruption, to let the process to ADC IRQ Handler. */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback */ + hadc->DMA_Handle->XferCpltCallback = ADC_DMAConvCplt; + + /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback */ + hadc->DMA_Handle->XferHalfCpltCallback = ADC_DMAHalfConvCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hadc->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback = ADC_DMAError; + + + /* Manage ADC and DMA start: ADC overrun interruption, DMA start, ADC */ + /* start (in case of SW start): */ + + /* Clear regular group conversion flag and overrun flag */ + /* (To ensure of no unknown state from potential previous ADC */ + /* operations) */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, (ADC_FLAG_EOC | ADC_FLAG_EOS | ADC_FLAG_OVR)); + + /* Enable ADC overrun interrupt */ + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); + + /* Enable ADC DMA mode */ + hadc->Instance->CFGR1 |= ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN; + + /* Start the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hadc->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&hadc->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Enable conversion of regular group. */ + /* If software start has been selected, conversion starts immediately. */ + /* If external trigger has been selected, conversion will start at next */ + /* trigger event. */ + hadc->Instance->CR |= ADC_CR_ADSTART; + } + } + else + { + tmp_hal_status = HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop ADC conversion of regular group, disable ADC DMA transfer, disable + * ADC peripheral. + * Each of these interruptions has its dedicated callback function. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* 1. Stop potential conversion on going, on regular group */ + tmp_hal_status = ADC_ConversionStop(hadc); + + /* Disable ADC peripheral if conversions are effectively stopped */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable ADC DMA (ADC DMA configuration ADC_CFGR_DMACFG is kept) */ + hadc->Instance->CFGR1 &= ~ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN; + + /* Disable the DMA channel (in case of DMA in circular mode or stop while */ + /* while DMA transfer is on going) */ + tmp_hal_status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hadc->DMA_Handle); + + /* Check if DMA channel effectively disabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_DMA); + } + + /* Disable ADC overrun interrupt */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR); + + /* 2. Disable the ADC peripheral */ + /* Update "tmp_hal_status" only if DMA channel disabling passed, to keep */ + /* in memory a potential failing status. */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + tmp_hal_status = ADC_Disable(hadc); + } + else + { + ADC_Disable(hadc); + } + + /* Check if ADC is effectively disabled */ + if (tmp_hal_status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @brief Get ADC regular group conversion result. + * @note Reading register DR automatically clears ADC flag EOC + * (ADC group regular end of unitary conversion). + * @note This function does not clear ADC flag EOS + * (ADC group regular end of sequence conversion). + * Occurrence of flag EOS rising: + * - If sequencer is composed of 1 rank, flag EOS is equivalent + * to flag EOC. + * - If sequencer is composed of several ranks, during the scan + * sequence flag EOC only is raised, at the end of the scan sequence + * both flags EOC and EOS are raised. + * To clear this flag, either use function: + * in programming model IT: @ref HAL_ADC_IRQHandler(), in programming + * model polling: @ref HAL_ADC_PollForConversion() + * or @ref __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(&hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOS). + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval ADC group regular conversion data + */ +uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Note: EOC flag is not cleared here by software because automatically */ + /* cleared by hardware when reading register DR. */ + + /* Return ADC converted value */ + return hadc->Instance->DR; +} + +/** + * @brief Handles ADC interrupt request. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_ADC_IRQHandler(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EOC_SELECTION(hadc->Init.EOCSelection)); + + /* ========== Check End of Conversion flag for regular group ========== */ + if( (__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOC) && __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC)) || + (__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOS) && __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_EOS)) ) + { + /* Update state machine on conversion status if not in error state */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL)) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC); + } + + /* Determine whether any further conversion upcoming on group regular */ + /* by external trigger, continuous mode or scan sequence on going. */ + if(ADC_IS_SOFTWARE_START_REGULAR(hadc) && + (hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode == DISABLE) ) + { + /* If End of Sequence is reached, disable interrupts */ + if( __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOS) ) + { + /* Allowed to modify bits ADC_IT_EOC/ADC_IT_EOS only if bit */ + /* ADSTART==0 (no conversion on going) */ + if (ADC_IS_CONVERSION_ONGOING_REGULAR(hadc) == RESET) + { + /* Disable ADC end of single conversion interrupt on group regular */ + /* Note: Overrun interrupt was enabled with EOC interrupt in */ + /* HAL_Start_IT(), but is not disabled here because can be used */ + /* by overrun IRQ process below. */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC | ADC_IT_EOS); + + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + else + { + /* Change ADC state to error state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + /* Set ADC error code to ADC IP internal error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL); + } + } + } + + /* Conversion complete callback */ + /* Note: into callback, to determine if conversion has been triggered */ + /* from EOC or EOS, possibility to use: */ + /* " if( __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(&hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOS)) " */ + HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(hadc); + + + /* Clear regular group conversion flag */ + /* Note: in case of overrun set to ADC_OVR_DATA_PRESERVED, end of */ + /* conversion flags clear induces the release of the preserved data.*/ + /* Therefore, if the preserved data value is needed, it must be */ + /* read preliminarily into HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(). */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, (ADC_FLAG_EOC | ADC_FLAG_EOS) ); + } + + /* ========== Check Analog watchdog flags ========== */ + if(__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_AWD) && __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_AWD)) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD1); + + /* Level out of window callback */ + HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback(hadc); + + /* Clear ADC Analog watchdog flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_AWD); + + } + + + /* ========== Check Overrun flag ========== */ + if(__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_OVR) && __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR)) + { + /* If overrun is set to overwrite previous data (default setting), */ + /* overrun event is not considered as an error. */ + /* (cf ref manual "Managing conversions without using the DMA and without */ + /* overrun ") */ + /* Exception for usage with DMA overrun event always considered as an */ + /* error. */ + if ((hadc->Init.Overrun == ADC_OVR_DATA_PRESERVED) || + HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hadc->Instance->CFGR1, ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN) ) + { + /* Set ADC error code to overrun */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_OVR); + + /* Clear ADC overrun flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_OVR); + + /* Error callback */ + HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(hadc); + } + + /* Clear the Overrun flag */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_OVR); + } + +} + + +/** + * @brief Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hadc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Conversion DMA half-transfer callback in non blocking mode + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hadc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Analog watchdog callback in non blocking mode. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hadc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_ADC_LevelOoutOfWindowCallback must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief ADC error callback in non blocking mode + * (ADC conversion with interruption or transfer by DMA) + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hadc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed, + function HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback must be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure channels on regular group + (+) Configure the analog watchdog + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the the selected channel to be linked to the regular + * group. + * @note In case of usage of internal measurement channels: + * VrefInt/Vbat/TempSensor. + * Sampling time constraints must be respected (sampling time can be + * adjusted in function of ADC clock frequency and sampling time + * setting). + * Refer to device datasheet for timings values, parameters TS_vrefint, + * TS_vbat, TS_temp (values rough order: 5us to 17us). + * These internal paths can be be disabled using function + * HAL_ADC_DeInit(). + * @note Possibility to update parameters on the fly: + * This function initializes channel into regular group, following + * calls to this function can be used to reconfigure some parameters + * of structure "ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef" on the fly, without reseting + * the ADC. + * The setting of these parameters is conditioned to ADC state. + * For parameters constraints, see comments of structure + * "ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef". + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @param sConfig Structure of ADC channel for regular group. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + __IO uint32_t wait_loop_index = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(sConfig->Channel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_RANK(sConfig->Rank)); + + if (! IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(hadc->Init.SamplingTimeCommon)) + { + assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(sConfig->SamplingTime)); + } + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Parameters update conditioned to ADC state: */ + /* Parameters that can be updated when ADC is disabled or enabled without */ + /* conversion on going on regular group: */ + /* - Channel number */ + /* - Channel sampling time */ + /* - Management of internal measurement channels: VrefInt/TempSensor/Vbat */ + if (ADC_IS_CONVERSION_ONGOING_REGULAR(hadc) == RESET) + { + /* Configure channel: depending on rank setting, add it or remove it from */ + /* ADC conversion sequencer. */ + if (sConfig->Rank != ADC_RANK_NONE) + { + /* Regular sequence configuration */ + /* Set the channel selection register from the selected channel */ + hadc->Instance->CHSELR |= ADC_CHSELR_CHANNEL(sConfig->Channel); + + /* Channel sampling time configuration */ + /* Management of parameters "SamplingTimeCommon" and "SamplingTime" */ + /* (obsolete): sampling time set in this function with */ + /* parameter "SamplingTime" (obsolete) only if not already set into */ + /* ADC initialization structure with parameter "SamplingTimeCommon". */ + if (! IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(hadc->Init.SamplingTimeCommon)) + { + /* Modify sampling time if needed (not needed in case of reoccurrence */ + /* for several channels programmed consecutively into the sequencer) */ + if (sConfig->SamplingTime != ADC_GET_SAMPLINGTIME(hadc)) + { + /* Channel sampling time configuration */ + /* Clear the old sample time */ + hadc->Instance->SMPR &= ~(ADC_SMPR_SMP); + + /* Set the new sample time */ + hadc->Instance->SMPR |= ADC_SMPR_SET(sConfig->SamplingTime); + } + } + + /* Management of internal measurement channels: VrefInt/TempSensor/Vbat */ + /* internal measurement paths enable: If internal channel selected, */ + /* enable dedicated internal buffers and path. */ + /* Note: these internal measurement paths can be disabled using */ + /* HAL_ADC_DeInit() or removing the channel from sequencer with */ + /* channel configuration parameter "Rank". */ + if(ADC_IS_CHANNEL_INTERNAL(sConfig->Channel)) + { + /* If Channel_16 is selected, enable Temp. sensor measurement path. */ + /* If Channel_17 is selected, enable VREFINT measurement path. */ + /* If Channel_18 is selected, enable VBAT measurement path. */ + ADC->CCR |= ADC_CHANNEL_INTERNAL_PATH(sConfig->Channel); + + /* If Temp. sensor is selected, wait for stabilization delay */ + if (sConfig->Channel == ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR) + { + /* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time */ + /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */ + wait_loop_index = (ADC_TEMPSENSOR_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000U)); + while(wait_loop_index != 0U) + { + wait_loop_index--; + } + } + } + } + else + { + /* Regular sequence configuration */ + /* Reset the channel selection register from the selected channel */ + hadc->Instance->CHSELR &= ~ADC_CHSELR_CHANNEL(sConfig->Channel); + + /* Management of internal measurement channels: VrefInt/TempSensor/Vbat */ + /* internal measurement paths disable: If internal channel selected, */ + /* disable dedicated internal buffers and path. */ + if(ADC_IS_CHANNEL_INTERNAL(sConfig->Channel)) + { + /* If Channel_16 is selected, disable Temp. sensor measurement path. */ + /* If Channel_17 is selected, disable VREFINT measurement path. */ + /* If Channel_18 is selected, disable VBAT measurement path. */ + ADC->CCR &= ~ADC_CHANNEL_INTERNAL_PATH(sConfig->Channel); + } + } + + } + + /* If a conversion is on going on regular group, no update on regular */ + /* channel could be done on neither of the channel configuration structure */ + /* parameters. */ + else + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + + +/** + * @brief Configures the analog watchdog. + * @note Possibility to update parameters on the fly: + * This function initializes the selected analog watchdog, following + * calls to this function can be used to reconfigure some parameters + * of structure "ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef" on the fly, without reseting + * the ADC. + * The setting of these parameters is conditioned to ADC state. + * For parameters constraints, see comments of structure + * "ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef". + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @param AnalogWDGConfig Structure of ADC analog watchdog configuration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef* AnalogWDGConfig) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + + uint32_t tmpAWDHighThresholdShifted; + uint32_t tmpAWDLowThresholdShifted; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG_MODE(AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogMode)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(AnalogWDGConfig->ITMode)); + + /* Verify if threshold is within the selected ADC resolution */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_RANGE(ADC_GET_RESOLUTION(hadc), AnalogWDGConfig->HighThreshold)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_RANGE(ADC_GET_RESOLUTION(hadc), AnalogWDGConfig->LowThreshold)); + + if(AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogMode == ADC_ANALOGWATCHDOG_SINGLE_REG) + { + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(AnalogWDGConfig->Channel)); + } + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Parameters update conditioned to ADC state: */ + /* Parameters that can be updated when ADC is disabled or enabled without */ + /* conversion on going on regular group: */ + /* - Analog watchdog channels */ + /* - Analog watchdog thresholds */ + if (ADC_IS_CONVERSION_ONGOING_REGULAR(hadc) == RESET) + { + /* Configuration of analog watchdog: */ + /* - Set the analog watchdog enable mode: one or overall group of */ + /* channels. */ + /* - Set the Analog watchdog channel (is not used if watchdog */ + /* mode "all channels": ADC_CFGR_AWD1SGL=0). */ + hadc->Instance->CFGR1 &= ~( ADC_CFGR1_AWDSGL | + ADC_CFGR1_AWDEN | + ADC_CFGR1_AWDCH ); + + hadc->Instance->CFGR1 |= ( AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogMode | + ADC_CFGR_AWDCH(AnalogWDGConfig->Channel) ); + + /* Shift the offset in function of the selected ADC resolution: Thresholds*/ + /* have to be left-aligned on bit 11, the LSB (right bits) are set to 0 */ + tmpAWDHighThresholdShifted = ADC_AWD1THRESHOLD_SHIFT_RESOLUTION(hadc, AnalogWDGConfig->HighThreshold); + tmpAWDLowThresholdShifted = ADC_AWD1THRESHOLD_SHIFT_RESOLUTION(hadc, AnalogWDGConfig->LowThreshold); + + /* Set the high and low thresholds */ + hadc->Instance->TR &= ~(ADC_TR_HT | ADC_TR_LT); + hadc->Instance->TR |= ( ADC_TRX_HIGHTHRESHOLD (tmpAWDHighThresholdShifted) | + tmpAWDLowThresholdShifted ); + + /* Clear the ADC Analog watchdog flag (in case of left enabled by */ + /* previous ADC operations) to be ready to use for HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() */ + /* or HAL_ADC_PollForEvent(). */ + __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_IT_AWD); + + /* Configure ADC Analog watchdog interrupt */ + if(AnalogWDGConfig->ITMode == ENABLE) + { + /* Enable the ADC Analog watchdog interrupt */ + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_AWD); + } + else + { + /* Disable the ADC Analog watchdog interrupt */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_AWD); + } + + } + /* If a conversion is on going on regular group, no update could be done */ + /* on neither of the AWD configuration structure parameters. */ + else + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions to get in run-time the status of the + peripheral. + (+) Check the ADC state + (+) Check the ADC error code + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the ADC state + * @note ADC state machine is managed by bitfields, ADC status must be + * compared with states bits. + * For example: + * " if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HAL_ADC_GetState(hadc1), HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY)) " + * " if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HAL_ADC_GetState(hadc1), HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD1) ) " + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetState(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Return ADC state */ + return hadc->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the ADC error code + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval ADC Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetError(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc) +{ + return hadc->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Functions ADC Private Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enable the selected ADC. + * @note Prerequisite condition to use this function: ADC must be disabled + * and voltage regulator must be enabled (done into HAL_ADC_Init()). + * @note If low power mode AutoPowerOff is enabled, power-on/off phases are + * performed automatically by hardware. + * In this mode, this function is useless and must not be called because + * flag ADC_FLAG_RDY is not usable. + * Therefore, this function must be called under condition of + * "if (hadc->Init.LowPowerAutoPowerOff != ENABLE)". + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status. + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef ADC_Enable(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + __IO uint32_t wait_loop_index = 0U; + + /* ADC enable and wait for ADC ready (in case of ADC is disabled or */ + /* enabling phase not yet completed: flag ADC ready not yet set). */ + /* Timeout implemented to not be stuck if ADC cannot be enabled (possible */ + /* causes: ADC clock not running, ...). */ + if (ADC_IS_ENABLE(hadc) == RESET) + { + /* Check if conditions to enable the ADC are fulfilled */ + if (ADC_ENABLING_CONDITIONS(hadc) == RESET) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Set ADC error code to ADC IP internal error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the ADC peripheral */ + __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc); + + /* Delay for ADC stabilization time */ + /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */ + wait_loop_index = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000U)); + while(wait_loop_index != 0U) + { + wait_loop_index--; + } + + /* Get tick count */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait for ADC effectively enabled */ + while(__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_RDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > ADC_ENABLE_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Set ADC error code to ADC IP internal error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + } + + /* Return HAL status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the selected ADC. + * @note Prerequisite condition to use this function: ADC conversions must be + * stopped. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status. + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef ADC_Disable(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Verification if ADC is not already disabled: */ + /* Note: forbidden to disable ADC (set bit ADC_CR_ADDIS) if ADC is already */ + /* disabled. */ + if (ADC_IS_ENABLE(hadc) != RESET) + { + /* Check if conditions to disable the ADC are fulfilled */ + if (ADC_DISABLING_CONDITIONS(hadc) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the ADC peripheral */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc); + } + else + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Set ADC error code to ADC IP internal error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Wait for ADC effectively disabled */ + /* Get tick count */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hadc->Instance->CR, ADC_CR_ADEN)) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > ADC_DISABLE_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Set ADC error code to ADC IP internal error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + + /* Return HAL status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Stop ADC conversion. + * @note Prerequisite condition to use this function: ADC conversions must be + * stopped to disable the ADC. + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status. + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef ADC_ConversionStop(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Verification if ADC is not already stopped on regular group to bypass */ + /* this function if not needed. */ + if (ADC_IS_CONVERSION_ONGOING_REGULAR(hadc)) + { + + /* Stop potential conversion on going on regular group */ + /* Software is allowed to set ADSTP only when ADSTART=1 and ADDIS=0 */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hadc->Instance->CR, ADC_CR_ADSTART) && + HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR, ADC_CR_ADDIS) ) + { + /* Stop conversions on regular group */ + hadc->Instance->CR |= ADC_CR_ADSTP; + } + + /* Wait for conversion effectively stopped */ + /* Get tick count */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while((hadc->Instance->CR & ADC_CR_ADSTART) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > ADC_STOP_CONVERSION_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Set ADC error code to ADC IP internal error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + } + + /* Return HAL status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief DMA transfer complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void ADC_DMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Retrieve ADC handle corresponding to current DMA handle */ + ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* Update state machine on conversion status if not in error state */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL | HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_DMA)) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_EOC); + + /* Determine whether any further conversion upcoming on group regular */ + /* by external trigger, continuous mode or scan sequence on going. */ + if(ADC_IS_SOFTWARE_START_REGULAR(hadc) && + (hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode == DISABLE) ) + { + /* If End of Sequence is reached, disable interrupts */ + if( __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOS) ) + { + /* Allowed to modify bits ADC_IT_EOC/ADC_IT_EOS only if bit */ + /* ADSTART==0 (no conversion on going) */ + if (ADC_IS_CONVERSION_ONGOING_REGULAR(hadc) == RESET) + { + /* Disable ADC end of single conversion interrupt on group regular */ + /* Note: Overrun interrupt was enabled with EOC interrupt in */ + /* HAL_Start_IT(), but is not disabled here because can be used */ + /* by overrun IRQ process below. */ + __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC | ADC_IT_EOS); + + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + else + { + /* Change ADC state to error state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + /* Set ADC error code to ADC IP internal error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_INTERNAL); + } + } + } + + /* Conversion complete callback */ + HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(hadc); + } + else + { + /* Call DMA error callback */ + hadc->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback(hdma); + } + +} + +/** + * @brief DMA half transfer complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void ADC_DMAHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Retrieve ADC handle corresponding to current DMA handle */ + ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* Half conversion callback */ + HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback(hadc); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA error callback + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void ADC_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Retrieve ADC handle corresponding to current DMA handle */ + ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* Set ADC state */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_DMA); + + /* Set ADC error code to DMA error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->ErrorCode, HAL_ADC_ERROR_DMA); + + /* Error callback */ + HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(hadc); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_adc_ex.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_adc_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a3408d9d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_adc_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_adc_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Analog to Digital Convertor (ADC) + * peripheral: + * + Operation functions + * ++ Calibration (ADC automatic self-calibration) + * Other functions (generic functions) are available in file + * "stm32f0xx_hal_adc.c". + * + @verbatim + [..] + (@) Sections "ADC peripheral features" and "How to use this driver" are + available in file of generic functions "stm32l1xx_hal_adc.c". + [..] + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADCEx ADCEx + * @brief ADC HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup ADCEx_Private_Constants ADCEx Private Constants + * @{ + */ + +/* Fixed timeout values for ADC calibration, enable settling time, disable */ + /* settling time. */ + /* Values defined to be higher than worst cases: low clock frequency, */ + /* maximum prescaler. */ + /* Ex of profile low frequency : Clock source at 0.1 MHz, ADC clock */ + /* prescaler 4. */ + /* Unit: ms */ + #define ADC_DISABLE_TIMEOUT 2 + #define ADC_CALIBRATION_TIMEOUT 2U +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macros -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions ADCEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Initialization/de-initialization functions + * @brief Extended Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Perform the ADC calibration. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Perform an ADC automatic self-calibration + * Calibration prerequisite: ADC must be disabled (execute this + * function before HAL_ADC_Start() or after HAL_ADC_Stop() ). + * @note Calibration factor can be read after calibration, using function + * HAL_ADC_GetValue() (value on 7 bits: from DR[6;0]). + * @param hadc ADC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_Calibration_Start(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef tmp_hal_status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + uint32_t backup_setting_adc_dma_transfer = 0; /* Note: Variable not declared as volatile because register read is already declared as volatile */ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hadc); + + /* Calibration prerequisite: ADC must be disabled. */ + if (ADC_IS_ENABLE(hadc) == RESET) + { + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_REG_BUSY, + HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL); + + /* Disable ADC DMA transfer request during calibration */ + /* Note: Specificity of this STM32 serie: Calibration factor is */ + /* available in data register and also transfered by DMA. */ + /* To not insert ADC calibration factor among ADC conversion data */ + /* in array variable, DMA transfer must be disabled during */ + /* calibration. */ + backup_setting_adc_dma_transfer = READ_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR1, ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN | ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG); + CLEAR_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR1, ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN | ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG); + + /* Start ADC calibration */ + hadc->Instance->CR |= ADC_CR_ADCAL; + + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait for calibration completion */ + while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hadc->Instance->CR, ADC_CR_ADCAL)) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > ADC_CALIBRATION_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL, + HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_INTERNAL); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Restore ADC DMA transfer request after calibration */ + SET_BIT(hadc->Instance->CFGR1, backup_setting_adc_dma_transfer); + + /* Set ADC state */ + ADC_STATE_CLR_SET(hadc->State, + HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INTERNAL, + HAL_ADC_STATE_READY); + } + else + { + /* Update ADC state machine to error */ + SET_BIT(hadc->State, HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR_CONFIG); + + tmp_hal_status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc); + + /* Return function status */ + return tmp_hal_status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_can.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_can.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..17dede7d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_can.c @@ -0,0 +1,1697 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_can.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief CAN HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Controller Area Network (CAN) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State and Error functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable the CAN controller interface clock using __HAL_RCC_CAN1_CLK_ENABLE(); + + (#) CAN pins configuration + (++) Enable the clock for the CAN GPIOs using the following function: + __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (++) Connect and configure the involved CAN pins to AF9 using the + following function HAL_GPIO_Init(); + + (#) Initialise and configure the CAN using HAL_CAN_Init() function. + + (#) Transmit the desired CAN frame using HAL_CAN_Transmit() function. + + (#) Or transmit the desired CAN frame using HAL_CAN_Transmit_IT() function. + + (#) Receive a CAN frame using HAL_CAN_Receive() function. + + (#) Or receive a CAN frame using HAL_CAN_Receive_IT() function. + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Start the CAN peripheral transmission and wait the end of this operation + using HAL_CAN_Transmit(), at this stage user can specify the value of timeout + according to his end application + (+) Start the CAN peripheral reception and wait the end of this operation + using HAL_CAN_Receive(), at this stage user can specify the value of timeout + according to his end application + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Start the CAN peripheral transmission using HAL_CAN_Transmit_IT() + (+) Start the CAN peripheral reception using HAL_CAN_Receive_IT() + (+) Use HAL_CAN_IRQHandler() called under the used CAN Interrupt subroutine + (+) At CAN end of transmission HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback + (+) In case of CAN Error, HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback + + *** CAN HAL driver macros list *** + ============================================= + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in CAN HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified CAN interrupts + (+) __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified CAN interrupts + (+) __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check if the specified CAN interrupt source is enabled or disabled + (+) __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the CAN's pending flags + (+) __HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG: Get the selected CAN's flag status + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the CAN HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +#ifdef HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED + +#if defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN CAN + * @brief CAN driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup CAN_Private_Constants CAN Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE 10U +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup CAN_Private_Functions CAN Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef CAN_Receive_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef CAN_Transmit_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions CAN Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the CAN. + (+) De-initialize the CAN. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CAN peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the CAN_InitStruct. + * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Init(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + uint32_t status = CAN_INITSTATUS_FAILED; /* Default init status */ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check CAN handle */ + if(hcan == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_INSTANCE(hcan->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.TTCM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.ABOM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.AWUM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.NART)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.RFLM)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.TXFP)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_MODE(hcan->Init.Mode)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_SJW(hcan->Init.SJW)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_BS1(hcan->Init.BS1)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_BS2(hcan->Init.BS2)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_PRESCALER(hcan->Init.Prescaler)); + + if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hcan->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_CAN_MspInit(hcan); + } + + /* Initialize the CAN state*/ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Exit from sleep mode */ + CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_SLEEP); + + /* Request initialisation */ + SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_INRQ); + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcan->Instance->MSR, CAN_MSR_INAK)) + { + if((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + hcan->State= HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT; + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Check acknowledge */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcan->Instance->MSR, CAN_MSR_INAK)) + { + /* Set the time triggered communication mode */ + if (hcan->Init.TTCM == ENABLE) + { + SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_TTCM); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_TTCM); + } + + /* Set the automatic bus-off management */ + if (hcan->Init.ABOM == ENABLE) + { + SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_ABOM); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_ABOM); + } + + /* Set the automatic wake-up mode */ + if (hcan->Init.AWUM == ENABLE) + { + SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_AWUM); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_AWUM); + } + + /* Set the no automatic retransmission */ + if (hcan->Init.NART == ENABLE) + { + SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_NART); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_NART); + } + + /* Set the receive FIFO locked mode */ + if (hcan->Init.RFLM == ENABLE) + { + SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_RFLM); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_RFLM); + } + + /* Set the transmit FIFO priority */ + if (hcan->Init.TXFP == ENABLE) + { + SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_TXFP); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_TXFP); + } + + /* Set the bit timing register */ + WRITE_REG(hcan->Instance->BTR, (uint32_t)(hcan->Init.Mode | + hcan->Init.SJW | + hcan->Init.BS1 | + hcan->Init.BS2 | + (hcan->Init.Prescaler - 1U) )); + + /* Request leave initialisation */ + CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_INRQ); + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcan->Instance->MSR, CAN_MSR_INAK)) + { + if((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + hcan->State= HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Check acknowledged */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcan->Instance->MSR, CAN_MSR_INAK)) + { + status = CAN_INITSTATUS_SUCCESS; + } + } + + if(status == CAN_INITSTATUS_SUCCESS) + { + /* Set CAN error code to none */ + hcan->ErrorCode = HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Initialize the CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Initialize the CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the CAN reception filter according to the specified + * parameters in the CAN_FilterInitStruct. + * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @param sFilterConfig pointer to a CAN_FilterConfTypeDef structure that + * contains the filter configuration information. + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_ConfigFilter(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, CAN_FilterConfTypeDef* sFilterConfig) +{ + uint32_t filternbrbitpos = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_NUMBER(sFilterConfig->FilterNumber)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_MODE(sFilterConfig->FilterMode)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_SCALE(sFilterConfig->FilterScale)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_FIFO(sFilterConfig->FilterFIFOAssignment)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(sFilterConfig->FilterActivation)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_BANKNUMBER(sFilterConfig->BankNumber)); + + filternbrbitpos = (1U) << sFilterConfig->FilterNumber; + + /* Initialisation mode for the filter */ + /* Select the start slave bank */ + MODIFY_REG(hcan->Instance->FMR , + CAN_FMR_CAN2SB , + CAN_FMR_FINIT | + (uint32_t)(sFilterConfig->BankNumber << 8U) ); /* Filter Deactivation */ + CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->FA1R, filternbrbitpos); + + /* Filter Scale */ + if (sFilterConfig->FilterScale == CAN_FILTERSCALE_16BIT) + { + /* 16-bit scale for the filter */ + CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->FS1R, filternbrbitpos); + + /* First 16-bit identifier and First 16-bit mask */ + /* Or First 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit identifier */ + hcan->Instance->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterNumber].FR1 = + ((0x0000FFFFU & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdLow) << 16U) | + (0x0000FFFFU & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdLow); + + /* Second 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit mask */ + /* Or Third 16-bit identifier and Fourth 16-bit identifier */ + hcan->Instance->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterNumber].FR2 = + ((0x0000FFFFU & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16U) | + (0x0000FFFFU & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdHigh); + } + + if (sFilterConfig->FilterScale == CAN_FILTERSCALE_32BIT) + { + /* 32-bit scale for the filter */ + SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->FS1R, filternbrbitpos); + + /* 32-bit identifier or First 32-bit identifier */ + hcan->Instance->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterNumber].FR1 = + ((0x0000FFFFU & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdHigh) << 16U) | + (0x0000FFFFU & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdLow); + + /* 32-bit mask or Second 32-bit identifier */ + hcan->Instance->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterNumber].FR2 = + ((0x0000FFFFU & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16U) | + (0x0000FFFFU & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdLow); + } + + /* Filter Mode */ + if (sFilterConfig->FilterMode == CAN_FILTERMODE_IDMASK) + { + /*Id/Mask mode for the filter*/ + CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->FM1R, filternbrbitpos); + } + else /* CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode == CAN_FilterMode_IdList */ + { + /*Identifier list mode for the filter*/ + SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->FM1R, filternbrbitpos); + } + + /* Filter FIFO assignment */ + if (sFilterConfig->FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_FILTER_FIFO0) + { + /* FIFO 0 assignation for the filter */ + CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->FFA1R, filternbrbitpos); + } + else + { + /* FIFO 1 assignation for the filter */ + SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->FFA1R, filternbrbitpos); + } + + /* Filter activation */ + if (sFilterConfig->FilterActivation == ENABLE) + { + SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->FA1R, filternbrbitpos); + } + + /* Leave the initialisation mode for the filter */ + CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->FMR, ((uint32_t)CAN_FMR_FINIT)); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the CANx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_DeInit(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + /* Check CAN handle */ + if(hcan == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_INSTANCE(hcan->Instance)); + + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY; + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_CAN_MspDeInit(hcan); + + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CAN MSP. + * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_CAN_MspInit(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcan); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CAN_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the CAN MSP. + * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_CAN_MspDeInit(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcan); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CAN_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions + * @brief IO operation functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Transmit a CAN frame message. + (+) Receive a CAN frame message. + (+) Enter CAN peripheral in sleep mode. + (+) Wake up the CAN peripheral from sleep mode. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message. + * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Transmit(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t transmitmailbox = CAN_TXSTATUS_NOMAILBOX; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_IDTYPE(hcan->pTxMsg->IDE)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_RTR(hcan->pTxMsg->RTR)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_DLC(hcan->pTxMsg->DLC)); + + if(((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME0) == CAN_TSR_TME0) || \ + ((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME1) == CAN_TSR_TME1) || \ + ((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME2) == CAN_TSR_TME2)) + { + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hcan); + + /* Change CAN state */ + switch(hcan->State) + { + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1; + break; + default: /* HAL_CAN_STATE_READY */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX; + break; + } + + /* Select one empty transmit mailbox */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcan->Instance->TSR, CAN_TSR_TME0)) + { + transmitmailbox = CAN_TXMAILBOX_0; + } + else if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcan->Instance->TSR, CAN_TSR_TME1)) + { + transmitmailbox = CAN_TXMAILBOX_1; + } + else + { + transmitmailbox = CAN_TXMAILBOX_2; + } + + /* Set up the Id */ + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR &= CAN_TI0R_TXRQ; + if (hcan->pTxMsg->IDE == CAN_ID_STD) + { + assert_param(IS_CAN_STDID(hcan->pTxMsg->StdId)); + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= ((hcan->pTxMsg->StdId << CAN_TI0R_STID_Pos) | \ + hcan->pTxMsg->RTR); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_CAN_EXTID(hcan->pTxMsg->ExtId)); + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= ((hcan->pTxMsg->ExtId << CAN_TI0R_EXID_Pos) | \ + hcan->pTxMsg->IDE | \ + hcan->pTxMsg->RTR); + } + + /* Set up the DLC */ + hcan->pTxMsg->DLC &= (uint8_t)0x0000000FU; + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR &= 0xFFFFFFF0U; + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR |= hcan->pTxMsg->DLC; + + /* Set up the data field */ + WRITE_REG(hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDLR, ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[3] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA3_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[2] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA2_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[1] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA1_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[0] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA0_Pos)); + WRITE_REG(hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDHR, ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[7] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA3_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[6] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA2_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[5] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA1_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[4] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA0_Pos)); + + /* Request transmission */ + SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR, CAN_TI0R_TXRQ); + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check End of transmission flag */ + while(!(__HAL_CAN_TRANSMIT_STATUS(hcan, transmitmailbox))) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Cancel transmission */ + __HAL_CAN_CANCEL_TRANSMIT(hcan, transmitmailbox); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Change CAN state */ + switch(hcan->State) + { + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1; + break; + default: /* HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + break; + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message. + * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Transmit_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + uint32_t transmitmailbox = CAN_TXSTATUS_NOMAILBOX; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_IDTYPE(hcan->pTxMsg->IDE)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_RTR(hcan->pTxMsg->RTR)); + assert_param(IS_CAN_DLC(hcan->pTxMsg->DLC)); + + if(((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME0) == CAN_TSR_TME0) || \ + ((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME1) == CAN_TSR_TME1) || \ + ((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME2) == CAN_TSR_TME2)) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hcan); + + /* Select one empty transmit mailbox */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcan->Instance->TSR, CAN_TSR_TME0)) + { + transmitmailbox = CAN_TXMAILBOX_0; + } + else if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcan->Instance->TSR, CAN_TSR_TME1)) + { + transmitmailbox = CAN_TXMAILBOX_1; + } + else + { + transmitmailbox = CAN_TXMAILBOX_2; + } + + /* Set up the Id */ + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR &= CAN_TI0R_TXRQ; + if(hcan->pTxMsg->IDE == CAN_ID_STD) + { + assert_param(IS_CAN_STDID(hcan->pTxMsg->StdId)); + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= ((hcan->pTxMsg->StdId << CAN_TI0R_STID_Pos) | \ + hcan->pTxMsg->RTR); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_CAN_EXTID(hcan->pTxMsg->ExtId)); + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= ((hcan->pTxMsg->ExtId << CAN_TI0R_EXID_Pos) | \ + hcan->pTxMsg->IDE | \ + hcan->pTxMsg->RTR); + } + + /* Set up the DLC */ + hcan->pTxMsg->DLC &= (uint8_t)0x0000000FU; + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR &= 0xFFFFFFF0U; + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR |= hcan->pTxMsg->DLC; + + /* Set up the data field */ + WRITE_REG(hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDLR, ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[3] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA3_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[2] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA2_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[1] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA1_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[0] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA0_Pos)); + WRITE_REG(hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDHR, ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[7] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA3_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[6] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA2_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[5] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA1_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[4] << CAN_TDL0R_DATA0_Pos)); + + /* Change CAN state */ + switch(hcan->State) + { + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1; + break; + default: /* HAL_CAN_STATE_READY */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX; + break; + } + + /* Set CAN error code to none */ + hcan->ErrorCode = HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + /* Request transmission */ + hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= CAN_TI0R_TXRQ; + + /* Enable interrupts: */ + /* - Enable Error warning Interrupt */ + /* - Enable Error passive Interrupt */ + /* - Enable Bus-off Interrupt */ + /* - Enable Last error code Interrupt */ + /* - Enable Error Interrupt */ + /* - Enable Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG | + CAN_IT_EPV | + CAN_IT_BOF | + CAN_IT_LEC | + CAN_IT_ERR | + CAN_IT_TME ); + } + else + { + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Receives a correct CAN frame. + * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @param FIFONumber FIFO number. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Receive(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + CanRxMsgTypeDef* pRxMsg = NULL; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hcan); + + /* Check if CAN state is not busy for RX FIFO0 */ + if ((FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) && ((hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0) || \ + (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0) || \ + (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1) || \ + (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1))) + { + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Check if CAN state is not busy for RX FIFO1 */ + if ((FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1) && ((hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1) || \ + (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1) || \ + (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1) || \ + (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1))) + { + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Change CAN state */ + if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + switch(hcan->State) + { + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1; + break; + default: /* HAL_CAN_STATE_READY */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0; + break; + } + } + else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ + { + switch(hcan->State) + { + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1; + break; + default: /* HAL_CAN_STATE_READY */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1; + break; + } + } + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Check pending message */ + while(__HAL_CAN_MSG_PENDING(hcan, FIFONumber) == 0U) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Set RxMsg pointer */ + if(FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + pRxMsg = hcan->pRxMsg; + } + else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ + { + pRxMsg = hcan->pRx1Msg; + } + + /* Get the Id */ + pRxMsg->IDE = CAN_RI0R_IDE & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR; + if (pRxMsg->IDE == CAN_ID_STD) + { + pRxMsg->StdId = (CAN_RI0R_STID & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR) >> CAN_TI0R_STID_Pos; + } + else + { + pRxMsg->ExtId = (0xFFFFFFF8U & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR) >> CAN_RI0R_EXID_Pos; + } + pRxMsg->RTR = (CAN_RI0R_RTR & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR) >> CAN_RI0R_RTR_Pos; + /* Get the DLC */ + pRxMsg->DLC = (CAN_RDT0R_DLC & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR) >> CAN_RDT0R_DLC_Pos; + /* Get the FMI */ + pRxMsg->FMI = (CAN_RDT0R_FMI & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR) >> CAN_RDT0R_FMI_Pos; + /* Get the FIFONumber */ + pRxMsg->FIFONumber = FIFONumber; + /* Get the data field */ + pRxMsg->Data[0] = (CAN_RDL0R_DATA0 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR) >> CAN_RDL0R_DATA0_Pos; + pRxMsg->Data[1] = (CAN_RDL0R_DATA1 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR) >> CAN_RDL0R_DATA1_Pos; + pRxMsg->Data[2] = (CAN_RDL0R_DATA2 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR) >> CAN_RDL0R_DATA2_Pos; + pRxMsg->Data[3] = (CAN_RDL0R_DATA3 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR) >> CAN_RDL0R_DATA3_Pos; + pRxMsg->Data[4] = (CAN_RDH0R_DATA4 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR) >> CAN_RDH0R_DATA4_Pos; + pRxMsg->Data[5] = (CAN_RDH0R_DATA5 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR) >> CAN_RDH0R_DATA5_Pos; + pRxMsg->Data[6] = (CAN_RDH0R_DATA6 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR) >> CAN_RDH0R_DATA6_Pos; + pRxMsg->Data[7] = (CAN_RDH0R_DATA7 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR) >> CAN_RDH0R_DATA7_Pos; + + /* Release the FIFO */ + if(FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + /* Release FIFO0 */ + __HAL_CAN_FIFO_RELEASE(hcan, CAN_FIFO0); + } + else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ + { + /* Release FIFO1 */ + __HAL_CAN_FIFO_RELEASE(hcan, CAN_FIFO1); + } + + /* Change CAN state */ + if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + switch(hcan->State) + { + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1; + break; + default: /* HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0 */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + break; + } + } + else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ + { + switch(hcan->State) + { + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0; + break; + default: /* HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1 */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + break; + } + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Receives a correct CAN frame. + * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @param FIFONumber FIFO number. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Receive_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hcan); + + /* Check if CAN state is not busy for RX FIFO0 */ + if ((FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) && ((hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0) || \ + (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0) || \ + (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1) || \ + (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1))) + { + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Check if CAN state is not busy for RX FIFO1 */ + if ((FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1) && ((hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1) || \ + (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1) || \ + (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1) || \ + (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1))) + { + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Change CAN state */ + if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + switch(hcan->State) + { + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1; + break; + default: /* HAL_CAN_STATE_READY */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0; + break; + } + } + else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ + { + switch(hcan->State) + { + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1; + break; + default: /* HAL_CAN_STATE_READY */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1; + break; + } + } + + /* Set CAN error code to none */ + hcan->ErrorCode = HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable interrupts: */ + /* - Enable Error warning Interrupt */ + /* - Enable Error passive Interrupt */ + /* - Enable Bus-off Interrupt */ + /* - Enable Last error code Interrupt */ + /* - Enable Error Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG | + CAN_IT_EPV | + CAN_IT_BOF | + CAN_IT_LEC | + CAN_IT_ERR); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + if(FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + /* Enable FIFO 0 overrun and message pending Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_FOV0 | CAN_IT_FMP0); + } + else + { + /* Enable FIFO 1 overrun and message pending Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_FOV1 | CAN_IT_FMP1); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enters the Sleep (low power) mode. + * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Sleep(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hcan); + + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Request Sleep mode */ + MODIFY_REG(hcan->Instance->MCR, + CAN_MCR_INRQ , + CAN_MCR_SLEEP ); + + /* Sleep mode status */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcan->Instance->MSR, CAN_MSR_SLAK) || + HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcan->Instance->MSR, CAN_MSR_INAK) ) + { + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait the acknowledge */ + while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcan->Instance->MSR, CAN_MSR_SLAK) || + HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcan->Instance->MSR, CAN_MSR_INAK) ) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT; + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Wakes up the CAN peripheral from sleep mode, after that the CAN peripheral + * is in the normal mode. + * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_WakeUp(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hcan); + + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Wake up request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->MCR, CAN_MCR_SLEEP); + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Sleep mode status */ + while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcan->Instance->MSR, CAN_MSR_SLAK)) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + hcan->State= HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcan->Instance->MSR, CAN_MSR_SLAK)) + { + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Change CAN state */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handles CAN interrupt request + * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_CAN_IRQHandler(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + uint32_t errorcode = HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Check Overrun flag for FIFO0 */ + if((__HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_FOV0)) && + (__HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_FOV0))) + { + /* Set CAN error code to FOV0 error */ + errorcode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_FOV0; + + /* Clear FIFO0 Overrun Flag */ + __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_FOV0); + } + + /* Check Overrun flag for FIFO1 */ + if((__HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_FOV1)) && + (__HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_FOV1))) + { + /* Set CAN error code to FOV1 error */ + errorcode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_FOV1; + + /* Clear FIFO1 Overrun Flag */ + __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_FOV1); + } + + /* Check End of transmission flag */ + if(__HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_TME)) + { + /* Check Transmit request completion status */ + if((__HAL_CAN_TRANSMIT_STATUS(hcan, CAN_TXMAILBOX_0)) || + (__HAL_CAN_TRANSMIT_STATUS(hcan, CAN_TXMAILBOX_1)) || + (__HAL_CAN_TRANSMIT_STATUS(hcan, CAN_TXMAILBOX_2))) + { + /* Check Transmit success */ + if((__HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_TXOK0)) || + (__HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_TXOK1)) || + (__HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_TXOK2))) + { + /* Call transmit function */ + CAN_Transmit_IT(hcan); + } + else /* Transmit failure */ + { + /* Set CAN error code to TXFAIL error */ + errorcode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_TXFAIL; + } + + /* Clear transmission status flags (RQCPx and TXOKx) */ + SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->TSR, CAN_TSR_RQCP0 | CAN_TSR_RQCP1 | CAN_TSR_RQCP2 | \ + CAN_FLAG_TXOK0 | CAN_FLAG_TXOK1 | CAN_FLAG_TXOK2); + } + } + + /* Check End of reception flag for FIFO0 */ + if((__HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP0)) && + (__HAL_CAN_MSG_PENDING(hcan, CAN_FIFO0) != 0U)) + { + /* Call receive function */ + CAN_Receive_IT(hcan, CAN_FIFO0); + } + + /* Check End of reception flag for FIFO1 */ + if((__HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP1)) && + (__HAL_CAN_MSG_PENDING(hcan, CAN_FIFO1) != 0U)) + { + /* Call receive function */ + CAN_Receive_IT(hcan, CAN_FIFO1); + } + + /* Set error code in handle */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= errorcode; + + /* Check Error Warning Flag */ + if((__HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_EWG)) && + (__HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG)) && + (__HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR))) + { + /* Set CAN error code to EWG error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_EWG; + /* No need for clear of Error Warning Flag as read-only */ + } + + /* Check Error Passive Flag */ + if((__HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_EPV)) && + (__HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_EPV)) && + (__HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR))) + { + /* Set CAN error code to EPV error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_EPV; + /* No need for clear of Error Passive Flag as read-only */ + } + + /* Check Bus-Off Flag */ + if((__HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_BOF)) && + (__HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_BOF)) && + (__HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR))) + { + /* Set CAN error code to BOF error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_BOF; + /* No need for clear of Bus-Off Flag as read-only */ + } + + /* Check Last error code Flag */ + if((!HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcan->Instance->ESR, CAN_ESR_LEC)) && + (__HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_LEC)) && + (__HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR))) + { + switch(hcan->Instance->ESR & CAN_ESR_LEC) + { + case(CAN_ESR_LEC_0): + /* Set CAN error code to STF error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_STF; + break; + case(CAN_ESR_LEC_1): + /* Set CAN error code to FOR error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_FOR; + break; + case(CAN_ESR_LEC_1 | CAN_ESR_LEC_0): + /* Set CAN error code to ACK error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_ACK; + break; + case(CAN_ESR_LEC_2): + /* Set CAN error code to BR error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_BR; + break; + case(CAN_ESR_LEC_2 | CAN_ESR_LEC_0): + /* Set CAN error code to BD error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_BD; + break; + case(CAN_ESR_LEC_2 | CAN_ESR_LEC_1): + /* Set CAN error code to CRC error */ + hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_CRC; + break; + default: + break; + } + + /* Clear Last error code Flag */ + CLEAR_BIT(hcan->Instance->ESR, CAN_ESR_LEC); + } + + /* Call the Error call Back in case of Errors */ + if(hcan->ErrorCode != HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Clear ERRI Flag */ + SET_BIT(hcan->Instance->MSR, CAN_MSR_ERRI); + + /* Set the CAN state ready to be able to start again the process */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + + /* Disable interrupts: */ + /* - Disable Error warning Interrupt */ + /* - Disable Error passive Interrupt */ + /* - Disable Bus-off Interrupt */ + /* - Disable Last error code Interrupt */ + /* - Disable Error Interrupt */ + /* - Disable FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt */ + /* - Disable FIFO 0 Overrun Interrupt */ + /* - Disable FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt */ + /* - Disable FIFO 1 Overrun Interrupt */ + /* - Disable Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG | + CAN_IT_EPV | + CAN_IT_BOF | + CAN_IT_LEC | + CAN_IT_ERR | + CAN_IT_FMP0| + CAN_IT_FOV0| + CAN_IT_FMP1| + CAN_IT_FOV1| + CAN_IT_TME ); + + /* Call Error callback function */ + HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback(hcan); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmission complete callback in non blocking mode + * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcan); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Transmission complete callback in non blocking mode + * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_CAN_RxCpltCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcan); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CAN_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Error CAN callback. + * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcan); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Error functions + * @brief CAN Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Error functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to : + (+) Check the CAN state. + (+) Check CAN Errors detected during interrupt process + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief return the CAN state + * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef HAL_CAN_GetState(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + /* Return CAN state */ + return hcan->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the CAN error code + * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval CAN Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_CAN_GetError(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan) +{ + return hcan->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup CAN_Private_Functions CAN Private Functions + * @brief CAN Frame message Rx/Tx functions + * + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message. + * @param hcan pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef CAN_Transmit_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan) +{ + /* Disable Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_TME); + + if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Disable interrupts: */ + /* - Disable Error warning Interrupt */ + /* - Disable Error passive Interrupt */ + /* - Disable Bus-off Interrupt */ + /* - Disable Last error code Interrupt */ + /* - Disable Error Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG | + CAN_IT_EPV | + CAN_IT_BOF | + CAN_IT_LEC | + CAN_IT_ERR ); + } + + /* Change CAN state */ + switch(hcan->State) + { + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1; + break; + default: /* HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + break; + } + + /* Transmission complete callback */ + HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback(hcan); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Receives a correct CAN frame. + * @param hcan Pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CAN. + * @param FIFONumber Specify the FIFO number + * @retval HAL status + * @retval None + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef CAN_Receive_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber) +{ + CanRxMsgTypeDef* pRxMsg = NULL; + + /* Set RxMsg pointer */ + if(FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + pRxMsg = hcan->pRxMsg; + } + else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ + { + pRxMsg = hcan->pRx1Msg; + } + + /* Get the Id */ + pRxMsg->IDE = CAN_RI0R_IDE & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR; + if (pRxMsg->IDE == CAN_ID_STD) + { + pRxMsg->StdId = (CAN_RI0R_STID & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR) >> CAN_TI0R_STID_Pos; + } + else + { + pRxMsg->ExtId = (0xFFFFFFF8U & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR) >> CAN_RI0R_EXID_Pos; + } + pRxMsg->RTR = (CAN_RI0R_RTR & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR) >> CAN_RI0R_RTR_Pos; + /* Get the DLC */ + pRxMsg->DLC = (CAN_RDT0R_DLC & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR) >> CAN_RDT0R_DLC_Pos; + /* Get the FMI */ + pRxMsg->FMI = (CAN_RDT0R_FMI & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR) >> CAN_RDT0R_FMI_Pos; + /* Get the FIFONumber */ + pRxMsg->FIFONumber = FIFONumber; + /* Get the data field */ + pRxMsg->Data[0] = (CAN_RDL0R_DATA0 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR) >> CAN_RDL0R_DATA0_Pos; + pRxMsg->Data[1] = (CAN_RDL0R_DATA1 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR) >> CAN_RDL0R_DATA1_Pos; + pRxMsg->Data[2] = (CAN_RDL0R_DATA2 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR) >> CAN_RDL0R_DATA2_Pos; + pRxMsg->Data[3] = (CAN_RDL0R_DATA3 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR) >> CAN_RDL0R_DATA3_Pos; + pRxMsg->Data[4] = (CAN_RDH0R_DATA4 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR) >> CAN_RDH0R_DATA4_Pos; + pRxMsg->Data[5] = (CAN_RDH0R_DATA5 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR) >> CAN_RDH0R_DATA5_Pos; + pRxMsg->Data[6] = (CAN_RDH0R_DATA6 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR) >> CAN_RDH0R_DATA6_Pos; + pRxMsg->Data[7] = (CAN_RDH0R_DATA7 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR) >> CAN_RDH0R_DATA7_Pos; + + /* Release the FIFO */ + /* Release FIFO0 */ + if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + __HAL_CAN_FIFO_RELEASE(hcan, CAN_FIFO0); + + /* Disable FIFO 0 overrun and message pending Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_FOV0 | CAN_IT_FMP0); + } + /* Release FIFO1 */ + else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ + { + __HAL_CAN_FIFO_RELEASE(hcan, CAN_FIFO1); + + /* Disable FIFO 1 overrun and message pending Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_FOV1 | CAN_IT_FMP1); + } + + if((hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0) || (hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1)) + { + /* Disable interrupts: */ + /* - Disable Error warning Interrupt */ + /* - Disable Error passive Interrupt */ + /* - Disable Bus-off Interrupt */ + /* - Disable Last error code Interrupt */ + /* - Disable Error Interrupt */ + __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG | + CAN_IT_EPV | + CAN_IT_BOF | + CAN_IT_LEC | + CAN_IT_ERR ); + } + + /* Change CAN state */ + if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0) + { + switch(hcan->State) + { + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1; + break; + default: /* HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0 */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + break; + } + } + else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */ + { + switch(hcan->State) + { + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX0; + break; + case(HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0_RX1): + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX0; + break; + default: /* HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX1 */ + hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY; + break; + } + } + + /* Receive complete callback */ + HAL_CAN_RxCpltCallback(hcan); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) */ + +#endif /* HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_cec.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_cec.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c93dc5a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_cec.c @@ -0,0 +1,676 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_cec.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief CEC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the High Definition Multimedia Interface + * Consumer Electronics Control Peripheral (CEC). + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + The CEC HAL driver can be used as follow: + + (#) Declare a CEC_HandleTypeDef handle structure. + (#) Initialize the CEC low level resources by implementing the HAL_CEC_MspInit ()API: + (##) Enable the CEC interface clock. + (##) CEC pins configuration: + (+) Enable the clock for the CEC GPIOs. + (+) Configure these CEC pins as alternate function pull-up. + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT() + and HAL_CEC_Receive_IT() APIs): + (+) Configure the CEC interrupt priority. + (+) Enable the NVIC CEC IRQ handle. + (@) The specific CEC interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, + RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros + __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit + and receive process. + + (#) Program the Signal Free Time (SFT) and SFT option, Tolerance, reception stop in + in case of Bit Rising Error, Error-Bit generation conditions, device logical + address and Listen mode in the hcec Init structure. + + (#) Initialize the CEC registers by calling the HAL_CEC_Init() API. + + (@) This API (HAL_CEC_Init()) configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) + by calling the customed HAL_CEC_MspInit() API. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +#ifdef HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED + +#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) ||\ + defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) ||\ + defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) ||\ + defined(STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx) + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC CEC + * @brief HAL CEC module driver + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Constants CEC Private Constants + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Functions CEC Private Functions + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions CEC Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim +=============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the CEC + (+) The following parameters need to be configured: + (++) SignalFreeTime + (++) Tolerance + (++) BRERxStop (RX stopped or not upon Bit Rising Error) + (++) BREErrorBitGen (Error-Bit generation in case of Bit Rising Error) + (++) LBPEErrorBitGen (Error-Bit generation in case of Long Bit Period Error) + (++) BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen (Error-bit generation in case of broadcast message error) + (++) SignalFreeTimeOption (SFT Timer start definition) + (++) OwnAddress (CEC device address) + (++) ListenMode + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CEC mode according to the specified + * parameters in the CEC_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle . + * @param hcec CEC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Init(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) +{ + /* Check the CEC handle allocation */ + if((hcec == NULL) ||(hcec->Init.RxBuffer == NULL)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CEC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcec->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_SIGNALFREETIME(hcec->Init.SignalFreeTime)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_TOLERANCE(hcec->Init.Tolerance)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_BRERXSTOP(hcec->Init.BRERxStop)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_BREERRORBITGEN(hcec->Init.BREErrorBitGen)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_LBPEERRORBITGEN(hcec->Init.LBPEErrorBitGen)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_BROADCASTERROR_NO_ERRORBIT_GENERATION(hcec->Init.BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_SFTOP(hcec->Init.SignalFreeTimeOption)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_LISTENING_MODE(hcec->Init.ListenMode)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_OWN_ADDRESS(hcec->Init.OwnAddress)); + + if(hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hcec->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ + HAL_CEC_MspInit(hcec); + } + hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec); + + /* Write to CEC Control Register */ + hcec->Instance->CFGR = hcec->Init.SignalFreeTime | hcec->Init.Tolerance | hcec->Init.BRERxStop|\ + hcec->Init.BREErrorBitGen | hcec->Init.LBPEErrorBitGen | hcec->Init.BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen |\ + hcec->Init.SignalFreeTimeOption |((uint32_t)(hcec->Init.OwnAddress)<<16U) |\ + hcec->Init.ListenMode; + + /* Enable the following CEC Transmission/Reception interrupts as + * well as the following CEC Transmission/Reception Errors interrupts + * Rx Byte Received IT + * End of Reception IT + * Rx overrun + * Rx bit rising error + * Rx short bit period error + * Rx long bit period error + * Rx missing acknowledge + * Tx Byte Request IT + * End of Transmission IT + * Tx Missing Acknowledge IT + * Tx-Error IT + * Tx-Buffer Underrun IT + * Tx arbitration lost */ + __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_RXBR|CEC_IT_RXEND|CEC_IER_RX_ALL_ERR|CEC_IT_TXBR|CEC_IT_TXEND|CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR); + + /* Enable the CEC Peripheral */ + __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec); + + hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE; + hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY; + hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the CEC peripheral + * @param hcec CEC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_DeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) +{ + /* Check the CEC handle allocation */ + if(hcec == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CEC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcec->Instance)); + + hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(hcec); + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec); + + /* Clear Flags */ + __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_FLAG_TXEND|CEC_FLAG_TXBR|CEC_FLAG_RXBR|CEC_FLAG_RXEND|CEC_ISR_ALL_ERROR); + + /* Disable the following CEC Transmission/Reception interrupts as + * well as the following CEC Transmission/Reception Errors interrupts + * Rx Byte Received IT + * End of Reception IT + * Rx overrun + * Rx bit rising error + * Rx short bit period error + * Rx long bit period error + * Rx missing acknowledge + * Tx Byte Request IT + * End of Transmission IT + * Tx Missing Acknowledge IT + * Tx-Error IT + * Tx-Buffer Underrun IT + * Tx arbitration lost */ + __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_RXBR|CEC_IT_RXEND|CEC_IER_RX_ALL_ERR|CEC_IT_TXBR|CEC_IT_TXEND|CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR); + + hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE; + hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET; + hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET; + + /* Process Unlock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the Own Address of the CEC device + * @param hcec CEC handle + * @param CEC_OwnAddress The CEC own address. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_SetDeviceAddress(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint16_t CEC_OwnAddress) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CEC_OWN_ADDRESS(CEC_OwnAddress)); + + if ((hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY) && (hcec->RxState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY)) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hcec); + + hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec); + + if(CEC_OwnAddress != CEC_OWN_ADDRESS_NONE) + { + hcec->Instance->CFGR |= ((uint32_t)CEC_OwnAddress<<16U); + } + else + { + hcec->Instance->CFGR &= ~(CEC_CFGR_OAR); + } + + hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY; + hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief CEC MSP Init + * @param hcec CEC handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_CEC_MspInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcec); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CEC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief CEC MSP DeInit + * @param hcec CEC handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcec); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CEC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions + * @brief CEC Transmit/Receive functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the CEC data transfers. + + (#) The CEC handle must contain the initiator (TX side) and the destination (RX side) + logical addresses (4-bit long addresses, 0x0F for broadcast messages destination) + + (#) The communication is performed using Interrupts. + These API's return the HAL status. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated CEC IRQ when using Interrupt mode. + The HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks + will be executed respectivelly at the end of the transmit or Receive process + The HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication + error is detected + + (#) API's with Interrupt are : + (+) HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT() + (+) HAL_CEC_IRQHandler() + + (#) A set of User Callbacks are provided: + (+) HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback() + (+) HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() + (+) HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Send data in interrupt mode + * @param hcec CEC handle + * @param InitiatorAddress Initiator address + * @param DestinationAddress destination logical address + * @param pData pointer to input byte data buffer + * @param Size amount of data to be sent in bytes (without counting the header). + * 0 means only the header is sent (ping operation). + * Maximum TX size is 15 bytes (1 opcode and up to 14 operands). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t InitiatorAddress, uint8_t DestinationAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Size) +{ + /* if the IP isn't already busy and if there is no previous transmission + already pending due to arbitration lost */ + if (hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL ) && (Size > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(DestinationAddress)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(InitiatorAddress)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_MSGSIZE(Size)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hcec); + hcec->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* initialize the number of bytes to send, + * 0 means only one header is sent (ping operation) */ + hcec->TxXferCount = Size; + + /* in case of no payload (Size = 0), sender is only pinging the system; + Set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit, must be set before writing data to TXDR */ + if (Size == 0U) + { + __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec); + } + + /* send header block */ + hcec->Instance->TXDR = ((uint8_t)(InitiatorAddress << CEC_INITIATOR_LSB_POS) |(uint8_t) DestinationAddress); + /* Set TX Start of Message (TXSOM) bit */ + __HAL_CEC_FIRST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); + + return HAL_OK; + + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Get size of the received frame. + * @param hcec CEC handle + * @retval Frame size + */ +uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetLastReceivedFrameSize(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) +{ + return hcec->RxXferSize; +} + +/** + * @brief Change Rx Buffer. + * @param hcec CEC handle + * @param Rxbuffer Rx Buffer + * @note This function can be called only inside the HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() + * @retval Frame size + */ +void HAL_CEC_ChangeRxBuffer(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t* Rxbuffer) +{ + hcec->Init.RxBuffer = Rxbuffer; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles CEC interrupt requests. + * @param hcec CEC handle + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_CEC_IRQHandler(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) +{ + + /* save interrupts register for further error or interrupts handling purposes */ + uint32_t reg = 0U; + reg = hcec->Instance->ISR; + + + /* ----------------------------Arbitration Lost Management----------------------------------*/ + /* CEC TX arbitration error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/ + if((reg & CEC_FLAG_ARBLST) != RESET) + { + hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_ARBLST; + __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_ARBLST); + } + + /* ----------------------------Rx Management----------------------------------*/ + /* CEC RX byte received interrupt ---------------------------------------------------*/ + if((reg & CEC_FLAG_RXBR) != RESET) + { + /* reception is starting */ + hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hcec->RxXferSize++; + /* read received byte */ + *hcec->Init.RxBuffer++ = hcec->Instance->RXDR; + __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXBR); + } + + /* CEC RX end received interrupt ---------------------------------------------------*/ + if((reg & CEC_FLAG_RXEND) != RESET) + { + /* clear IT */ + __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXEND); + + /* Rx process is completed, restore hcec->RxState to Ready */ + hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY; + hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE; + hcec->Init.RxBuffer -= hcec->RxXferSize; + HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(hcec, hcec->RxXferSize); + hcec->RxXferSize = 0U; + } + + /* ----------------------------Tx Management----------------------------------*/ + /* CEC TX byte request interrupt ------------------------------------------------*/ + if((reg & CEC_FLAG_TXBR) != RESET) + { + if (hcec->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* if this is the last byte transmission, set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit */ + __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec); + hcec->Instance->TXDR = *hcec->pTxBuffPtr++; + } + else + { + hcec->Instance->TXDR = *hcec->pTxBuffPtr++; + hcec->TxXferCount--; + } + /* clear Tx-Byte request flag */ + __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_FLAG_TXBR); + } + + /* CEC TX end interrupt ------------------------------------------------*/ + if((reg & CEC_FLAG_TXEND) != RESET) + { + __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXEND); + + /* Tx process is ended, restore hcec->gState to Ready */ + hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY; + /* Call the Process Unlocked before calling the Tx call back API to give the possibility to + start again the Transmission under the Tx call back API */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec); + hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE; + HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(hcec); + } + + /* ----------------------------Rx/Tx Error Management----------------------------------*/ + if ((reg & (CEC_ISR_RXOVR|CEC_ISR_BRE|CEC_ISR_SBPE|CEC_ISR_LBPE|CEC_ISR_RXACKE|CEC_ISR_TXUDR|CEC_ISR_TXERR|CEC_ISR_TXACKE)) != 0U) + { + hcec->ErrorCode = reg; + __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, HAL_CEC_ERROR_RXOVR|HAL_CEC_ERROR_BRE|CEC_FLAG_LBPE|CEC_FLAG_SBPE|HAL_CEC_ERROR_RXACKE|HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXUDR|HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXERR|HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXACKE); + + + if((reg & (CEC_ISR_RXOVR|CEC_ISR_BRE|CEC_ISR_SBPE|CEC_ISR_LBPE|CEC_ISR_RXACKE)) != RESET) + { + hcec->Init.RxBuffer-=hcec->RxXferSize; + hcec->RxXferSize = 0U; + hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY; + } + else if (((reg & (CEC_ISR_TXUDR|CEC_ISR_TXERR|CEC_ISR_TXACKE)) != RESET) && ((reg & CEC_ISR_ARBLST) == RESET)) + { + /* Set the CEC state ready to be able to start again the process */ + hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY; + } + + /* Error Call Back */ + HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(hcec); + } + +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback + * @param hcec CEC handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcec); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer completed callback + * @param hcec CEC handle + * @param RxFrameSize Size of frame + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint32_t RxFrameSize) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcec); + UNUSED(RxFrameSize); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief CEC error callbacks + * @param hcec CEC handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcec); + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control function + * @brief CEC control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control function ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CEC. + (+) HAL_CEC_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the CEC peripheral. + (+) HAL_CEC_GetError() API can be helpful to check in run-time the error of the CEC peripheral. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief return the CEC state + * @param hcec pointer to a CEC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CEC module. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef HAL_CEC_GetState(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) +{ + uint32_t temp1 = 0x00U, temp2 = 0x00U; + temp1 = hcec->gState; + temp2 = hcec->RxState; + + return (HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef)(temp1 | temp2); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the CEC error code + * @param hcec pointer to a CEC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified CEC. + * @retval CEC Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetError(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec) +{ + return hcec->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || */ + /* defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || */ + /* defined(STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx) */ + +#endif /* HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_comp.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_comp.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a2d9c2d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_comp.c @@ -0,0 +1,744 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_comp.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief COMP HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the COMP peripheral: + * + Initialization/de-initialization functions + * + I/O operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + * + @verbatim +================================================================================ + ##### COMP Peripheral features ##### +================================================================================ + + [..] + The STM32F0xx device family integrates up to 2 analog comparators COMP1 and COMP2: + (+) The non inverting input and inverting input can be set to GPIO pins. + + (+) The COMP output is available using HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel() + and can be set on GPIO pins. + + (+) The COMP output can be redirected to embedded timers (TIM1, TIM2 and TIM3). + + (+) The comparators COMP1 and COMP2 can be combined in window mode. + + (+) The comparators have interrupt capability with wake-up + from Sleep and Stop modes (through the EXTI controller): + (++) COMP1 is internally connected to EXTI Line 21 + (++) COMP2 is internally connected to EXTI Line 22 + + (+) From the corresponding IRQ handler, the right interrupt source can be retrieved with the + macros __HAL_COMP_COMP1_EXTI_GET_FLAG() and __HAL_COMP_COMP2_EXTI_GET_FLAG(). + + + ##### How to use this driver ##### +================================================================================ + [..] + This driver provides functions to configure and program the Comparators of STM32F05x, STM32F07x and STM32F09x devices. + + To use the comparator, perform the following steps: + + (#) Fill in the HAL_COMP_MspInit() to + (++) Configure the comparator input in analog mode using HAL_GPIO_Init() + (++) Configure the comparator output in alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init() to map the comparator + output to the GPIO pin + (++) If required enable the COMP interrupt by configuring and enabling EXTI line in Interrupt mode and + selecting the desired sensitivity level using HAL_GPIO_Init() function. After that enable the comparator + interrupt vector using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() function. + + (#) Configure the comparator using HAL_COMP_Init() function: + (++) Select the inverting input (input minus) + (++) Select the non inverting input (input plus) + (++) Select the output polarity + (++) Select the output redirection + (++) Select the hysteresis level + (++) Select the power mode + (++) Select the event/interrupt mode + (++) Select the window mode + + -@@- HAL_COMP_Init() calls internally __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE() in order + to access the comparator(s) registers. + + (#) Enable the comparator using HAL_COMP_Start() function or HAL_COMP_Start_IT() function for interrupt mode. + + (#) Use HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback() and/or HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel() functions + to manage comparator outputs (event/interrupt triggered and output level). + + (#) Disable the comparator using HAL_COMP_Stop() or HAL_COMP_Stop_IT() + function. + + (#) De-initialize the comparator using HAL_COMP_DeInit() function. + + (#) For safety purposes comparator(s) can be locked using HAL_COMP_Lock() function. + Only a MCU reset can reset that protection. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* + Additional Tables: + + Table 1. COMP Inputs for the STM32F05x, STM32F07x and STM32F09x devices + +--------------------------------------------------+ + | | | COMP1 | COMP2 | + |-----------------|----------------|---------------| + | | 1/4 VREFINT | OK | OK | + | | 1/2 VREFINT | OK | OK | + | | 3/4 VREFINT | OK | OK | + | Inverting Input | VREFINT | OK | OK | + | | DAC1 OUT (PA4) | OK | OK | + | | DAC2 OUT (PA5) | OK | OK | + | | IO1 | PA0 | PA2 | + |-----------------|----------------|-------|-------| + | Non Inverting | | PA1 | PA3 | + | Input | | | | + +--------------------------------------------------+ + + Table 2. COMP Outputs for the STM32F05x, STM32F07x and STM32F09x devices + +---------------+ + | COMP1 | COMP2 | + |-------|-------| + | PA0 | PA2 | + | PA6 | PA7 | + | PA11 | PA12 | + +---------------+ + + Table 3. COMP Outputs redirection to embedded timers for the STM32F05x, STM32F07x and STM32F09x devices + +---------------------------------+ + | COMP1 | COMP2 | + |----------------|----------------| + | TIM1 BKIN | TIM1 BKIN | + | | | + | TIM1 OCREFCLR | TIM1 OCREFCLR | + | | | + | TIM1 IC1 | TIM1 IC1 | + | | | + | TIM2 IC4 | TIM2 IC4 | + | | | + | TIM2 OCREFCLR | TIM2 OCREFCLR | + | | | + | TIM3 IC1 | TIM3 IC1 | + | | | + | TIM3 OCREFCLR | TIM3 OCREFCLR | + +---------------------------------+ + +*/ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +#ifdef HAL_COMP_MODULE_ENABLED + +#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \ + defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \ + defined(STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx) + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP COMP + * @brief COMP HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Private_Constants COMP Private Constants + * @{ + */ + +/* Delay for COMP startup time. */ +/* Note: Delay required to reach propagation delay specification. */ +/* Literal set to maximum value (refer to device datasheet, */ +/* parameter "tSTART"). */ +/* Unit: us */ +#define COMP_DELAY_STARTUP_US (60U) /*!< Delay for COMP startup time */ + +/* CSR register reset value */ +#define COMP_CSR_RESET_VALUE (0x00000000U) +/* CSR register masks */ +#define COMP_CSR_RESET_PARAMETERS_MASK (0x00003FFFU) +#define COMP_CSR_UPDATE_PARAMETERS_MASK (0x00003FFEU) +/* CSR COMPx non inverting input mask */ +#define COMP_CSR_COMPxNONINSEL_MASK ((uint16_t)COMP_CSR_COMP1SW1) +/* CSR COMP2 shift */ +#define COMP_CSR_COMP1_SHIFT 0U +#define COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT 16U +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Functions COMP Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions to initialize and de-initialize comparators + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the COMP according to the specified + * parameters in the COMP_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @note If the selected comparator is locked, initialization can't be performed. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param hcomp COMP handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Init(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP1_SHIFT; + + /* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */ + if((hcomp == NULL) || ((hcomp->State & COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK) != RESET)) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_INVERTINGINPUT(hcomp->Init.InvertingInput)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_NONINVERTINGINPUT(hcomp->Init.NonInvertingInput)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_OUTPUT(hcomp->Init.Output)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_OUTPUTPOL(hcomp->Init.OutputPol)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_HYSTERESIS(hcomp->Init.Hysteresis)); + assert_param(IS_COMP_MODE(hcomp->Init.Mode)); + + if(hcomp->Init.NonInvertingInput == COMP_NONINVERTINGINPUT_DAC1SWITCHCLOSED) + { + assert_param(IS_COMP_DAC1SWITCH_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance)); + } + + if(hcomp->Init.WindowMode != COMP_WINDOWMODE_DISABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_COMP_WINDOWMODE_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance)); + } + + /* Init SYSCFG and the low level hardware to access comparators */ + __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE(); + + /* Init the low level hardware : SYSCFG to access comparators */ + HAL_COMP_MspInit(hcomp); + + if(hcomp->State == HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hcomp->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + } + + /* Change COMP peripheral state */ + hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set COMP parameters */ + /* Set COMPxINSEL bits according to hcomp->Init.InvertingInput value */ + /* Set COMPxOUTSEL bits according to hcomp->Init.Output value */ + /* Set COMPxPOL bit according to hcomp->Init.OutputPol value */ + /* Set COMPxHYST bits according to hcomp->Init.Hysteresis value */ + /* Set COMPxMODE bits according to hcomp->Init.Mode value */ + if(hcomp->Instance == COMP2) + { + regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT; + } + MODIFY_REG(COMP->CSR, + (COMP_CSR_COMPxINSEL | COMP_CSR_COMPxNONINSEL_MASK | \ + COMP_CSR_COMPxOUTSEL | COMP_CSR_COMPxPOL | \ + COMP_CSR_COMPxHYST | COMP_CSR_COMPxMODE) << regshift, + (hcomp->Init.InvertingInput | \ + hcomp->Init.NonInvertingInput | \ + hcomp->Init.Output | \ + hcomp->Init.OutputPol | \ + hcomp->Init.Hysteresis | \ + hcomp->Init.Mode) << regshift); + + if(hcomp->Init.WindowMode != COMP_WINDOWMODE_DISABLE) + { + COMP->CSR |= COMP_CSR_WNDWEN; + } + + /* Initialize the COMP state*/ + hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_READY; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the COMP peripheral + * @note Deinitialization can't be performed if the COMP configuration is locked. + * To unlock the configuration, perform a system reset. + * @param hcomp COMP handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_DeInit(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP1_SHIFT; + + /* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */ + if((hcomp == NULL) || ((hcomp->State & COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK) != RESET)) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance)); + + /* Set COMP_CSR register to reset value for the corresponding COMP instance */ + if(hcomp->Instance == COMP2) + { + regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT; + } + MODIFY_REG(COMP->CSR, + COMP_CSR_RESET_PARAMETERS_MASK << regshift, + COMP_CSR_RESET_VALUE << regshift); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: SYSCFG, GPIO, CLOCK and NVIC */ + HAL_COMP_MspDeInit(hcomp); + + hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcomp); + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the COMP MSP. + * @param hcomp COMP handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_COMP_MspInit(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcomp); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_COMP_MspInit could be implenetd in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes COMP MSP. + * @param hcomp COMP handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_COMP_MspDeInit(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcomp); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_COMP_MspDeInit could be implenetd in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Functions_Group2 I/O operation functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the COMP data + transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Start the comparator + * @param hcomp COMP handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Start(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp) +{ + uint32_t wait_loop_index = 0U; + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP1_SHIFT; + + /* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */ + if((hcomp == NULL) || ((hcomp->State & COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK) != RESET)) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance)); + + if(hcomp->State == HAL_COMP_STATE_READY) + { + /* Enable the selected comparator */ + if(hcomp->Instance == COMP2) + { + regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT; + } + SET_BIT(COMP->CSR, COMP_CSR_COMPxEN << regshift); + + /* Set HAL COMP handle state */ + hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Delay for COMP startup time */ + wait_loop_index = (COMP_DELAY_STARTUP_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000U)); + while(wait_loop_index != 0U) + { + wait_loop_index--; + } + } + else + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop the comparator + * @param hcomp COMP handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Stop(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP1_SHIFT; + + /* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */ + if((hcomp == NULL) || ((hcomp->State & COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK) != RESET)) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance)); + + if(hcomp->State == HAL_COMP_STATE_BUSY) + { + /* Disable the selected comparator */ + if(hcomp->Instance == COMP2) + { + regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT; + } + CLEAR_BIT(COMP->CSR, COMP_CSR_COMPxEN << regshift); + + hcomp->State = HAL_COMP_STATE_READY; + } + else + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the interrupt and starts the comparator + * @param hcomp COMP handle + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Start_IT(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t extiline = 0U; + + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_COMP_TRIGGERMODE(hcomp->Init.TriggerMode)); + + status = HAL_COMP_Start(hcomp); + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Check the Exti Line output configuration */ + extiline = COMP_GET_EXTI_LINE(hcomp->Instance); + /* Configure the rising edge */ + if((hcomp->Init.TriggerMode & COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_RISING) != RESET) + { + SET_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, extiline); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, extiline); + } + /* Configure the falling edge */ + if((hcomp->Init.TriggerMode & COMP_TRIGGERMODE_IT_FALLING) != RESET) + { + SET_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, extiline); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, extiline); + } + + /* Clear COMP EXTI pending bit */ + WRITE_REG(EXTI->PR, extiline); + + /* Enable Exti interrupt mode */ + SET_BIT(EXTI->IMR, extiline); + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the interrupt and Stop the comparator + * @param hcomp COMP handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Stop_IT(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Disable the Exti Line interrupt mode */ + CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->IMR, COMP_GET_EXTI_LINE(hcomp->Instance)); + + status = HAL_COMP_Stop(hcomp); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Comparator IRQ Handler + * @param hcomp COMP handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +void HAL_COMP_IRQHandler(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp) +{ + uint32_t extiline = COMP_GET_EXTI_LINE(hcomp->Instance); + + /* Check COMP Exti flag */ + if(READ_BIT(EXTI->PR, extiline) != RESET) + { + /* Clear COMP Exti pending bit */ + WRITE_REG(EXTI->PR, extiline); + + /* COMP trigger user callback */ + HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback(hcomp); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the COMP data + transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Lock the selected comparator configuration. + * @param hcomp COMP handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_COMP_Lock(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP1_SHIFT; + + /* Check the COMP handle allocation and lock status */ + if((hcomp == NULL) || ((hcomp->State & COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK) != RESET)) + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance)); + + /* Set lock flag */ + hcomp->State |= COMP_STATE_BIT_LOCK; + + /* Set the lock bit corresponding to selected comparator */ + if(hcomp->Instance == COMP2) + { + regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT; + } + SET_BIT(COMP->CSR, COMP_CSR_COMPxLOCK << regshift); + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the output level (high or low) of the selected comparator. + * The output level depends on the selected polarity. + * If the polarity is not inverted: + * - Comparator output is low when the non-inverting input is at a lower + * voltage than the inverting input + * - Comparator output is high when the non-inverting input is at a higher + * voltage than the inverting input + * If the polarity is inverted: + * - Comparator output is high when the non-inverting input is at a lower + * voltage than the inverting input + * - Comparator output is low when the non-inverting input is at a higher + * voltage than the inverting input + * @param hcomp COMP handle + * @retval Returns the selected comparator output level: COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_LOW or COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_HIGH. + * + */ +uint32_t HAL_COMP_GetOutputLevel(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp) +{ + uint32_t level=0; + uint32_t regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP1_SHIFT; + + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance)); + + if(hcomp->Instance == COMP2) + { + regshift = COMP_CSR_COMP2_SHIFT; + } + level = READ_BIT(COMP->CSR, COMP_CSR_COMPxOUT << regshift); + + if(level != 0U) + { + return(COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_HIGH); + } + return(COMP_OUTPUTLEVEL_LOW); +} + +/** + * @brief Comparator callback. + * @param hcomp COMP handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcomp); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_COMP_TriggerCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup COMP_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the COMP state + * @param hcomp COMP handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +uint32_t HAL_COMP_GetState(COMP_HandleTypeDef *hcomp) +{ + /* Check the COMP handle allocation */ + if(hcomp == NULL) + { + return HAL_COMP_STATE_RESET; + } + + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(hcomp->Instance)); + + return hcomp->State; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx || */ + /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || */ + /* STM32F091xC || defined (STM32F098xx) */ + +#endif /* HAL_COMP_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fba72d33 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.c @@ -0,0 +1,357 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief CORTEX HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the CORTEX: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + * @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] + *** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver *** + =========================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ). + The Cortex-M0 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions. + (#) Enable and Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels. + The priority can be 0..3. + + -@- Lower priority values gives higher priority. + -@- Priority Order: + (#@) Lowest priority. + (#@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQn position). + + (#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() + + (#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() + + -@- Negative value of IRQn_Type are not allowed. + + + [..] + *** How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver *** + ======================================================== + [..] + Setup SysTick Timer for time base. + + (+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config()function calls the SysTick_Config() function which + is a CMSIS function that: + (++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter. + (++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x03). + (++) Resets the SysTick Counter register. + (++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK). + (++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt. + (++) Starts the SysTick Counter. + + (+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro + HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the + HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig() macro is defined + inside the stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.h file. + + (+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the + HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function + call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function. + + (+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula: + + Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s) + (++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function + (++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CORTEX CORTEX + * @brief CORTEX CORTEX HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions CORTEX Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + + +/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts + Systick functionalities + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Sets the priority of an interrupt. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number . + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to stm32f0xx.h file) + * @param PreemptPriority The preemption priority for the IRQn channel. + * This parameter can be a value between 0 and 3. + * A lower priority value indicates a higher priority + * @param SubPriority the subpriority level for the IRQ channel. + * with stm32f0xx devices, this parameter is a dummy value and it is ignored, because + * no subpriority supported in Cortex M0 based products. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority)); + NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn,PreemptPriority); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller. + * @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig() + * function should be called before. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number. + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h)) + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); + + /* Enable interrupt */ + NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number. + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h)) + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); + + /* Disable interrupt */ + NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void) +{ + /* System Reset */ + NVIC_SystemReset(); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer. + * Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts. + * @param TicksNumb Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts. + * @retval status: - 0 Function succeeded. + * - 1 Function failed. + */ +uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb) +{ + return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Cortex control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX + (NVIC, SYSTICK) functionalities. + + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Gets the priority of an interrupt. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number. + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h)) + * @retval None + */ +uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */ + return NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h)) + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); + + /* Set interrupt pending */ + NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC + * and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt). + * @param IRQn External interrupt number. + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h)) + * @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending. + * - 1 Interrupt status is pending. + */ +uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); + + /* Return 1 if pending else 0 */ + return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt. + * @param IRQn External interrupt number. + * This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration + * (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f0xxxx.h)) + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn)); + + /* Clear pending interrupt */ + NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the SysTick clock source. + * @param CLKSource specifies the SysTick clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source. + * @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource)); + if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK) + { + SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK; + } + else + { + SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK; + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void) +{ + HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(); +} + +/** + * @brief SYSTICK callback. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_crc.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_crc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cd94ee26 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_crc.c @@ -0,0 +1,531 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_crc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief CRC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + (+) Enable CRC AHB clock using __HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_ENABLE(); + (+) Initialize CRC calculator + (++)specify generating polynomial (IP default or non-default one) + (++)specify initialization value (IP default or non-default one) + (++)specify input data format + (++)specify input or output data inversion mode if any + (+) Use HAL_CRC_Accumulate() function to compute the CRC value of the + input data buffer starting with the previously computed CRC as + initialization value + (+) Use HAL_CRC_Calculate() function to compute the CRC value of the + input data buffer starting with the defined initialization value + (default or non-default) to initiate CRC calculation + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC CRC + * @brief CRC HAL module driver. + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Functions CRC Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength); +static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions CRC Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions. + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize the CRC according to the specified parameters + in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle + (+) DeInitialize the CRC peripheral + (+) Initialize the CRC MSP (MCU Specific Package) + (+) DeInitialize the CRC MSP + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the CRC according to the specified + * parameters in the CRC_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. + * @param hcrc CRC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc) +{ + /* Check the CRC handle allocation */ + if(hcrc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance)); + + if(hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hcrc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_CRC_MspInit(hcrc); + } + + hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Extended initialization: if programmable polynomial feature is + applicable to device, set default or non-default generating + polynomial according to hcrc->Init parameters. + If feature is non-applicable to device in use, HAL_CRCEx_Init straight + away reports HAL_OK. */ + if (HAL_CRCEx_Init(hcrc) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* check whether or not non-default CRC initial value has been + * picked up by user */ + assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE(hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse)); + if (hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse == DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE) + { + WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, DEFAULT_CRC_INITVALUE); + } + else + { + WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, hcrc->Init.InitValue); + } + + + /* set input data inversion mode */ + assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode)); + MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode); + + /* set output data inversion mode */ + assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode)); + MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode); + + /* makes sure the input data format (bytes, halfwords or words stream) + * is properly specified by user */ + assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT(hcrc->InputDataFormat)); + + /* Change CRC peripheral state */ + hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the CRC peripheral. + * @param hcrc CRC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc) +{ + /* Check the CRC handle allocation */ + if(hcrc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance)); + + /* Check the CRC peripheral state */ + if(hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Change CRC peripheral state */ + hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Reset CRC calculation unit */ + __HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc); + + /* Reset IDR register content */ + CLEAR_BIT(hcrc->Instance->IDR, CRC_IDR_IDR) ; + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(hcrc); + + /* Change CRC peripheral state */ + hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CRC MSP. + * @param hcrc CRC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_CRC_MspInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcrc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CRC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the CRC MSP. + * @param hcrc CRC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hcrc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_CRC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief management functions. + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) compute the 7U, 8U, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8U, 16 or 32-bit data buffer + using the combination of the previous CRC value and the new one + + [..] or + + (+) compute the 7U, 8U, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8U, 16 or 32-bit data buffer + independently of the previous CRC value. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer + * starting with the previously computed CRC as initialization value. + * @param hcrc CRC handle + * @param pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is + * provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat. + * @param BufferLength input data buffer length (number of bytes if pBuffer + * type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if pBuffer type is * uint16_t, + * number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t). + * @note By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer parameter. + * Input buffer pointers with other types simply need to be cast in uint32_t + * and the API will internally adjust its input data processing based on the + * handle field hcrc->InputDataFormat. + * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits) + */ +uint32_t HAL_CRC_Accumulate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength) +{ + uint32_t index = 0U; /* CRC input data buffer index */ + uint32_t temp = 0U; /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */ + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hcrc); + + /* Change CRC peripheral state */ + hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY; + + switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat) + { + case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS: + /* Enter Data to the CRC calculator */ + for(index = 0U; index < BufferLength; index++) + { + hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index]; + } + temp = hcrc->Instance->DR; + break; + + case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES: + temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength); + break; + + case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS: + temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength); + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Change CRC peripheral state */ + hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc); + + /* Return the CRC computed value */ + return temp; +} + + +/** + * @brief Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer + * starting with hcrc->Instance->INIT as initialization value. + * @param hcrc CRC handle + * @param pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is + * provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat. + * @param BufferLength input data buffer length (number of bytes if pBuffer + * type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if pBuffer type is * uint16_t, + * number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t). + * @note By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer parameter. + * Input buffer pointers with other types simply need to be cast in uint32_t + * and the API will internally adjust its input data processing based on the + * handle field hcrc->InputDataFormat. + * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits) + */ +uint32_t HAL_CRC_Calculate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength) +{ + uint32_t index = 0U; /* CRC input data buffer index */ + uint32_t temp = 0U; /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */ + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hcrc); + + /* Change CRC peripheral state */ + hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Reset CRC Calculation Unit (hcrc->Instance->INIT is + * written in hcrc->Instance->DR) */ + __HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc); + + switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat) + { + case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS: + /* Enter 32-bit input data to the CRC calculator */ + for(index = 0U; index < BufferLength; index++) + { + hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index]; + } + temp = hcrc->Instance->DR; + break; + + case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES: + /* Specific 8-bit input data handling */ + temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength); + break; + + case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS: + /* Specific 16-bit input data handling */ + temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength); + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Change CRC peripheral state */ + hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc); + + /* Return the CRC computed value */ + return temp; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions. + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the CRC handle state. + * @param hcrc CRC handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef HAL_CRC_GetState(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc) +{ + /* Return CRC handle state */ + return hcrc->State; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Functions CRC Private Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enter 8-bit input data to the CRC calculator. + * Specific data handling to optimize processing time. + * @param hcrc CRC handle + * @param pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer + * @param BufferLength input data buffer length + * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits) + */ +static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength) +{ + uint32_t i = 0U; /* input data buffer index */ + + /* Processing time optimization: 4 bytes are entered in a row with a single word write, + * last bytes must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure a correct type + * handling by the IP */ + for(i = 0U; i < (BufferLength/4U); i++) + { + hcrc->Instance->DR = ((uint32_t)pBuffer[4U*i]<<24U) | ((uint32_t)pBuffer[4U*i+1]<<16U) | ((uint32_t)pBuffer[4U*i+2]<<8U) | (uint32_t)pBuffer[4U*i+3]; + } + /* last bytes specific handling */ + if ((BufferLength%4U) != 0U) + { + if (BufferLength%4U == 1U) + { + *(uint8_t volatile*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[4*i]; + } + if (BufferLength%4U == 2U) + { + *(uint16_t volatile*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = ((uint32_t)pBuffer[4*i]<<8) | (uint32_t)pBuffer[4*i+1]; + } + if (BufferLength%4U == 3U) + { + *(uint16_t volatile*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = ((uint32_t)pBuffer[4*i]<<8) | (uint32_t)pBuffer[4*i+1]; + *(uint8_t volatile*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[4*i+2]; + } + } + + /* Return the CRC computed value */ + return hcrc->Instance->DR; +} + + + +/** + * @brief Enter 16-bit input data to the CRC calculator. + * Specific data handling to optimize processing time. + * @param hcrc CRC handle + * @param pBuffer pointer to the input data buffer + * @param BufferLength input data buffer length + * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits) + */ +static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength) +{ + uint32_t i = 0U; /* input data buffer index */ + + /* Processing time optimization: 2 HalfWords are entered in a row with a single word write, + * in case of odd length, last HalfWord must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure + * a correct type handling by the IP */ + for(i = 0U; i < (BufferLength/2U); i++) + { + hcrc->Instance->DR = ((uint32_t)pBuffer[2U*i]<<16U) | (uint32_t)pBuffer[2U*i+1]; + } + if ((BufferLength%2U) != 0U) + { + *(uint16_t volatile*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[2*i]; + } + + /* Return the CRC computed value */ + return hcrc->Instance->DR; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_crc_ex.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_crc_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..02591701 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_crc_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,270 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_crc_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief Extended CRC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the CRC peripheral: + * + Extended initialization functions + * + @verbatim +================================================================================ + ##### How to use this driver ##### +================================================================================ + [..] + (+) Extended initialization + (+) Set or not user-defined generating + polynomial other than default one + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRCEx CRCEx + * @brief CRC Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup CRCEx_Exported_Functions CRCEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Initialization/de-initialization functions + * @brief Extended Initialization and Configuration functions. + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize the CRC generating polynomial: if programmable polynomial + feature is applicable to device, set default or non-default generating + polynomial according to hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse parameter. + If feature is non-applicable to device in use, HAL_CRCEx_Init straight + away reports HAL_OK. + (+) Set the generating polynomial + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Extended initialization to set generating polynomial + * @param hcrc CRC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc) +{ +#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx) + /* check whether or not non-default generating polynomial has been + * picked up by user */ + assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL(hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse)); + if (hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse == DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE) + { + /* initialize IP with default generating polynomial */ + WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, DEFAULT_CRC32_POLY); + MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B); + } + else + { + /* initialize CRC IP with generating polynomial defined by user */ + if (HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(hcrc, hcrc->Init.GeneratingPolynomial, hcrc->Init.CRCLength) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } +#endif /* defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx) */ + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Reverse Input data mode. + * @param hcrc CRC handle + * @param InputReverseMode Input Data inversion mode + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_NOINVERSION: no change in bit order (default value) + * @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE: Byte-wise bit reversal + * @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD: HalfWord-wise bit reversal + * @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD: Word-wise bit reversal + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t InputReverseMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(InputReverseMode)); + + /* Change CRC peripheral state */ + hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* set input data inversion mode */ + MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, InputReverseMode); + /* Change CRC peripheral state */ + hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the Reverse Output data mode. + * @param hcrc CRC handle + * @param OutputReverseMode Output Data inversion mode + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLE: no CRC inversion (default value) + * @arg CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLE: bit-level inversion (e.g for a 8-bit CRC: 0xB5 becomes 0xAD) + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t OutputReverseMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(OutputReverseMode)); + + /* Change CRC peripheral state */ + hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* set output data inversion mode */ + MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, OutputReverseMode); + + /* Change CRC peripheral state */ + hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +#if defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx) || defined (STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx) +/** + * @brief Initializes the CRC polynomial if different from default one. + * @param hcrc CRC handle + * @param Pol CRC generating polynomial (7, 8, 16 or 32-bit long) + * This parameter is written in normal representation, e.g. + * for a polynomial of degree 7, X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1 is written 0x65 + * for a polynomial of degree 16, X^16 + X^12 + X^5 + 1 is written 0x1021 + * @param PolyLength CRC polynomial length + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B: 7-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 7) + * @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B: 8-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 8) + * @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B: 16-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 16) + * @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B: 32-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 32) + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t Pol, uint32_t PolyLength) +{ + uint32_t msb = 31U; /* polynomial degree is 32 at most, so msb is initialized to max value */ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CRC_POL_LENGTH(PolyLength)); + + /* check polynomial definition vs polynomial size: + * polynomial length must be aligned with polynomial + * definition. HAL_ERROR is reported if Pol degree is + * larger than that indicated by PolyLength. + * Look for MSB position: msb will contain the degree of + * the second to the largest polynomial member. E.g., for + * X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1, msb = 6. */ + while (((Pol & (1U << msb)) == 0U) && (msb-- > 0U)) + {} + + switch (PolyLength) + { + case CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B: + if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_7B) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + case CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B: + if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_8B) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + case CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B: + if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_16B) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + break; + case CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B: + /* no polynomial definition vs. polynomial length issue possible */ + break; + default: + break; + } + + /* set generating polynomial */ + WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, Pol); + + /* set generating polynomial size */ + MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, PolyLength); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} +#endif /* #if defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx) || defined (STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @} + */ + + +#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_dac.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_dac.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f3b658d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_dac.c @@ -0,0 +1,785 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_dac.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief DAC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State and Errors functions + * + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### DAC Peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + *** DAC Channels *** + ==================== + [..] + STM32F0 devices integrates no, one or two 12-bit Digital Analog Converters. + STM32F05x devices have one converter (channel1) + STM32F07x & STM32F09x devices have two converters (i.e. channel1 & channel2) + + When 2 converters are present (i.e. channel1 & channel2) they + can be used independently or simultaneously (dual mode): + (#) DAC channel1 with DAC_OUT1 (PA4) as output + (#) DAC channel2 with DAC_OUT2 (PA5) as output + + *** DAC Triggers *** + ==================== + [..] + Digital to Analog conversion can be non-triggered using DAC_TRIGGER_NONE + and DAC_OUT1/DAC_OUT2 is available once writing to DHRx register. + [..] + Digital to Analog conversion can be triggered by: + (#) External event: EXTI Line 9 (any GPIOx_PIN_9) using DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9. + The used pin (GPIOx_PIN_9) must be configured in input mode. + + (#) Timers TRGO: TIM2, TIM3, TIM6, and TIM15 + (DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO, DAC_TRIGGER_T3_TRGO...) + + (#) Software using DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE + + *** DAC Buffer mode feature *** + =============================== + [..] + Each DAC channel integrates an output buffer that can be used to + reduce the output impedance, and to drive external loads directly + without having to add an external operational amplifier. + To enable, the output buffer use + sConfig.DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_ENABLE; + [..] + (@) Refer to the device datasheet for more details about output + impedance value with and without output buffer. + + *** GPIO configurations guidelines *** + ===================== + [..] + When a DAC channel is used (ex channel1 on PA4) and the other is not + (ex channel1 on PA5 is configured in Analog and disabled). + Channel1 may disturb channel2 as coupling effect. + Note that there is no coupling on channel2 as soon as channel2 is turned on. + Coupling on adjacent channel could be avoided as follows: + when unused PA5 is configured as INPUT PULL-UP or DOWN. + PA5 is configured in ANALOG just before it is turned on. + + *** DAC wave generation feature *** + =================================== + [..] + Both DAC channels can be used to generate + (#) Noise wave + (#) Triangle wave + + *** DAC data format *** + ======================= + [..] + The DAC data format can be: + (#) 8-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_8B_R + (#) 12-bit left alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_L + (#) 12-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_R + + *** DAC data value to voltage correspondance *** + ================================================ + [..] + The analog output voltage on each DAC channel pin is determined + by the following equation: + [..] + DAC_OUTx = VREF+ * DOR / 4095 + (+) with DOR is the Data Output Register + [..] + VEF+ is the input voltage reference (refer to the device datasheet) + [..] + e.g. To set DAC_OUT1 to 0.7V, use + (+) Assuming that VREF+ = 3.3V, DAC_OUT1 = (3.3 * 868) / 4095 = 0.7V + + *** DMA requests *** + ===================== + [..] + A DMA1 request can be generated when an external trigger (but not + a software trigger) occurs if DMA1 requests are enabled using + HAL_DAC_Start_DMA() + [..] + DMA1 requests are mapped as following: + (#) DAC channel1 : mapped on DMA1 channel3 which must be + already configured + (#) DAC channel2 : mapped on DMA1 channel4 which must be + already configured + + (@) For Dual mode and specific signal (Triangle and noise) generation please + refer to Extended Features Driver description + STM32F0 devices with one channel (one converting capability) does not + support Dual mode and specific signal (Triangle and noise) generation. + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (+) DAC APB clock must be enabled to get write access to DAC + registers using HAL_DAC_Init() + (+) Configure DAC_OUTx (DAC_OUT1: PA4, DAC_OUT2: PA5) in analog mode. + (+) Configure the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel() function. + (+) Enable the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_Start() or HAL_DAC_Start_DMA() functions. + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start() + (+) To read the DAC last data output value, use the HAL_DAC_GetValue() function. + (+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop() + + *** DMA mode IO operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length + of data to be transferred at each end of conversion + (+) At the middle of data transfer HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1() or HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2() + function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer + HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1() or HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2() + (+) At The end of data transfer HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1() or HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2() + function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer + HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1() or HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2() + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 + (+) In case of DMA underrun, DAC interruption triggers and execute internal function HAL_DAC_IRQHandler. + HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1() or HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2() + function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer + HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1() or HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2() and + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1() + (+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA() + + *** DAC HAL driver macros list *** + ============================================= + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in DAC HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_DAC_ENABLE : Enable the DAC peripheral + (+) __HAL_DAC_DISABLE : Disable the DAC peripheral + (+) __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DAC's pending flags + (+) __HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG: Get the selected DAC's flag status + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the DAC HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED + +#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \ + defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \ + defined(STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx) + +/** @defgroup DAC DAC + * @brief DAC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Macros DAC Private Macros + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Functions DAC Private Functions + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions -------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions DAC Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the DAC. + (+) De-initialize the DAC. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the DAC peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the DAC_InitStruct and initialize the associated handle. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Init(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* Check DAC handle */ + if(hdac == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance)); + + if(hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hdac->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_DAC_MspInit(hdac); + } + + /* Initialize the DAC state*/ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set DAC error code to none */ + hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Initialize the DAC state*/ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Deinitialize the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* Check DAC handle */ + if(hdac == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance)); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(hdac); + + /* Set DAC error code to none */ + hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the DAC MSP. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DAC_MspInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the DAC MSP. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief IO operation functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start conversion. + (+) Stop conversion. + (+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer. + (+) Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + UNUSED(Channel); + + /* Note : This function is defined into this file for library reference. */ + /* Function content is located into file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c */ + + /* Return error status as not implemented here */ + return HAL_ERROR; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param pData The destination peripheral Buffer address. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to DAC peripheral + * @param Alignment Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + UNUSED(Channel); + UNUSED(pData); + UNUSED(Length); + UNUSED(Alignment); + + /* Note : This function is defined into this file for library reference. */ + /* Function content is located into file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c */ + + /* Return error status as not implemented here */ + return HAL_ERROR; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + + /* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */ + hdac->Instance->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << Channel); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel); + + /* Disable the DMA channel */ + /* Channel1 is used */ + if (Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + /* Disable the DMA channel */ + status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle1); + + /* Disable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */ + __HAL_DAC_DISABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1); + } + +#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \ + defined(STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx) + /* Does not apply to STM32F051x8 & STM32F058xx */ + + else /* Channel2 is used for */ + { + /* Disable the DMA channel */ + status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle2); + + /* Disable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */ + __HAL_DAC_DISABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR2); + } +#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || */ + /* STM32F091xC || STM32F098xx */ + + /* Check if DMA Channel effectively disabled */ + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Update DAC state machine to error */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + } + + /* Return function status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Handles DAC interrupt request + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + + /* Note : This function is defined into this file for library reference. */ + /* Function content is located into file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c */ +} + +/** + * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param Alignment Specifies the data alignment. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @param Data Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_SetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance; + if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + tmp += DAC_DHR12R1_ALIGNMENT(Alignment); + } + else + { + tmp += DAC_DHR12R2_ALIGNMENT(Alignment); + } + + /* Set the DAC channel1 selected data holding register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel1 + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non-blocking mode for Channel1 + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Error DAC callback for Channel1. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA underrun DAC callback for channel1. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure channels. + (+) Get result of conversion. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value. + */ +__weak uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + UNUSED(Channel); + + /* Note : This function is defined into this file for library reference. */ + /* Function content is located into file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c */ + + /* Return error status as not implemented here */ + return HAL_ERROR; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the selected DAC channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param sConfig DAC configuration structure. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + UNUSED(sConfig); + UNUSED(Channel); + + /* Note : This function is defined into this file for library reference. */ + /* Function content is located into file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c */ + + /* Return error status as not implemented here */ + return HAL_ERROR; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Errors functions + * @brief Peripheral State and Errors functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to + (+) Check the DAC state. + (+) Check the DAC Errors. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief return the DAC handle state + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef HAL_DAC_GetState(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* Return DAC handle state */ + return hdac->State; +} + + +/** + * @brief Return the DAC error code + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval DAC Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetError(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + return hdac->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx || */ + /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || */ + /* STM32F091xC || STM32F098xx */ + +#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7ff936db --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,1187 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief DAC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the extended + * functionalities of the DAC peripheral. + * + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (+) When Dual mode is enabled (i.e. DAC Channel1 and Channel2 are used simultaneously) : + Use HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue() to get digital data to be converted and use + HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue() to set digital value to converted simultaneously in Channel 1 and Channel 2. + (+) Use HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate() to generate Triangle signal. + (+) Use HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate() to generate Noise signal. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/** @addtogroup DAC + * @{ + */ + +#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \ + defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \ + defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) + +/** @addtogroup DAC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +static void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void DAC_DMAErrorCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* STM32F051x8 STM32F058xx */ + /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */ + /* STM32F091xC STM32F098xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \ + defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) + +/** @addtogroup DAC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/* DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2 / DAC_DMAErrorCh2 / DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2 */ +/* are set by HAL_DAC_Start_DMA */ + +void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +void DAC_DMAErrorCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */ + /* STM32F091xC STM32F098xx */ + +/** @addtogroup DAC_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group3 + * @{ + */ + +#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \ + defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) + +/** + * @brief Configures the selected DAC channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param sConfig DAC configuration structure. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0U, tmpreg2 = 0U; + + /* Check the DAC parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(sConfig->DAC_Trigger)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(sConfig->DAC_Trigger)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Get the DAC CR value */ + tmpreg1 = hdac->Instance->CR; + /* Clear BOFFx, TENx, TSELx, WAVEx and MAMPx bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_MAMP1 | DAC_CR_WAVE1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1 | DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_BOFF1)) << Channel); + /* Configure for the selected DAC channel: buffer output, trigger */ + /* Set TSELx and TENx bits according to DAC_Trigger value */ + /* Set BOFFx bit according to DAC_OutputBuffer value */ + tmpreg2 = (sConfig->DAC_Trigger | sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer); + /* Calculate CR register value depending on DAC_Channel */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << Channel; + /* Write to DAC CR */ + hdac->Instance->CR = tmpreg1; + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +#endif /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */ + /* STM32F091xC STM32F098xx */ + +#if defined (STM32F051x8) || defined (STM32F058xx) + +/** + * @brief Configures the selected DAC channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param sConfig DAC configuration structure. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0U, tmpreg2 = 0U; + + /* Check the DAC parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(sConfig->DAC_Trigger)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(sConfig->DAC_Trigger)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Get the DAC CR value */ + tmpreg1 = hdac->Instance->CR; + /* Clear BOFFx, TENx, TSELx, WAVEx and MAMPx bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_TSEL1 | DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_BOFF1)) << Channel); + /* Configure for the selected DAC channel: buffer output, trigger */ + /* Set TSELx and TENx bits according to DAC_Trigger value */ + /* Set BOFFx bit according to DAC_OutputBuffer value */ + tmpreg2 = (sConfig->DAC_Trigger | sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer); + /* Calculate CR register value depending on DAC_Channel */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << Channel; + /* Write to DAC CR */ + hdac->Instance->CR = tmpreg1; + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +#endif /* STM32F051x8 STM32F058xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \ + defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) +/* DAC 1 has 2 channels 1 & 2 */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value. + */ +uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + + /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */ + if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + return hdac->Instance->DOR1; + } + else + { + return hdac->Instance->DOR2; + } +} + +#endif /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */ + /* STM32F091xC STM32F098xx */ + +#if defined (STM32F051x8) || defined (STM32F058xx) + +/* DAC 1 has 1 channels */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value. + */ +uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + + /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */ + return hdac->Instance->DOR1; +} + + + +#endif /* STM32F051x8 STM32F058xx */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group2 + * @{ + */ + +#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \ + defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) + +/** + * @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable the Peripharal */ + __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel); + + if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + /* Check if software trigger enabled */ + if((hdac->Instance->CR & (DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1)) == (DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1)) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC software conversion */ + SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR, DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1); + } + } + else + { + /* Check if software trigger enabled */ + if((hdac->Instance->CR & (DAC_CR_TEN2 | DAC_CR_TSEL2)) == (DAC_CR_TEN2 | DAC_CR_TSEL2)) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC software conversion*/ + SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR, DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG2); + } + } + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param pData The destination peripheral Buffer address. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to DAC peripheral + * @param Alignment Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel1 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1; + + /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel1 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1; + + /* Set the DMA error callback for channel1 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh1; + + /* Enable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */ + SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->CR, DAC_CR_DMAEN1); + + /* Case of use of channel 1 */ + switch(Alignment) + { + case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: + /* Get DHR12R1 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R1; + break; + case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: + /* Get DHR12L1 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L1; + break; + case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: + /* Get DHR8R1 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R1; + break; + default: + break; + } + } + else + { + /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel2 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2; + + /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel2 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2; + + /* Set the DMA error callback for channel2 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh2; + + /* Enable the selected DAC channel2 DMA request */ + SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->CR, DAC_CR_DMAEN2); + + /* Case of use of channel 2 */ + switch(Alignment) + { + case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: + /* Get DHR12R2 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R2; + break; + case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: + /* Get DHR12L2 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L2; + break; + case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: + /* Get DHR8R2 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R2; + break; + default: + break; + } + } + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */ + __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1); + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle1, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length); + } + else + { + /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */ + __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR2); + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle2, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length); + } + + /* Enable the Peripharal */ + __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + + + +#endif /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */ + /* STM32F091xC STM32F098xx */ + +#if defined (STM32F051x8) || defined (STM32F058xx) + +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable the Peripharal */ + __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel); + + if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1) + { + /* Check if software trigger enabled */ + if((hdac->Instance->CR & (DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1)) == (DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1)) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC software conversion */ + SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR, DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1); + } + } + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @param pData The destination peripheral Buffer address. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to DAC peripheral + * @param Alignment Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel1 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1; + + /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel1 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1; + + /* Set the DMA error callback for channel1 */ + hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh1; + + /* Enable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */ + SET_BIT(hdac->Instance->CR, DAC_CR_DMAEN1); + + /* Case of use of channel 1 */ + switch(Alignment) + { + case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: + /* Get DHR12R1 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R1; + break; + case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: + /* Get DHR12L1 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L1; + break; + case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: + /* Get DHR8R1 address */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R1; + break; + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */ + __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1); + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle1, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length); + + /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */ + __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1); + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle1, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length); + + /* Enable the Peripharal */ + __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +#endif /* STM32F051x8 STM32F058xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \ + defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) +/* DAC channel 2 is available on top of DAC channel 1 */ + +/** + * @brief Handles DAC interrupt request + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + if(__HAL_DAC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1)) + { + /* Check underrun channel 1 flag */ + if(__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1)) + { + /* Change DAC state to error state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Set DAC error code to channel1 DMA underrun error */ + hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH1; + + /* Clear the underrun flag */ + __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac,DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1); + + /* Disable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */ + hdac->Instance->CR &= ~DAC_CR_DMAEN1; + + /* Error callback */ + HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(hdac); + } + } + if(__HAL_DAC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR2)) + { + /* Check underrun channel 2 flag */ + if(__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2)) + { + /* Change DAC state to error state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Set DAC error code to channel2 DMA underrun error */ + hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH2; + + /* Clear the underrun flag */ + __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac,DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2); + + /* Disable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */ + hdac->Instance->CR &= ~DAC_CR_DMAEN2; + + /* Error callback */ + HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(hdac); + } + } +} + +#endif /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */ + /* STM32F091xC STM32F098xx */ + +#if defined (STM32F051x8) || defined (STM32F058xx) +/* DAC channel 2 is NOT available. Only DAC channel 1 is available */ + +/** + * @brief Handles DAC interrupt request + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + if(__HAL_DAC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1)) + { + /* Check Overrun flag */ + if(__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1)) + { + /* Change DAC state to error state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Set DAC error code to chanel1 DMA underrun error */ + hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH1; + + /* Clear the underrun flag */ + __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac,DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1); + + /* Disable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */ + hdac->Instance->CR &= ~DAC_CR_DMAEN1; + + /* Error callback */ + HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(hdac); + } + } +} + +#endif /* STM32F051x8 STM32F058xx */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \ + defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \ + defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) + +/** @addtogroup DAC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief DMA conversion complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(hdac); + + hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @brief DMA half transfer complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + /* Conversion complete callback */ + HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(hdac); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA error callback + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void DAC_DMAErrorCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* Set DAC error code to DMA error */ + hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA; + + HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(hdac); + + hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; +} +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F051x8 STM32F058xx */ + /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */ + /* STM32F091xC STM32F098xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \ + defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) + +/** @addtogroup DAC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief DMA conversion complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac); + + hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @brief DMA half transfer complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + /* Conversion complete callback */ + HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA error callback + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DMAErrorCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* Set DAC error code to DMA error */ + hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA; + + HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac); + + hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */ + /* STM32F091xC STM32F098xx */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DACEx DACEx + * @brief DACEx driver module + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup DACEx_Private_Macros DACEx Private Macros + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions DACEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions + * @brief Extended features functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Extended features functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start conversion. + (+) Stop conversion. + (+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer. + (+) Get result of conversion. + (+) Get result of dual mode conversion. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \ + defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) + +/** + * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value. + */ +uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + + tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR1; + + /* DAC channel 2 is present in DAC 1 */ + tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR2 << 16U; + + /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */ + return tmp; +} + +#endif /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */ + /* STM32F091xC STM32F098xx */ + +#if defined (STM32F051x8) || defined (STM32F058xx) + +/** + * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value. + */ +uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + + tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR1; + + /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */ + return tmp; +} + +#endif /* STM32F051x8 STM32F058xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \ + defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * DAC_CHANNEL_1 / DAC_CHANNEL_2 + * @param Amplitude Select max triangle amplitude. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1: Select max triangle amplitude of 1 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3: Select max triangle amplitude of 3 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7: Select max triangle amplitude of 7 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15: Select max triangle amplitude of 15 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31: Select max triangle amplitude of 31 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63: Select max triangle amplitude of 63 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127: Select max triangle amplitude of 127 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255: Select max triangle amplitude of 255 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511: Select max triangle amplitude of 511 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023: Select max triangle amplitude of 1023 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047: Select max triangle amplitude of 2047 + * @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095: Select max triangle amplitude of 4095 + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */ + MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, ((DAC_CR_WAVE1)|(DAC_CR_MAMP1))<<Channel, (DAC_CR_WAVE1_1 | Amplitude) << Channel); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Channel The selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * DAC_CHANNEL_1 / DAC_CHANNEL_2 + * @param Amplitude Unmask DAC channel LFSR for noise wave generation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdac); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */ + MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, ((DAC_CR_WAVE1)|(DAC_CR_MAMP1))<<Channel, (DAC_CR_WAVE1_0 | Amplitude) << Channel); + + /* Change DAC state */ + hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +#endif /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */ + /* STM32F091xC STM32F098xx */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \ + defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \ + defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) + +/** @addtogroup DACEx_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 + * @brief Extended features functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for dual DAC channel. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @param Alignment Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @param Data1 Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @param Data2 Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @note In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both + * DAC channels at the same time. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data1, uint32_t Data2) +{ + uint32_t data = 0U, tmp = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2)); + + /* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */ + if (Alignment == DAC_ALIGN_8B_R) + { + data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8U) | Data1; + } + else + { + data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16U) | Data1; + } + + tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance; + tmp += DAC_DHR12RD_ALIGNMENT(Alignment); + + /* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* STM32F051x8 STM32F058xx */ + /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */ + /* STM32F091xC STM32F098xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \ + defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) + +/** @addtogroup DACEx_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 + * @brief Extended features functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel2 + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for Channel2 + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Error DAC callback for Channel2. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA underrun DAC callback for channel2. + * @param hdac pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DAC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdac); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* STM32F071xB STM32F072xB STM32F078xx */ + /* STM32F091xC STM32F098xx */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_dma.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_dma.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9bd69a01 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_dma.c @@ -0,0 +1,905 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_dma.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief DMA HAL module driver. + * + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Direct Memory Access (DMA) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral State and errors functions + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Channel + (except for internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is + necessary). Please refer to Reference manual for connection between peripherals + and DMA requests . + + (#) For a given Channel, program the required configuration through the following parameters: + Transfer Direction, Source and Destination data formats, + Circular or Normal mode, Channel Priority level, Source and Destination Increment mode, + using HAL_DMA_Init() function. + + (#) Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error + detection. + + (#) Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer + + -@- In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed. + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source + address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred + (+) Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this + case a fixed Timeout can be configured by User depending from his application. + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() + (+) Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() + (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of + Source address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred. + In this case the DMA interrupt is configured + (+) Use HAL_DMA_Channel_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine + (+) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can + add his own function by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback and + XferErrorCallback (i.e a member of DMA handle structure). + + *** DMA HAL driver macros list *** + ============================================= + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in DMA HAL driver. + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + + +/** @defgroup DMA DMA + * @brief DMA HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions DMA Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength); +static void DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions DMA Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Channel source + and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction, + circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection and Channel priority value. + [..] + The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in + reference manual. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the DMA according to the specified + * parameters in the DMA_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. + * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + + /* Check the DMA handle allocation */ + if(NULL == hdma) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(hdma->Init.Direction)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.PeriphInc)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.MemInc)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(hdma->Init.Mode)); + assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(hdma->Init.Priority)); + + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Get the CR register value */ + tmp = hdma->Instance->CCR; + + /* Clear PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC, DIR bits */ + tmp &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_CCR_PL | DMA_CCR_MSIZE | DMA_CCR_PSIZE | \ + DMA_CCR_MINC | DMA_CCR_PINC | DMA_CCR_CIRC | \ + DMA_CCR_DIR)); + + /* Prepare the DMA Channel configuration */ + tmp |= hdma->Init.Direction | + hdma->Init.PeriphInc | hdma->Init.MemInc | + hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment | hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment | + hdma->Init.Mode | hdma->Init.Priority; + + /* Write to DMA Channel CR register */ + hdma->Instance->CCR = tmp; + + /* Initialize DmaBaseAddress and ChannelIndex parameters used + by HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() and HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() */ + DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(hdma); + + /* Clean callbacks */ + hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL; + hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL; + hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Initialise the error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Initialize the DMA state*/ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hdma->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the DMA peripheral + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Check the DMA handle allocation */ + if(NULL == hdma) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance)); + + /* Disable the selected DMA Channelx */ + hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN; + + /* Reset DMA Channel control register */ + hdma->Instance->CCR = 0U; + + /* Reset DMA Channel Number of Data to Transfer register */ + hdma->Instance->CNDTR = 0U; + + /* Reset DMA Channel peripheral address register */ + hdma->Instance->CPAR = 0U; + + /* Reset DMA Channel memory address register */ + hdma->Instance->CMAR = 0U; + +/* Get DMA Base Address */ + DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(hdma); + + /* Clear all flags */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex; + + /* Initialize the error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Initialize the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions + * @brief I/O operation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer + (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and + Start DMA transfer with interrupt + (+) Abort DMA transfer + (+) Poll for transfer complete + (+) Handle DMA interrupt request + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Start the DMA Transfer. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @param SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address + * @param DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address + * @param DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdma); + + if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State) + { + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY; + + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Disable the peripheral */ + hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN; + + /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */ + DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + hdma->Instance->CCR |= DMA_CCR_EN; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + /* Remain BUSY */ + status = HAL_BUSY; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @param SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address + * @param DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address + * @param DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdma); + + if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State) + { + /* Change DMA peripheral state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY; + + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Disable the peripheral */ + hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN; + + /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */ + DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength); + + /* Enable the transfer complete, & transfer error interrupts */ + /* Half transfer interrupt is optional: enable it only if associated callback is available */ + if(NULL != hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback ) + { + hdma->Instance->CCR |= (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE); + } + else + { + hdma->Instance->CCR |= (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_TE); + hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_IT_HT; + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + hdma->Instance->CCR |= DMA_CCR_EN; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + /* Remain BUSY */ + status = HAL_BUSY; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort the DMA Transfer. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Disable DMA IT */ + hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~(DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE); + + /* Disable the channel */ + hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN; + + /* Clear all flags */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex); + + /* Change the DMA state*/ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort the DMA Transfer in Interrupt mode. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + if(HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State) + { + /* no transfer ongoing */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER; + + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + + /* Disable DMA IT */ + hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~(DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE); + + /* Disable the channel */ + hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_CCR_EN; + + /* Clear all flags */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex; + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + /* Call User Abort callback */ + if(hdma->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + hdma->XferAbortCallback(hdma); + } + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Polling for transfer complete. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @param CompleteLevel Specifies the DMA level complete. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t temp; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + if(HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State) + { + /* no transfer ongoing */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER; + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Polling mode not supported in circular mode */ + if (RESET != (hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC)) + { + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED; + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Get the level transfer complete flag */ + if(HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER == CompleteLevel) + { + /* Transfer Complete flag */ + temp = DMA_FLAG_TC1 << hdma->ChannelIndex; + } + else + { + /* Half Transfer Complete flag */ + temp = DMA_FLAG_HT1 << hdma->ChannelIndex; + } + + /* Get tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(RESET == (hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR & temp)) + { + if(RESET != (hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR & (DMA_FLAG_TE1 << hdma->ChannelIndex))) + { + /* When a DMA transfer error occurs */ + /* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */ + /* Clear all flags */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex; + + /* Update error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE; + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State= HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + /* Update error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + + if(HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER == CompleteLevel) + { + /* Clear the transfer complete flag */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_TC1 << hdma->ChannelIndex; + + /* The selected Channelx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and + all transfers are complete) */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + } + else + { + /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_HT1 << hdma->ChannelIndex; + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle DMA interrupt request. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + uint32_t flag_it = hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR; + uint32_t source_it = hdma->Instance->CCR; + + /* Half Transfer Complete Interrupt management ******************************/ + if ((RESET != (flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_HT1 << hdma->ChannelIndex))) && (RESET != (source_it & DMA_IT_HT))) + { + /* Disable the half transfer interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */ + if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U) + { + /* Disable the half transfer interrupt */ + hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~DMA_IT_HT; + } + + /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_HT1 << hdma->ChannelIndex; + + /* DMA peripheral state is not updated in Half Transfer */ + /* State is updated only in Transfer Complete case */ + + if(hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL) + { + /* Half transfer callback */ + hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback(hdma); + } + } + + /* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ***********************************/ + else if ((RESET != (flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TC1 << hdma->ChannelIndex))) && (RESET != (source_it & DMA_IT_TC))) + { + if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U) + { + /* Disable the transfer complete & transfer error interrupts */ + /* if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */ + hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~(DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_TE); + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + } + + /* Clear the transfer complete flag */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_TC1 << hdma->ChannelIndex; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL) + { + /* Transfer complete callback */ + hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma); + } + } + + /* Transfer Error Interrupt management ***************************************/ + else if (( RESET != (flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TE1 << hdma->ChannelIndex))) && (RESET != (source_it & DMA_IT_TE))) + { + /* When a DMA transfer error occurs */ + /* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */ + /* Then, disable all DMA interrupts */ + hdma->Instance->CCR &= ~(DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE); + + /* Clear all flags */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex; + + /* Update error code */ + hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE; + + /* Change the DMA state */ + hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL) + { + /* Transfer error callback */ + hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Register callbacks + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. + * @param CallbackID User Callback identifer + * a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter. + * @param pCallback pointer to private callback function which has pointer to + * a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure as parameter. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_RegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (* pCallback)( DMA_HandleTypeDef * _hdma)) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdma); + + if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID: + hdma->XferCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID: + hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID: + hdma->XferErrorCallback = pCallback; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID: + hdma->XferAbortCallback = pCallback; + break; + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief UnRegister callbacks + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. + * @param CallbackID User Callback identifer + * a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_UnRegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hdma); + + if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State) + { + switch (CallbackID) + { + case HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID: + hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID: + hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID: + hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID: + hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + break; + + case HAL_DMA_XFER_ALL_CB_ID: + hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL; + hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL; + hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + break; + + default: + status = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + else + { + status = HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### State and Errors functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to + (+) Check the DMA state + (+) Get error code + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the DMA state. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + return hdma->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the DMA error code + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @retval DMA Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + return hdma->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Set the DMA Transfer parameters. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel. + * @param SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address + * @param DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address + * @param DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination + * @retval HAL status + */ +static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength) +{ + /* Clear all flags */ + hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_FLAG_GL1 << hdma->ChannelIndex); + + /* Configure DMA Channel data length */ + hdma->Instance->CNDTR = DataLength; + + /* Memory to Peripheral */ + if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) + { + /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */ + hdma->Instance->CPAR = DstAddress; + + /* Configure DMA Channel source address */ + hdma->Instance->CMAR = SrcAddress; + } + /* Peripheral to Memory */ + else + { + /* Configure DMA Channel source address */ + hdma->Instance->CPAR = SrcAddress; + + /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */ + hdma->Instance->CMAR = DstAddress; + } +} + +/** + * @brief set the DMA base address and channel index depending on DMA instance + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream. + * @retval None + */ +static void DMA_CalcBaseAndBitshift(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ +#if defined (DMA2) + /* calculation of the channel index */ + if ((uint32_t)(hdma->Instance) < (uint32_t)(DMA2_Channel1)) + { + /* DMA1 */ + hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2U; + hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1; + } + else + { + /* DMA2 */ + hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1)) << 2U; + hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA2; + } +#else + /* calculation of the channel index */ + /* DMA1 */ + hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2U; + hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1; +#endif +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + /** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_flash.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_flash.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..167bb4bb --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_flash.c @@ -0,0 +1,706 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_flash.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief FLASH HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the internal FLASH memory: + * + Program operations functions + * + Memory Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### FLASH peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses + to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations + and the read and write protection mechanisms. + + [..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction + prefetch. + + [..] The FLASH main features are: + (+) Flash memory read operations + (+) Flash memory program/erase operations + (+) Read / write protections + (+) Prefetch on I-Code + (+) Option Bytes programming + + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH + memory of all STM32F0xx devices. + + (#) FLASH Memory I/O Programming functions: this group includes all needed + functions to erase and program the main memory: + (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface + (++) Erase function: Erase page, erase all pages + (++) Program functions: half word, word and doubleword + (#) FLASH Option Bytes Programming functions: this group includes all needed + functions to manage the Option Bytes: + (++) Lock and Unlock the Option Bytes + (++) Set/Reset the write protection + (++) Set the Read protection Level + (++) Program the user Option Bytes + (++) Launch the Option Bytes loader + (++) Erase Option Bytes + (++) Program the data Option Bytes + (++) Get the Write protection. + (++) Get the user option bytes. + + (#) Interrupts and flags management functions : this group + includes all needed functions to: + (++) Handle FLASH interrupts + (++) Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status + (++) Get error flag status + + [..] In addition to these function, this driver includes a set of macros allowing + to handle the following operations: + + (+) Set/Get the latency + (+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer + (+) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts + (+) Monitor the FLASH flags status + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED + +/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH + * @brief FLASH HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Constants FLASH Private Constants + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro ---------------------------- ---------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Macros FLASH Private Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Variables FLASH Private Variables + * @{ + */ +/* Variables used for Erase pages under interruption*/ +FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash; +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions FLASH Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data); +static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void); +extern void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions + * @brief Programming operation functions + * +@verbatim +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address + * @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface + * The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface + * + * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, + * the erase operation is performed before the program one. + * + * @note FLASH should be previously erased before new programmation (only exception to this + * is when 0x0000 is programmed) + * + * @param TypeProgram Indicate the way to program at a specified address. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program + * @param Address Specifie the address to be programmed. + * @param Data Specifie the data to be programmed + * + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + uint8_t index = 0U; + uint8_t nbiterations = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD) + { + /* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */ + nbiterations = 1U; + } + else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD) + { + /* Program word (32-bit = 2*16-bit) at a specified address. */ + nbiterations = 2U; + } + else + { + /* Program double word (64-bit = 4*16-bit) at a specified address. */ + nbiterations = 4U; + } + + for (index = 0U; index < nbiterations; index++) + { + FLASH_Program_HalfWord((Address + (2U*index)), (uint16_t)(Data >> (16U*index))); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG); + /* In case of error, stop programation procedure */ + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + break; + } + } + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Program halfword, word or double word at a specified address with interrupt enabled. + * @note The function HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface + * The function HAL_FLASH_Lock() should be called after to lock the FLASH interface + * + * @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously, + * the erase operation is performed before the program one. + * + * @param TypeProgram Indicate the way to program at a specified address. + * This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program + * @param Address Specifie the address to be programmed. + * @param Data Specifie the data to be programmed + * + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */ + __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR); + + pFlash.Address = Address; + pFlash.Data = Data; + + if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD) + { + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD; + /* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */ + pFlash.DataRemaining = 1U; + } + else if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD) + { + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD; + /* Program word (32-bit : 2*16-bit) at a specified address. */ + pFlash.DataRemaining = 2U; + } + else + { + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMDOUBLEWORD; + /* Program double word (64-bit : 4*16-bit) at a specified address. */ + pFlash.DataRemaining = 4U; + } + + /* Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address. */ + FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t)Data); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles FLASH interrupt request. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void) +{ + uint32_t addresstmp = 0U; + + /* Check FLASH operation error flags */ + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) ||__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR)) + { + /* Return the faulty address */ + addresstmp = pFlash.Address; + /* Reset address */ + pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + + /* Save the Error code */ + FLASH_SetErrorCode(); + + /* FLASH error interrupt user callback */ + HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(addresstmp); + + /* Stop the procedure ongoing */ + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + } + + /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */ + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP)) + { + /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP); + + /* Process can continue only if no error detected */ + if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE) + { + if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE) + { + /* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */ + pFlash.DataRemaining--; + + /* Check if there are still pages to erase */ + if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0U) + { + addresstmp = pFlash.Address; + /*Indicate user which sector has been erased */ + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp); + + /*Increment sector number*/ + addresstmp = pFlash.Address + FLASH_PAGE_SIZE; + pFlash.Address = addresstmp; + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER); + + FLASH_PageErase(addresstmp); + } + else + { + /* No more pages to Erase, user callback can be called. */ + /* Reset Sector and stop Erase pages procedure */ + pFlash.Address = addresstmp = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp); + } + } + else if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE) + { + /* Operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER); + + /* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank */ + /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(0); + + /* Stop Mass Erase procedure*/ + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + } + else + { + /* Nb of 16-bit data to program can be decreased */ + pFlash.DataRemaining--; + + /* Check if there are still 16-bit data to program */ + if(pFlash.DataRemaining != 0U) + { + /* Increment address to 16-bit */ + pFlash.Address += 2; + addresstmp = pFlash.Address; + + /* Shift to have next 16-bit data */ + pFlash.Data = (pFlash.Data >> 16U); + + /* Operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG); + + /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/ + FLASH_Program_HalfWord(addresstmp, (uint16_t)pFlash.Data); + } + else + { + /* Program ended. Return the selected address */ + /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */ + if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMHALFWORD) + { + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address); + } + else if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PROGRAMWORD) + { + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address - 2U); + } + else + { + HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address - 6U); + } + + /* Reset Address and stop Program procedure */ + pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE; + } + } + } + } + + + if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE) + { + /* Operation is completed, disable the PG, PER and MER Bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, (FLASH_CR_PG | FLASH_CR_PER | FLASH_CR_MER)); + + /* Disable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */ + __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + } +} + +/** + * @brief FLASH end of operation interrupt callback + * @param ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure + * - Mass Erase: No return value expected + * - Pages Erase: Address of the page which has been erased + * (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected pages have been erased) + * - Program: Address which was selected for data program + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(ReturnValue); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief FLASH operation error interrupt callback + * @param ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure + * - Mass Erase: No return value expected + * - Pages Erase: Address of the page which returned an error + * - Program: Address which was selected for data program + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(ReturnValue); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH + memory operations. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Unlock the FLASH control register access + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void) +{ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK)) + { + /* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */ + WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY1); + WRITE_REG(FLASH->KEYR, FLASH_KEY2); + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Locks the FLASH control register access + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void) +{ + /* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_LOCK); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access. + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void) +{ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTWRE)) + { + /* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */ + WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY1); + WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY2); + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access. + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void) +{ + /* Clear the OPTWRE Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTWRE); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Launch the option byte loading. + * @note This function will reset automatically the MCU. + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void) +{ + /* Set the OBL_Launch bit to launch the option byte loading */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OBL_LAUNCH); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + return(FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral errors functions + * @brief Peripheral errors functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Errors functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permit to get in run-time errors of the FLASH peripheral. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Get the specific FLASH error flag. + * @retval FLASH_ErrorCode The returned value can be: + * @ref FLASH_Error_Codes + */ +uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void) +{ + return pFlash.ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address. + * @param Address specify the address to be programmed. + * @param Data specify the data to be programmed. + * @retval None + */ +static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data) +{ + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Proceed to program the new data */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PG); + + /* Write data in the address */ + *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Wait for a FLASH operation to complete. + * @param Timeout maximum flash operation timeout + * @retval HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset. + Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error + flag will be set */ + + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY)) + { + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */ + if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP)) + { + /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP); + } + + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) || + __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR)) + { + /*Save the error code*/ + FLASH_SetErrorCode(); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* There is no error flag set */ + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Set the specific FLASH error flag. + * @retval None + */ +static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void) +{ + uint32_t flags = 0U; + + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR)) + { + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP; + flags |= FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR; + } + if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGERR)) + { + pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PROG; + flags |= FLASH_FLAG_PGERR; + } + /* Clear FLASH error pending bits */ + __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(flags); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_flash_ex.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_flash_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c2041cf --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_flash_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,1000 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_flash_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief Extended FLASH HAL module driver. + * + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the FLASH peripheral: + * + Extended Initialization/de-initialization functions + * + Extended I/O operation functions + * + Extended Peripheral Control functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Flash peripheral extended features ##### + ============================================================================== + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the FLASH memory + of all STM32F0xxx devices. It includes + + (++) Set/Reset the write protection + (++) Program the user Option Bytes + (++) Get the Read protection Level + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ +#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED + +/** @addtogroup FLASH + * @{ + */ +/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ +/* Variables used for Erase pages under interruption*/ +extern FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash; +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASHEx FLASHEx + * @brief FLASH HAL Extension module driver + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Constants FLASHEx Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define FLASH_POSITION_IWDGSW_BIT 8U +#define FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA0_BIT 16U +#define FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA1_BIT 24U +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Macros FLASHEx Private Macros + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions FLASHEx Private Functions + * @{ + */ +/* Erase operations */ +static void FLASH_MassErase(void); +void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress); + +/* Option bytes control */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint8_t ReadProtectLevel); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t UserConfig); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_ProgramData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data); +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void); +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void); +static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions FLASHEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 FLASHEx Memory Erasing functions + * @brief FLASH Memory Erasing functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### FLASH Erasing Programming functions ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] The FLASH Memory Erasing functions, includes the following functions: + (+) @ref HAL_FLASHEx_Erase: return only when erase has been done + (+) @ref HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT: end of erase is done when @ref HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback + is called with parameter 0xFFFFFFFF + + [..] Any operation of erase should follow these steps: + (#) Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function to enable the flash control register and + program memory access. + (#) Call the desired function to erase page. + (#) Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash program memory access + (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory pages + * @note To correctly run this function, the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param[in] pEraseInit pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the erasing. + * + * @param[out] PageError pointer to variable that + * contains the configuration information on faulty page in case of error + * (0xFFFFFFFF means that all the pages have been correctly erased) + * + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit, uint32_t *PageError) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + uint32_t address = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase)); + + if (pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE) + { + /* Mass Erase requested for Bank1 */ + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + if (FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK) + { + /*Mass erase to be done*/ + FLASH_MassErase(); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER); + } + } + else + { + /* Page Erase is requested */ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(pEraseInit->PageAddress)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(pEraseInit->PageAddress, pEraseInit->NbPages)); + + /* Page Erase requested on address located on bank1 */ + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + if (FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) == HAL_OK) + { + /*Initialization of PageError variable*/ + *PageError = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + + /* Erase page by page to be done*/ + for(address = pEraseInit->PageAddress; + address < ((pEraseInit->NbPages * FLASH_PAGE_SIZE) + pEraseInit->PageAddress); + address += FLASH_PAGE_SIZE) + { + FLASH_PageErase(address); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the PER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER); + + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* In case of error, stop erase procedure and return the faulty address */ + *PageError = address; + break; + } + } + } + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory pages with interrupt enabled + * @note To correctly run this function, the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function + * must be called before. + * Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access + * (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation) + * @param pEraseInit pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the erasing. + * + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* If procedure already ongoing, reject the next one */ + if (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase)); + + /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */ + __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR); + + if (pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE) + { + /*Mass erase to be done*/ + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE; + FLASH_MassErase(); + } + else + { + /* Erase by page to be done*/ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(pEraseInit->PageAddress)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_NB_PAGES(pEraseInit->PageAddress, pEraseInit->NbPages)); + + pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE; + pFlash.DataRemaining = pEraseInit->NbPages; + pFlash.Address = pEraseInit->PageAddress; + + /*Erase 1st page and wait for IT*/ + FLASH_PageErase(pEraseInit->PageAddress); + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Option Bytes Programming functions + * @brief Option Bytes Programming functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Option Bytes Programming functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH + option bytes operations. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Erases the FLASH option bytes. + * @note This functions erases all option bytes except the Read protection (RDP). + * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface + * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes + * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes + * (system reset will occur) + * @retval HAL status + */ + +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase(void) +{ + uint8_t rdptmp = OB_RDP_LEVEL_0; + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + + /* Get the actual read protection Option Byte value */ + rdptmp = FLASH_OB_GetRDP(); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the option bytes */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER); + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Restore the last read protection Option Byte value */ + status = FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(rdptmp); + } + } + + /* Return the erase status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Program option bytes + * @note The function @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface + * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes + * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes + * (system reset will occur) + * + * @param pOBInit pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that + * contains the configuration information for the programming. + * + * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OPTIONBYTE(pOBInit->OptionType)); + + /* Write protection configuration */ + if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_WRP) == OPTIONBYTE_WRP) + { + assert_param(IS_WRPSTATE(pOBInit->WRPState)); + if (pOBInit->WRPState == OB_WRPSTATE_ENABLE) + { + /* Enable of Write protection on the selected page */ + status = FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(pOBInit->WRPPage); + } + else + { + /* Disable of Write protection on the selected page */ + status = FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(pOBInit->WRPPage); + } + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + return status; + } + } + + /* Read protection configuration */ + if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_RDP) == OPTIONBYTE_RDP) + { + status = FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(pOBInit->RDPLevel); + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + return status; + } + } + + /* USER configuration */ + if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_USER) == OPTIONBYTE_USER) + { + status = FLASH_OB_UserConfig(pOBInit->USERConfig); + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + return status; + } + } + + /* DATA configuration*/ + if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_DATA) == OPTIONBYTE_DATA) + { + status = FLASH_OB_ProgramData(pOBInit->DATAAddress, pOBInit->DATAData); + if (status != HAL_OK) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + return status; + } + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the Option byte configuration + * @param pOBInit pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that + * contains the configuration information for the programming. + * + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit) +{ + pOBInit->OptionType = OPTIONBYTE_WRP | OPTIONBYTE_RDP | OPTIONBYTE_USER; + + /*Get WRP*/ + pOBInit->WRPPage = FLASH_OB_GetWRP(); + + /*Get RDP Level*/ + pOBInit->RDPLevel = FLASH_OB_GetRDP(); + + /*Get USER*/ + pOBInit->USERConfig = FLASH_OB_GetUser(); +} + +/** + * @brief Get the Option byte user data + * @param DATAAdress Address of the option byte DATA + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA0 + * @arg @ref OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA1 + * @retval Value programmed in USER data + */ +uint32_t HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetUserData(uint32_t DATAAdress) +{ + uint32_t value = 0U; + + if (DATAAdress == OB_DATA_ADDRESS_DATA0) + { + /* Get value programmed in OB USER Data0 */ + value = READ_BIT(FLASH->OBR, FLASH_OBR_DATA0) >> FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA0_BIT; + } + else + { + /* Get value programmed in OB USER Data1 */ + value = READ_BIT(FLASH->OBR, FLASH_OBR_DATA1) >> FLASH_POSITION_OB_USERDATA1_BIT; + } + + return value; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Full erase of FLASH memory Bank + * + * @retval None + */ +static void FLASH_MassErase(void) +{ + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Only bank1 will be erased*/ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_MER); + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the write protection of the desired pages + * @note An option byte erase is done automatically in this function. + * @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1), + * it is not possible to program or erase the flash page i if + * debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1 + * + * @param WriteProtectPage specifies the page(s) to be write protected. + * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFFU; +#if defined(OB_WRP1_WRP1) + uint16_t WRP1_Data = 0xFFFFU; +#endif /* OB_WRP1_WRP1 */ +#if defined(OB_WRP2_WRP2) + uint16_t WRP2_Data = 0xFFFFU; +#endif /* OB_WRP2_WRP2 */ +#if defined(OB_WRP3_WRP3) + uint16_t WRP3_Data = 0xFFFFU; +#endif /* OB_WRP3_WRP3 */ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(WriteProtectPage)); + + /* Get current write protected pages and the new pages to be protected ******/ + WriteProtectPage = (uint32_t)(~((~FLASH_OB_GetWRP()) | WriteProtectPage)); + +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK) + WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK); +#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK) + WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK */ + +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK) + WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK) >> 8U); +#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK) + WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK) >> 8U); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK */ + +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK) + WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK) >> 16U); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK */ + +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO63MASK) + WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO63MASK) >> 24U); +#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK) + WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK) >> 24U); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES48TO63MASK */ + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* To be able to write again option byte, need to perform a option byte erase */ + status = HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase(); + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable write protection */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + +#if defined(OB_WRP0_WRP0) + if(WRP0_Data != 0xFFU) + { + OB->WRP0 &= WRP0_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } +#endif /* OB_WRP0_WRP0 */ + +#if defined(OB_WRP1_WRP1) + if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP1_Data != 0xFFU)) + { + OB->WRP1 &= WRP1_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } +#endif /* OB_WRP1_WRP1 */ + +#if defined(OB_WRP2_WRP2) + if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP2_Data != 0xFFU)) + { + OB->WRP2 &= WRP2_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } +#endif /* OB_WRP2_WRP2 */ + +#if defined(OB_WRP3_WRP3) + if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP3_Data != 0xFFU)) + { + OB->WRP3 &= WRP3_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } +#endif /* OB_WRP3_WRP3 */ + + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + } + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the write protection of the desired pages + * @note An option byte erase is done automatically in this function. + * @note When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1), + * it is not possible to program or erase the flash page i if + * debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1 + * + * @param WriteProtectPage specifies the page(s) to be write unprotected. + * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WriteProtectPage) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFFU; +#if defined(OB_WRP1_WRP1) + uint16_t WRP1_Data = 0xFFFFU; +#endif /* OB_WRP1_WRP1 */ +#if defined(OB_WRP2_WRP2) + uint16_t WRP2_Data = 0xFFFFU; +#endif /* OB_WRP2_WRP2 */ +#if defined(OB_WRP3_WRP3) + uint16_t WRP3_Data = 0xFFFFU; +#endif /* OB_WRP3_WRP3 */ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_WRP(WriteProtectPage)); + + /* Get current write protected pages and the new pages to be unprotected ******/ + WriteProtectPage = (FLASH_OB_GetWRP() | WriteProtectPage); + +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK) + WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO15MASK); +#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK) + WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES0TO31MASK */ + +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK) + WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES16TO31MASK) >> 8U); +#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK) + WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK) >> 8U); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO63MASK */ + +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK) + WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK) >> 16U); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES32TO47MASK */ + +#if defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO63MASK) + WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO63MASK) >> 24U); +#elif defined(OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK) + WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((WriteProtectPage & OB_WRP_PAGES48TO127MASK) >> 24U); +#endif /* OB_WRP_PAGES48TO63MASK */ + + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* To be able to write again option byte, need to perform a option byte erase */ + status = HAL_FLASHEx_OBErase(); + if (status == HAL_OK) + { + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + +#if defined(OB_WRP0_WRP0) + if(WRP0_Data != 0xFFU) + { + OB->WRP0 |= WRP0_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } +#endif /* OB_WRP0_WRP0 */ + +#if defined(OB_WRP1_WRP1) + if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP1_Data != 0xFFU)) + { + OB->WRP1 |= WRP1_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } +#endif /* OB_WRP1_WRP1 */ + +#if defined(OB_WRP2_WRP2) + if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP2_Data != 0xFFU)) + { + OB->WRP2 |= WRP2_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } +#endif /* OB_WRP2_WRP2 */ + +#if defined(OB_WRP3_WRP3) + if((status == HAL_OK) && (WRP3_Data != 0xFFU)) + { + OB->WRP3 |= WRP3_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + } +#endif /* OB_WRP3_WRP3 */ + + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + } + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the read protection level. + * @param ReadProtectLevel specifies the read protection level. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_0 No protection + * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_1 Read protection of the memory + * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_2 Full chip protection + * @note Warning: When enabling OB_RDP level 2 it's no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0 + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint8_t ReadProtectLevel) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_RDP_LEVEL(ReadProtectLevel)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the option bytes */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER); + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTER); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + + WRITE_REG(OB->RDP, ReadProtectLevel); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + } + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Program the FLASH User Option Byte. + * @note Programming of the OB should be performed only after an erase (otherwise PGERR occurs) + * @param UserConfig The FLASH User Option Bytes values: IWDG_SW(Bit0), RST_STOP(Bit1), RST_STDBY(Bit2), nBOOT1(Bit4), + * VDDA_Analog_Monitoring(Bit5) and SRAM_Parity_Enable(Bit6). + * For few devices, following option bytes are available: nBOOT0(Bit3) & BOOT_SEL(Bit7). + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint8_t UserConfig) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_IWDG_SW))); + assert_param(IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_STOP_NO_RST))); + assert_param(IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE((UserConfig&OB_STDBY_NO_RST))); + assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT1((UserConfig&OB_BOOT1_SET))); + assert_param(IS_OB_VDDA_ANALOG((UserConfig&OB_VDDA_ANALOG_ON))); + assert_param(IS_OB_SRAM_PARITY((UserConfig&OB_SRAM_PARITY_RESET))); +#if defined(FLASH_OBR_BOOT_SEL) + assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT_SEL((UserConfig&OB_BOOT_SEL_SET))); + assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT0((UserConfig&OB_BOOT0_SET))); +#endif /* FLASH_OBR_BOOT_SEL */ + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + +#if defined(FLASH_OBR_BOOT_SEL) + OB->USER = UserConfig; +#else + OB->USER = (UserConfig | 0x88U); +#endif + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs a half word at a specified Option Byte Data address. + * @note The function @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the FLASH interface + * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() should be called before to unlock the options bytes + * The function @ref HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch() should be called after to force the reload of the options bytes + * (system reset will occur) + * Programming of the OB should be performed only after an erase (otherwise PGERR occurs) + * @param Address specifies the address to be programmed. + * This parameter can be 0x1FFFF804 or 0x1FFFF806. + * @param Data specifies the data to be programmed. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_ProgramData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_DATA_ADDRESS(Address)); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + if(status == HAL_OK) + { + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enables the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE); + + /* If the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_OPTPG); + } + /* Return the Option Byte Data Program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value. + * @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value + */ +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void) +{ + /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */ + return (uint32_t)(READ_REG(FLASH->WRPR)); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH Read Protection level. + * @retval FLASH RDP level + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_0 No protection + * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_1 Read protection of the memory + * @arg @ref OB_RDP_LEVEL_2 Full chip protection + */ +static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void) +{ + uint32_t tmp_reg = 0U; + + /* Read RDP level bits */ + tmp_reg = READ_BIT(FLASH->OBR, (FLASH_OBR_RDPRT1 | FLASH_OBR_RDPRT2)); + + if (tmp_reg == FLASH_OBR_RDPRT1) + { + return OB_RDP_LEVEL_1; + } + else if (tmp_reg == FLASH_OBR_RDPRT2) + { + return OB_RDP_LEVEL_2; + } + else + { + return OB_RDP_LEVEL_0; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Return the FLASH User Option Byte value. + * @retval The FLASH User Option Bytes values: IWDG_SW(Bit0), RST_STOP(Bit1), RST_STDBY(Bit2), nBOOT1(Bit4), + * VDDA_Analog_Monitoring(Bit5) and SRAM_Parity_Enable(Bit6). + * For few devices, following option bytes are available: nBOOT0(Bit3) & BOOT_SEL(Bit7). + */ +static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void) +{ + /* Return the User Option Byte */ + return (uint8_t)((READ_REG(FLASH->OBR) & FLASH_OBR_USER) >> FLASH_POSITION_IWDGSW_BIT); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup FLASH + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Erase the specified FLASH memory page + * @param PageAddress FLASH page to erase + * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series + * + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress) +{ + /* Clean the error context */ + pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Proceed to erase the page */ + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_PER); + WRITE_REG(FLASH->AR, PageAddress); + SET_BIT(FLASH->CR, FLASH_CR_STRT); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_gpio.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_gpio.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2890fcca --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_gpio.c @@ -0,0 +1,543 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_gpio.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief GPIO HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### GPIO Peripheral features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (+) Each port bit of the general-purpose I/O (GPIO) ports can be individually + configured by software in several modes: + (++) Input mode + (++) Analog mode + (++) Output mode + (++) Alternate function mode + (++) External interrupt/event lines + + (+) During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt + lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode. + + (+) All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be + activated or not. + + (+) In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull + type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value. + + (+) The microcontroller IO pins are connected to onboard peripherals/modules through a + multiplexer that allows only one peripheral alternate function (AF) connected + to an IO pin at a time. In this way, there can be no conflict between peripherals + sharing the same IO pin. + + (+) All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt + lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are + connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15. + + (+) The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 28 edge detectors + (16 lines are connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt requests (each + input line can be independently configured to select the type (interrupt or event) + and the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can + also be masked independently. + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function : __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(). + + (#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init(). + (++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure + (++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef + structure. + (++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is + configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure. + (++) In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO + is configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure. + (++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel + or DAC output. + (++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from + GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and + the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). + + (#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority + mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using + HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(). + + (#) HAL_GPIO_DeInit allows to set register values to their reset value. It's also + recommended to use it to unconfigure pin which was used as an external interrupt + or in event mode. That's the only way to reset corresponding bit in EXTI & SYSCFG + registers. + + (#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(). + + (#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use + HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(). + + (#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin(). + + (#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not + active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG + pins). + + (#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose + (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has + priority over the GPIO function. + + (#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as + general purpose PF0 and PF1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off. + The HSE has priority over the GPIO function. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO + * @brief GPIO HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Defines GPIO Private Defines + * @{ + */ +#define GPIO_MODE (0x00000003U) +#define EXTI_MODE (0x10000000U) +#define GPIO_MODE_IT (0x00010000U) +#define GPIO_MODE_EVT (0x00020000U) +#define RISING_EDGE (0x00100000U) +#define FALLING_EDGE (0x00200000U) +#define GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE (0x00000010U) + +#define GPIO_NUMBER (16U) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init. + * @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F0 family + * @param GPIO_Init pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init) +{ + uint32_t position = 0x00U; + uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00U; + uint32_t temp = 0x00U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull)); + + /* Configure the port pins */ + while (((GPIO_Init->Pin) >> position) != RESET) + { + /* Get current io position */ + iocurrent = (GPIO_Init->Pin) & (1U << position); + + if(iocurrent) + { + /*--------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* In case of Alternate function mode selection */ + if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD)) + { + /* Check the Alternate function parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_Init->Alternate)); + + /* Configure Alternate function mapped with the current IO */ + temp = GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3]; + CLEAR_BIT(temp, 0xFU << ((uint32_t)(position & 0x07U) * 4U)) ; + SET_BIT(temp, (uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Alternate) << (((uint32_t)position & 0x07U) * 4U)); + GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3U] = temp; + } + + /* Configure IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog) */ + temp = GPIOx->MODER; + CLEAR_BIT(temp, GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2U)); + SET_BIT(temp, (GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) << (position * 2U)); + GPIOx->MODER = temp; + + /* In case of Output or Alternate function mode selection */ + if ((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) || + (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD)) + { + /* Check the Speed parameter */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed)); + /* Configure the IO Speed */ + temp = GPIOx->OSPEEDR; + CLEAR_BIT(temp, GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2U)); + SET_BIT(temp, GPIO_Init->Speed << (position * 2U)); + GPIOx->OSPEEDR = temp; + + /* Configure the IO Output Type */ + temp = GPIOx->OTYPER; + CLEAR_BIT(temp, GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ; + SET_BIT(temp, ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE) >> 4U) << position); + GPIOx->OTYPER = temp; + } + + /* Activate the Pull-up or Pull down resistor for the current IO */ + temp = GPIOx->PUPDR; + CLEAR_BIT(temp, GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2U)); + SET_BIT(temp, (GPIO_Init->Pull) << (position * 2U)); + GPIOx->PUPDR = temp; + + /*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */ + if((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) == EXTI_MODE) + { + /* Enable SYSCFG Clock */ + __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE(); + + temp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2]; + CLEAR_BIT(temp, (0x0FU) << (4U * (position & 0x03U))); + SET_BIT(temp, (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4U * (position & 0x03U))); + SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2] = temp; + + /* Clear EXTI line configuration */ + temp = EXTI->IMR; + CLEAR_BIT(temp, (uint32_t)iocurrent); + if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_IT) == GPIO_MODE_IT) + { + SET_BIT(temp, iocurrent); + } + EXTI->IMR = temp; + + temp = EXTI->EMR; + CLEAR_BIT(temp, (uint32_t)iocurrent); + if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_EVT) == GPIO_MODE_EVT) + { + SET_BIT(temp, iocurrent); + } + EXTI->EMR = temp; + + /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */ + temp = EXTI->RTSR; + CLEAR_BIT(temp, (uint32_t)iocurrent); + if((GPIO_Init->Mode & RISING_EDGE) == RISING_EDGE) + { + SET_BIT(temp, iocurrent); + } + EXTI->RTSR = temp; + + temp = EXTI->FTSR; + CLEAR_BIT(temp, (uint32_t)iocurrent); + if((GPIO_Init->Mode & FALLING_EDGE) == FALLING_EDGE) + { + SET_BIT(temp, iocurrent); + } + EXTI->FTSR = temp; + } + } + + position++; + } +} + +/** + * @brief De-initialize the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F0 family + * @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written. + * This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + uint32_t position = 0x00U; + uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00U; + uint32_t tmp = 0x00U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + /* Configure the port pins */ + while ((GPIO_Pin >> position) != RESET) + { + /* Get current io position */ + iocurrent = GPIO_Pin & (1U << position); + + if (iocurrent) + { + /*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/ + /* Configure IO Direction in Input Floting Mode */ + CLEAR_BIT(GPIOx->MODER, GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2U)); + + /* Configure the default Alternate Function in current IO */ + CLEAR_BIT(GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3U], 0xFU << ((uint32_t)(position & 0x07U) * 4U)) ; + + /* Configure the default value for IO Speed */ + CLEAR_BIT(GPIOx->OSPEEDR, GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2U)); + + /* Configure the default value IO Output Type */ + CLEAR_BIT(GPIOx->OTYPER, GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ; + + /* Deactivate the Pull-up oand Pull-down resistor for the current IO */ + CLEAR_BIT(GPIOx->PUPDR, GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2U)); + + /*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/ + /* Clear the External Interrupt or Event for the current IO */ + + tmp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2U]; + tmp &= ((0x0FU) << (4U * (position & 0x03U))); + if(tmp == (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4U * (position & 0x03U)))) + { + tmp = (0x0FU) << (4U * (position & 0x03U)); + CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2U], tmp); + + /* Clear EXTI line configuration */ + CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->IMR, (uint32_t)iocurrent); + CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->EMR, (uint32_t)iocurrent); + + /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */ + CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, (uint32_t)iocurrent); + CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, (uint32_t)iocurrent); + } + } + + position++; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief GPIO Read, Write, Toggle, Lock and EXTI management functions. + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Read the specified input port pin. + * @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F0 family + * @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to read. + * This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval The input port pin value. + */ +GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + GPIO_PinState bitstatus; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)GPIO_PIN_RESET) + { + bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET; + } + return bitstatus; + } + +/** + * @brief Set or clear the selected data port bit. + * @note This function uses GPIOx_BSRR and GPIOx_BRR registers to allow atomic read/modify + * accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between + * the read and the modify access. + * + * @param GPIOx where x can be (A..H) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F0 family + * @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written. + * This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15). + * @param PinState specifies the value to be written to the selected bit. + * This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values: + * @arg GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin + * @arg GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState)); + + if (PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET) + { + GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin; + } + else + { + GPIOx->BRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Toggle the specified GPIO pin. + * @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F0 family + * @param GPIO_Pin specifies the pin to be toggled. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + GPIOx->ODR ^= GPIO_Pin; +} + +/** +* @brief Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers. +* @note The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR, +* GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH. +* @note The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified +* until the next reset. + * @param GPIOx where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F0 family + * @param GPIO_Pin specifies the port bits to be locked. +* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). +* @retval None +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_LOCK_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + /* Apply lock key write sequence */ + SET_BIT(tmp, GPIO_Pin); + /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */ + GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; + /* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */ + GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin; + /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */ + GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; + /* Read LCKK bit*/ + tmp = GPIOx->LCKR; + + if((GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK) != RESET) + { + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle EXTI interrupt request. + * @param GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* EXTI line interrupt detected */ + if(__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != RESET) + { + __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin); + HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin); + } +} + +/** + * @brief EXTI line detection callback. + * @param GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(GPIO_Pin); + + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_i2c.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_i2c.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c64e0f00 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_i2c.c @@ -0,0 +1,4868 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_i2c.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief I2C HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Inter Integrated Circuit (I2C) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral State and Errors functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The I2C HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a I2C_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: + I2C_HandleTypeDef hi2c; + + (#)Initialize the I2C low level resources by implementing the HAL_I2C_MspInit() API: + (##) Enable the I2Cx interface clock + (##) I2C pins configuration + (+++) Enable the clock for the I2C GPIOs + (+++) Configure I2C pins as alternate function open-drain + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process + (+++) Configure the I2Cx interrupt priority + (+++) Enable the NVIC I2C IRQ Channel + (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process + (+++) Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive channel + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using + (+++) Configure the DMA handle parameters + (+++) Configure the DMA Tx or Rx channel + (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the hi2c DMA Tx or Rx handle + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on + the DMA Tx or Rx channel + + (#) Configure the Communication Clock Timing, Own Address1, Master Addressing mode, Dual Addressing mode, + Own Address2, Own Address2 Mask, General call and Nostretch mode in the hi2c Init structure. + + (#) Initialize the I2C registers by calling the HAL_I2C_Init(), configures also the low level Hardware + (GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC...etc) by calling the customized HAL_I2C_MspInit(&hi2c) API. + + (#) To check if target device is ready for communication, use the function HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady() + + (#) For I2C IO and IO MEM operations, three operation modes are available within this driver : + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit() + (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Receive() + (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit() + (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive() + + *** Polling mode IO MEM operation *** + ===================================== + [..] + (+) Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address using HAL_I2C_Mem_Write() + (+) Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address using HAL_I2C_Mem_Read() + + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT() + (+) At transmission end of transfer, HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() + (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT() + (+) At reception end of transfer, HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() + (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT() + (+) At transmission end of transfer, HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() + (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT() + (+) At reception end of transfer, HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + (+) Abort a master I2C process communication with Interrupt using HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT() + (+) End of abort process, HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() + (+) Discard a slave I2C process communication using __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK() macro. + This action will inform Master to generate a Stop condition to discard the communication. + + + *** Interrupt mode IO sequential operation *** + ============================================== + [..] + (@) These interfaces allow to manage a sequential transfer with a repeated start condition + when a direction change during transfer + [..] + (+) A specific option field manage the different steps of a sequential transfer + (+) Option field values are defined through @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS and are listed below: + (++) I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME: No sequential usage, functionnal is same as associated interfaces in no sequential mode + (++) I2C_FIRST_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequence with start condition, address + and data to transfer without a final stop condition + (++) I2C_FIRST_AND_NEXT_FRAME: Sequential usage (Master only), this option allow to manage a sequence with start condition, address + and data to transfer without a final stop condition, an then permit a call the same master sequential interface + several times (like HAL_I2C_Master_Sequential_Transmit_IT() then HAL_I2C_Master_Sequential_Transmit_IT()) + (++) I2C_NEXT_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequence with a restart condition, address + and with new data to transfer if the direction change or manage only the new data to transfer + if no direction change and without a final stop condition in both cases + (++) I2C_LAST_FRAME: Sequential usage, this option allow to manage a sequance with a restart condition, address + and with new data to transfer if the direction change or manage only the new data to transfer + if no direction change and with a final stop condition in both cases + + (+) Differents sequential I2C interfaces are listed below: + (++) Sequential transmit in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Sequential_Transmit_IT() + (+++) At transmission end of current frame transfer, HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() + (++) Sequential receive in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Sequential_Receive_IT() + (+++) At reception end of current frame transfer, HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() + (++) Abort a master I2C process communication with Interrupt using HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT() + (+++) End of abort process, HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() + (++) Enable/disable the Address listen mode in slave I2C mode using HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT() HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT() + (+++) When address slave I2C match, HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code to check the Address Match Code and the transmission direction request by master (Write/Read). + (+++) At Listen mode end HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback() + (++) Sequential transmit in slave I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Sequential_Transmit_IT() + (+++) At transmission end of current frame transfer, HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() + (++) Sequential receive in slave I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Sequential_Receive_IT() + (+++) At reception end of current frame transfer, HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() + (++) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + (++) Abort a master I2C process communication with Interrupt using HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT() + (++) End of abort process, HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() + (++) Discard a slave I2C process communication using __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK() macro. + This action will inform Master to generate a Stop condition to discard the communication. + + *** Interrupt mode IO MEM operation *** + ======================================= + [..] + (+) Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address using + HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT() + (+) At Memory end of write transfer, HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() + (+) Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address using + HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT() + (+) At Memory end of read transfer, HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + + *** DMA mode IO operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using + HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA() + (+) At transmission end of transfer, HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() + (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using + HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA() + (+) At reception end of transfer, HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() + (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using + HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA() + (+) At transmission end of transfer, HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() + (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using + HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA() + (+) At reception end of transfer, HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + (+) Abort a master I2C process communication with Interrupt using HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT() + (+) End of abort process, HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback() + (+) Discard a slave I2C process communication using __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK() macro. + This action will inform Master to generate a Stop condition to discard the communication. + + *** DMA mode IO MEM operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address using + HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA() + (+) At Memory end of write transfer, HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() + (+) Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address using + HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA() + (+) At Memory end of read transfer, HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + + + *** I2C HAL driver macros list *** + ================================== + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in I2C HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_I2C_ENABLE: Enable the I2C peripheral + (+) __HAL_I2C_DISABLE: Disable the I2C peripheral + (+) __HAL_I2C_GENERATE_NACK: Generate a Non-Acknowledge I2C peripheral in Slave mode + (+) __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified I2C flag is set or not + (+) __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the specified I2C pending flag + (+) __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified I2C interrupt + (+) __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified I2C interrupt + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the I2C HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C I2C + * @brief I2C HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Define I2C Private Define + * @{ + */ +#define TIMING_CLEAR_MASK (0xF0FFFFFFU) /*!< I2C TIMING clear register Mask */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR (10000U) /*!< 10 s */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_DIR (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_TC (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_TCR (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ + +#define MAX_NBYTE_SIZE 255U +#define SlaveAddr_SHIFT 7U +#define SlaveAddr_MSK 0x06U + +/* Private define for @ref PreviousState usage */ +#define I2C_STATE_MSK ((uint32_t)((HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX | HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) & (~((uint32_t)HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)))) /*!< Mask State define, keep only RX and TX bits */ +#define I2C_STATE_NONE ((uint32_t)(HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE)) /*!< Default Value */ +#define I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX ((uint32_t)((HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER)) /*!< Master Busy TX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */ +#define I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX ((uint32_t)((HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER)) /*!< Master Busy RX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */ +#define I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX ((uint32_t)((HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE)) /*!< Slave Busy TX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */ +#define I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX ((uint32_t)((HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE)) /*!< Slave Busy RX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */ +#define I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX ((uint32_t)((HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM)) /*!< Memory Busy TX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */ +#define I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX ((uint32_t)((HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX & I2C_STATE_MSK) | HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM)) /*!< Memory Busy RX, combinaison of State LSB and Mode enum */ + + +/* Private define to centralize the enable/disable of Interrupts */ +#define I2C_XFER_TX_IT (0x00000001U) +#define I2C_XFER_RX_IT (0x00000002U) +#define I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT (0x00000004U) + +#define I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT (0x00000011U) +#define I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT (0x00000012U) +#define I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT (0x00000012U) + +/* Private define Sequential Transfer Options default/reset value */ +#define I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME (0xFFFF0000U) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#define I2C_GET_DMA_REMAIN_DATA(__HANDLE__) ((((__HANDLE__)->State) == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) ? \ + ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->hdmatx->Instance->CNDTR)) : \ + ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->hdmarx->Instance->CNDTR))) + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Functions I2C Private Functions + * @{ + */ +/* Private functions to handle DMA transfer */ +static void I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2C_DMAAbort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); + +/* Private functions to handle IT transfer */ +static void I2C_ITAddrCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags); +static void I2C_ITMasterSequentialCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static void I2C_ITSlaveSequentialCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); +static void I2C_ITMasterCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags); +static void I2C_ITSlaveCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags); +static void I2C_ITListenCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags); +static void I2C_ITError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ErrorCode); + +/* Private functions to handle IT transfer */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); + +/* Private functions for I2C transfer IRQ handler */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ISR_IT(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ISR_IT(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ISR_DMA(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources); + +/* Private functions to handle flags during polling transfer */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); + +/* Private functions to centralize the enable/disable of Interrupts */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Enable_IRQ(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t InterruptRequest); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Disable_IRQ(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t InterruptRequest); + +/* Private functions to flush TXDR register */ +static void I2C_Flush_TXDR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c); + +/* Private functions to handle start, restart or stop a transfer */ +static void I2C_TransferConfig(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t Size, uint32_t Mode, uint32_t Request); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions I2C Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and + deinitialize the I2Cx peripheral: + + (+) User must Implement HAL_I2C_MspInit() function in which he configures + all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ). + + (+) Call the function HAL_I2C_Init() to configure the selected device with + the selected configuration: + (++) Clock Timing + (++) Own Address 1 + (++) Addressing mode (Master, Slave) + (++) Dual Addressing mode + (++) Own Address 2 + (++) Own Address 2 Mask + (++) General call mode + (++) Nostretch mode + + (+) Call the function HAL_I2C_DeInit() to restore the default configuration + of the selected I2Cx peripheral. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the I2C according to the specified parameters + * in the I2C_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Init(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Check the I2C handle allocation */ + if (hi2c == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_ADDRESSING_MODE(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DUAL_ADDRESS(hi2c->Init.DualAddressMode)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASK(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2Masks)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_GENERAL_CALL(hi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_NO_STRETCH(hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hi2c->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */ + HAL_I2C_MspInit(hi2c); + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx TIMINGR Configuration ------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Frequency range */ + hi2c->Instance->TIMINGR = hi2c->Init.Timing & TIMING_CLEAR_MASK; + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Disable Own Address1 before set the Own Address1 configuration */ + hi2c->Instance->OAR1 &= ~I2C_OAR1_OA1EN; + + /* Configure I2Cx: Own Address1 and ack own address1 mode */ + if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT) + { + hi2c->Instance->OAR1 = (I2C_OAR1_OA1EN | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1); + } + else /* I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT */ + { + hi2c->Instance->OAR1 = (I2C_OAR1_OA1EN | I2C_OAR1_OA1MODE | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1); + } + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ----------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Addressing Master mode */ + if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR2 = (I2C_CR2_ADD10); + } + /* Enable the AUTOEND by default, and enable NACK (should be disable only during Slave process */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= (I2C_CR2_AUTOEND | I2C_CR2_NACK); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR2 Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Disable Own Address2 before set the Own Address2 configuration */ + hi2c->Instance->OAR2 &= ~I2C_DUALADDRESS_ENABLE; + + /* Configure I2Cx: Dual mode and Own Address2 */ + hi2c->Instance->OAR2 = (hi2c->Init.DualAddressMode | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2 | (hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2Masks << 8)); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ----------------------*/ + /* Configure I2Cx: Generalcall and NoStretch mode */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 = (hi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode | hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode); + + /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the I2C peripheral. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Check the I2C handle allocation */ + if (hi2c == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the I2C Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(hi2c); + + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the I2C MSP. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MspInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the I2C MSP. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2C data + transfers. + + (#) There are two modes of transfer: + (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode. + The status of all data processing is returned by the same function + after finishing transfer. + (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts + or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated I2C IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when + using DMA mode. + + (#) Blocking mode functions are : + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read() + (++) HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady() + + (#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are : + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT() + + (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are : + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA() + + (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode: + (++) HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmits in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + } + + while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U) + { + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++); + hi2c->XferCount--; + hi2c->XferSize--; + + if ((hi2c->XferSize == 0U) && (hi2c->XferCount != 0U)) + { + /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + } + } + + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receives in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + } + + while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U) + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Read data from RXDR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + if ((hi2c->XferSize == 0U) && (hi2c->XferCount != 0U)) + { + /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + } + } + + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + + /* If 10bit addressing mode is selected */ + if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT) + { + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + } + + /* Wait until DIR flag is set Transmitter mode */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_DIR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U) + { + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++); + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + + /* Wait until STOP flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Normal use case for Transmitter mode */ + /* A NACK is generated to confirm the end of transfer */ + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + + /* Wait until DIR flag is reset Receiver mode */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_DIR, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U) + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Store Last receive data if any */ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) + { + /* Read data from RXDR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Read data from RXDR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + + /* Wait until STOP flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t xfermode = 0U; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT; + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE; + } + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t xfermode = 0U; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT; + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE; + } + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t xfermode = 0U; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA; + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE; + } + + if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize); + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + + /* Update XferCount value */ + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Update Transfer ISR function pointer */ + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT; + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and generate START condition */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in master mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t xfermode = 0U; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA; + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE; + } + + if (hi2c->XferSize > 0U) + { + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize); + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to read and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + + /* Update XferCount value */ + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + } + else + { + /* Update Transfer ISR function pointer */ + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT; + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to read and generate START condition */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + } + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA; + + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize); + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK, ADDR interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA; + + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize); + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK, ADDR interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} +/** + * @brief Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if (I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + + do + { + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++); + hi2c->XferCount--; + hi2c->XferSize--; + + if ((hi2c->XferSize == 0U) && (hi2c->XferCount != 0U)) + { + /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + } + + } + while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U); + + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if (I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + } + + do + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Read data from RXDR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + if ((hi2c->XferSize == 0U) && (hi2c->XferCount != 0U)) + { + /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + } + } + while (hi2c->XferCount > 0U); + + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} +/** + * @brief Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + uint32_t xfermode = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT; + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE; + } + + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if (I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Read an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + uint32_t xfermode = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT; + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE; + } + + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if (I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */ + /* possible to enable all of these */ + /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} +/** + * @brief Write an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + uint32_t xfermode = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA; + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE; + } + + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if (I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize); + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + + /* Update XferCount value */ + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Reads an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be read + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + uint32_t xfermode = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_DMA; + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE; + } + + /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */ + if (I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError; + + /* Set the unused DMA callbacks to NULL */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize); + + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ); + + /* Update XferCount value */ + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks if target device is ready for communication. + * @note This function is used with Memory devices + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param Trials Number of trials + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Trials, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + __IO uint32_t I2C_Trials = 0U; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + do + { + /* Generate Start */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 = I2C_GENERATE_START(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode, DevAddress); + + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is set or a NACK flag is set*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + while ((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET) && (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == RESET) && (hi2c->State != HAL_I2C_STATE_TIMEOUT)) + { + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if ((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + /* Device is ready */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Check if the NACKF flag has not been set */ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == RESET) + { + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Device is ready */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Clear STOP Flag, auto generated with autoend*/ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + } + + /* Check if the maximum allowed number of trials has been reached */ + if (I2C_Trials++ == Trials) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP; + + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + } + } + while (I2C_Trials < Trials); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential transmit in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt. + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Sequential_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + uint32_t xfermode = 0U; + uint32_t xferrequest = I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT; + + /* If size > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE, use reload mode */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions; + } + + /* If transfer direction not change, do not generate Restart Condition */ + /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */ + if (hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) + { + xferrequest = I2C_NO_STARTSTOP; + } + + /* Send Slave Address and set NBYTES to write */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, xferrequest); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential receive in master I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Sequential_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + uint32_t xfermode = 0U; + uint32_t xferrequest = I2C_GENERATE_START_READ; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Master_ISR_IT; + + /* If hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE, use reload mode */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = hi2c->XferOptions; + } + + /* If transfer direction not change, do not generate Restart Condition */ + /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */ + if (hi2c->PreviousState == I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) + { + xferrequest = I2C_NO_STARTSTOP; + } + + /* Send Slave Address and set NBYTES to read */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, xferrequest); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential transmit in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Sequential_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if ((hi2c->State & HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* I2C cannot manage full duplex exchange so disable previous IT enabled if any */ + /* and then toggle the HAL slave RX state to TX state */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN) + { + /* Disable associated Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT; + + if (I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_RECEIVE) + { + /* Clear ADDR flag after prepare the transfer parameters */ + /* This action will generate an acknowledge to the Master */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* REnable ADDR interrupt */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sequential receive in slave/device I2C mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @note This interface allow to manage repeated start condition when a direction change during transfer + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref I2C_XFEROPTIONS + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Sequential_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if ((hi2c->State & HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* I2C cannot manage full duplex exchange so disable previous IT enabled if any */ + /* and then toggle the HAL slave TX state to RX state */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) + { + /* Disable associated Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + } + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_SLAVE; + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData; + hi2c->XferCount = Size; + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + hi2c->XferOptions = XferOptions; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT; + + if (I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c) == I2C_DIRECTION_TRANSMIT) + { + /* Clear ADDR flag after prepare the transfer parameters */ + /* This action will generate an acknowledge to the Master */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* REnable ADDR interrupt */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the Address listen mode with Interrupt. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_EnableListen_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT; + + /* Enable the Address Match interrupt */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Address listen mode with Interrupt. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DisableListen_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Declaration of tmp to prevent undefined behavior of volatile usage */ + uint32_t tmp; + + /* Disable Address listen mode only if a transfer is not ongoing */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + tmp = (uint32_t)(hi2c->State) & I2C_STATE_MSK; + hi2c->PreviousState = tmp | (uint32_t)(hi2c->Mode); + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Disable the Address Match interrupt */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Abort a master I2C IT or DMA process communication with Interrupt. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Abort_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress) +{ + if (hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MASTER) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + /* Disable Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + /* Set State at HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT; + + /* Set NBYTES to 1 to generate a dummy read on I2C peripheral */ + /* Set AUTOEND mode, this will generate a NACK then STOP condition to abort the current transfer */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, 1, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_STOP); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Wrong usage of abort function */ + /* This function should be used only in case of abort monitored by master device */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_IRQ_Handler_and_Callbacks IRQ Handler and Callbacks + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C event interrupt request. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_I2C_EV_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Get current IT Flags and IT sources value */ + uint32_t itflags = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->ISR); + uint32_t itsources = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR1); + + /* I2C events treatment -------------------------------------*/ + if (hi2c->XferISR != NULL) + { + hi2c->XferISR(hi2c, itflags, itsources); + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C error interrupt request. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_I2C_ER_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + uint32_t itflags = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->ISR); + uint32_t itsources = READ_REG(hi2c->Instance->CR1); + + /* I2C Bus error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/ + if (((itflags & I2C_FLAG_BERR) != RESET) && ((itsources & I2C_IT_ERRI) != RESET)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_BERR; + + /* Clear BERR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BERR); + } + + /* I2C Over-Run/Under-Run interrupt occurred ----------------------------------------*/ + if (((itflags & I2C_FLAG_OVR) != RESET) && ((itsources & I2C_IT_ERRI) != RESET)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_OVR; + + /* Clear OVR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_OVR); + } + + /* I2C Arbitration Loss error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/ + if (((itflags & I2C_FLAG_ARLO) != RESET) && ((itsources & I2C_IT_ERRI) != RESET)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_ARLO; + + /* Clear ARLO flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ARLO); + } + + /* Call the Error Callback in case of Error detected */ + if ((hi2c->ErrorCode & (HAL_I2C_ERROR_BERR | HAL_I2C_ERROR_OVR | HAL_I2C_ERROR_ARLO)) != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { + I2C_ITError(hi2c, hi2c->ErrorCode); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Master Tx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Master Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** @brief Slave Tx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Slave Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Slave Address Match callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param TransferDirection Master request Transfer Direction (Write/Read), value of @ref I2C_XFERDIRECTION + * @param AddrMatchCode Address Match Code + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t TransferDirection, uint16_t AddrMatchCode) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + UNUSED(TransferDirection); + UNUSED(AddrMatchCode); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_AddrCallback() could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Listen Complete callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback() could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Memory Tx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Memory Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief I2C error callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief I2C abort callback. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2c); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions + * @brief Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State, Mode and Error functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the I2C handle state. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetState(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Return I2C handle state */ + return hi2c->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the I2C Master, Slave, Memory or no mode. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2C module + * @retval HAL mode + */ +HAL_I2C_ModeTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetMode(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + return hi2c->Mode; +} + +/** +* @brief Return the I2C error code. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. +* @retval I2C Error Code +*/ +uint32_t HAL_I2C_GetError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + return hi2c->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup I2C_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Master Mode with Interrupt. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle. + * @param ITSources Interrupt sources enabled. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ISR_IT(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources) +{ + uint16_t devaddress = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + if (((ITFlags & I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && ((ITSources & I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET)) + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Set corresponding Error Code */ + /* No need to generate STOP, it is automatically done */ + /* Error callback will be send during stop flag treatment */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + } + else if (((ITFlags & I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && ((ITSources & I2C_IT_RXI) != RESET)) + { + /* Read data from RXDR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + else if (((ITFlags & I2C_FLAG_TXIS) != RESET) && ((ITSources & I2C_IT_TXI) != RESET)) + { + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++); + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + else if (((ITFlags & I2C_FLAG_TCR) != RESET) && ((ITSources & I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET)) + { + if ((hi2c->XferSize == 0U) && (hi2c->XferCount != 0U)) + { + devaddress = (hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_SADD); + + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, devaddress, hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + if (hi2c->XferOptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME) + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, devaddress, hi2c->XferSize, hi2c->XferOptions, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, devaddress, hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + } + } + else + { + /* Call TxCpltCallback() if no stop mode is set */ + if (I2C_GET_STOP_MODE(hi2c) != I2C_AUTOEND_MODE) + { + /* Call I2C Master Sequential complete process */ + I2C_ITMasterSequentialCplt(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */ + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE); + } + } + } + else if (((ITFlags & I2C_FLAG_TC) != RESET) && ((ITSources & I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET)) + { + if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U) + { + if (I2C_GET_STOP_MODE(hi2c) != I2C_AUTOEND_MODE) + { + /* Generate a stop condition in case of no transfer option */ + if (hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP; + } + else + { + /* Call I2C Master Sequential complete process */ + I2C_ITMasterSequentialCplt(hi2c); + } + } + } + else + { + /* Wrong size Status regarding TC flag event */ + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE); + } + } + + if (((ITFlags & I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && ((ITSources & I2C_IT_STOPI) != RESET)) + { + /* Call I2C Master complete process */ + I2C_ITMasterCplt(hi2c, ITFlags); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Slave Mode with Interrupt. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle. + * @param ITSources Interrupt sources enabled. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ISR_IT(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources) +{ + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + if (((ITFlags & I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && ((ITSources & I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET)) + { + /* Check that I2C transfer finished */ + /* if yes, normal use case, a NACK is sent by the MASTER when Transfer is finished */ + /* Mean XferCount == 0*/ + /* So clear Flag NACKF only */ + if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U) + { + if (((hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME) || (hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_LAST_FRAME)) && \ + (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN)) + { + /* Call I2C Listen complete process */ + I2C_ITListenCplt(hi2c, ITFlags); + } + else if ((hi2c->XferOptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME) && (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN)) + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + + /* Last Byte is Transmitted */ + /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */ + I2C_ITSlaveSequentialCplt(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + } + } + else + { + /* if no, error use case, a Non-Acknowledge of last Data is generated by the MASTER*/ + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + } + else if (((ITFlags & I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && ((ITSources & I2C_IT_RXI) != RESET)) + { + if (hi2c->XferCount > 0U) + { + /* Read data from RXDR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + } + + if ((hi2c->XferCount == 0U) && \ + (hi2c->XferOptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME)) + { + /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */ + I2C_ITSlaveSequentialCplt(hi2c); + } + } + else if (((ITFlags & I2C_FLAG_ADDR) != RESET) && ((ITSources & I2C_IT_ADDRI) != RESET)) + { + I2C_ITAddrCplt(hi2c, ITFlags); + } + else if (((ITFlags & I2C_FLAG_TXIS) != RESET) && ((ITSources & I2C_IT_TXI) != RESET)) + { + /* Write data to TXDR only if XferCount not reach "0" */ + /* A TXIS flag can be set, during STOP treatment */ + /* Check if all Datas have already been sent */ + /* If it is the case, this last write in TXDR is not sent, correspond to a dummy TXIS event */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > 0U) + { + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++); + hi2c->XferCount--; + hi2c->XferSize--; + } + else + { + if ((hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_NEXT_FRAME) || (hi2c->XferOptions == I2C_FIRST_FRAME)) + { + /* Last Byte is Transmitted */ + /* Call I2C Slave Sequential complete process */ + I2C_ITSlaveSequentialCplt(hi2c); + } + } + } + + /* Check if STOPF is set */ + if (((ITFlags & I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && ((ITSources & I2C_IT_STOPI) != RESET)) + { + /* Call I2C Slave complete process */ + I2C_ITSlaveCplt(hi2c, ITFlags); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Master Mode with DMA. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle. + * @param ITSources Interrupt sources enabled. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Master_ISR_DMA(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources) +{ + uint16_t devaddress = 0U; + uint32_t xfermode = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + if (((ITFlags & I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && ((ITSources & I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET)) + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Set corresponding Error Code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + + /* No need to generate STOP, it is automatically done */ + /* But enable STOP interrupt, to treat it */ + /* Error callback will be send during stop flag treatment */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT); + + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + } + else if (((ITFlags & I2C_FLAG_TCR) != RESET) && ((ITSources & I2C_IT_TCI) != RESET)) + { + /* Disable TC interrupt */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_TCI); + + if (hi2c->XferCount != 0U) + { + /* Recover Slave address */ + devaddress = (hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_SADD); + + /* Prepare the new XferSize to transfer */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + xfermode = I2C_RELOAD_MODE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + xfermode = I2C_AUTOEND_MODE; + } + + /* Set the new XferSize in Nbytes register */ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, devaddress, hi2c->XferSize, xfermode, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP); + + /* Update XferCount value */ + hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Enable DMA Request */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + } + else + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + } + } + else + { + /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */ + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE); + } + } + else if (((ITFlags & I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && ((ITSources & I2C_IT_STOPI) != RESET)) + { + /* Call I2C Master complete process */ + I2C_ITMasterCplt(hi2c, ITFlags); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Slave Mode with DMA. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle. + * @param ITSources Interrupt sources enabled. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA(struct __I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags, uint32_t ITSources) +{ + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + if (((ITFlags & I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) && ((ITSources & I2C_IT_NACKI) != RESET)) + { + /* Check that I2C transfer finished */ + /* if yes, normal use case, a NACK is sent by the MASTER when Transfer is finished */ + /* Mean XferCount == 0 */ + /* So clear Flag NACKF only */ + if (I2C_GET_DMA_REMAIN_DATA(hi2c) == 0U) + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + } + else + { + /* if no, error use case, a Non-Acknowledge of last Data is generated by the MASTER*/ + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + } + else if (((ITFlags & I2C_FLAG_ADDR) != RESET) && ((ITSources & I2C_IT_ADDRI) != RESET)) + { + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + } + else if (((ITFlags & I2C_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) && ((ITSources & I2C_IT_STOPI) != RESET)) + { + /* Call I2C Slave complete process */ + I2C_ITSlaveCplt(hi2c, ITFlags); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for write request. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */ + if (MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT) + { + /* Send Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */ + else + { + /* Send MSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress); + + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Send LSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + + /* Wait until TCR flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for read request. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param MemAddress Internal memory address + * @param MemAddSize Size of internal memory address + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_SOFTEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */ + if (MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT) + { + /* Send Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */ + else + { + /* Send MSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress); + + /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + if (hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Send LSB of Memory Address */ + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress); + } + + /* Wait until TC flag is set */ + if (I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief I2C Address complete process callback. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_ITAddrCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags) +{ + uint8_t transferdirection = 0U; + uint16_t slaveaddrcode = 0U; + uint16_t ownadd1code = 0U; + uint16_t ownadd2code = 0U; + + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(ITFlags); + + /* In case of Listen state, need to inform upper layer of address match code event */ + if ((hi2c->State & HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + transferdirection = I2C_GET_DIR(hi2c); + slaveaddrcode = I2C_GET_ADDR_MATCH(hi2c); + ownadd1code = I2C_GET_OWN_ADDRESS1(hi2c); + ownadd2code = I2C_GET_OWN_ADDRESS2(hi2c); + + /* If 10bits addressing mode is selected */ + if (hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT) + { + if ((slaveaddrcode & SlaveAddr_MSK) == ((ownadd1code >> SlaveAddr_SHIFT) & SlaveAddr_MSK)) + { + slaveaddrcode = ownadd1code; + hi2c->AddrEventCount++; + if (hi2c->AddrEventCount == 2U) + { + /* Reset Address Event counter */ + hi2c->AddrEventCount = 0U; + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call Slave Addr callback */ + HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode); + } + } + else + { + slaveaddrcode = ownadd2code; + + /* Disable ADDR Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call Slave Addr callback */ + HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode); + } + } + /* else 7 bits addressing mode is selected */ + else + { + /* Disable ADDR Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call Slave Addr callback */ + HAL_I2C_AddrCallback(hi2c, transferdirection, slaveaddrcode); + } + } + /* Else clear address flag only */ + else + { + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + } +} + +/** + * @brief I2C Master sequential complete process. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_ITMasterSequentialCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Reset I2C handle mode */ + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* No Generate Stop, to permit restart mode */ + /* The stop will be done at the end of transfer, when I2C_AUTOEND_MODE enable */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Disable Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + /* hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX */ + else + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Disable Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } +} + +/** + * @brief I2C Slave sequential complete process. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_ITSlaveSequentialCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Reset I2C handle mode */ + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) + { + /* Remove HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX, keep only HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Disable Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the Tx complete callback to inform upper layer of the end of transmit process */ + HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + + else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN) + { + /* Remove HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX, keep only HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Disable Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the Rx complete callback to inform upper layer of the end of receive process */ + HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } +} + +/** + * @brief I2C Master complete process. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_ITMasterCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags) +{ + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + /* Reset handle parameters */ + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + + if ((ITFlags & I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET) + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Set acknowledge error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + + /* Disable Interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_TX_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + if ((hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) || (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT)) + { + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, hi2c->ErrorCode); + } + /* hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX */ + else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + if (hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM) + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + } + /* hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX */ + else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + if (hi2c->Mode == HAL_I2C_MODE_MEM) + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief I2C Slave complete process. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_ITSlaveCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags) +{ + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR); + + /* Disable all interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT); + + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + + /* If a DMA is ongoing, Update handle size context */ + if (((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) || + ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN)) + { + hi2c->XferCount = I2C_GET_DMA_REMAIN_DATA(hi2c); + } + + /* All data are not transferred, so set error code accordingly */ + if (hi2c->XferCount != 0U) + { + /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + + /* Store Last receive data if any */ + if (((ITFlags & I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET)) + { + /* Read data from RXDR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + + if ((hi2c->XferSize > 0U)) + { + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + } + + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + if (hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, hi2c->ErrorCode); + + /* Call the Listen Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Listen usecase */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + /* Call I2C Listen complete process */ + I2C_ITListenCplt(hi2c, ITFlags); + } + } + else if (hi2c->XferOptions != I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME) + { + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the Listen Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Listen usecase */ + HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the Slave Rx Complete callback */ + HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the Slave Tx Complete callback */ + HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c); + } +} + +/** + * @brief I2C Listen complete process. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @param ITFlags Interrupt flags to handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_ITListenCplt(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ITFlags) +{ + /* Reset handle parameters */ + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + + /* Store Last receive data if any */ + if (((ITFlags & I2C_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET)) + { + /* Read data from RXDR */ + (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->RXDR; + + if ((hi2c->XferSize > 0U)) + { + hi2c->XferSize--; + hi2c->XferCount--; + + /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + } + } + + /* Disable all Interrupts*/ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the Listen Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Listen usecase */ + HAL_I2C_ListenCpltCallback(hi2c); +} + +/** + * @brief I2C interrupts error process. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @param ErrorCode Error code to handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_ITError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t ErrorCode) +{ + /* Reset handle parameters */ + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + hi2c->XferOptions = I2C_NO_OPTION_FRAME; + hi2c->XferCount = 0U; + + /* Set new error code */ + hi2c->ErrorCode |= ErrorCode; + + /* Disable Interrupts */ + if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) || + (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_TX_LISTEN) || + (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY_RX_LISTEN)) + { + /* Disable all interrupts, except interrupts related to LISTEN state */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + /* keep HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN if set */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN; + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->XferISR = I2C_Slave_ISR_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable all interrupts */ + I2C_Disable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT | I2C_XFER_RX_IT | I2C_XFER_TX_IT); + + /* If state is an abort treatment on goind, don't change state */ + /* This change will be do later */ + if (hi2c->State != HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT) + { + /* Set HAL_I2C_STATE_READY */ + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + } + hi2c->PreviousState = I2C_STATE_NONE; + hi2c->XferISR = NULL; + } + + /* Abort DMA TX transfer if any */ + if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + + /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmatx); + } + } + /* Abort DMA RX transfer if any */ + else if ((hi2c->Instance->CR1 & I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) == I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN) + { + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + + /* Set the I2C DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = I2C_DMAAbort; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hi2c->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hi2c->hdmarx); + } + } + else if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } +} + +/** + * @brief I2C Tx data register flush process. + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_Flush_TXDR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* If a pending TXIS flag is set */ + /* Write a dummy data in TXDR to clear it */ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) != RESET) + { + hi2c->Instance->TXDR = 0x00U; + } + + /* Flush TX register if not empty */ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE) == RESET) + { + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C master transmit process complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN; + + /* If last transfer, enable STOP interrupt */ + if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U) + { + /* Enable STOP interrupt */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT); + } + /* else prepare a new DMA transfer and enable TCReload interrupt */ + else + { + /* Update Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr += hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Set the XferSize to transfer */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + } + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize); + + /* Enable TC interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C slave transmit process complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdma); + + /* No specific action, Master fully manage the generation of STOP condition */ + /* Mean that this generation can arrive at any time, at the end or during DMA process */ + /* So STOP condition should be manage through Interrupt treatment */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C master receive process complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + /* Disable DMA Request */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN; + + /* If last transfer, enable STOP interrupt */ + if (hi2c->XferCount == 0U) + { + /* Enable STOP interrupt */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT); + } + /* else prepare a new DMA transfer and enable TCReload interrupt */ + else + { + /* Update Buffer pointer */ + hi2c->pBuffPtr += hi2c->XferSize; + + /* Set the XferSize to transfer */ + if (hi2c->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hi2c->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + } + else + { + hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount; + } + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, hi2c->XferSize); + + /* Enable TC interrupts */ + I2C_Enable_IRQ(hi2c, I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT); + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C slave receive process complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hdma); + + /* No specific action, Master fully manage the generation of STOP condition */ + /* Mean that this generation can arrive at any time, at the end or during DMA process */ + /* So STOP condition should be manage through Interrupt treatment */ +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C communication error callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + I2C_ITError(hi2c, HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2C communication abort callback + * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_DMAAbort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + /* Disable Acknowledge */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Reset AbortCpltCallback */ + hi2c->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + hi2c->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Check if come from abort from user */ + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_ABORT) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + HAL_I2C_AbortCpltCallback(hi2c); + } + else + { + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c); + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Flag Specifies the I2C flag to check. + * @param Status The new Flag status (SET or RESET). + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, Flag) == Status) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if ((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of TXIS flag. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) == RESET) + { + /* Check if a NACK is detected */ + if (I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if ((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of STOP flag. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET) + { + /* Check if a NACK is detected */ + if (I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if ((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of RXNE flag. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == RESET) + { + /* Check if a NACK is detected */ + if (I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hi2c, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check if a STOPF is detected */ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) + { + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if ((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles Acknowledge failed detection during an I2C Communication. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET) + { + /* Wait until STOP Flag is reset */ + /* AutoEnd should be initiate after AF */ + while (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if ((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Clear NACKF Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF); + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Flush TX register */ + I2C_Flush_TXDR(hi2c); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c); + + hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF; + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + hi2c->Mode = HAL_I2C_MODE_NONE; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handles I2Cx communication when starting transfer or during transfer (TC or TCR flag are set). + * @param hi2c I2C handle. + * @param DevAddress Specifies the slave address to be programmed. + * @param Size Specifies the number of bytes to be programmed. + * This parameter must be a value between 0 and 255. + * @param Mode New state of the I2C START condition generation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref I2C_RELOAD_MODE Enable Reload mode . + * @arg @ref I2C_AUTOEND_MODE Enable Automatic end mode. + * @arg @ref I2C_SOFTEND_MODE Enable Software end mode. + * @param Request New state of the I2C START condition generation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref I2C_NO_STARTSTOP Don't Generate stop and start condition. + * @arg @ref I2C_GENERATE_STOP Generate stop condition (Size should be set to 0). + * @arg @ref I2C_GENERATE_START_READ Generate Restart for read request. + * @arg @ref I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE Generate Restart for write request. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2C_TransferConfig(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t Size, uint32_t Mode, uint32_t Request) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TRANSFER_MODE(Mode)); + assert_param(IS_TRANSFER_REQUEST(Request)); + + /* Get the CR2 register value */ + tmpreg = hi2c->Instance->CR2; + + /* clear tmpreg specific bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(I2C_CR2_SADD | I2C_CR2_NBYTES | I2C_CR2_RELOAD | I2C_CR2_AUTOEND | I2C_CR2_RD_WRN | I2C_CR2_START | I2C_CR2_STOP)); + + /* update tmpreg */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)DevAddress & I2C_CR2_SADD) | (((uint32_t)Size << 16) & I2C_CR2_NBYTES) | \ + (uint32_t)Mode | (uint32_t)Request); + + /* update CR2 register */ + hi2c->Instance->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Manage the enabling of Interrupts. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param InterruptRequest Value of @ref I2C_Interrupt_configuration_definition. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Enable_IRQ(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t InterruptRequest) +{ + uint32_t tmpisr = 0U; + + if ((hi2c->XferISR == I2C_Master_ISR_DMA) || \ + (hi2c->XferISR == I2C_Slave_ISR_DMA)) + { + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) == I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) + { + /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK and ADDR interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI; + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT) == I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT) + { + /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_NACKI; + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT) == I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT) + { + /* Enable STOP interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI; + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT) == I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT) + { + /* Enable TC interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_TCI; + } + } + else + { + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) == I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) + { + /* Enable ERR, STOP, NACK, and ADDR interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI; + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_TX_IT) == I2C_XFER_TX_IT) + { + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK and RXI interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_TXI; + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_RX_IT) == I2C_XFER_RX_IT) + { + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK and TXI interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_RXI; + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT) == I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT) + { + /* Enable STOP interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI; + } + } + + /* Enable interrupts only at the end */ + /* to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before */ + /* all interrupts requested done */ + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, tmpisr); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Manage the disabling of Interrupts. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2C. + * @param InterruptRequest Value of @ref I2C_Interrupt_configuration_definition. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_Disable_IRQ(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t InterruptRequest) +{ + uint32_t tmpisr = 0U; + + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_TX_IT) == I2C_XFER_TX_IT) + { + /* Disable TC and TXI interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_TXI; + + if ((hi2c->State & HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) != HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + /* Disable NACK and STOP interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI; + } + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_RX_IT) == I2C_XFER_RX_IT) + { + /* Disable TC and RXI interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_RXI; + + if ((hi2c->State & HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) != HAL_I2C_STATE_LISTEN) + { + /* Disable NACK and STOP interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI; + } + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) == I2C_XFER_LISTEN_IT) + { + /* Disable ADDR, NACK and STOP interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ERRI; + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT) == I2C_XFER_ERROR_IT) + { + /* Enable ERR and NACK interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_NACKI; + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT) == I2C_XFER_CPLT_IT) + { + /* Enable STOP interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_STOPI; + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT) == I2C_XFER_RELOAD_IT) + { + /* Enable TC interrupts */ + tmpisr |= I2C_IT_TCI; + } + + /* Disable interrupts only at the end */ + /* to avoid a breaking situation like at "t" time */ + /* all disable interrupts request are not done */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c, tmpisr); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_i2c_ex.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_i2c_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6c24c54b --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_i2c_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,347 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_i2c_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of I2C Extended peripheral: + * + Extended features functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### I2C peripheral Extended features ##### + ============================================================================== + + [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the I2C interface for STM32F0xx + devices contains the following additional features + + (+) Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter + (+) Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter + (+) Disable or enable wakeup from Stop mode + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] This driver provides functions to configure Noise Filter and Wake Up Feature + (#) Configure I2C Analog noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter() + (#) Configure I2C Digital noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter() + (#) Configure the enable or disable of I2C Wake Up Mode using the functions : + (++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp() + (++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp() + (#) Configure the enable or disable of fast mode plus driving capability using the functions : + (++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus() + (++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus() + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2CEx I2CEx + * @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions I2C Extended Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions + * @brief Extended features functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended features functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure Noise Filters + (+) Configure Wake Up Feature + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configure I2C Analog noise filter. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral. + * @param AnalogFilter New state of the Analog filter. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(AnalogFilter)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /* Reset I2Cx ANOFF bit */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_ANFOFF); + + /* Set analog filter bit*/ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= AnalogFilter; + + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configure I2C Digital noise filter. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral. + * @param DigitalFilter Coefficient of digital noise filter between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x0F. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(DigitalFilter)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = hi2c->Instance->CR1; + + /* Reset I2Cx DNF bits [11:8] */ + tmpreg &= ~(I2C_CR1_DNF); + + /* Set I2Cx DNF coefficient */ + tmpreg |= DigitalFilter << 8U; + + /* Store the new register value */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 = tmpreg; + + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} +#if defined(I2C_CR1_WUPEN) + +/** + * @brief Enable I2C wakeup from stop mode. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_EnableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_WUPEN; + + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Disable I2C wakeup from stop mode. + * @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_DisableWakeUp(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance)); + + if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c); + + /* Enable wakeup from stop mode */ + hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_WUPEN); + + __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c); + + hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} +#endif + +/** + * @brief Enable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability. + * @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin. + * This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values + * @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled on all selected + * I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently + * on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9. + * @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability + * can be enabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter. + * @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled + * only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus)); + + /* Enable SYSCFG clock */ + __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE(); + + /* Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */ + SET_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability. + * @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin. + * This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values + * @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled on all selected + * I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently + * on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9. + * @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability + * can be disabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter. + * @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled + * only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus)); + + /* Enable SYSCFG clock */ + __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE(); + + /* Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */ + CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->CFGR1, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_i2s.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_i2s.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d0fe3dad --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_i2s.c @@ -0,0 +1,1411 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_i2s.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief I2S HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Integrated Interchip Sound (I2S) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral State and Errors functions + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + The I2S HAL driver can be used as follow: + + (#) Declare a I2S_HandleTypeDef handle structure. + (#) Initialize the I2S low level resources by implement the HAL_I2S_MspInit() API: + (##) Enable the SPIx interface clock. + (##) I2S pins configuration: + (+++) Enable the clock for the I2S GPIOs. + (+++) Configure these I2S pins as alternate function pull-up. + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT() + and HAL_I2S_Receive_IT() APIs). + (+++) Configure the I2Sx interrupt priority. + (+++) Enable the NVIC I2S IRQ handle. + (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA() + and HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA() APIs: + (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx Channel. + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock. + (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters. + (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Channel. + (+++) Associate the initilalized DMA handle to the I2S DMA Tx/Rx handle. + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the + DMA Tx/Rx Channel. + + (#) Program the Mode, Standard, Data Format, MCLK Output, Audio frequency and Polarity + using HAL_I2S_Init() function. + + -@- The specific I2S interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, + RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process. + -@- Make sure that either: + (+@) External clock source is configured after setting correctly + the define constant EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE in the stm32f0xx_hal_conf.h file. + + (#) Three mode of operations are available within this driver : + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Transmit() + (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Receive() + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT() + (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback + (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Receive_IT() + (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback + + *** DMA mode IO operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA() + (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback + (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA() + (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback + (+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAPause() + (+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAResume() + (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAStop() + + *** I2S HAL driver macros list *** + ============================================= + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in I2S HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_I2S_ENABLE: Enable the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode) + (+) __HAL_I2S_DISABLE: Disable the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode) + (+) __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT : Enable the specified I2S interrupts + (+) __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT : Disable the specified I2S interrupts + (+) __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified I2S flag is set or not + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the I2S HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +#ifdef HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED + +#if defined(STM32F031x6) || defined(STM32F038xx) || \ + defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \ + defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \ + defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || \ + defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2S I2S + * @brief I2S HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup I2S_Private_Functions I2S Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static void I2S_DMATxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2S_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2S_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2S_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2S_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void I2S_Transmit_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s); +static void I2S_Receive_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint32_t Flag, uint32_t State, uint32_t Timeout); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions I2S Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and + de-initialiaze the I2Sx peripheral in simplex mode: + + (+) User must Implement HAL_I2S_MspInit() function in which he configures + all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ). + + (+) Call the function HAL_I2S_Init() to configure the selected device with + the selected configuration: + (++) Mode + (++) Standard + (++) Data Format + (++) MCLK Output + (++) Audio frequency + (++) Polarity + + (+) Call the function HAL_I2S_DeInit() to restore the default configuration + of the selected I2Sx periperal. + @endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the I2S according to the specified parameters + * in the I2S_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Init(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U, i2sdiv = 2U, i2sodd = 0U, packetlength = 1U; + uint32_t tmp = 0U, i2sclk = 0U; + + /* Check the I2S handle allocation */ + if(hi2s == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the I2S parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2s->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_MODE(hi2s->Init.Mode)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_STANDARD(hi2s->Init.Standard)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(hi2s->Init.DataFormat)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(hi2s->Init.AudioFreq)); + assert_param(IS_I2S_CPOL(hi2s->Init.CPOL)); + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hi2s->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */ + HAL_I2S_MspInit(hi2s); + } + + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY; + + /*----------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR & I2SPR Configuration ---------------*/ + /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */ + hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &= (uint16_t)(~(SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL | \ + SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD | SPI_I2SCFGR_PCMSYNC | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG | \ + SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD)); + hi2s->Instance->I2SPR = 0x0002U; + + /* Get the I2SCFGR register value */ + tmpreg = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR; + + /* If the default value has to be written, reinitialize i2sdiv and i2sodd*/ + if(hi2s->Init.AudioFreq == I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT) + { + i2sodd = (uint16_t)0U; + i2sdiv = (uint16_t)2U; + } + /* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler */ + else + { + /* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing) *******************/ + if(hi2s->Init.DataFormat == I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B) + { + /* Packet length is 16 bits */ + packetlength = 1U; + } + else + { + /* Packet length is 32 bits */ + packetlength = 2U; + } + + /* Get I2S source Clock frequency ****************************************/ + i2sclk = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + + /* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state, with a floating point */ + if(hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput == I2S_MCLKOUTPUT_ENABLE) + { + /* MCLK output is enabled */ + tmp = (uint32_t)(((((i2sclk / 256U) * 10U) / hi2s->Init.AudioFreq)) + 5U); + } + else + { + /* MCLK output is disabled */ + tmp = (uint32_t)(((((i2sclk / (32U * packetlength)) *10U ) / hi2s->Init.AudioFreq)) + 5U); + } + + /* Remove the flatting point */ + tmp = tmp / 10U; + + /* Check the parity of the divider */ + i2sodd = (uint32_t)(tmp & 1U); + + /* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */ + i2sdiv = (uint32_t)((tmp - i2sodd) / 2U); + + /* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */ + i2sodd = (uint32_t) (i2sodd << 8U); + } + + /* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */ + if((i2sdiv < 2U) || (i2sdiv > 0xFFU)) + { + /* Set the default values */ + i2sdiv = 2U; + i2sodd = 0U; + } + + /* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */ + hi2s->Instance->I2SPR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)i2sdiv | (uint32_t)(i2sodd | (uint32_t)hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput)); + + /* Configure the I2S with the I2S_InitStruct values */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD | hi2s->Init.Mode | hi2s->Init.Standard | hi2s->Init.DataFormat | hi2s->Init.CPOL); + + /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */ + hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR = tmpreg; + + hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; + hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the I2S peripheral + * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DeInit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Check the I2S handle allocation */ + if(hi2s == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2s->Instance)); + + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the I2S Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_I2S_DISABLE(hi2s); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */ + HAL_I2S_MspDeInit(hi2s); + + hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief I2S MSP Init + * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_I2S_MspInit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2s); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2S_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief I2S MSP DeInit + * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_I2S_MspDeInit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2s); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2S_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2S data + transfers. + + (#) There are two modes of transfer: + (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode. + The status of all data processing is returned by the same function + after finishing transfer. + (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts + or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated I2S IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when + using DMA mode. + + (#) Blocking mode functions are : + (++) HAL_I2S_Transmit() + (++) HAL_I2S_Receive() + + (#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are : + (++) HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_I2S_Receive_IT() + + (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are : + (++) HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA() + + (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode: + (++) HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmit an amount of data in blocking mode + * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @param pData a 16-bit pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size number of data sample to be sent: + * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S + * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length + * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected + * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization + * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) + { + if(((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)||\ + ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) + { + hi2s->TxXferSize = (Size << 1U); + hi2s->TxXferCount = (Size << 1U); + } + else + { + hi2s->TxXferSize = Size; + hi2s->TxXferCount = Size; + } + + /* Set state and reset error code */ + hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2s->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + + /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ + if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) + { + /* Enable I2S peripheral */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); + } + + while(hi2s->TxXferCount > 0U) + { + /* Wait until TXE flag is set */ + if (I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + hi2s->Instance->DR = (*hi2s->pTxBuffPtr++); + hi2s->TxXferCount--; + } + + /* Wait until TXE flag is set, to confirm the end of the transcation */ + if (I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + /* Wait until Busy flag is reset */ + if (I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_BSY, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode + * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @param pData a 16-bit pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size number of data sample to be sent: + * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S + * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length + * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected + * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization + * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming). + * @note In I2S Master Receiver mode, just after enabling the peripheral the clock will be generate + * in continouse way and as the I2S is not disabled at the end of the I2S transaction. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) + { + if(((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)||\ + ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) + { + hi2s->RxXferSize = (Size << 1U); + hi2s->RxXferCount = (Size << 1U); + } + else + { + hi2s->RxXferSize = Size; + hi2s->RxXferCount = Size; + } + + /* Set state and reset error code */ + hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2s->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + + /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ + if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) + { + /* Enable I2S peripheral */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); + } + + /* Receive data */ + while(hi2s->RxXferCount > 0U) + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */ + if (I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + (*hi2s->pRxBuffPtr++) = hi2s->Instance->DR; + hi2s->RxXferCount--; + } + + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @param pData a 16-bit pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size number of data sample to be sent: + * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S + * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length + * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected + * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. + * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization + * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) + { + hi2s->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; + + if(((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)||\ + ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) + { + hi2s->TxXferSize = (Size << 1U); + hi2s->TxXferCount = (Size << 1U); + } + else + { + hi2s->TxXferSize = Size; + hi2s->TxXferCount = Size; + } + + /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_TXE | I2S_IT_ERR)); + + /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ + if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) + { + /* Enable I2S peripheral */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @param pData a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer. + * @param Size number of data sample to be sent: + * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S + * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length + * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected + * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. + * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization + * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming). + * @note It is recommended to use DMA for the I2S receiver to avoid de-synchronisation + * between Master and Slave otherwise the I2S interrupt should be optimized. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) + { + hi2s->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; + + if(((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)||\ + ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) + { + hi2s->RxXferSize = (Size << 1U); + hi2s->RxXferCount = (Size << 1U); + } + else + { + hi2s->RxXferSize = Size; + hi2s->RxXferCount = Size; + } + + /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_RXNE | I2S_IT_ERR)); + + /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ + if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) + { + /* Enable I2S peripheral */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @param pData a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer. + * @param Size number of data sample to be sent: + * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S + * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length + * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected + * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. + * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization + * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) + { + hi2s->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; + + if(((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)||\ + ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) + { + hi2s->TxXferSize = (Size << 1U); + hi2s->TxXferCount = (Size << 1U); + } + else + { + hi2s->TxXferSize = Size; + hi2s->TxXferCount = Size; + } + + /* Set the I2S Tx DMA Half transfert complete callback */ + hi2s->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = I2S_DMATxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the I2S Tx DMA transfert complete callback */ + hi2s->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2S_DMATxCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2s->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2S_DMAError; + + /* Enable the Tx DMA Channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2s->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hi2s->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hi2s->Instance->DR, hi2s->TxXferSize); + + /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ + if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) + { + /* Enable I2S peripheral */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); + } + + /* Check if the I2S Tx request is already enabled */ + if((hi2s->Instance->CR2 & SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN) != SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN) + { + /* Enable Tx DMA Request */ + hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN; + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA + * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @param pData a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer. + * @param Size number of data sample to be sent: + * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S + * configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length + * in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected + * the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length. + * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization + * between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY) + { + hi2s->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE; + + if(((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)||\ + ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) + { + hi2s->RxXferSize = (Size << 1U); + hi2s->RxXferCount = (Size << 1U); + } + else + { + hi2s->RxXferSize = Size; + hi2s->RxXferCount = Size; + } + + + /* Set the I2S Rx DMA Half transfert complete callback */ + hi2s->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = I2S_DMARxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the I2S Rx DMA transfert complete callback */ + hi2s->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2S_DMARxCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hi2s->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2S_DMAError; + + /* Check if Master Receiver mode is selected */ + if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX) + { + /* Clear the Overrun Flag by a read operation to the SPI_DR register followed by a read + access to the SPI_SR register. */ + __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s); + } + + /* Enable the Rx DMA Channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2s->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2s->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hi2s->pRxBuffPtr, hi2s->RxXferSize); + + /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */ + if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) + { + /* Enable I2S peripheral */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); + } + + /* Check if the I2S Rx request is already enabled */ + if((hi2s->Instance->CR2 &SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN) != SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN) + { + /* Enable Rx DMA Request */ + hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN; + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Pauses the audio stream playing from the Media. + * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAPause(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Disable the I2S DMA Tx request */ + hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint16_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); + } + else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Disable the I2S DMA Rx request */ + hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint16_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Resumes the audio stream playing from the Media. + * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAResume(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Enable the I2S DMA Tx request */ + hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN; + } + else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Enable the I2S DMA Rx request */ + hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN; + } + + /* If the I2S peripheral is still not enabled, enable it */ + if ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) == 0U) + { + /* Enable I2S peripheral */ + __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Resumes the audio stream playing from the Media. + * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAStop(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hi2s); + + /* Disable the I2S Tx/Rx DMA requests */ + hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint16_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); + hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint16_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + + /* Abort the I2S DMA tx channel */ + if(hi2s->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Disable the I2S DMA channel */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hi2s->hdmatx); + HAL_DMA_Abort(hi2s->hdmatx); + } + /* Abort the I2S DMA rx channel */ + if(hi2s->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Disable the I2S DMA channel */ + __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hi2s->hdmarx); + HAL_DMA_Abort(hi2s->hdmarx); + } + + /* Disable I2S peripheral */ + __HAL_I2S_DISABLE(hi2s); + + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2S interrupt request. + * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_I2S_IRQHandler(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + uint32_t i2ssr = hi2s->Instance->SR; + + /* I2S in mode Receiver ------------------------------------------------*/ + if(((i2ssr & I2S_FLAG_OVR) != I2S_FLAG_OVR) && + ((i2ssr & I2S_FLAG_RXNE) == I2S_FLAG_RXNE) && (__HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_RXNE) != RESET)) + { + I2S_Receive_IT(hi2s); + return; + } + + /* I2S in mode Tramitter -----------------------------------------------*/ + if(((i2ssr & I2S_FLAG_TXE) == I2S_FLAG_TXE) && (__HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_TXE) != RESET)) + { + I2S_Transmit_IT(hi2s); + return; + } + + /* I2S Overrun error interrupt occured ---------------------------------*/ + if(((i2ssr & I2S_FLAG_OVR) == I2S_FLAG_OVR) && (__HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_ERR) != RESET)) + { + /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_RXNE | I2S_IT_ERR)); + + /* Set the I2S State ready */ + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/ + hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_OVR; + HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s); + } + + /* I2S Underrun error interrupt occured --------------------------------*/ + if(((i2ssr & I2S_FLAG_UDR) == I2S_FLAG_UDR) && (__HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_ERR) != RESET)) + { + /* Disable TXE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_TXE | I2S_IT_ERR)); + + /* Set the I2S State ready */ + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/ + hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_UDR; + HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer Half completed callbacks + * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2s); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks + * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2s); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer half completed callbacks + * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2s); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks + * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2s); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief I2S error callbacks + * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hi2s); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the I2S state + * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_I2S_StateTypeDef HAL_I2S_GetState(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + return hi2s->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the I2S error code + * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval I2S Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_I2S_GetError(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + return hi2s->ErrorCode; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup I2S_Private_Functions I2S Private Functions + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief DMA I2S transmit process complete callback + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2S_DMATxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + + if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U) + { + /* Disable Tx DMA Request */ + hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint16_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); + + hi2s->TxXferCount = 0U; + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + } + HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback(hi2s); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2S transmit process half complete callback + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2S_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback(hi2s); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2S receive process complete callback + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2S_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = ( I2S_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U) + { + /* Disable Rx DMA Request */ + hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint16_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + hi2s->RxXferCount = 0; + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + } + HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback(hi2s); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2S receive process half complete callback + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2S_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback(hi2s); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA I2S communication error callback + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void I2S_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = ( I2S_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + /* Disable Rx and Tx DMA Request */ + hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint16_t)(~(SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN)); + hi2s->TxXferCount = 0U; + hi2s->RxXferCount = 0U; + + hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/ + hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_DMA; + HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s); +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt + * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @retval None + */ +static void I2S_Transmit_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Transmit data */ + hi2s->Instance->DR = (*hi2s->pTxBuffPtr++); + hi2s->TxXferCount--; + + if(hi2s->TxXferCount == 0) + { + /* Disable TXE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_TXE | I2S_IT_ERR)); + + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback(hi2s); + } +} + +/** +* @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt +* @param hi2s I2S handle + * @retval None +*/ +static void I2S_Receive_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s) +{ + /* Receive data */ + (*hi2s->pRxBuffPtr++) = hi2s->Instance->DR; + hi2s->RxXferCount--; + + if(hi2s->RxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_RXNE | I2S_IT_ERR)); + + hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback(hi2s); + } +} + + +/** + * @brief This function handles I2S Communication Timeout. + * @param hi2s pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for I2S module + * @param Flag Flag checked + * @param State Value of the flag expected + * @param Timeout Duration of the timeout + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint32_t Flag, uint32_t State, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait until flag is set */ + if(State == RESET) + { + while(__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, Flag) == RESET) + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + /* Set the I2S State ready */ + hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + else + { + while(__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, Flag) != RESET) + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + /* Set the I2S State ready */ + hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* defined(STM32F031x6) || defined(STM32F038xx) || */ + /* defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || */ + /* defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || */ + /* defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || */ + /* defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) */ + +#endif /* HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_irda.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_irda.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..606972ce --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_irda.c @@ -0,0 +1,2379 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_irda.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief IRDA HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the IrDA (Infrared Data Association) Peripheral + * (IRDA) + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral State and Errors functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The IRDA HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a IRDA_HandleTypeDef handle structure (eg. IRDA_HandleTypeDef hirda). + (#) Initialize the IRDA low level resources by implementing the HAL_IRDA_MspInit() API + in setting the associated USART or UART in IRDA mode: + (++) Enable the USARTx/UARTx interface clock. + (++) USARTx/UARTx pins configuration: + (+++) Enable the clock for the USARTx/UARTx GPIOs. + (+++) Configure these USARTx/UARTx pins (TX as alternate function pull-up, RX as alternate function Input). + (++) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT() + and HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT() APIs): + (+++) Configure the USARTx/UARTx interrupt priority. + (+++) Enable the NVIC USARTx/UARTx IRQ handle. + (+++) The specific IRDA interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, + RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros + __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process. + + (++) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA() + and HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA() APIs): + (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock. + (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters. + (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the IRDA DMA Tx/Rx handle. + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx channel. + + (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length and Parity and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter), + the normal or low power mode and the clock prescaler in the hirda handle Init structure. + + (#) Initialize the IRDA registers by calling the HAL_IRDA_Init() API: + (++) This API configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) + by calling the customized HAL_IRDA_MspInit() API. + + -@@- The specific IRDA interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, + RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros + __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process. + + (#) Three operation modes are available within this driver : + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Transmit() + (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Receive() + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT() + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback() + (+) Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT() + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() + + *** DMA mode IO operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA() + (+) At transmission half of transfer HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback() + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback() + (+) Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA() + (+) At reception half of transfer HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback() + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() + + *** IRDA HAL driver macros list *** + ==================================== + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in IRDA HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE: Enable the IRDA peripheral + (+) __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE: Disable the IRDA peripheral + (+) __HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG : Check whether the specified IRDA flag is set or not + (+) __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified IRDA pending flag + (+) __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified IRDA interrupt + (+) __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified IRDA interrupt + (+) __HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether or not the specified IRDA interrupt is enabled + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the IRDA HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8) && !defined(STM32F070x6) && !defined(STM32F070xB) && !defined(STM32F030xC) + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup IRDA IRDA + * @brief HAL IRDA module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup IRDA_Private_Constants IRDA Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define IRDA_TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT 1000U /*!< IRDA TX or RX enable acknowledge time-out value */ +#define IRDA_CR1_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE \ + | USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE)) /*!< UART or USART CR1 fields of parameters set by IRDA_SetConfig API */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup IRDA_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_SetConfig(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_CheckIdleState(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout); +static void IRDA_EndTxTransfer(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda); +static void IRDA_EndRxTransfer(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda); +static void IRDA_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void IRDA_DMATransmitHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void IRDA_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void IRDA_DMAReceiveHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void IRDA_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void IRDA_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void IRDA_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void IRDA_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void IRDA_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void IRDA_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_Transmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_EndTransmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_Receive_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup IRDA_Exported_Functions IRDA Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup IRDA_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx + in asynchronous IRDA mode. + (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured: + (++) Baud Rate + (++) Word Length + (++) Parity + (++) Power mode + (++) Prescaler setting + (++) Receiver/transmitter modes + + [..] + The HAL_IRDA_Init() API follows the USART asynchronous configuration procedures + (details for the procedures are available in reference manual). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/* + Additional Table: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written + in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. + According to device capability (support or not of 7-bit word length), + frame length is either defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits) + or by the M1 and M0 bits (7-bit, 8-bit or 9-bit). + Possible IRDA frame formats are as listed in the following table: + + Table 1. IRDA frame format. + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | M bit | PCE bit | IRDA frame | + |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8-bit data | STB | | + |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7-bit data | PB | STB | | + |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9-bit data | STB | | + |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8-bit data | PB | STB | | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | M1 bit | M0 bit | PCE bit | IRDA frame | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 7 bit data | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 6 bit data | PB | STB | | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ + +*/ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the IRDA mode according to the specified + * parameters in the IRDA_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Init(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Check the IRDA handle allocation */ + if(hirda == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the USART/UART associated to the IRDA handle */ + assert_param(IS_IRDA_INSTANCE(hirda->Instance)); + + if(hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hirda->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ + HAL_IRDA_MspInit(hirda); + } + + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral to update the configuration registers */ + __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE(hirda); + + /* Set the IRDA Communication parameters */ + if (IRDA_SetConfig(hirda) == HAL_ERROR) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In IRDA mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN, STOP and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN and HDSEL bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_STOP)); + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL)); + + /* set the UART/USART in IRDA mode */ + hirda->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_IREN; + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE(hirda); + + /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving hirda->gState and hirda->RxState to Ready */ + return (IRDA_CheckIdleState(hirda)); +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the IRDA peripheral. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DeInit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Check the IRDA handle allocation */ + if(hirda == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the USART/UART associated to the IRDA handle */ + assert_param(IS_IRDA_INSTANCE(hirda->Instance)); + + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY; + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit(hirda); + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE(hirda); + + hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_RESET; + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_RESET; + + /* Process Unlock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the IRDA MSP. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_IRDA_MspInit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hirda); + + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_IRDA_MspInit can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the IRDA MSP. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hirda); + + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IRDA_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief IRDA Transmit and Receive functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the IRDA data transfers. + + [..] + IrDA is a half duplex communication protocol. If the Transmitter is busy, any data + on the IrDA receive line will be ignored by the IrDA decoder and if the Receiver + is busy, data on the TX from the USART to IrDA will not be encoded by IrDA. + While receiving data, transmission should be avoided as the data to be transmitted + could be corrupted. + + (#) There are two mode of transfer: + (++) Blocking mode: the communication is performed in polling mode. + The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function + after finishing transfer. + (++) Non-Blocking mode: the communication is performed using Interrupts + or DMA, these API's return the HAL status. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated IRDA IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when + using DMA mode. + The HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks + will be executed respectively at the end of the Transmit or Receive process + The HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected + + (#) Blocking mode APIs are : + (++) HAL_IRDA_Transmit() + (++) HAL_IRDA_Receive() + + (#) Non Blocking mode APIs with Interrupt are : + (++) HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler() + + (#) Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are : + (++) HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA() + (++) HAL_IRDA_DMAPause() + (++) HAL_IRDA_DMAResume() + (++) HAL_IRDA_DMAStop() + + (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in Non Blocking mode: + (++) HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() + + (#) Non-Blocking mode transfers could be aborted using Abort API's : + (++) HAL_IRDA_Abort() + (++) HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmit() + (++) HAL_IRDA_AbortReceive() + (++) HAL_IRDA_Abort_IT() + (++) HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmit_IT() + (++) HAL_IRDA_AbortReceive_IT() + + (#) For Abort services based on interrupts (HAL_IRDA_Abortxxx_IT), a set of Abort Complete Callbacks are provided: + (++) HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmitCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_IRDA_AbortReceiveCpltCallback() + + (#) In Non-Blocking mode transfers, possible errors are split into 2 categories. + Errors are handled as follows : + (++) Error is considered as Recoverable and non blocking : Transfer could go till end, but error severity is + to be evaluated by user : this concerns Frame Error, Parity Error or Noise Error in Interrupt mode reception . + Received character is then retrieved and stored in Rx buffer, Error code is set to allow user to identify error type, + and HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed. Transfer is kept ongoing on IRDA side. + If user wants to abort it, Abort services should be called by user. + (++) Error is considered as Blocking : Transfer could not be completed properly and is aborted. + This concerns Overrun Error In Interrupt mode reception and all errors in DMA mode. + Error code is set to allow user to identify error type, and HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent. + * @param Timeout Specify timeout value. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer containing data to be sent, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as sent data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if(hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input paramter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be filled into TDR will be + handled through a u16 cast. */ + if ((hirda->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (hirda->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if((((uint32_t)pData)&1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hirda); + + hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + hirda->TxXferSize = Size; + hirda->TxXferCount = Size; + while(hirda->TxXferCount > 0U) + { + hirda->TxXferCount--; + + if(IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_TXE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + if ((hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE)) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) pData; + hirda->Instance->TDR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FFU); + pData += 2; + } + else + { + hirda->Instance->TDR = (*pData++ & (uint8_t)0xFFU); + } + } + + if(IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_TC, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* At end of Tx process, restore hirda->gState to Ready */ + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size Amount of data to be received. + * @param Timeout Specify timeout value. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer for storing data to be received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as received data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + uint16_t uhMask; + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if(hirda->RxState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input paramter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be received from RDR will be + handled through a u16 cast. */ + if ((hirda->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (hirda->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if((((uint32_t)pData)&1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hirda); + + hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + hirda->RxXferSize = Size; + hirda->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Computation of the mask to apply to RDR register + of the UART associated to the IRDA */ + IRDA_MASK_COMPUTATION(hirda); + uhMask = hirda->Mask; + + /* Check data remaining to be received */ + while(hirda->RxXferCount > 0U) + { + hirda->RxXferCount--; + + if(IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + if ((hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE)) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) pData ; + *tmp = (uint16_t)(hirda->Instance->RDR & uhMask); + pData +=2; + } + else + { + *pData++ = (uint8_t)(hirda->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask); + } + } + + /* At end of Rx process, restore hirda->RxState to Ready */ + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in interrupt mode. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer containing data to be sent, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as sent data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if(hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input paramter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be filled into TDR will be + handled through a u16 cast. */ + if ((hirda->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (hirda->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if((((uint32_t)pData)&1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hirda); + + hirda->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + hirda->TxXferSize = Size; + hirda->TxXferCount = Size; + + hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); + + /* Enable the IRDA Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size Amount of data to be received. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer for storing data to be received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as received data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if(hirda->RxState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input paramter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be received from RDR will be + handled through a u16 cast. */ + if ((hirda->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (hirda->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if((((uint32_t)pData)&1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hirda); + + hirda->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + hirda->RxXferSize = Size; + hirda->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Computation of the mask to apply to the RDR register + of the UART associated to the IRDA */ + IRDA_MASK_COMPUTATION(hirda); + + hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); + + /* Enable the IRDA Parity Error and Data Register not empty Interrupts */ + SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE| USART_CR1_RXNEIE); + + /* Enable the IRDA Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in DMA mode. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @param pData pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size amount of data to be sent. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer containing data to be sent, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as sent data will be handled by DMA from halfword frontier). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if(hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input paramter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data copy into TDR will be + handled by DMA from a u16 frontier. */ + if ((hirda->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (hirda->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if((((uint32_t)pData)&1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hirda); + + hirda->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + hirda->TxXferSize = Size; + hirda->TxXferCount = Size; + + hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Set the IRDA DMA transfer complete callback */ + hirda->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = IRDA_DMATransmitCplt; + + /* Set the IRDA DMA half transfer complete callback */ + hirda->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = IRDA_DMATransmitHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hirda->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = IRDA_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA abort callback */ + hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the IRDA transmit DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hirda->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hirda->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hirda->Instance->TDR, Size); + + /* Clear the TC flag in the ICR register */ + __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_TCF); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit + in the USART CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in DMA mode. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size Amount of data to be received. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer for storing data to be received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as received data will be handled by DMA from halfword frontier). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if(hirda->RxState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input paramter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data copy from RDR will be + handled by DMA from a u16 frontier. */ + if ((hirda->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (hirda->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if((((uint32_t)pData)&1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hirda); + + hirda->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + hirda->RxXferSize = Size; + + hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Set the IRDA DMA transfer complete callback */ + hirda->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = IRDA_DMAReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the IRDA DMA half transfer complete callback */ + hirda->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = IRDA_DMAReceiveHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hirda->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = IRDA_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA abort callback */ + hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hirda->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hirda->Instance->RDR, (uint32_t)hirda->pRxBuffPtr, Size); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); + + /* Enable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + + /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit + in the USART CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Pause the DMA Transfer. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAPause(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hirda); + + if ((hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX) && + (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))) + { + /* Disable the IRDA DMA Tx request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + } + if ((hirda->RxState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX) && + (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))) + { + /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the IRDA DMA Rx request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Resume the DMA Transfer. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAResume(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hirda); + + if(hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Enable the IRDA DMA Tx request */ + SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + } + if(hirda->RxState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer*/ + __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_OREFLAG(hirda); + + /* Reenable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Enable the IRDA DMA Rx request */ + SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop the DMA Transfer. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAStop(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application + to call the HAL IRDA API under callbacks HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() / + HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback() / HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback(): + indeed, when HAL_DMA_Abort() API is called, the DMA TX/RX Transfer or Half Transfer complete + interrupt is generated if the DMA transfer interruption occurs at the middle or at the end of + the stream and the corresponding call back is executed. */ + + /* Stop IRDA DMA Tx request if ongoing */ + if ((hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX) && + (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the IRDA DMA Tx channel */ + if(hirda->hdmatx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(hirda->hdmatx); + } + + IRDA_EndTxTransfer(hirda); + } + + /* Stop IRDA DMA Rx request if ongoing */ + if ((hirda->RxState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX) && + (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the IRDA DMA Rx channel */ + if(hirda->hdmarx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(hirda->hdmarx); + } + + IRDA_EndRxTransfer(hirda); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (blocking mode). + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable IRDA Interrupts (Tx and Rx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Abort(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the IRDA DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the IRDA DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(hirda->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the IRDA DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(hirda->hdmatx); + } + } + + /* Disable the IRDA DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the IRDA DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(hirda->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the IRDA DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(hirda->hdmarx); + } + } + + /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */ + hirda->TxXferCount = 0U; + hirda->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_OREF | IRDA_CLEAR_NEF | IRDA_CLEAR_PEF | IRDA_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Restore hirda->gState and hirda->RxState to Ready */ + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + /* Reset Handle ErrorCode to No Error */ + hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (blocking mode). + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Tx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable IRDA Interrupts (Tx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + + /* Disable the IRDA DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the IRDA DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(hirda->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the IRDA DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(hirda->hdmatx); + } + } + + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + hirda->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Restore hirda->gState to Ready */ + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Receive transfer (blocking mode). + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Rx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable IRDA Interrupts (Rx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_AbortReceive(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the IRDA DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the IRDA DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(hirda->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the IRDA DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(hirda->hdmarx); + } + } + + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + hirda->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_OREF | IRDA_CLEAR_NEF | IRDA_CLEAR_PEF | IRDA_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Restore hirda->RxState to Ready */ + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (Interrupt mode). + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable IRDA Interrupts (Tx and Rx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Abort_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + uint32_t abortcplt = 1U; + + /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* If DMA Tx and/or DMA Rx Handles are associated to IRDA Handle, DMA Abort complete callbacks should be initialised + before any call to DMA Abort functions */ + /* DMA Tx Handle is valid */ + if(hirda->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if IRDA DMA Tx request if enabled. + Otherwise, set it to NULL */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = IRDA_DMATxAbortCallback; + } + else + { + hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + } + /* DMA Rx Handle is valid */ + if(hirda->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if IRDA DMA Rx request if enabled. + Otherwise, set it to NULL */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = IRDA_DMARxAbortCallback; + } + else + { + hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + } + + /* Disable the IRDA DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + /* Disable DMA Tx at UART level */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the IRDA DMA Tx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if(hirda->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* IRDA Tx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised : + will lead to call HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hirda->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + else + { + abortcplt = 0U; + } + } + } + + /* Disable the IRDA DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the IRDA DMA Rx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if(hirda->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* IRDA Rx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised : + will lead to call HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hirda->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + abortcplt = 1; + } + else + { + abortcplt = 0; + } + } + } + + /* if no DMA abort complete callback execution is required => call user Abort Complete callback */ + if (abortcplt == 1U) + { + /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */ + hirda->TxXferCount = 0U; + hirda->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Reset errorCode */ + hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_OREF | IRDA_CLEAR_NEF | IRDA_CLEAR_PEF | IRDA_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Restore hirda->gState and hirda->RxState to Ready */ + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback(hirda); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (Interrupt mode). + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Tx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable IRDA Interrupts (Tx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + + /* Disable the IRDA DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the IRDA DMA Tx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if(hirda->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the IRDA DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = IRDA_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback; + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hirda->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hirda->hdmatx); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + hirda->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Restore hirda->gState to Ready */ + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(hirda); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + hirda->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Restore hirda->gState to Ready */ + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(hirda); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Receive transfer (Interrupt mode). + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Rx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable IRDA Interrupts (Rx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_AbortReceive_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the IRDA DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the IRDA DMA Rx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if(hirda->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the IRDA DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = IRDA_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback; + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hirda->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hirda->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + hirda->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_OREF | IRDA_CLEAR_NEF | IRDA_CLEAR_PEF | IRDA_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Restore hirda->RxState to Ready */ + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_IRDA_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(hirda); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + hirda->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_OREF | IRDA_CLEAR_NEF | IRDA_CLEAR_PEF | IRDA_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Restore hirda->RxState to Ready */ + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_IRDA_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(hirda); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle IRDA interrupt request. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + uint32_t isrflags = READ_REG(hirda->Instance->ISR); + uint32_t cr1its = READ_REG(hirda->Instance->CR1); + uint32_t cr3its; + uint32_t errorflags; + + /* If no error occurs */ + errorflags = (isrflags & (uint32_t)(USART_ISR_PE | USART_ISR_FE | USART_ISR_ORE | USART_ISR_NE)); + if (errorflags == RESET) + { + /* IRDA in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != RESET)) + { + IRDA_Receive_IT(hirda); + return; + } + } + + /* If some errors occur */ + cr3its = READ_REG(hirda->Instance->CR3); + if( (errorflags != RESET) + && ( ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET) + || ((cr1its & (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)) != RESET)) ) + { + /* IRDA parity error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_PE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_PEIE) != RESET)) + { + __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_IT(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_PEF); + + hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_PE; + } + + /* IRDA frame error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_FE) != RESET) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET)) + { + __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_IT(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_FEF); + + hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_FE; + } + + /* IRDA noise error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_NE) != RESET) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET)) + { + __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_IT(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_NEF); + + hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NE; + } + + /* IRDA Over-Run interrupt occurred -----------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_ORE) != RESET) && + (((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != RESET) || ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET))) + { + __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_IT(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_OREF); + + hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_ORE; + } + + /* Call IRDA Error Call back function if need be --------------------------*/ + if(hirda->ErrorCode != HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* IRDA in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != RESET)) + { + IRDA_Receive_IT(hirda); + } + + /* If Overrun error occurs, or if any error occurs in DMA mode reception, + consider error as blocking */ + if (((hirda->ErrorCode & HAL_IRDA_ERROR_ORE) != RESET) || + (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))) + { + /* Blocking error : transfer is aborted + Set the IRDA state ready to be able to start again the process, + Disable Rx Interrupts, and disable Rx DMA request, if ongoing */ + IRDA_EndRxTransfer(hirda); + + /* Disable the IRDA DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the IRDA DMA Rx channel */ + if(hirda->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the IRDA DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = IRDA_DMAAbortOnError; + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hirda->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hirda->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ + HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(hirda); + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ + HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(hirda); + } + } + else + { + /* Non Blocking error : transfer could go on. + Error is notified to user through user error callback */ + HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(hirda); + hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; + } + } + return; + + } /* End if some error occurs */ + + /* IRDA in mode Transmitter ------------------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_TXE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TXEIE) != RESET)) + { + IRDA_Transmit_IT(hirda); + return; + } + + /* IRDA in mode Transmitter (transmission end) -----------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_TC) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TCIE) != RESET)) + { + IRDA_EndTransmit_IT(hirda); + return; + } + +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hirda); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callback. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hirda); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hirda); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Half Transfer complete callback. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hirda); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief IRDA error callback. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hirda); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief IRDA Abort Complete callback. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hirda); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief IRDA Abort Complete callback. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmitCpltCallback (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hirda); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmitCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief IRDA Abort Receive Complete callback. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_IRDA_AbortReceiveCpltCallback (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hirda); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_IRDA_AbortReceiveCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IRDA_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Error functions + * @brief IRDA State and Errors functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Error functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to return the State of IrDA + communication process and also return Peripheral Errors occurred during communication process + (+) HAL_IRDA_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state + of the IRDA peripheral handle. + (+) HAL_IRDA_GetError() checks in run-time errors that could occur during + communication. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the IRDA handle state. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef HAL_IRDA_GetState(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Return IRDA handle state */ + uint32_t temp1= 0x00U, temp2 = 0x00U; + temp1 = hirda->gState; + temp2 = hirda->RxState; + + return (HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef)(temp1 | temp2); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the IRDA handle error code. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval IRDA Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_IRDA_GetError(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + return hirda->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IRDA_Private_Functions IRDA Private Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configure the IRDA peripheral. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval None + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_SetConfig(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00000000U; + IRDA_ClockSourceTypeDef clocksource = IRDA_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED; + HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the communication parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IRDA_BAUDRATE(hirda->Init.BaudRate)); + assert_param(IS_IRDA_WORD_LENGTH(hirda->Init.WordLength)); + assert_param(IS_IRDA_PARITY(hirda->Init.Parity)); + assert_param(IS_IRDA_TX_RX_MODE(hirda->Init.Mode)); + assert_param(IS_IRDA_PRESCALER(hirda->Init.Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_IRDA_POWERMODE(hirda->Init.PowerMode)); + + /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Configure the IRDA Word Length, Parity and transfer Mode: + Set the M bits according to hirda->Init.WordLength value + Set PCE and PS bits according to hirda->Init.Parity value + Set TE and RE bits according to hirda->Init.Mode value */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)hirda->Init.WordLength | hirda->Init.Parity | hirda->Init.Mode ; + + MODIFY_REG(hirda->Instance->CR1, IRDA_CR1_FIELDS, tmpreg); + + /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/ + MODIFY_REG(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_IRLP, hirda->Init.PowerMode); + + /*-------------------------- USART GTPR Configuration ----------------------*/ + MODIFY_REG(hirda->Instance->GTPR, USART_GTPR_PSC, hirda->Init.Prescaler); + + /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/ + IRDA_GETCLOCKSOURCE(hirda, clocksource); + switch (clocksource) + { + case IRDA_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1: + hirda->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)((HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq() + (hirda->Init.BaudRate/2)) / hirda->Init.BaudRate); + break; + case IRDA_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI: + hirda->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)((HSI_VALUE + (hirda->Init.BaudRate/2)) / hirda->Init.BaudRate); + break; + case IRDA_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK: + hirda->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)((HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq() + (hirda->Init.BaudRate/2)) / hirda->Init.BaudRate); + break; + case IRDA_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE: + hirda->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)((LSE_VALUE + (hirda->Init.BaudRate/2)) / hirda->Init.BaudRate); + break; + case IRDA_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED: + default: + ret = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + return ret; +} + +/** + * @brief Check the IRDA Idle State. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_CheckIdleState(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Initialize the IRDA ErrorCode */ + hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* TEACK and REACK bits in ISR are checked only when available (not available on all F0 devices). + Bits are defined for some specific devices, and are available only for UART instances supporting WakeUp from Stop Mode feature. + */ +#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) + if (IS_UART_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hirda->Instance)) + { + /* Check if the Transmitter is enabled */ + if((hirda->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_TE) == USART_CR1_TE) + { + /* Wait until TEACK flag is set */ + if(IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, USART_ISR_TEACK, RESET, tickstart, IRDA_TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Timeout occurred */ + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Check if the Receiver is enabled */ + if((hirda->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_RE) == USART_CR1_RE) + { + /* Wait until REACK flag is set */ + if(IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, tickstart, IRDA_TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Timeout occurred */ + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } +#endif /* !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) */ + + /* Initialize the IRDA state*/ + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle IRDA Communication Timeout. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @param Flag Specifies the IRDA flag to check. + * @param Status the new flag status (SET or RESET). The function is locked in a while loop as long as the flag remains set to Status. + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Wait until flag is set */ + while((__HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG(hirda, Flag) ? SET : RESET) == Status) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-Tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief End ongoing Tx transfer on IRDA peripheral (following error detection or Transmit completion). + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void IRDA_EndTxTransfer(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + + /* At end of Tx process, restore hirda->gState to Ready */ + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; +} + + +/** + * @brief End ongoing Rx transfer on UART peripheral (following error detection or Reception completion). + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void IRDA_EndRxTransfer(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* At end of Rx process, restore hirda->RxState to Ready */ + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; +} + + +/** + * @brief DMA IRDA transmit process complete callback. + * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void IRDA_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = (IRDA_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent); + + /* DMA Normal mode */ + if ( HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC) ) + { + hirda->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by resetting the DMAT bit + in the IRDA CR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Enable the IRDA Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE); + } + /* DMA Circular mode */ + else + { + HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(hirda); + } + +} + +/** + * @brief DMA IRDA transmit process half complete callback. + * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void IRDA_DMATransmitHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = (IRDA_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent); + + HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback(hirda); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA IRDA receive process complete callback. + * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void IRDA_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = (IRDA_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent); + + /* DMA Normal mode */ + if ( HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC) ) + { + hirda->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by resetting the DMAR bit + in the IRDA CR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* At end of Rx process, restore hirda->RxState to Ready */ + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + } + + HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback(hirda); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA IRDA receive process half complete callback. + * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void IRDA_DMAReceiveHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = (IRDA_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent); + + HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback(hirda); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA IRDA communication error callback. + * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void IRDA_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = (IRDA_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent); + + /* Stop IRDA DMA Tx request if ongoing */ + if ( (hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX) + &&(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) ) + { + hirda->TxXferCount = 0U; + IRDA_EndTxTransfer(hirda); + } + + /* Stop IRDA DMA Rx request if ongoing */ + if ( (hirda->RxState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX) + &&(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) ) + { + hirda->RxXferCount = 0; + IRDA_EndRxTransfer(hirda); + } + + hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_DMA; + HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(hirda); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA IRDA communication abort callback, when initiated by HAL services on Error + * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure following error occurrence). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void IRDA_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = (IRDA_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent); + hirda->RxXferCount = 0U; + hirda->TxXferCount = 0U; + + HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(hirda); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA IRDA Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user + * (To be called at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request). + * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no + * Abort still ongoing for Rx DMA Handle. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void IRDA_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = (IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )(hdma->Parent); + + hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */ + if(hirda->hdmarx != NULL) + { + if(hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + return; + } + } + + /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */ + hirda->TxXferCount = 0U; + hirda->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Reset errorCode */ + hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_OREF | IRDA_CLEAR_NEF | IRDA_CLEAR_PEF | IRDA_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Restore hirda->gState and hirda->RxState to Ready */ + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback(hirda); +} + + +/** + * @brief DMA IRDA Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user + * (To be called at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request). + * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no + * Abort still ongoing for Tx DMA Handle. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void IRDA_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = (IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )(hdma->Parent); + + hirda->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */ + if(hirda->hdmatx != NULL) + { + if(hirda->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + return; + } + } + + /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */ + hirda->TxXferCount = 0U; + hirda->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Reset errorCode */ + hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_OREF | IRDA_CLEAR_NEF | IRDA_CLEAR_PEF | IRDA_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Restore hirda->gState and hirda->RxState to Ready */ + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_IRDA_AbortCpltCallback(hirda); +} + + +/** + * @brief DMA IRDA Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to + * HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmit_IT API (Abort only Tx transfer) + * (This callback is executed at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request, + * and leads to user Tx Abort Complete callback execution). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void IRDA_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = (IRDA_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent); + + hirda->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Restore hirda->gState to Ready */ + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_IRDA_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(hirda); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA IRDA Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to + * HAL_IRDA_AbortReceive_IT API (Abort only Rx transfer) + * (This callback is executed at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request, + * and leads to user Rx Abort Complete callback execution). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void IRDA_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = ( IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + hirda->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_OREF | IRDA_CLEAR_NEF | IRDA_CLEAR_PEF | IRDA_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Restore hirda->RxState to Ready */ + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_IRDA_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(hirda); +} + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in interrupt mode. + * @note Function is called under interruption only, once + * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT(). + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_Transmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + + /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */ + if(hirda->gState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + if(hirda->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the IRDA Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE); + + /* Enable the IRDA Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + if ((hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE)) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) hirda->pTxBuffPtr; + hirda->Instance->TDR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FFU); + hirda->pTxBuffPtr += 2U; + } + else + { + hirda->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*hirda->pTxBuffPtr++ & (uint8_t)0xFFU); + } + hirda->TxXferCount--; + + return HAL_OK; + } + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Wrap up transmission in non-blocking mode. + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_EndTransmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + /* Disable the IRDA Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE); + + /* Tx process is ended, restore hirda->gState to Ready */ + hirda->gState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(hirda); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode. + * @note Function is called under interruption only, once + * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT() + * @param hirda Pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IRDA module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_Receive_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + uint16_t uhMask = hirda->Mask; + uint16_t uhdata; + + /* Check that a Rx process is ongoing */ + if (hirda->RxState == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + uhdata = (uint16_t) READ_REG(hirda->Instance->RDR); + if ((hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE)) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) hirda->pRxBuffPtr ; + *tmp = (uint16_t)(uhdata & uhMask); + hirda->pRxBuffPtr +=2U; + } + else + { + *hirda->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(uhdata & (uint8_t)uhMask); + } + + if(--hirda->RxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the IRDA Parity Error Interrupt and RXNE interrupt */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + + /* Disable the IRDA Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + CLEAR_BIT(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Rx process is completed, restore hirda->RxState to Ready */ + hirda->RxState = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY; + + HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback(hirda); + + return HAL_OK; + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Clear RXNE interrupt flag */ + __HAL_IRDA_SEND_REQ(hirda, IRDA_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070x6) && !defined(STM32F070xB) && !defined(STM32F030xC) */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_iwdg.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_iwdg.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1899f1f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_iwdg.c @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_iwdg.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief IWDG HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Independent Watchdog (IWDG) peripheral: + * + Initialization and Start functions + * + IO operation functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IWDG Generic features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (+) The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable + through option byte). + + (+) The IWDG is clocked by Low-Speed clock (LSI) and thus stays active even + if the main clock fails. + + (+) Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and both can not be + disabled. The counter starts counting down from the reset value (0xFFF). + When it reaches the end of count value (0x000) a reset signal is + generated (IWDG reset). + + (+) Whenever the key value 0x0000 AAAA is written in the IWDG_KR register, + the IWDG_RLR value is reloaded in the counter and the watchdog reset is + prevented. + + (+) The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional + in STOP and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake-up from STANDBY). + IWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when an IWDG + reset occurs. + + (+) Debug mode : When the microcontroller enters debug mode (core halted), + the IWDG counter either continues to work normally or stops, depending + on DBG_IWDG_STOP configuration bit in DBG module, accessible through + __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_IWDG() and __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_IWDG() macros + + [..] Min-max timeout value @40KHz (LSI): ~0.1ms / ~26.2s + The IWDG timeout may vary due to LSI frequency dispersion. STM32F0xx + devices provide the capability to measure the LSI frequency (LSI clock + connected internally to TIM16 CH1 input capture). The measured value + can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an acceptable accuracy. + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to : + (++) Enable instance by writing Start keyword in IWDG_KEY register. LSI + clock is forced ON and IWDG counter starts downcounting. + (++) Enable write access to configuration register: IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR & + IWDG_WINR. + (++) Configure the IWDG prescaler and counter reload value. This reload + value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the watchdog is + reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value. + (++) wait for status flags to be reset" + (++) Depending on window parameter: + (+++) If Window Init parameter is same as Window register value, + nothing more is done but reload counter value in order to exit + function withy exact time base. + (+++) Else modify Window register. This will automatically reload + watchdog counter. + + (#) Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular + intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using + HAL_IWDG_Refresh() function. + + *** IWDG HAL driver macros list *** + ==================================== + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in IWDG HAL driver: + (+) __HAL_IWDG_START: Enable the IWDG peripheral + (+) __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER: Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in + the reload register + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED +/** @addtogroup IWDG + * @brief IWDG HAL module driver. + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Defines IWDG Private Defines + * @{ + */ +/* Status register need 5 RC LSI divided by prescaler clock to be updated. With + higher prescaler (256), and according to LSI variation, we need to wait at + least 6 cycles so 39 ms. */ +#define HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT 39U +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1 + * @brief Initialization and Start functions. + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Start functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the + IWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle. + (+) Manage Window option. + (+) Once initialization is performed in HAL_IWDG_Init function, Watchdog + is reloaded in order to exit function with correct time base. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the + * IWDG_InitTypeDef and start watchdog. Before exiting function, + * watchdog is refreshed in order to have correct time base. + * @param hiwdg pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IWDG module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Init(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg) +{ + uint32_t tickstart; + + /* Check the IWDG handle allocation */ + if(hiwdg == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hiwdg->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(hiwdg->Init.Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(hiwdg->Init.Reload)); + assert_param(IS_IWDG_WINDOW(hiwdg->Init.Window)); + + /* Enable IWDG. LSI is turned on automaticaly */ + __HAL_IWDG_START(hiwdg); + + /* Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR registers by writing + 0x5555 in KR */ + IWDG_ENABLE_WRITE_ACCESS(hiwdg); + + /* Write to IWDG registers the Prescaler & Reload values to work with */ + hiwdg->Instance->PR = hiwdg->Init.Prescaler; + hiwdg->Instance->RLR = hiwdg->Init.Reload; + + /* Check pending flag, if previous update not done, return timeout */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait for register to be updated */ + while(hiwdg->Instance->SR != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* If window parameter is different than current value, modify window + register */ + if(hiwdg->Instance->WINR != hiwdg->Init.Window) + { + /* Write to IWDG WINR the IWDG_Window value to compare with. In any case, + even if window feature is disabled, Watchdog will be reloaded by writing + windows register */ + hiwdg->Instance->WINR = hiwdg->Init.Window; + } + else + { + /* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */ + __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2 + * @brief IO operation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Refresh the IWDG. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Refresh the IWDG. + * @param hiwdg pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified IWDG module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Refresh(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg) +{ + /* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */ + __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_pcd.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_pcd.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a802483a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_pcd.c @@ -0,0 +1,1404 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_pcd.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief PCD HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The PCD HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a PCD_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: + PCD_HandleTypeDef hpcd; + + (#) Fill parameters of Init structure in HCD handle + + (#) Call HAL_PCD_Init() API to initialize the HCD peripheral (Core, Device core, ...) + + (#) Initialize the PCD low level resources through the HAL_PCD_MspInit() API: + (##) Enable the PCD/USB Low Level interface clock using + (+++) __HAL_RCC_USB_CLK_ENABLE); + + (##) Initialize the related GPIO clocks + (##) Configure PCD pin-out + (##) Configure PCD NVIC interrupt + + (#)Associate the Upper USB device stack to the HAL PCD Driver: + (##) hpcd.pData = pdev; + + (#)Enable HCD transmission and reception: + (##) HAL_PCD_Start(); + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED + +#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F070xB)|| defined(STM32F070x6) + +/** @defgroup PCD PCD + * @brief PCD HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup PCD_Private_Define PCD Private Define + * @{ + */ +#define BTABLE_ADDRESS (0x000) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup PCD_Private_Functions PCD Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_EP_ISR_Handler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd); +void PCD_WritePMA(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *pbUsrBuf, uint16_t wPMABufAddr, uint16_t wNBytes); +void PCD_ReadPMA(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *pbUsrBuf, uint16_t wPMABufAddr, uint16_t wNBytes); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions PCD Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the PCD according to the specified + * parameters in the PCD_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Init(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + uint32_t i = 0U; + + uint32_t wInterrupt_Mask = 0U; + + /* Check the PCD handle allocation */ + if(hpcd == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PCD_ALL_INSTANCE(hpcd->Instance)); + + if(hpcd->State == HAL_PCD_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hpcd->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */ + HAL_PCD_MspInit(hpcd); + } + + hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Init endpoints structures */ + for (i = 0U; i < hpcd->Init.dev_endpoints ; i++) + { + /* Init ep structure */ + hpcd->IN_ep[i].is_in = 1U; + hpcd->IN_ep[i].num = i; + /* Control until ep is actvated */ + hpcd->IN_ep[i].type = PCD_EP_TYPE_CTRL; + hpcd->IN_ep[i].maxpacket = 0U; + hpcd->IN_ep[i].xfer_buff = 0U; + hpcd->IN_ep[i].xfer_len = 0U; + } + + for (i = 0U; i < hpcd->Init.dev_endpoints ; i++) + { + hpcd->OUT_ep[i].is_in = 0U; + hpcd->OUT_ep[i].num = i; + /* Control until ep is activated */ + hpcd->OUT_ep[i].type = PCD_EP_TYPE_CTRL; + hpcd->OUT_ep[i].maxpacket = 0U; + hpcd->OUT_ep[i].xfer_buff = 0U; + hpcd->OUT_ep[i].xfer_len = 0U; + } + + /* Init Device */ + /*CNTR_FRES = 1*/ + hpcd->Instance->CNTR = USB_CNTR_FRES; + + /*CNTR_FRES = 0*/ + hpcd->Instance->CNTR = 0; + + /*Clear pending interrupts*/ + hpcd->Instance->ISTR = 0; + + /*Set Btable Adress*/ + hpcd->Instance->BTABLE = BTABLE_ADDRESS; + + /*set wInterrupt_Mask global variable*/ + wInterrupt_Mask = USB_CNTR_CTRM | USB_CNTR_WKUPM | USB_CNTR_SUSPM | USB_CNTR_ERRM \ + | USB_CNTR_SOFM | USB_CNTR_ESOFM | USB_CNTR_RESETM; + + /*Set interrupt mask*/ + hpcd->Instance->CNTR = wInterrupt_Mask; + + hpcd->USB_Address = 0U; + hpcd->State= HAL_PCD_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the PCD peripheral + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Check the PCD handle allocation */ + if(hpcd == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Stop Device */ + HAL_PCD_Stop(hpcd); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_PCD_MspDeInit(hpcd); + + hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_RESET; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the PCD MSP. + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_PCD_MspInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes PCD MSP. + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_PCD_MspDeInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the PCD data + transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Start the USB device. + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Start(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Enabling DP Pull-Down bit to Connect internal pull-up on USB DP line */ + hpcd->Instance->BCDR |= USB_BCDR_DPPU; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop the USB device. + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Stop(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + + /* disable all interrupts and force USB reset */ + hpcd->Instance->CNTR = USB_CNTR_FRES; + + /* clear interrupt status register */ + hpcd->Instance->ISTR = 0; + + /* switch-off device */ + hpcd->Instance->CNTR = (USB_CNTR_FRES | USB_CNTR_PDWN); + + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles PCD interrupt request. + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +void HAL_PCD_IRQHandler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + uint32_t wInterrupt_Mask = 0U; + + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_CTR)) + { + /* servicing of the endpoint correct transfer interrupt */ + /* clear of the CTR flag into the sub */ + PCD_EP_ISR_Handler(hpcd); + } + + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_RESET)) + { + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_RESET); + HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(hpcd); + HAL_PCD_SetAddress(hpcd, 0U); + } + + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_PMAOVR)) + { + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_PMAOVR); + } + + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_ERR)) + { + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_ERR); + } + + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_WKUP)) + { + + hpcd->Instance->CNTR &= (uint16_t)(~(USB_CNTR_LPMODE)); + + /*set wInterrupt_Mask global variable*/ + wInterrupt_Mask = USB_CNTR_CTRM | USB_CNTR_WKUPM | USB_CNTR_SUSPM | USB_CNTR_ERRM \ + | USB_CNTR_ESOFM | USB_CNTR_RESETM; + + /*Set interrupt mask*/ + hpcd->Instance->CNTR = wInterrupt_Mask; + + HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(hpcd); + + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_WKUP); + } + + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_SUSP)) + { + /* clear of the ISTR bit must be done after setting of CNTR_FSUSP */ + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_SUSP); + + /* Force low-power mode in the macrocell */ + hpcd->Instance->CNTR |= USB_CNTR_FSUSP; + hpcd->Instance->CNTR |= USB_CNTR_LPMODE; + + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_WKUP) == 0) + { + HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(hpcd); + } + } + + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_SOF)) + { + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_SOF); + HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(hpcd); + } + + if (__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG (hpcd, USB_ISTR_ESOF)) + { + /* clear ESOF flag in ISTR */ + __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_ISTR_ESOF); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Data out stage callbacks + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @param epnum endpoint number + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + UNUSED(epnum); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Data IN stage callbacks + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @param epnum endpoint number + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + UNUSED(epnum); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} +/** + * @brief Setup stage callback + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief USB Start Of Frame callbacks + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_SOFCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief USB Reset callbacks + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_ResetCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Suspend event callbacks + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Resume event callbacks + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Incomplete ISO OUT callbacks + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @param epnum endpoint number + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + UNUSED(epnum); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Incomplete ISO IN callbacks + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @param epnum endpoint number + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + UNUSED(epnum); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Connection event callbacks + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Disconnection event callbacks + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @retval None + */ + __weak void HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hpcd); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief management functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PCD data + transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Connect the USB device + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevConnect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + + /* Enabling DP Pull-Down bit to Connect internal pull-up on USB DP line */ + hpcd->Instance->BCDR |= USB_BCDR_DPPU; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disconnect the USB device + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevDisconnect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + + /* Disable DP Pull-Down bit*/ + hpcd->Instance->BCDR &= (uint16_t)(~(USB_BCDR_DPPU)); + + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the USB Device address + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @param address new device address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_SetAddress(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t address) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + + if(address == 0U) + { + /* set device address and enable function */ + hpcd->Instance->DADDR = USB_DADDR_EF; + } + else /* USB Address will be applied later */ + { + hpcd->USB_Address = address; + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return HAL_OK; +} +/** + * @brief Open and configure an endpoint + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @param ep_addr endpoint address + * @param ep_mps endpoint max packert size + * @param ep_type endpoint type + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Open(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint16_t ep_mps, uint8_t ep_type) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK; + PCD_EPTypeDef *ep; + + if ((ep_addr & 0x80U) == 0x80U) + { + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7FU]; + } + else + { + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7FU]; + } + ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7FU; + + ep->is_in = (0x80U & ep_addr) != 0U; + ep->maxpacket = ep_mps; + ep->type = ep_type; + + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + + /* initialize Endpoint */ + switch (ep->type) + { + case PCD_EP_TYPE_CTRL: + PCD_SET_EPTYPE(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, USB_EP_CONTROL); + break; + case PCD_EP_TYPE_BULK: + PCD_SET_EPTYPE(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, USB_EP_BULK); + break; + case PCD_EP_TYPE_INTR: + PCD_SET_EPTYPE(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, USB_EP_INTERRUPT); + break; + case PCD_EP_TYPE_ISOC: + PCD_SET_EPTYPE(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, USB_EP_ISOCHRONOUS); + break; + default: + break; + } + + PCD_SET_EP_ADDRESS(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, ep->num); + + if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U) + { + if (ep->is_in) + { + /*Set the endpoint Transmit buffer address */ + PCD_SET_EP_TX_ADDRESS(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, ep->pmaadress); + PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(hpcd->Instance, ep->num) + /* Configure NAK status for the Endpoint*/ + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_NAK) + } + else + { + /*Set the endpoint Receive buffer address */ + PCD_SET_EP_RX_ADDRESS(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, ep->pmaadress); + /*Set the endpoint Receive buffer counter*/ + PCD_SET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, ep->maxpacket) + PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(hpcd->Instance, ep->num) + /* Configure VALID status for the Endpoint*/ + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID) + } + } + /*Double Buffer*/ + else + { + /*Set the endpoint as double buffered*/ + PCD_SET_EP_DBUF(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + /*Set buffer address for double buffered mode*/ + PCD_SET_EP_DBUF_ADDR(hpcd->Instance, ep->num,ep->pmaaddr0, ep->pmaaddr1) + + if (ep->is_in==0U) + { + /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT*/ + PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(hpcd->Instance, ep->num) + PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(hpcd->Instance, ep->num) + + /* Reset value of the data toggle bits for the endpoint out*/ + PCD_TX_DTOG(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID) + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS) + } + else + { + /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT*/ + PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(hpcd->Instance, ep->num) + PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(hpcd->Instance, ep->num) + PCD_RX_DTOG(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/ + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS) + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS) + } + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return ret; +} + + +/** + * @brief Deactivate an endpoint + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @param ep_addr endpoint address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Close(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) +{ + PCD_EPTypeDef *ep; + + if ((ep_addr & 0x80U) == 0x80U) + { + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7FU]; + } + else + { + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7FU]; + } + ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7FU; + + ep->is_in = (0x80U & ep_addr) != 0U; + + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + + if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U) + { + if (ep->is_in) + { + PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(hpcd->Instance, ep->num) + /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/ + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS) + } + else + { + PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(hpcd->Instance, ep->num) + /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/ + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS) + } + } + /*Double Buffer*/ + else + { + if (ep->is_in==0U) + { + /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT*/ + PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(hpcd->Instance, ep->num) + PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(hpcd->Instance, ep->num) + + /* Reset value of the data toggle bits for the endpoint out*/ + PCD_TX_DTOG(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS) + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS) + } + else + { + /* Clear the data toggle bits for the endpoint IN/OUT*/ + PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(hpcd->Instance, ep->num) + PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(hpcd->Instance, ep->num) + PCD_RX_DTOG(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + /* Configure DISABLE status for the Endpoint*/ + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_DIS) + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_DIS) + } + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @param ep_addr endpoint address + * @param pBuf pointer to the reception buffer + * @param len amount of data to be received + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Receive(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t *pBuf, uint32_t len) +{ + + PCD_EPTypeDef *ep; + + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7FU]; + + /*setup and start the Xfer */ + ep->xfer_buff = pBuf; + ep->xfer_len = len; + ep->xfer_count = 0U; + ep->is_in = 0U; + ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7FU; + + /* Multi packet transfer*/ + if (ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket) + { + len=ep->maxpacket; + ep->xfer_len-=len; + } + else + { + len=ep->xfer_len; + ep->xfer_len =0U; + } + + /* configure and validate Rx endpoint */ + if (ep->doublebuffer == 0) + { + /*Set RX buffer count*/ + PCD_SET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, len) + } + else + { + /*Set the Double buffer counter*/ + PCD_SET_EP_DBUF_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, ep->is_in, len) + } + + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID) + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Get Received Data Size + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @param ep_addr endpoint address + * @retval Data Size + */ +uint16_t HAL_PCD_EP_GetRxCount(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) +{ + return hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7FU].xfer_count; +} +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @param ep_addr endpoint address + * @param pBuf pointer to the transmission buffer + * @param len amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t *pBuf, uint32_t len) +{ + PCD_EPTypeDef *ep; + uint16_t pmabuffer = 0U; + + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7FU]; + + /*setup and start the Xfer */ + ep->xfer_buff = pBuf; + ep->xfer_len = len; + ep->xfer_count = 0U; + ep->is_in = 1U; + ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7FU; + + /*Multi packet transfer*/ + if (ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket) + { + len=ep->maxpacket; + ep->xfer_len-=len; + } + else + { + len=ep->xfer_len; + ep->xfer_len =0U; + } + + /* configure and validate Tx endpoint */ + if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U) + { + PCD_WritePMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaadress, len); + PCD_SET_EP_TX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, len); + } + else + { + /*Write the data to the USB endpoint*/ + if ((PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num)& USB_EP_DTOG_TX) == USB_EP_DTOG_TX) + { + /*Set the Double buffer counter for pmabuffer1*/ + PCD_SET_EP_DBUF1_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, ep->is_in, len) + pmabuffer = ep->pmaaddr1; + } + else + { + /*Set the Double buffer counter for pmabuffer0*/ + PCD_SET_EP_DBUF0_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, ep->is_in, len) + pmabuffer = ep->pmaaddr0; + } + + PCD_WritePMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, pmabuffer, len); + PCD_FreeUserBuffer(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, ep->is_in) + } + + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_VALID) + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set a STALL condition over an endpoint + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @param ep_addr endpoint address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_SetStall(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) +{ + PCD_EPTypeDef *ep; + + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + + if ((0x80U & ep_addr) == 0x80U) + { + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7FU]; + } + else + { + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr]; + } + + ep->is_stall = 1; + ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7FU; + ep->is_in = ((ep_addr & 0x80U) == 0x80U); + + if (ep->num == 0U) + { + /* This macro sets STALL status for RX & TX*/ + PCD_SET_EP_TXRX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_STALL, USB_EP_TX_STALL) + } + else + { + if (ep->is_in) + { + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, ep->num , USB_EP_TX_STALL) + } + else + { + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, ep->num , USB_EP_RX_STALL) + } + } + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Clear a STALL condition over in an endpoint + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @param ep_addr endpoint address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_ClrStall(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) +{ + PCD_EPTypeDef *ep; + + if ((0x80U & ep_addr) == 0x80U) + { + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7FU]; + } + else + { + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr]; + } + + ep->is_stall = 0U; + ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7FU; + ep->is_in = ((ep_addr & 0x80U) == 0x80U); + + __HAL_LOCK(hpcd); + + if (ep->is_in) + { + PCD_CLEAR_TX_DTOG(hpcd->Instance, ep->num) + PCD_SET_EP_TX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, USB_EP_TX_VALID) + } + else + { + PCD_CLEAR_RX_DTOG(hpcd->Instance, ep->num) + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, USB_EP_RX_VALID) + } + __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Flush an endpoint + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @param ep_addr endpoint address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Flush(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr) +{ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup : active remote wakeup signalling +* @param hpcd PCD handle +* @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + if (hpcd->Init.lpm_enable ==1) + { + /* Apply L1 Resume */ + hpcd->Instance->CNTR |= USB_CNTR_L1RESUME; + } + else + { + /* Apply L2 Resume */ + hpcd->Instance->CNTR |= USB_CNTR_RESUME; + } + + return (HAL_OK); +} + +/** +* @brief HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup : de-active remote wakeup signalling +* @param hpcd PCD handle +* @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + if (hpcd->Init.lpm_enable ==1) + { + /* Release L1 Resume */ + hpcd->Instance->CNTR &= ((uint16_t)(~ USB_CNTR_L1RESUME)); + } + else + { + /* Release L2 Resume */ + hpcd->Instance->CNTR &= ((uint16_t)(~ USB_CNTR_RESUME)) ; + } + + return (HAL_OK); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the PCD state + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +PCD_StateTypeDef HAL_PCD_GetState(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + return hpcd->State; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup PCD_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Copy a buffer from user memory area to packet memory area (PMA) + * @param USBx USB peripheral instance register address. + * @param pbUsrBuf pointer to user memory area. + * @param wPMABufAddr address into PMA. + * @param wNBytes no. of bytes to be copied. + * @retval None + */ +void PCD_WritePMA(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *pbUsrBuf, uint16_t wPMABufAddr, uint16_t wNBytes) +{ + uint32_t n = ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)wNBytes + 1U)) >> 1U; + uint32_t i; + uint16_t temp1, temp2; + uint16_t *pdwVal; + pdwVal = (uint16_t *)((uint32_t)(wPMABufAddr + (uint32_t)USBx + 0x400U)); + + for (i = n; i != 0; i--) + { + temp1 = (uint16_t) * pbUsrBuf; + pbUsrBuf++; + temp2 = temp1 | ((uint16_t)((uint16_t) * pbUsrBuf << 8U)) ; + *pdwVal++ = temp2; + pbUsrBuf++; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Copy a buffer from user memory area to packet memory area (PMA) + * @param USBx USB peripheral instance register address. + * @param pbUsrBuf = pointer to user memory area. + * @param wPMABufAddr address into PMA. + * @param wNBytes no. of bytes to be copied. + * @retval None + */ +void PCD_ReadPMA(USB_TypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *pbUsrBuf, uint16_t wPMABufAddr, uint16_t wNBytes) +{ + uint32_t n = (uint32_t)wNBytes >> 1U; + uint32_t i; + uint16_t *pdwVal; + uint32_t temp; + pdwVal = (uint16_t *)((uint32_t)(wPMABufAddr + (uint32_t)USBx + 0x400U)); + + for (i = n; i != 0U; i--) + { + temp = *pdwVal++; + *pbUsrBuf++ = ((temp >> 0) & 0xFF); + *pbUsrBuf++ = ((temp >> 8) & 0xFF); + } + + if (wNBytes % 2) + { + temp = *pdwVal++; + *pbUsrBuf++ = ((temp >> 0) & 0xFF); + } +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles PCD Endpoint interrupt request. + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_EP_ISR_Handler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd) +{ + PCD_EPTypeDef *ep; + uint16_t count=0U; + uint8_t EPindex; + __IO uint16_t wIstr; + __IO uint16_t wEPVal = 0U; + + /* stay in loop while pending interrupts */ + while (((wIstr = hpcd->Instance->ISTR) & USB_ISTR_CTR) != 0U) + { + /* extract highest priority endpoint number */ + EPindex = (uint8_t)(wIstr & USB_ISTR_EP_ID); + + if (EPindex == 0U) + { + /* Decode and service control endpoint interrupt */ + + /* DIR bit = origin of the interrupt */ + if ((wIstr & USB_ISTR_DIR) == 0U) + { + /* DIR = 0 */ + + /* DIR = 0 => IN int */ + /* DIR = 0 implies that (EP_CTR_TX = 1) always */ + PCD_CLEAR_TX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0); + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[0]; + + ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_TX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + ep->xfer_buff += ep->xfer_count; + + /* TX COMPLETE */ + HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(hpcd, 0U); + + + if((hpcd->USB_Address > 0U)&& ( ep->xfer_len == 0U)) + { + hpcd->Instance->DADDR = (hpcd->USB_Address | USB_DADDR_EF); + hpcd->USB_Address = 0U; + } + + } + else + { + /* DIR = 1 */ + + /* DIR = 1 & CTR_RX => SETUP or OUT int */ + /* DIR = 1 & (CTR_TX | CTR_RX) => 2 int pending */ + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[0]; + wEPVal = PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0); + + if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_SETUP) != 0U) + { + /* Get SETUP Packet*/ + ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + PCD_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, (uint8_t*)(void*)hpcd->Setup ,ep->pmaadress , ep->xfer_count); + /* SETUP bit kept frozen while CTR_RX = 1*/ + PCD_CLEAR_RX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0); + + /* Process SETUP Packet*/ + HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(hpcd); + } + + else if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_CTR_RX) != 0U) + { + PCD_CLEAR_RX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0); + /* Get Control Data OUT Packet*/ + ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + + if (ep->xfer_count != 0U) + { + PCD_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaadress, ep->xfer_count); + ep->xfer_buff+=ep->xfer_count; + } + + /* Process Control Data OUT Packet*/ + HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, 0U); + + PCD_SET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0, ep->maxpacket) + PCD_SET_EP_RX_STATUS(hpcd->Instance, PCD_ENDP0, USB_EP_RX_VALID) + } + } + } + else + { + + /* Decode and service non control endpoints interrupt */ + + /* process related endpoint register */ + wEPVal = PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(hpcd->Instance, EPindex); + if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_CTR_RX) != 0U) + { + /* clear int flag */ + PCD_CLEAR_RX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, EPindex); + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[EPindex]; + + /* OUT double Buffering*/ + if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U) + { + count = PCD_GET_EP_RX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + if (count != 0U) + { + PCD_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaadress, count); + } + } + else + { + + if ((PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num)& USB_EP_DTOG_RX) == USB_EP_DTOG_RX) + { + /*read from endpoint BUF0Addr buffer*/ + count = PCD_GET_EP_DBUF0_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + if (count != 0U) + { + PCD_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaaddr0, count); + } + } + else + { + /*read from endpoint BUF1Addr buffer*/ + count = PCD_GET_EP_DBUF1_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + if (count != 0U) + { + PCD_ReadPMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaaddr1, count); + } + } + PCD_FreeUserBuffer(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, PCD_EP_DBUF_OUT) + } + /*multi-packet on the NON control OUT endpoint*/ + ep->xfer_count+=count; + ep->xfer_buff+=count; + + if ((ep->xfer_len == 0U) || (count < ep->maxpacket)) + { + /* RX COMPLETE */ + HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, ep->num); + } + else + { + HAL_PCD_EP_Receive(hpcd, ep->num, ep->xfer_buff, ep->xfer_len); + } + + } /* if((wEPVal & EP_CTR_RX) */ + + if ((wEPVal & USB_EP_CTR_TX) != 0U) + { + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[EPindex]; + + /* clear int flag */ + PCD_CLEAR_TX_EP_CTR(hpcd->Instance, EPindex); + + /* IN double Buffering*/ + if (ep->doublebuffer == 0U) + { + ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_TX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + if (ep->xfer_count != 0) + { + PCD_WritePMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaadress, ep->xfer_count); + } + } + else + { + if ((PCD_GET_ENDPOINT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num)& USB_EP_DTOG_TX) == USB_EP_DTOG_TX) + { + /*read from endpoint BUF0Addr buffer*/ + ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_DBUF0_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + if (ep->xfer_count != 0U) + { + PCD_WritePMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaaddr0, ep->xfer_count); + } + } + else + { + /*read from endpoint BUF1Addr buffer*/ + ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_DBUF1_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + if (ep->xfer_count != 0U) + { + PCD_WritePMA(hpcd->Instance, ep->xfer_buff, ep->pmaaddr1, ep->xfer_count); + } + } + PCD_FreeUserBuffer(hpcd->Instance, ep->num, PCD_EP_DBUF_IN) + } + /*multi-packet on the NON control IN endpoint*/ + ep->xfer_count = PCD_GET_EP_TX_CNT(hpcd->Instance, ep->num); + ep->xfer_buff+=ep->xfer_count; + + /* Zero Length Packet? */ + if (ep->xfer_len == 0U) + { + /* TX COMPLETE */ + HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(hpcd, ep->num); + } + else + { + HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit(hpcd, ep->num, ep->xfer_buff, ep->xfer_len); + } + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* STM32F042x6 || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || STM32F070xB || STM32F070x6 */ + +#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_pcd_ex.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_pcd_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b00d2f85 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_pcd_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_pcd_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief Extended PCD HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller: + * + Configuration of the PMA for EP + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED + +#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F070xB)|| defined(STM32F070x6) + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PCDEx PCDEx + * @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions PCDEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief PCDEx control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Update PMA configuration + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configure PMA for EP + * @param hpcd PCD handle + * @param ep_addr endpoint address + * @param ep_kind endpoint Kind + * @arg USB_SNG_BUF: Single Buffer used + * @arg USB_DBL_BUF: Double Buffer used + * @param pmaadress EP address in The PMA: In case of single buffer endpoint + * this parameter is 16-bit value providing the address + * in PMA allocated to endpoint. + * In case of double buffer endpoint this parameter + * is a 32-bit value providing the endpoint buffer 0 address + * in the LSB part of 32-bit value and endpoint buffer 1 address + * in the MSB part of 32-bit value. + * @retval : status + */ + +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_PMAConfig(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, + uint16_t ep_addr, + uint16_t ep_kind, + uint32_t pmaadress) + +{ + PCD_EPTypeDef *ep; + + /* initialize ep structure*/ + if ((0x80U & ep_addr) == 0x80U) + { + ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7FU]; + } + else + { + ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr]; + } + + /* Here we check if the endpoint is single or double Buffer*/ + if (ep_kind == PCD_SNG_BUF) + { + /*Single Buffer*/ + ep->doublebuffer = 0U; + /*Configure the PMA*/ + ep->pmaadress = (uint16_t)pmaadress; + } + else /*USB_DBL_BUF*/ + { + /*Double Buffer Endpoint*/ + ep->doublebuffer = 1U; + /*Configure the PMA*/ + ep->pmaaddr0 = pmaadress & 0xFFFFU; + ep->pmaaddr1 = (pmaadress & 0xFFFF0000U) >> 16U; + } + + return HAL_OK; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* STM32F042x6 || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || STM32F070xB || STM32F070x6 */ + +#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_pwr.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_pwr.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4eef3d0f --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_pwr.c @@ -0,0 +1,470 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_pwr.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief PWR HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral: + * + Initialization/de-initialization function + * + Peripheral Control function + * + @verbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR PWR + * @brief PWR HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data + registers) is protected against possible unwanted + write accesses. + To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows: + (+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() macro. + (+) Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void) +{ + __HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET(); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC + * backup data registers when present). + * @note If the HSE divided by 32 is used as the RTC clock, the + * Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void) +{ + PWR->CR |= (uint32_t)PWR_CR_DBP; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC + * backup data registers when present). + * @note If the HSE divided by 32 is used as the RTC clock, the + * Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void) +{ + PWR->CR &= ~((uint32_t)PWR_CR_DBP); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Low Power modes configuration functions + * +@verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + *** WakeUp pin configuration *** + ================================ + [..] + (+) WakeUp pin is used to wakeup the system from Standby mode. This pin is + forced in input pull down configuration and is active on rising edges. + (+) There are two WakeUp pins, and up to eight Wakeup pins on STM32F07x & STM32F09x devices. + (++)WakeUp Pin 1 on PA.00. + (++)WakeUp Pin 2 on PC.13. + (++)WakeUp Pin 3 on PE.06.(STM32F07x/STM32F09x) + (++)WakeUp Pin 4 on PA.02.(STM32F07x/STM32F09x) + (++)WakeUp Pin 5 on PC.05.(STM32F07x/STM32F09x) + (++)WakeUp Pin 6 on PB.05.(STM32F07x/STM32F09x) + (++)WakeUp Pin 7 on PB.15.(STM32F07x/STM32F09x) + (++)WakeUp Pin 8 on PF.02.(STM32F07x/STM32F09x) + + *** Low Power modes configuration *** + ===================================== + [..] + The devices feature 3 low-power modes: + (+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M0 core stopped, peripherals kept running. + (+) Stop mode: all clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator + in low power mode + (+) Standby mode: 1.2V domain powered off (mode not available on STM32F0x8 devices). + + *** Sleep mode *** + ================== + [..] + (+) Entry: + The Sleep mode is entered by using the HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx) + functions with + (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction + (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction + + (+) Exit: + (++) Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt + controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode. + + *** Stop mode *** + ================= + [..] + In Stop mode, all clocks in the 1.8V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI, + and the HSE RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register contents + are preserved. + The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode. + To minimize the consumption. + + (+) Entry: + The Stop mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI ) + function with: + (++) Main regulator ON. + (++) Low Power regulator ON. + (++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction + (++) PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction + (+) Exit: + (++) Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt/Event mode. + (++) Some specific communication peripherals (CEC, USART, I2C) interrupts, + when programmed in wakeup mode (the peripheral must be + programmed in wakeup mode and the corresponding interrupt vector + must be enabled in the NVIC) + + *** Standby mode *** + ==================== + [..] + The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based + on the Cortex-M0 deep sleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled. + The 1.8V domain is consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI oscillator and + the HSE oscillator are also switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost + except for the RTC registers, RTC backup registers and Standby circuitry. + The voltage regulator is OFF. + + (+) Entry: + (++) The Standby mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function. + (+) Exit: + (++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A), RTC wakeup, + tamper event, time-stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset. + + *** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode *** + ============================================= + [..] + The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC + Wakeup event, a tamper event, a time-stamp event, or a comparator event, + without depending on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode). + + (+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop and Standby modes + + (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to + configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function. + + (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it + is necessary to configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the + HAL_RTC_SetTimeStamp_IT() or HAL_RTC_SetTamper_IT() functions. + + (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to + configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the HAL_RTC_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function. + + (+) Comparator auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop mode + + (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with a comparator wakeup event, it is necessary to: + (+++) Configure the EXTI Line associated with the comparator (example EXTI Line 22 for comparator 2) + to be sensitive to to the selected edges (falling, rising or falling + and rising) (Interrupt or Event modes) using the EXTI_Init() function. + (+++) Configure the comparator to generate the event. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables the WakeUp PINx functionality. + * @param WakeUpPinx Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to enable. + * This parameter can be value of : + * @ref PWREx_WakeUp_Pins + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx)); + /* Enable the EWUPx pin */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CSR, WakeUpPinx); +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the WakeUp PINx functionality. + * @param WakeUpPinx Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable. + * This parameter can be values of : + * @ref PWREx_WakeUp_Pins + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx)); + /* Disable the EWUPx pin */ + CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CSR, WakeUpPinx); +} + +/** + * @brief Enters Sleep mode. + * @note In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * @param Regulator Specifies the regulator state in SLEEP mode. + * On STM32F0 devices, this parameter is a dummy value and it is ignored + * as regulator can't be modified in this mode. Parameter is kept for platform + * compatibility. + * @param SLEEPEntry Specifies if SLEEP mode is entered with WFI or WFE instruction. + * When WFI entry is used, tick interrupt have to be disabled if not desired as + * the interrupt wake up source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction + * @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry)); + + /* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk); + + /* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/ + if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI) + { + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); + } + else + { + /* Request Wait For Event */ + __SEV(); + __WFE(); + __WFE(); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enters STOP mode. + * @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode. + * @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event, + * the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock. + * @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional + * startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode. + * By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption + * is higher although the startup time is reduced. + * @param Regulator Specifies the regulator state in STOP mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: STOP mode with regulator ON + * @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: STOP mode with low power regulator ON + * @param STOPEntry specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI:Enter STOP mode with WFI instruction + * @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: Enter STOP mode with WFE instruction + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry)); + + /* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/ + tmpreg = PWR->CR; + + /* Clear PDDS and LPDS bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~(PWR_CR_PDDS | PWR_CR_LPDS); + + /* Set LPDS bit according to Regulator value */ + tmpreg |= Regulator; + + /* Store the new value */ + PWR->CR = tmpreg; + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk; + + /* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/ + if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI) + { + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); + } + else + { + /* Request Wait For Event */ + __SEV(); + __WFE(); + __WFE(); + } + + /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk); +} + +/** + * @brief Enters STANDBY mode. + * @note In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for: + * - Reset pad (still available) + * - RTC alternate function pins if configured for tamper, time-stamp, RTC + * Alarm out, or RTC clock calibration out. + * - WKUP pins if enabled. + * STM32F0x8 devices, the Stop mode is available, but it is + * aningless to distinguish between voltage regulator in Low power + * mode and voltage regulator in Run mode because the regulator + * not used and the core is supplied directly from an external source. + * Consequently, the Standby mode is not available on those devices. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void) +{ + /* Select STANDBY mode */ + PWR->CR |= (uint32_t)PWR_CR_PDDS; + + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk; + + /* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */ +#if defined ( __CC_ARM) + __force_stores(); +#endif + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); +} + +/** + * @brief Indicates Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode. + * @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor + * re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over. + * Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on + * interruptions handling. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void) +{ + /* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk)); +} + + +/** + * @brief Disables Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode. + * @note Clears SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor + * re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void) +{ + /* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk)); +} + + + +/** + * @brief Enables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit. + * @note Sets SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes + * WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void) +{ + /* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk)); +} + + +/** + * @brief Disables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit. + * @note Clears SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes + * WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void) +{ + /* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_pwr_ex.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_pwr_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d83817dd --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_pwr_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,290 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_pwr_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief Extended PWR HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral: + * + Extended Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + Extended Peripheral Control functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWREx PWREx + * @brief PWREx HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup PWREx_Private_Constants PWREx Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define PVD_MODE_IT (0x00010000U) +#define PVD_MODE_EVT (0x00020000U) +#define PVD_RISING_EDGE (0x00000001U) +#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE (0x00000002U) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions PWREx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Extended Control Functions + * @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral extended control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + *** PVD configuration *** + ========================= + [..] + (+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a + threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR). + (+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower + than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI + line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through + HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(), HAL_PWR_EnablePVD() functions. + (+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode. + -@- PVD is not available on STM32F030x4/x6/x8 + + *** VDDIO2 Monitor Configuration *** + ==================================== + [..] + (+) VDDIO2 monitor is used to monitor the VDDIO2 power supply by comparing it + to VREFInt Voltage + (+) This monitor is internally connected to the EXTI line31 + and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through + HAL_PWREx_EnableVddio2Monitor() function. + -@- VDDIO2 is available on STM32F07x/09x/04x + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (STM32F031x6) || defined (STM32F051x8) || \ + defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F091xC) || \ + defined (STM32F042x6) || defined (STM32F072xB) +/** + * @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @param sConfigPVD pointer to an PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the configuration + * information for the PVD. + * @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for + * more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to each + * detection level. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode)); + + /* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PVDLevel value */ + MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel); + + /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */ + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT(); + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT(); + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); + + /* Configure interrupt mode */ + if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); + } + + /* Configure event mode */ + if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT(); + } + + /* Configure the edge */ + if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE(); + } + + if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE) + { + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void) +{ + PWR->CR |= (uint32_t)PWR_CR_PVDE; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void) +{ + PWR->CR &= ~((uint32_t)PWR_CR_PVDE); +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles the PWR PVD interrupt request. + * @note This API should be called under the PVD_IRQHandler() or PVD_VDDIO2_IRQHandler(). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler(void) +{ + /* Check PWR exti flag */ + if(__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET) + { + /* PWR PVD interrupt user callback */ + HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(); + + /* Clear PWR Exti pending bit */ + __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(); + } +} + +/** + * @brief PWR PVD interrupt callback + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +#endif /* defined (STM32F031x6) || defined (STM32F051x8) || */ + /* defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F091xC) || */ + /* defined (STM32F042x6) || defined (STM32F072xB) */ + +#if defined (STM32F042x6) || defined (STM32F048xx) || \ + defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx) || \ + defined (STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx) +/** + * @brief Enable VDDIO2 monitor: enable Exti 31 and falling edge detection. + * @note If Exti 31 is enable correlty and VDDIO2 voltage goes below Vrefint, + an interrupt is generated Irq line 1. + NVIS has to be enable by user. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_EnableVddio2Monitor(void) +{ + __HAL_PWR_VDDIO2_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); + __HAL_PWR_VDDIO2_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Vddio2 Monitor. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_DisableVddio2Monitor(void) +{ + __HAL_PWR_VDDIO2_EXTI_DISABLE_IT(); + __HAL_PWR_VDDIO2_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE(); + +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles the PWR Vddio2 monitor interrupt request. + * @note This API should be called under the VDDIO2_IRQHandler() PVD_VDDIO2_IRQHandler(). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_PWREx_Vddio2Monitor_IRQHandler(void) +{ + /* Check PWR exti flag */ + if(__HAL_PWR_VDDIO2_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET) + { + /* PWR Vddio2 monitor interrupt user callback */ + HAL_PWREx_Vddio2MonitorCallback(); + + /* Clear PWR Exti pending bit */ + __HAL_PWR_VDDIO2_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(); + } +} + +/** + * @brief PWR Vddio2 Monitor interrupt callback + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_PWREx_Vddio2MonitorCallback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_PWREx_Vddio2MonitorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +#endif /* defined (STM32F042x6) || defined (STM32F048xx) || \ + defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx) || \ + defined (STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_rcc.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_rcc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..619a481a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_rcc.c @@ -0,0 +1,1332 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_rcc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief RCC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Reset and Clock Control (RCC) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### RCC specific features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + After reset the device is running from Internal High Speed oscillator + (HSI 8MHz) with Flash 0 wait state, Flash prefetch buffer is enabled, + and all peripherals are off except internal SRAM, Flash and JTAG. + (+) There is no prescaler on High speed (AHB) and Low speed (APB) buses; + all peripherals mapped on these buses are running at HSI speed. + (+) The clock for all peripherals is switched off, except the SRAM and FLASH. + (+) All GPIOs are in input floating state, except the JTAG pins which + are assigned to be used for debug purpose. + [..] Once the device started from reset, the user application has to: + (+) Configure the clock source to be used to drive the System clock + (if the application needs higher frequency/performance) + (+) Configure the System clock frequency and Flash settings + (+) Configure the AHB and APB buses prescalers + (+) Enable the clock for the peripheral(s) to be used + (+) Configure the clock source(s) for peripherals whose clocks are not + derived from the System clock (RTC, ADC, I2C, USART, TIM, USB FS, etc..) + + ##### RCC Limitations ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + A delay between an RCC peripheral clock enable and the effective peripheral + enabling should be taken into account in order to manage the peripheral read/write + from/to registers. + (+) This delay depends on the peripheral mapping. + (++) AHB & APB peripherals, 1 dummy read is necessary + + [..] + Workarounds: + (#) For AHB & APB peripherals, a dummy read to the peripheral register has been + inserted in each __HAL_RCC_PPP_CLK_ENABLE() macro. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** +*/ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC RCC +* @brief RCC HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Constants RCC Private Constants + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Macros RCC Private Macros + * @{ + */ + +#define MCO1_CLK_ENABLE() __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE() +#define MCO1_GPIO_PORT GPIOA +#define MCO1_PIN GPIO_PIN_8 + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Variables RCC Private Variables + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions RCC Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to configure the internal/external oscillators + (HSE, HSI, HSI14, HSI48, LSE, LSI, PLL, CSS and MCO) and the System buses clocks (SYSCLK, + AHB and APB1). + + [..] Internal/external clock and PLL configuration + (#) HSI (high-speed internal), 8 MHz factory-trimmed RC used directly or through + the PLL as System clock source. + The HSI clock can be used also to clock the USART and I2C peripherals. + + (#) HSI14 (high-speed internal), 14 MHz factory-trimmed RC used directly to clock + the ADC peripheral. + + (#) LSI (low-speed internal), ~40 KHz low consumption RC used as IWDG and/or RTC + clock source. + + (#) HSE (high-speed external), 4 to 32 MHz crystal oscillator used directly or + through the PLL as System clock source. Can be used also as RTC clock source. + + (#) LSE (low-speed external), 32 KHz oscillator used as RTC clock source. + + (#) PLL (clocked by HSI, HSI48 or HSE), featuring different output clocks: + (++) The first output is used to generate the high speed system clock (up to 48 MHz) + (++) The second output is used to generate the clock for the USB FS (48 MHz) + (++) The third output may be used to generate the clock for the TIM, I2C and USART + peripherals (up to 48 MHz) + + (#) CSS (Clock security system), once enable using the macro __HAL_RCC_CSS_ENABLE() + and if a HSE clock failure occurs(HSE used directly or through PLL as System + clock source), the System clocks automatically switched to HSI and an interrupt + is generated if enabled. The interrupt is linked to the Cortex-M0 NMI + (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector. + + (#) MCO (microcontroller clock output), used to output SYSCLK, HSI, HSE, LSI, LSE or PLL + clock (divided by 2) output on pin (such as PA8 pin). + + [..] System, AHB and APB buses clocks configuration + (#) Several clock sources can be used to drive the System clock (SYSCLK): HSI, + HSE and PLL. + The AHB clock (HCLK) is derived from System clock through configurable + prescaler and used to clock the CPU, memory and peripherals mapped + on AHB bus (DMA, GPIO...). APB1 (PCLK1) clock is derived + from AHB clock through configurable prescalers and used to clock + the peripherals mapped on these buses. You can use + "@ref HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq()" function to retrieve the frequencies of these clocks. + + (#) All the peripheral clocks are derived from the System clock (SYSCLK) except: + (++) The FLASH program/erase clock which is always HSI 8MHz clock. + (++) The USB 48 MHz clock which is derived from the PLL VCO clock. + (++) The USART clock which can be derived as well from HSI 8MHz, LSI or LSE. + (++) The I2C clock which can be derived as well from HSI 8MHz clock. + (++) The ADC clock which is derived from PLL output. + (++) The RTC clock which is derived from the LSE, LSI or 1 MHz HSE_RTC + (HSE divided by a programmable prescaler). The System clock (SYSCLK) + frequency must be higher or equal to the RTC clock frequency. + (++) IWDG clock which is always the LSI clock. + + (#) For the STM32F0xx devices, the maximum frequency of the SYSCLK, HCLK and PCLK1 is 48 MHz, + Depending on the SYSCLK frequency, the flash latency should be adapted accordingly. + + (#) After reset, the System clock source is the HSI (8 MHz) with 0 WS and + prefetch is disabled. + @endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/* + Additional consideration on the SYSCLK based on Latency settings: + +-----------------------------------------------+ + | Latency | SYSCLK clock frequency (MHz) | + |---------------|-------------------------------| + |0WS(1CPU cycle)| 0 < SYSCLK <= 24 | + |---------------|-------------------------------| + |1WS(2CPU cycle)| 24 < SYSCLK <= 48 | + +-----------------------------------------------+ + */ + +/** + * @brief Resets the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state. + * @note The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below: + * - HSI ON and used as system clock source + * - HSE and PLL OFF + * - AHB, APB1 prescaler set to 1. + * - CSS and MCO1 OFF + * - All interrupts disabled + * @note This function does not modify the configuration of the + * - Peripheral clocks + * - LSI, LSE and RTC clocks + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Set HSION bit, HSITRIM[4:0] bits to the reset value*/ + SET_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSION | RCC_CR_HSITRIM_4); + + /* Reset SW[1:0], HPRE[3:0], PPRE[2:0] and MCOSEL[2:0] bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_SW | RCC_CFGR_HPRE | RCC_CFGR_PPRE | RCC_CFGR_MCO); + + /* Reset HSEON, CSSON, PLLON bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLON | RCC_CR_CSSON | RCC_CR_HSEON); + + /* Reset HSEBYP bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEBYP); + + /* Reset CFGR register */ + CLEAR_REG(RCC->CFGR); + + /* Reset CFGR2 register */ + CLEAR_REG(RCC->CFGR2); + + /* Reset CFGR3 register */ + CLEAR_REG(RCC->CFGR3); + + /* Disable all interrupts */ + CLEAR_REG(RCC->CIR); + + /* Update the SystemCoreClock global variable */ + SystemCoreClock = HSI_VALUE; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the RCC Oscillators according to the specified parameters in the + * RCC_OscInitTypeDef. + * @param RCC_OscInitStruct pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the RCC Oscillators. + * @note The PLL is not disabled when used as system clock. + * @note Transitions LSE Bypass to LSE On and LSE On to LSE Bypass are not + * supported by this macro. User should request a transition to LSE Off + * first and then LSE On or LSE Bypass. + * @note Transition HSE Bypass to HSE On and HSE On to HSE Bypass are not + * supported by this macro. User should request a transition to HSE Off + * first and then HSE On or HSE Bypass. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_OscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(RCC_OscInitStruct != NULL); + assert_param(IS_RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE(RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType)); + + /*------------------------------- HSE Configuration ------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState)); + + /* When the HSE is used as system clock or clock source for PLL in these cases it is not allowed to be disabled */ + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE) + || ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE))) + { + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState == RCC_HSE_OFF)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Set the new HSE configuration ---------------------------------------*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState); + + + /* Check the HSE State */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState != RCC_HSE_OFF) + { + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSE is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSE is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + } + /*----------------------------- HSI Configuration --------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_CALIBRATION_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue)); + + /* Check if HSI is used as system clock or as PLL source when PLL is selected as system clock */ + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI) + || ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI))) + { + /* When HSI is used as system clock it will not disabled */ + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) != RESET) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState != RCC_HSI_ON)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Otherwise, just the calibration is allowed */ + else + { + /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue); + } + } + else + { + /* Check the HSI State */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState != RCC_HSI_OFF) + { + /* Enable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_HSI_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSI is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/ + __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue); + } + else + { + /* Disable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_HSI_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSI is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + } + /*------------------------------ LSI Configuration -------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState)); + + /* Check the LSI State */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState != RCC_LSI_OFF) + { + /* Enable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_LSI_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSI is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Disable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_LSI_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSI is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + /*------------------------------ LSE Configuration -------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE) + { + FlagStatus pwrclkchanged = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState)); + + /* Update LSE configuration in Backup Domain control register */ + /* Requires to enable write access to Backup Domain of necessary */ + if(__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_DISABLED()) + { + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); + pwrclkchanged = SET; + } + + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP)) + { + /* Enable write access to Backup domain */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP); + + /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP)) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Set the new LSE configuration -----------------------------------------*/ + __HAL_RCC_LSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState); + /* Check the LSE State */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState != RCC_LSE_OFF) + { + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSE is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSE is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Require to disable power clock if necessary */ + if(pwrclkchanged == SET) + { + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE(); + } + } + + /*----------------------------- HSI14 Configuration --------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI14) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI14) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI14(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI14State)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_CALIBRATION_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI14CalibrationValue)); + + /* Check the HSI14 State */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI14State == RCC_HSI14_ON) + { + /* Disable ADC control of the Internal High Speed oscillator HSI14 */ + __HAL_RCC_HSI14ADC_DISABLE(); + + /* Enable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_HSI14_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSI is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSI14RDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSI14_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator 14Mhz (HSI14) calibration value. */ + __HAL_RCC_HSI14_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI14CalibrationValue); + } + else if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI14State == RCC_HSI14_ADC_CONTROL) + { + /* Enable ADC control of the Internal High Speed oscillator HSI14 */ + __HAL_RCC_HSI14ADC_ENABLE(); + + /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator 14Mhz (HSI14) calibration value. */ + __HAL_RCC_HSI14_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI14CalibrationValue); + } + else + { + /* Disable ADC control of the Internal High Speed oscillator HSI14 */ + __HAL_RCC_HSI14ADC_DISABLE(); + + /* Disable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */ + __HAL_RCC_HSI14_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSI is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSI14RDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSI14_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + +#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT) + /*----------------------------- HSI48 Configuration --------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI48) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI48) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI48(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI48State)); + + /* When the HSI48 is used as system clock it is not allowed to be disabled */ + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI48) || + ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI48))) + { + if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSI48RDY) != RESET) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI48State != RCC_HSI48_ON)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + else + { + /* Check the HSI48 State */ + if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI48State != RCC_HSI48_OFF) + { + /* Enable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI48). */ + __HAL_RCC_HSI48_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSI48 is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSI48RDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSI48_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Disable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI48). */ + __HAL_RCC_HSI48_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till HSI48 is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSI48RDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > HSI48_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + } +#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */ + + /*-------------------------------- PLL Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState)); + if ((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) != RCC_PLL_NONE) + { + /* Check if the PLL is used as system clock or not */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) + { + if((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) == RCC_PLL_ON) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSOURCE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL_MUL(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLMUL)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_PREDIV(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PREDIV)); + + /* Disable the main PLL. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Configure the main PLL clock source, predivider and multiplication factor. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource, + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PREDIV, + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLMUL); + /* Enable the main PLL. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Disable the main PLL. */ + __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE(); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till PLL is disabled */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB buses clocks according to the specified + * parameters in the RCC_ClkInitStruct. + * @param RCC_ClkInitStruct pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the RCC peripheral. + * @param FLatency FLASH Latency + * The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series + * @note The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency + * and updated by @ref HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() function called within this function + * + * @note The HSI is used (enabled by hardware) as system clock source after + * start-up from Reset, wake-up from STOP and STANDBY mode, or in case + * of failure of the HSE used directly or indirectly as system clock + * (if the Clock Security System CSS is enabled). + * + * @note A switch from one clock source to another occurs only if the target + * clock source is ready (clock stable after start-up delay or PLL locked). + * If a clock source which is not yet ready is selected, the switch will + * occur when the clock source will be ready. + * You can use @ref HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig() function to know which clock is + * currently used as system clock source. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t FLatency) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(RCC_ClkInitStruct != NULL); + assert_param(IS_RCC_CLOCKTYPE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType)); + assert_param(IS_FLASH_LATENCY(FLatency)); + + /* To correctly read data from FLASH memory, the number of wait states (LATENCY) + must be correctly programmed according to the frequency of the CPU clock + (HCLK) of the device. */ + + /* Increasing the number of wait states because of higher CPU frequency */ + if(FLatency > (FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)) + { + /* Program the new number of wait states to the LATENCY bits in the FLASH_ACR register */ + __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(FLatency); + + /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash + memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */ + if((FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) != FLatency) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /*-------------------------- HCLK Configuration --------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider)); + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider); + } + + /*------------------------- SYSCLK Configuration ---------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource)); + + /* HSE is selected as System Clock Source */ + if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE) + { + /* Check the HSE ready flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) == RESET) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + /* PLL is selected as System Clock Source */ + else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK) + { + /* Check the PLL ready flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } +#if defined(RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSI48) + /* HSI48 is selected as System Clock Source */ + else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSI48) + { + /* Check the HSI48 ready flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSI48RDY) == RESET) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } +#endif /* RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSI48 */ + /* HSI is selected as System Clock Source */ + else + { + /* Check the HSI ready flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) == RESET) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + __HAL_RCC_SYSCLK_CONFIG(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource); + + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE) + { + while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK) + { + while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } +#if defined(RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSI48) + else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSI48) + { + while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI48) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } +#endif /* RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSI48 */ + else + { + while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + /* Decreasing the number of wait states because of lower CPU frequency */ + if(FLatency < (FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY)) + { + /* Program the new number of wait states to the LATENCY bits in the FLASH_ACR register */ + __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(FLatency); + + /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash + memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */ + if((FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) != FLatency) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /*-------------------------- PCLK1 Configuration ---------------------------*/ + if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1) + { + assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider)); + MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE, RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider); + } + + /* Update the SystemCoreClock global variable */ + SystemCoreClock = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq() >> AHBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE)>> RCC_CFGR_HPRE_BITNUMBER]; + + /* Configure the source of time base considering new system clocks settings*/ + HAL_InitTick (TICK_INT_PRIORITY); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief RCC clocks control functions + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks + frequencies. + + @endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +#if defined(RCC_CFGR_MCOPRE) +/** + * @brief Selects the clock source to output on MCO pin. + * @note MCO pin should be configured in alternate function mode. + * @param RCC_MCOx specifies the output direction for the clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1 Clock source to output on MCO1 pin(PA8). + * @param RCC_MCOSource specifies the clock source to output. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_NOCLOCK No clock selected + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_SYSCLK System Clock selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI HSI selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSE HSE selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSI LSI selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSE LSE selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI14 HSI14 selected as MCO clock + @if STM32F042x6 + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48 HSI48 selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLLCLK selected as MCO clock + @elseif STM32F048xx + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48 HSI48 selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLLCLK selected as MCO clock + @elseif STM32F071xB + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48 HSI48 selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLLCLK selected as MCO clock + @elseif STM32F072xB + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48 HSI48 selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLLCLK selected as MCO clock + @elseif STM32F078xx + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48 HSI48 selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLLCLK selected as MCO clock + @elseif STM32F091xC + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48 HSI48 selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLLCLK selected as MCO clock + @elseif STM32F098xx + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI48 HSI48 selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLLCLK selected as MCO clock + @elif STM32F030x6 + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLLCLK selected as MCO clock + @elif STM32F030xC + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLLCLK selected as MCO clock + @elif STM32F031x6 + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLLCLK selected as MCO clock + @elif STM32F038xx + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLLCLK selected as MCO clock + @elif STM32F070x6 + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLLCLK selected as MCO clock + @elif STM32F070xB + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK PLLCLK selected as MCO clock + @endif + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK_DIV2 PLLCLK Divided by 2 selected as MCO clock + * @param RCC_MCODiv specifies the MCO DIV. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_1 no division applied to MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_2 division by 2 applied to MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_4 division by 4 applied to MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_8 division by 8 applied to MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_16 division by 16 applied to MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_32 division by 32 applied to MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_64 division by 64 applied to MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_128 division by 128 applied to MCO clock + * @retval None + */ +#else +/** + * @brief Selects the clock source to output on MCO pin. + * @note MCO pin should be configured in alternate function mode. + * @param RCC_MCOx specifies the output direction for the clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1 Clock source to output on MCO1 pin(PA8). + * @param RCC_MCOSource specifies the clock source to output. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_NOCLOCK No clock selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_SYSCLK System clock selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI HSI selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSE HSE selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSI LSI selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSE LSE selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI14 HSI14 selected as MCO clock + * @arg @ref RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK_DIV2 PLLCLK Divided by 2 selected as MCO clock + * @param RCC_MCODiv specifies the MCO DIV. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_MCODIV_1 no division applied to MCO clock + * @retval None + */ +#endif +void HAL_RCC_MCOConfig(uint32_t RCC_MCOx, uint32_t RCC_MCOSource, uint32_t RCC_MCODiv) +{ + GPIO_InitTypeDef gpio; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO(RCC_MCOx)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCODIV(RCC_MCODiv)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO1SOURCE(RCC_MCOSource)); + + /* Configure the MCO1 pin in alternate function mode */ + gpio.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP; + gpio.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH; + gpio.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL; + gpio.Pin = MCO1_PIN; + gpio.Alternate = GPIO_AF0_MCO; + + /* MCO1 Clock Enable */ + MCO1_CLK_ENABLE(); + + HAL_GPIO_Init(MCO1_GPIO_PORT, &gpio); + + /* Configure the MCO clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_MCO1_CONFIG(RCC_MCOSource, RCC_MCODiv); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the Clock Security System. + * @note If a failure is detected on the HSE oscillator clock, this oscillator + * is automatically disabled and an interrupt is generated to inform the + * software about the failure (Clock Security System Interrupt, CSSI), + * allowing the MCU to perform rescue operations. The CSSI is linked to + * the Cortex-M0 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_EnableCSS(void) +{ + SET_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_CSSON) ; +} + +/** + * @brief Disables the Clock Security System. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_DisableCSS(void) +{ + CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_CSSON) ; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the SYSCLK frequency + * @note The system frequency computed by this function is not the real + * frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined + * constant and the selected clock source: + * @note If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(*) + * @note If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns a value based on HSE_VALUE + * divided by PREDIV factor(**) + * @note If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns a value based on HSE_VALUE + * divided by PREDIV factor(**) or depending on STM32F0xxxx devices either a value based + * on HSI_VALUE divided by 2 or HSI_VALUE divided by PREDIV factor(*) multiplied by the + * PLL factor. + * @note (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f0xx_hal_conf.h file (default value + * 8 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations + * in voltage and temperature. + * @note (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f0xx_hal_conf.h file (default value + * 8 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real + * frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may + * have wrong result. + * + * @note The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional + * value for HSE crystal. + * + * @note This function can be used by the user application to compute the + * baud-rate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters. + * + * @note Each time SYSCLK changes, this function must be called to update the + * right SYSCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * + * @retval SYSCLK frequency + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(void) +{ + const uint8_t aPLLMULFactorTable[16] = { 2U, 3U, 4U, 5U, 6U, 7U, 8U, 9U, + 10U, 11U, 12U, 13U, 14U, 15U, 16U, 16U}; + const uint8_t aPredivFactorTable[16] = { 1U, 2U, 3U, 4U, 5U, 6U, 7U, 8U, + 9U,10U, 11U, 12U, 13U, 14U, 15U, 16U}; + + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U, prediv = 0U, pllclk = 0U, pllmul = 0U; + uint32_t sysclockfreq = 0U; + + tmpreg = RCC->CFGR; + + /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/ + switch (tmpreg & RCC_CFGR_SWS) + { + case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE: /* HSE used as system clock */ + { + sysclockfreq = HSE_VALUE; + break; + } + case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK: /* PLL used as system clock */ + { + pllmul = aPLLMULFactorTable[(uint32_t)(tmpreg & RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL) >> RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL_BITNUMBER]; + prediv = aPredivFactorTable[(uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV) >> RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV_BITNUMBER]; + if ((tmpreg & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE) + { + /* HSE used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSE/PREDIV * PLLMUL */ + pllclk = (HSE_VALUE / prediv) * pllmul; + } +#if defined(RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC_HSI48_PREDIV) + else if ((tmpreg & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI48) + { + /* HSI48 used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSI48/PREDIV * PLLMUL */ + pllclk = (HSI48_VALUE / prediv) * pllmul; + } +#endif /* RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC_HSI48_PREDIV */ + else + { +#if (defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F070x6) || defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F070xB) || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) || defined(STM32F030xC)) + /* HSI used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSI/PREDIV * PLLMUL */ + pllclk = (HSI_VALUE / prediv) * pllmul; +#else + /* HSI used as PLL clock source : PLLCLK = HSI/2 * PLLMUL */ + pllclk = (uint32_t)((HSI_VALUE >> 1U) * pllmul); +#endif + } + sysclockfreq = pllclk; + break; + } +#if defined(RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSI48) + case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI48: /* HSI48 used as system clock source */ + { + sysclockfreq = HSI48_VALUE; + break; + } +#endif /* RCC_CFGR_SWS_HSI48 */ + case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI: /* HSI used as system clock source */ + default: /* HSI used as system clock */ + { + sysclockfreq = HSI_VALUE; + break; + } + } + return sysclockfreq; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the HCLK frequency + * @note Each time HCLK changes, this function must be called to update the + * right HCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * + * @note The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency + * and updated within this function + * @retval HCLK frequency + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq(void) +{ + return SystemCoreClock; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the PCLK1 frequency + * @note Each time PCLK1 changes, this function must be called to update the + * right PCLK1 value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * @retval PCLK1 frequency + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(void) +{ + /* Get HCLK source and Compute PCLK1 frequency ---------------------------*/ + return (HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() >> APBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE) >> RCC_CFGR_PPRE_BITNUMBER]); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the RCC_OscInitStruct according to the internal + * RCC configuration registers. + * @param RCC_OscInitStruct pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that + * will be configured. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef *RCC_OscInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(RCC_OscInitStruct != NULL); + + /* Set all possible values for the Oscillator type parameter ---------------*/ + RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI \ + | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI14; +#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT) + RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType |= RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI48; +#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */ + + + /* Get the HSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSEBYP) == RCC_CR_HSEBYP) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_BYPASS; + } + else if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSEON) == RCC_CR_HSEON) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_OFF; + } + + /* Get the HSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSION) == RCC_CR_HSION) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_OFF; + } + + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue = (uint32_t)((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSITRIM) >> RCC_CR_HSITRIM_BitNumber); + + /* Get the LSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->BDCR &RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP) == RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_BYPASS; + } + else if((RCC->BDCR &RCC_BDCR_LSEON) == RCC_BDCR_LSEON) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_OFF; + } + + /* Get the LSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->CSR &RCC_CSR_LSION) == RCC_CSR_LSION) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_OFF; + } + + /* Get the HSI14 configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->CR2 & RCC_CR2_HSI14ON) == RCC_CR2_HSI14ON) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI14State = RCC_HSI_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI14State = RCC_HSI_OFF; + } + + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI14CalibrationValue = (uint32_t)((RCC->CR2 & RCC_CR2_HSI14TRIM) >> RCC_HSI14TRIM_BIT_NUMBER); + +#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT) + /* Get the HSI48 configuration if any-----------------------------------------*/ + RCC_OscInitStruct->HSI48State = __HAL_RCC_GET_HSI48_STATE(); +#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */ + + /* Get the PLL configuration -----------------------------------------------*/ + if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_PLLON) == RCC_CR_PLLON) + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON; + } + else + { + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_OFF; + } + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC); + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLMUL = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL); + RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PREDIV = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV); +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RCC_ClkInitStruct according to the internal + * RCC configuration registers. + * @param RCC_ClkInitStruct pointer to an RCC_ClkInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the current clock configuration. + * @param pFLatency Pointer on the Flash Latency. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t *pFLatency) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(RCC_ClkInitStruct != NULL); + assert_param(pFLatency != NULL); + + /* Set all possible values for the Clock type parameter --------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType = RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1; + + /* Get the SYSCLK configuration --------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SW); + + /* Get the HCLK configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE); + + /* Get the APB1 configuration ----------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE); + /* Get the Flash Wait State (Latency) configuration ------------------------*/ + *pFLatency = (uint32_t)(FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY); +} + +/** + * @brief This function handles the RCC CSS interrupt request. + * @note This API should be called under the NMI_Handler(). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCC_NMI_IRQHandler(void) +{ + /* Check RCC CSSF flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT_CSS)) + { + /* RCC Clock Security System interrupt user callback */ + HAL_RCC_CSSCallback(); + + /* Clear RCC CSS pending bit */ + __HAL_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT_CSS); + } +} + +/** + * @brief RCC Clock Security System interrupt callback + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_RCC_CSSCallback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RCC_CSSCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_rcc_ex.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_rcc_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a5699bfe --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_rcc_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,980 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_rcc_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief Extended RCC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities RCC extension peripheral: + * + Extended Peripheral Control functions + * + Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/** @defgroup RCCEx RCCEx + * @brief RCC Extension HAL module driver. + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#if defined(CRS) +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Constants RCCEx Private Constants + * @{ + */ +/* Bit position in register */ +#define CRS_CFGR_FELIM_BITNUMBER 16 +#define CRS_CR_TRIM_BITNUMBER 8 +#define CRS_ISR_FECAP_BITNUMBER 16 +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* CRS */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Macros RCCEx Private Macros + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions RCCEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks + frequencies. + [..] + (@) Important note: Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to + select the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in + order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including + the backup registers) are set to their reset values. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the RCC extended peripherals clocks according to the specified + * parameters in the RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef. + * @param PeriphClkInit pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals clocks + * (USART, RTC, I2C, CEC and USB). + * + * @note Care must be taken when @ref HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to select + * the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in + * order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including + * the backup registers) and RCC_BDCR register are set to their reset values. + * + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + uint32_t temp_reg = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection)); + + /*---------------------------- RTC configuration -------------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC)) + { + /* check for RTC Parameters used to output RTCCLK */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection)); + + FlagStatus pwrclkchanged = RESET; + + /* As soon as function is called to change RTC clock source, activation of the + power domain is done. */ + /* Requires to enable write access to Backup Domain of necessary */ + if(__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_DISABLED()) + { + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE(); + pwrclkchanged = SET; + } + + if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP)) + { + /* Enable write access to Backup domain */ + SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP); + + /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP)) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Reset the Backup domain only if the RTC Clock source selection is modified from reset value */ + temp_reg = (RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL); + if((temp_reg != 0x00000000U) && (temp_reg != (PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL))) + { + /* Store the content of BDCR register before the reset of Backup Domain */ + temp_reg = (RCC->BDCR & ~(RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL)); + /* RTC Clock selection can be changed only if the Backup Domain is reset */ + __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_FORCE(); + __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_RELEASE(); + /* Restore the Content of BDCR register */ + RCC->BDCR = temp_reg; + + /* Wait for LSERDY if LSE was enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(temp_reg, RCC_BDCR_LSEON)) + { + /* Get Start Tick */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till LSE is ready */ + while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection); + + /* Require to disable power clock if necessary */ + if(pwrclkchanged == SET) + { + __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE(); + } + } + + /*------------------------------- USART1 Configuration ------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the USART1 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_USART1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection); + } + +#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)\ + || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) + /*----------------------------- USART2 Configuration --------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the USART2 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_USART2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection); + } +#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || */ + /* STM32F091xC || STM32F098xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) + /*----------------------------- USART3 Configuration --------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart3ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the USART3 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_USART3_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart3ClockSelection); + } +#endif /* STM32F091xC || STM32F098xx */ + + /*------------------------------ I2C1 Configuration ------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the I2C1 clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_I2C1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection); + } + +#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F070xB) || defined(STM32F070x6) + /*------------------------------ USB Configuration ------------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_USBCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the USB clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_USB_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection); + } +#endif /* STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || STM32F070xB || STM32F070x6 */ + +#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx)\ + || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)\ + || defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)\ + || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) + /*------------------------------ CEC clock Configuration -------------------*/ + if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_CECCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->CecClockSelection)); + + /* Configure the CEC clock source */ + __HAL_RCC_CEC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->CecClockSelection); + } +#endif /* STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || */ + /* STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx || */ + /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || */ + /* STM32F091xC || STM32F098xx */ + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RCC_ClkInitStruct according to the internal + * RCC configuration registers. + * @param PeriphClkInit pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that + * returns the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals clocks + * (USART, RTC, I2C, CEC and USB). + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef *PeriphClkInit) +{ + /* Set all possible values for the extended clock type parameter------------*/ + /* Common part first */ + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC; + /* Get the RTC configuration --------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_SOURCE(); + /* Get the USART1 clock configuration --------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART1_SOURCE(); + /* Get the I2C1 clock source -----------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C1_SOURCE(); + +#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)\ + || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2; + /* Get the USART2 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART2_SOURCE(); +#endif /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || */ + /* STM32F091xC || STM32F098xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3; + /* Get the USART3 clock source ---------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->Usart3ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART3_SOURCE(); +#endif /* STM32F091xC || STM32F098xx */ + +#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F070xB) || defined(STM32F070x6) + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB; + /* Get the USB clock source ---------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->UsbClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE(); +#endif /* STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || STM32F070xB || STM32F070x6 */ + +#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx)\ + || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx)\ + || defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx)\ + || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) + PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC; + /* Get the CEC clock source ------------------------------------------------*/ + PeriphClkInit->CecClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_CEC_SOURCE(); +#endif /* STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || */ + /* STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx || */ + /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || */ + /* STM32F091xC || STM32F098xx */ + +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the peripheral clock frequency + * @note Returns 0 if peripheral clock is unknown + * @param PeriphClk Peripheral clock identifier + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC RTC peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1 USART1 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1 I2C1 peripheral clock + @if STM32F042x6 + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC CEC peripheral clock + @endif + @if STM32F048xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC CEC peripheral clock + @endif + @if STM32F051x8 + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC CEC peripheral clock + @endif + @if STM32F058xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC CEC peripheral clock + @endif + @if STM32F070x6 + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock + @endif + @if STM32F070xB + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock + @endif + @if STM32F071xB + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 USART2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC CEC peripheral clock + @endif + @if STM32F072xB + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 USART2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC CEC peripheral clock + @endif + @if STM32F078xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 USART2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB USB peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC CEC peripheral clock + @endif + @if STM32F091xC + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 USART2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 USART2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC CEC peripheral clock + @endif + @if STM32F098xx + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2 USART2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3 USART2 peripheral clock + * @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC CEC peripheral clock + @endif + * @retval Frequency in Hz (0: means that no available frequency for the peripheral) + */ +uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(uint32_t PeriphClk) +{ + /* frequency == 0 : means that no available frequency for the peripheral */ + uint32_t frequency = 0U; + + uint32_t srcclk = 0U; +#if defined(USB) + uint32_t pllmull = 0U, pllsource = 0U, predivfactor = 0U; +#endif /* USB */ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClk)); + + switch (PeriphClk) + { + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC: + { + /* Get the current RTC source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_SOURCE(); + + /* Check if LSE is ready and if RTC clock selection is LSE */ + if ((srcclk == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))) + { + frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + /* Check if LSI is ready and if RTC clock selection is LSI */ + else if ((srcclk == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY))) + { + frequency = LSI_VALUE; + } + /* Check if HSE is ready and if RTC clock selection is HSI_DIV32*/ + else if ((srcclk == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV32) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY))) + { + frequency = HSE_VALUE / 32U; + } + break; + } + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1: + { + /* Get the current USART1 source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART1_SOURCE(); + + /* Check if USART1 clock selection is PCLK1 */ + if (srcclk == RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_PCLK1) + { + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + } + /* Check if HSI is ready and if USART1 clock selection is HSI */ + else if ((srcclk == RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_HSI) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))) + { + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + /* Check if USART1 clock selection is SYSCLK */ + else if (srcclk == RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK) + { + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + } + /* Check if LSE is ready and if USART1 clock selection is LSE */ + else if ((srcclk == RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE_LSE) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))) + { + frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + break; + } +#if defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW) + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2: + { + /* Get the current USART2 source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART2_SOURCE(); + + /* Check if USART2 clock selection is PCLK1 */ + if (srcclk == RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_PCLK1) + { + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + } + /* Check if HSI is ready and if USART2 clock selection is HSI */ + else if ((srcclk == RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_HSI) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))) + { + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + /* Check if USART2 clock selection is SYSCLK */ + else if (srcclk == RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK) + { + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + } + /* Check if LSE is ready and if USART2 clock selection is LSE */ + else if ((srcclk == RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE_LSE) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))) + { + frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + break; + } +#endif /* RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW */ +#if defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW) + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3: + { + /* Get the current USART3 source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART3_SOURCE(); + + /* Check if USART3 clock selection is PCLK1 */ + if (srcclk == RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_PCLK1) + { + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(); + } + /* Check if HSI is ready and if USART3 clock selection is HSI */ + else if ((srcclk == RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_HSI) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))) + { + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + /* Check if USART3 clock selection is SYSCLK */ + else if (srcclk == RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK) + { + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + } + /* Check if LSE is ready and if USART3 clock selection is LSE */ + else if ((srcclk == RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE_LSE) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))) + { + frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + break; + } +#endif /* RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW */ + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1: + { + /* Get the current I2C1 source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C1_SOURCE(); + + /* Check if HSI is ready and if I2C1 clock selection is HSI */ + if ((srcclk == RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_HSI) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))) + { + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + /* Check if I2C1 clock selection is SYSCLK */ + else if (srcclk == RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK) + { + frequency = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(); + } + break; + } +#if defined(USB) + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_USB: + { + /* Get the current USB source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_USB_SOURCE(); + + /* Check if PLL is ready and if USB clock selection is PLL */ + if ((srcclk == RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_PLL) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_PLLRDY))) + { + /* Get PLL clock source and multiplication factor ----------------------*/ + pllmull = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL; + pllsource = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC; + pllmull = (pllmull >> RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL_BITNUMBER) + 2U; + predivfactor = (RCC->CFGR2 & RCC_CFGR2_PREDIV) + 1U; + + if (pllsource == RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC_HSE_PREDIV) + { + /* HSE used as PLL clock source : frequency = HSE/PREDIV * PLLMUL */ + frequency = (HSE_VALUE/predivfactor) * pllmull; + } +#if defined(RCC_CR2_HSI48ON) + else if (pllsource == RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC_HSI48_PREDIV) + { + /* HSI48 used as PLL clock source : frequency = HSI48/PREDIV * PLLMUL */ + frequency = (HSI48_VALUE / predivfactor) * pllmull; + } +#endif /* RCC_CR2_HSI48ON */ + else + { +#if defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F070xB) + /* HSI used as PLL clock source : frequency = HSI/PREDIV * PLLMUL */ + frequency = (HSI_VALUE / predivfactor) * pllmull; +#else + /* HSI used as PLL clock source : frequency = HSI/2U * PLLMUL */ + frequency = (HSI_VALUE >> 1U) * pllmull; +#endif /* STM32F042x6 || STM32F048xx || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || STM32F070xB */ + } + } +#if defined(RCC_CR2_HSI48ON) + /* Check if HSI48 is ready and if USB clock selection is HSI48 */ + else if ((srcclk == RCC_USBCLKSOURCE_HSI48) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR2, RCC_CR2_HSI48RDY))) + { + frequency = HSI48_VALUE; + } +#endif /* RCC_CR2_HSI48ON */ + break; + } +#endif /* USB */ +#if defined(CEC) + case RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC: + { + /* Get the current CEC source */ + srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_CEC_SOURCE(); + + /* Check if HSI is ready and if CEC clock selection is HSI */ + if ((srcclk == RCC_CECCLKSOURCE_HSI) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSIRDY))) + { + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + /* Check if LSE is ready and if CEC clock selection is LSE */ + else if ((srcclk == RCC_CECCLKSOURCE_LSE) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->BDCR, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))) + { + frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + break; + } +#endif /* CEC */ + default: + { + break; + } + } + return(frequency); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined(CRS) + +/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions + * @brief Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended Clock Recovery System Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + For devices with Clock Recovery System feature (CRS), RCC Extention HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) In System clock config, HSI48 needs to be enabled + + (#) Enable CRS clock in IP MSP init which will use CRS functions + + (#) Call CRS functions as follows: + (##) Prepare synchronization configuration necessary for HSI48 calibration + (+++) Default values can be set for frequency Error Measurement (reload and error limit) + and also HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming. + (+++) Macro @ref __HAL_RCC_CRS_RELOADVALUE_CALCULATE can be also used to calculate + directly reload value with target and synchronization frequencies values + (##) Call function @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig which + (+++) Reset CRS registers to their default values. + (+++) Configure CRS registers with synchronization configuration + (+++) Enable automatic calibration and frequency error counter feature + Note: When using USB LPM (Link Power Management) and the device is in Sleep mode, the + periodic USB SOF will not be generated by the host. No SYNC signal will therefore be + provided to the CRS to calibrate the HSI48 on the run. To guarantee the required clock + precision after waking up from Sleep mode, the LSE or reference clock on the GPIOs + should be used as SYNC signal. + + (##) A polling function is provided to wait for complete synchronization + (+++) Call function @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRSWaitSynchronization() + (+++) According to CRS status, user can decide to adjust again the calibration or continue + application if synchronization is OK + + (#) User can retrieve information related to synchronization in calling function + @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRSGetSynchronizationInfo() + + (#) Regarding synchronization status and synchronization information, user can try a new calibration + in changing synchronization configuration and call again HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig. + Note: When the SYNC event is detected during the downcounting phase (before reaching the zero value), + it means that the actual frequency is lower than the target (and so, that the TRIM value should be + incremented), while when it is detected during the upcounting phase it means that the actual frequency + is higher (and that the TRIM value should be decremented). + + (#) In interrupt mode, user can resort to the available macros (__HAL_RCC_CRS_XXX_IT). Interrupts will go + through CRS Handler (RCC_IRQn/RCC_IRQHandler) + (++) Call function @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig() + (++) Enable RCC_IRQn (thanks to NVIC functions) + (++) Enable CRS interrupt (@ref __HAL_RCC_CRS_ENABLE_IT) + (++) Implement CRS status management in the following user callbacks called from + HAL_RCCEx_CRS_IRQHandler(): + (+++) @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback() + (+++) @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback() + (+++) @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback() + (+++) @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback() + + (#) To force a SYNC EVENT, user can use the function @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRSSoftwareSynchronizationGenerate(). + This function can be called before calling @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig (for instance in Systick handler) + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Start automatic synchronization for polling mode + * @param pInit Pointer on RCC_CRSInitTypeDef structure + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_CRSConfig(RCC_CRSInitTypeDef *pInit) +{ + uint32_t value = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_SYNC_DIV(pInit->Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_SYNC_SOURCE(pInit->Source)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_SYNC_POLARITY(pInit->Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_RELOADVALUE(pInit->ReloadValue)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_ERRORLIMIT(pInit->ErrorLimitValue)); + assert_param(IS_RCC_CRS_HSI48CALIBRATION(pInit->HSI48CalibrationValue)); + + /* CONFIGURATION */ + + /* Before configuration, reset CRS registers to their default values*/ + __HAL_RCC_CRS_FORCE_RESET(); + __HAL_RCC_CRS_RELEASE_RESET(); + + /* Set the SYNCDIV[2:0] bits according to Prescaler value */ + /* Set the SYNCSRC[1:0] bits according to Source value */ + /* Set the SYNCSPOL bit according to Polarity value */ + value = (pInit->Prescaler | pInit->Source | pInit->Polarity); + /* Set the RELOAD[15:0] bits according to ReloadValue value */ + value |= pInit->ReloadValue; + /* Set the FELIM[7:0] bits according to ErrorLimitValue value */ + value |= (pInit->ErrorLimitValue << CRS_CFGR_FELIM_BITNUMBER); + WRITE_REG(CRS->CFGR, value); + + /* Adjust HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming */ + /* Set the TRIM[5:0] bits according to RCC_CRS_HSI48CalibrationValue value */ + MODIFY_REG(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_TRIM, (pInit->HSI48CalibrationValue << CRS_CR_TRIM_BITNUMBER)); + + /* START AUTOMATIC SYNCHRONIZATION*/ + + /* Enable Automatic trimming & Frequency error counter */ + SET_BIT(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_AUTOTRIMEN | CRS_CR_CEN); +} + +/** + * @brief Generate the software synchronization event + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_CRSSoftwareSynchronizationGenerate(void) +{ + SET_BIT(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_SWSYNC); +} + +/** + * @brief Return synchronization info + * @param pSynchroInfo Pointer on RCC_CRSSynchroInfoTypeDef structure + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_CRSGetSynchronizationInfo(RCC_CRSSynchroInfoTypeDef *pSynchroInfo) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(pSynchroInfo != NULL); + + /* Get the reload value */ + pSynchroInfo->ReloadValue = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(CRS->CFGR, CRS_CFGR_RELOAD)); + + /* Get HSI48 oscillator smooth trimming */ + pSynchroInfo->HSI48CalibrationValue = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(CRS->CR, CRS_CR_TRIM) >> CRS_CR_TRIM_BITNUMBER); + + /* Get Frequency error capture */ + pSynchroInfo->FreqErrorCapture = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(CRS->ISR, CRS_ISR_FECAP) >> CRS_ISR_FECAP_BITNUMBER); + + /* Get Frequency error direction */ + pSynchroInfo->FreqErrorDirection = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(CRS->ISR, CRS_ISR_FEDIR)); +} + +/** +* @brief Wait for CRS Synchronization status. +* @param Timeout Duration of the timeout +* @note Timeout is based on the maximum time to receive a SYNC event based on synchronization +* frequency. +* @note If Timeout set to HAL_MAX_DELAY, HAL_TIMEOUT will be never returned. +* @retval Combination of Synchronization status +* This parameter can be a combination of the following values: +* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_TIMEOUT +* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCOK +* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCWARN +* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCERR +* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS +* @arg @ref RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF +*/ +uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_CRSWaitSynchronization(uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t crsstatus = RCC_CRS_NONE; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Get timeout */ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait for CRS flag or timeout detection */ + do + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + crsstatus = RCC_CRS_TIMEOUT; + } + } + /* Check CRS SYNCOK flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCOK)) + { + /* CRS SYNC event OK */ + crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCOK; + + /* Clear CRS SYNC event OK bit */ + __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCOK); + } + + /* Check CRS SYNCWARN flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCWARN)) + { + /* CRS SYNC warning */ + crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCWARN; + + /* Clear CRS SYNCWARN bit */ + __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCWARN); + } + + /* Check CRS TRIM overflow flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_TRIMOVF)) + { + /* CRS SYNC Error */ + crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF; + + /* Clear CRS Error bit */ + __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_TRIMOVF); + } + + /* Check CRS Error flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCERR)) + { + /* CRS SYNC Error */ + crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCERR; + + /* Clear CRS Error bit */ + __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCERR); + } + + /* Check CRS SYNC Missed flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCMISS)) + { + /* CRS SYNC Missed */ + crsstatus |= RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS; + + /* Clear CRS SYNC Missed bit */ + __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCMISS); + } + + /* Check CRS Expected SYNC flag */ + if(__HAL_RCC_CRS_GET_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_ESYNC)) + { + /* frequency error counter reached a zero value */ + __HAL_RCC_CRS_CLEAR_FLAG(RCC_CRS_FLAG_ESYNC); + } + } while(RCC_CRS_NONE == crsstatus); + + return crsstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle the Clock Recovery System interrupt request. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_IRQHandler(void) +{ + uint32_t crserror = RCC_CRS_NONE; + /* Get current IT flags and IT sources values */ + uint32_t itflags = READ_REG(CRS->ISR); + uint32_t itsources = READ_REG(CRS->CR); + + /* Check CRS SYNCOK flag */ + if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCOK) != RESET) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCOK) != RESET)) + { + /* Clear CRS SYNC event OK flag */ + WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_SYNCOKC); + + /* user callback */ + HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback(); + } + /* Check CRS SYNCWARN flag */ + else if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCWARN) != RESET) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_SYNCWARN) != RESET)) + { + /* Clear CRS SYNCWARN flag */ + WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_SYNCWARNC); + + /* user callback */ + HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback(); + } + /* Check CRS Expected SYNC flag */ + else if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_ESYNC) != RESET) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_ESYNC) != RESET)) + { + /* frequency error counter reached a zero value */ + WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_ESYNCC); + + /* user callback */ + HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback(); + } + /* Check CRS Error flags */ + else + { + if(((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_ERR) != RESET) && ((itsources & RCC_CRS_IT_ERR) != RESET)) + { + if((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCERR) != RESET) + { + crserror |= RCC_CRS_SYNCERR; + } + if((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_SYNCMISS) != RESET) + { + crserror |= RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS; + } + if((itflags & RCC_CRS_FLAG_TRIMOVF) != RESET) + { + crserror |= RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF; + } + + /* Clear CRS Error flags */ + WRITE_REG(CRS->ICR, CRS_ICR_ERRC); + + /* user error callback */ + HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback(crserror); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief RCCEx Clock Recovery System SYNCOK interrupt callback. + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncOkCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief RCCEx Clock Recovery System SYNCWARN interrupt callback. + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_SyncWarnCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief RCCEx Clock Recovery System Expected SYNC interrupt callback. + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback(void) +{ + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ExpectedSyncCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief RCCEx Clock Recovery System Error interrupt callback. + * @param Error Combination of Error status. + * This parameter can be a combination of the following values: + * @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCERR + * @arg @ref RCC_CRS_SYNCMISS + * @arg @ref RCC_CRS_TRIMOVF + * @retval none + */ +__weak void HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback(uint32_t Error) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(Error); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the @ref HAL_RCCEx_CRS_ErrorCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* CRS */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_rtc.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_rtc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c884b7ca --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_rtc.c @@ -0,0 +1,1391 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_rtc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief RTC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Real Time Clock (RTC) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + RTC Time and Date functions + * + RTC Alarm functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use RTC Driver ##### + =================================================================== + [..] + (+) Enable the RTC domain access (see description in the section above). + (+) Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous and Synchronous) and RTC hour + format using the HAL_RTC_Init() function. + + *** Time and Date configuration *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) To configure the RTC Calendar (Time and Date) use the HAL_RTC_SetTime() + and HAL_RTC_SetDate() functions. + (+) To read the RTC Calendar, use the HAL_RTC_GetTime() and HAL_RTC_GetDate() functions. + + *** Alarm configuration *** + =========================== + [..] + (+) To configure the RTC Alarm use the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm() function. + You can also configure the RTC Alarm with interrupt mode using the + HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function. + (+) To read the RTC Alarm, use the HAL_RTC_GetAlarm() function. + + ##### RTC and low power modes ##### + =================================================================== + [..] The MCU can be woken up from a low power mode by an RTC alternate + function. + [..] The RTC alternate functions are the RTC alarm (Alarm A), + RTC wake-up, RTC tamper event detection and RTC time stamp event detection. + These RTC alternate functions can wake up the system from the Stop and + Standby low power modes. + [..] The system can also wake up from low power modes without depending + on an external interrupt (Auto-wake-up mode), by using the RTC alarm + or the RTC wake-up events. + [..] The RTC provides a programmable time base for waking up from the + Stop or Standby mode at regular intervals. + Wake-up from STOP and STANDBY modes is possible only when the RTC clock source + is LSE or LSI. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup RTC + * @brief RTC HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @addtogroup RTC_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group1 + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to initialize and configure the + RTC Prescaler (Synchronous and Asynchronous), RTC Hour format, disable + RTC registers Write protection, enter and exit the RTC initialization mode, + RTC registers synchronization check and reference clock detection enable. + (#) The RTC Prescaler is programmed to generate the RTC 1Hz time base. + It is split into 2 programmable prescalers to minimize power consumption. + (++) A 7-bit asynchronous prescaler and a 15-bit synchronous prescaler. + (++) When both prescalers are used, it is recommended to configure the + asynchronous prescaler to a high value to minimize power consumption. + (#) All RTC registers are Write protected. Writing to the RTC registers + is enabled by writing a key into the Write Protection register, RTC_WPR. + (#) To configure the RTC Calendar, user application should enter + initialization mode. In this mode, the calendar counter is stopped + and its value can be updated. When the initialization sequence is + complete, the calendar restarts counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles. + (#) To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar + initialization, calendar update or after wake-up from low power modes + the software must first clear the RSF flag. The software must then + wait until it is set again before reading the calendar, which means + that the calendar registers have been correctly copied into the + RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers.The HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro() function + implements the above software sequence (RSF clear and RSF check). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the RTC according to the specified parameters + * in the RTC_InitTypeDef structure and initialize the associated handle. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_Init(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* Check the RTC peripheral state */ + if(hrtc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(hrtc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR_FORMAT(hrtc->Init.HourFormat)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(hrtc->Init.AsynchPrediv)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(hrtc->Init.SynchPrediv)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT(hrtc->Init.OutPut)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT_POL(hrtc->Init.OutPutPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE(hrtc->Init.OutPutType)); + + if(hrtc->State == HAL_RTC_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hrtc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Initialize RTC MSP */ + HAL_RTC_MspInit(hrtc); + } + + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Clear RTC_CR FMT, OSEL and POL Bits */ + hrtc->Instance->CR &= ((uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_FMT | RTC_CR_OSEL | RTC_CR_POL)); + /* Set RTC_CR register */ + hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)(hrtc->Init.HourFormat | hrtc->Init.OutPut | hrtc->Init.OutPutPolarity); + + /* Configure the RTC PRER */ + hrtc->Instance->PRER = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Init.SynchPrediv); + hrtc->Instance->PRER |= (uint32_t)(hrtc->Init.AsynchPrediv << 16U); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT; + + /* If CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */ + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET) + { + if(HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + hrtc->Instance->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_TAFCR_ALARMOUTTYPE; + hrtc->Instance->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)(hrtc->Init.OutPutType); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; + } +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the RTC peripheral. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @note This function doesn't reset the RTC Backup Data registers. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_DeInit(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ +#if defined (STM32F030xC) || defined (STM32F070xB) || \ + defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx) || \ + defined (STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx) + uint32_t tickstart = 0; +#endif /* defined (STM32F030xC) || defined (STM32F070xB) ||\ + defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx) || \ + defined (STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx) ||*/ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(hrtc->Instance)); + + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Reset TR, DR and CR registers */ + hrtc->Instance->TR = 0x00000000U; + hrtc->Instance->DR = 0x00002101U; + +#if defined (STM32F030xC) || defined (STM32F070xB) || \ + defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx) || \ + defined (STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx) + /* Reset All CR bits except CR[2:0] */ + hrtc->Instance->CR &= 0x00000007U; + + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + while(((hrtc->Instance->ISR) & RTC_ISR_WUTWF) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } +#endif /* defined (STM32F030xC) || defined (STM32F070xB) ||\ + defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx) || \ + defined (STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx) ||*/ + + /* Reset all RTC CR register bits */ + hrtc->Instance->CR &= 0x00000000U; +#if defined (STM32F030xC) || defined (STM32F070xB) || \ + defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx) || \ + defined (STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx) + hrtc->Instance->WUTR = 0x0000FFFFU; +#endif /* defined (STM32F030xC) || defined (STM32F070xB) ||\ + defined (STM32F071xB) || defined (STM32F072xB) || defined (STM32F078xx) || \ + defined (STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx) ||*/ + hrtc->Instance->PRER = 0x007F00FFU; + hrtc->Instance->ALRMAR = 0x00000000U; + hrtc->Instance->SHIFTR = 0x00000000U; + hrtc->Instance->CALR = 0x00000000U; + hrtc->Instance->ALRMASSR = 0x00000000U; + + /* Reset ISR register and exit initialization mode */ + hrtc->Instance->ISR = 0x00000000U; + + /* Reset Tamper and alternate functions configuration register */ + hrtc->Instance->TAFCR = 0x00000000; + + /* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */ + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET) + { + if(HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* De-Initialize RTC MSP */ + HAL_RTC_MspDeInit(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the RTC MSP. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RTC_MspInit(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hrtc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RTC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the RTC MSP. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RTC_MspDeInit(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hrtc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RTC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group2 + * @brief RTC Time and Date functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### RTC Time and Date functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure Time and Date features + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Set RTC current time. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @param sTime Pointer to Time structure + * @param Format Specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetTime(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef *sTime, uint32_t Format) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_DAYLIGHT_SAVING(sTime->DayLightSaving)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_STORE_OPERATION(sTime->StoreOperation)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(sTime->Hours)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sTime->TimeFormat)); + } + else + { + sTime->TimeFormat = 0x00U; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(sTime->Hours)); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(sTime->Minutes)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(sTime->Seconds)); + + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sTime->Hours) << 16U) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sTime->Minutes) << 8U) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sTime->Seconds)) | \ + (((uint32_t)sTime->TimeFormat) << 16U)); + } + else + { + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Hours); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sTime->TimeFormat)); + } + else + { + sTime->TimeFormat = 0x00U; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Hours))); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Minutes))); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Seconds))); + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(sTime->Hours) << 16U) | \ + ((uint32_t)(sTime->Minutes) << 8U) | \ + ((uint32_t)sTime->Seconds) | \ + ((uint32_t)(sTime->TimeFormat) << 16U)); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Set the RTC_TR register */ + hrtc->Instance->TR = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Clear the bits to be configured */ + hrtc->Instance->CR &= ((uint32_t)~RTC_CR_BKP); + + /* Configure the RTC_CR register */ + hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)(sTime->DayLightSaving | sTime->StoreOperation); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + hrtc->Instance->ISR &= ((uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT); + + /* If CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */ + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET) + { + if(HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Get RTC current time. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @param sTime Pointer to Time structure with Hours, Minutes and Seconds fields returned + * with input format (BIN or BCD), also SubSeconds field returning the + * RTC_SSR register content and SecondFraction field the Synchronous pre-scaler + * factor to be used for second fraction ratio computation. + * @param Format Specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format + * @note You can use SubSeconds and SecondFraction (sTime structure fields returned) to convert SubSeconds + * value in second fraction ratio with time unit following generic formula: + * Second fraction ratio * time_unit= [(SecondFraction-SubSeconds)/(SecondFraction+1)] * time_unit + * This conversion can be performed only if no shift operation is pending (ie. SHFP=0) when PREDIV_S >= SS + * @note You must call HAL_RTC_GetDate() after HAL_RTC_GetTime() to unlock the values + * in the higher-order calendar shadow registers to ensure consistency between the time and date values. + * Reading RTC current time locks the values in calendar shadow registers until Current date is read + * to ensure consistency between the time and date values. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetTime(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef *sTime, uint32_t Format) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); + + /* Get subseconds structure field from the corresponding register*/ + sTime->SubSeconds = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->SSR); + + /* Get SecondFraction structure field from the corresponding register field*/ + sTime->SecondFraction = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->PRER & RTC_PRER_PREDIV_S); + + /* Get the TR register */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->TR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */ + sTime->Hours = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16U); + sTime->Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >>8U); + sTime->Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU)); + sTime->TimeFormat = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16U); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + /* Convert the time structure parameters to Binary format */ + sTime->Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Hours); + sTime->Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Minutes); + sTime->Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Seconds); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set RTC current date. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @param sDate Pointer to date structure + * @param Format specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetDate(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_DateTypeDef *sDate, uint32_t Format) +{ + uint32_t datetmpreg = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + if((Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) && ((sDate->Month & 0x10U) == 0x10U)) + { + sDate->Month = (uint8_t)((sDate->Month & (uint8_t)~(0x10U)) + (uint8_t)0x0AU); + } + + assert_param(IS_RTC_WEEKDAY(sDate->WeekDay)); + + if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(sDate->Year)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(sDate->Month)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(sDate->Date)); + + datetmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sDate->Year) << 16U) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sDate->Month) << 8U) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sDate->Date)) | \ + ((uint32_t)sDate->WeekDay << 13U)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Year))); + datetmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Month); + assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(datetmpreg)); + datetmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Date); + assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(datetmpreg)); + + datetmpreg = ((((uint32_t)sDate->Year) << 16U) | \ + (((uint32_t)sDate->Month) << 8U) | \ + ((uint32_t)sDate->Date) | \ + (((uint32_t)sDate->WeekDay) << 13U)); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set RTC state*/ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Set the RTC_DR register */ + hrtc->Instance->DR = (uint32_t)(datetmpreg & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + hrtc->Instance->ISR &= ((uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT); + + /* If CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */ + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET) + { + if(HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY ; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Get RTC current date. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @param sDate Pointer to Date structure + * @param Format Specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN : Binary data format + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD : BCD data format + * @note You must call HAL_RTC_GetDate() after HAL_RTC_GetTime() to unlock the values + * in the higher-order calendar shadow registers to ensure consistency between the time and date values. + * Reading RTC current time locks the values in calendar shadow registers until Current date is read. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetDate(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_DateTypeDef *sDate, uint32_t Format) +{ + uint32_t datetmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); + + /* Get the DR register */ + datetmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->DR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */ + sDate->Year = (uint8_t)((datetmpreg & (RTC_DR_YT | RTC_DR_YU)) >> 16U); + sDate->Month = (uint8_t)((datetmpreg & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8U); + sDate->Date = (uint8_t)(datetmpreg & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU)); + sDate->WeekDay = (uint8_t)((datetmpreg & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13U); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + /* Convert the date structure parameters to Binary format */ + sDate->Year = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Year); + sDate->Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Month); + sDate->Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Date); + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group3 + * @brief RTC Alarm functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### RTC Alarm functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure Alarm feature + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Set the specified RTC Alarm. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @param sAlarm Pointer to Alarm structure + * @param Format Specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetAlarm(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef *sAlarm, uint32_t Format) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U, subsecondtmpreg = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(sAlarm->Alarm)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_MASK(sAlarm->AlarmMask)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE(sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK(sAlarm->AlarmSubSecondMask)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat)); + } + else + { + sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours)); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)); + + if(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay)); + } + + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours) << 16U) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes) << 8U) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)) | \ + ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat) << 16U) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24U) | \ + ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \ + ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmMask)); + } + else + { + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat)); + } + else + { + sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours))); + } + + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes))); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds))); + + if(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(tmpreg)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(tmpreg)); + } + + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours) << 16U) | \ + ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes) << 8U) | \ + ((uint32_t) sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds) | \ + ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat) << 16U) | \ + ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24U) | \ + ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \ + ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmMask)); + } + + /* Configure the Alarm A Sub Second registers */ + subsecondtmpreg = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds) | (uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmSubSecondMask)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Disable the Alarm A interrupt */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRA); + + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + /* Wait till RTC ALRAWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + hrtc->Instance->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + /* Configure the Alarm A Sub Second register */ + hrtc->Instance->ALRMASSR = subsecondtmpreg; + /* Configure the Alarm state: Enable Alarm */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the specified RTC Alarm with Interrupt. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @param sAlarm Pointer to Alarm structure + * @param Format Specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format + * @note The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm + * is disabled (Use the HAL_RTC_DeactivateAlarm()). + * @note The HAL_RTC_SetTime() must be called before enabling the Alarm feature. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef *sAlarm, uint32_t Format) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U, subsecondtmpreg = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(sAlarm->Alarm)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_MASK(sAlarm->AlarmMask)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE(sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK(sAlarm->AlarmSubSecondMask)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat)); + } + else + { + sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours)); + } + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)); + + if(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay)); + } + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours) << 16U) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes) << 8U) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)) | \ + ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat) << 16U) | \ + ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24U) | \ + ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \ + ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmMask)); + } + else + { + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat)); + } + else + { + sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U; + assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours))); + } + + assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes))); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds))); + + if(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(tmpreg)); + } + else + { + tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(tmpreg)); + } + tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours) << 16U) | \ + ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes) << 8U) | \ + ((uint32_t) sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds) | \ + ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat) << 16U) | \ + ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24U) | \ + ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \ + ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmMask)); + } + /* Configure the Alarm A Sub Second registers */ + subsecondtmpreg = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds) | (uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmSubSecondMask)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Disable the Alarm A interrupt */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Clear flag alarm A */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF); + + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till RTC ALRAWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + hrtc->Instance->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + /* Configure the Alarm A Sub Second register */ + hrtc->Instance->ALRMASSR = subsecondtmpreg; + /* Configure the Alarm state: Enable Alarm */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_ENABLE(hrtc); + /* Configure the Alarm interrupt */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_ALRA); + + /* RTC Alarm Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); + + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE(); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Deactivate the specified RTC Alarm. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @param Alarm Specifies the Alarm. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_ALARM_A: AlarmA + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_DeactivateAlarm(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Alarm) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(Alarm)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRA); + + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till RTC ALRxWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RTC Alarm value and masks. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @param sAlarm Pointer to Date structure + * @param Alarm Specifies the Alarm. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_ALARM_A: AlarmA + * @param Format Specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetAlarm(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef *sAlarm, uint32_t Alarm, uint32_t Format) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U, subsecondtmpreg = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(Alarm)); + + sAlarm->Alarm = RTC_ALARM_A; + + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->ALRMAR); + subsecondtmpreg = (uint32_t)((hrtc->Instance->ALRMASSR ) & RTC_ALRMASSR_SS); + + /* Fill the structure with the read parameters */ + sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_HT | RTC_ALRMAR_HU)) >> 16U); + sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_MNT | RTC_ALRMAR_MNU)) >> 8U); + sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_ST | RTC_ALRMAR_SU)); + sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_PM) >> 16U); + sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds = (uint32_t) subsecondtmpreg; + sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_DT | RTC_ALRMAR_DU)) >> 24U); + sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_WDSEL); + sAlarm->AlarmMask = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_ALARMMASK_ALL); + + if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours); + sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes); + sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds); + sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle Alarm interrupt request. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + /* Get the AlarmA interrupt source enable status */ + if(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_IT_SOURCE(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRA) != RESET) + { + /* Get the pending status of the AlarmA Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF) != RESET) + { + /* AlarmA callback */ + HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback(hrtc); + + /* Clear the AlarmA interrupt pending bit */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF); + } + } + + /* Clear the EXTI's line Flag for RTC Alarm */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @brief Alarm A callback. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hrtc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Handle AlarmA Polling request. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_PollForAlarmAEvent(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF) == RESET) + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Clear the Alarm interrupt pending bit */ + __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group4 + * @brief Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to + (+) Wait for RTC Time and Date Synchronization + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Wait until the RTC Time and Date registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) are + * synchronized with RTC APB clock. + * @note The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the + * __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE() before calling this function. + * @note To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar + * initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes + * the software must first clear the RSF flag. + * The software must then wait until it is set again before reading + * the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been + * correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Clear RSF flag */ + hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)RTC_RSF_MASK; + + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait the registers to be synchronised */ + while((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_RSF) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup RTC_Exported_Functions_Group5 + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to + (+) Get RTC state + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Return the RTC handle state. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_RTCStateTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetState(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + /* Return RTC handle state */ + return hrtc->State; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup RTC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Enter the RTC Initialization mode. + * @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the + * __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE() before calling this function. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef RTC_EnterInitMode(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check if the Initialization mode is set */ + if((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* Set the Initialization mode */ + hrtc->Instance->ISR = (uint32_t)RTC_INIT_MASK; + + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */ + while((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Convert a 2 digit decimal to BCD format. + * @param Value Byte to be converted + * @retval Converted byte + */ +uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value) +{ + uint32_t bcdhigh = 0U; + + while(Value >= 10U) + { + bcdhigh++; + Value -= 10U; + } + + return ((uint8_t)(bcdhigh << 4U) | Value); +} + +/** + * @brief Convert from 2 digit BCD to Binary. + * @param Value BCD value to be converted + * @retval Converted word + */ +uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + tmp = ((uint8_t)(Value & (uint8_t)0xF0U) >> (uint8_t)0x4U) * 10U; + return (tmp + (Value & (uint8_t)0x0FU)); +} +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_rtc_ex.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_rtc_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..de88f3ad --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_rtc_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,1594 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_rtc_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief Extended RTC HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Real Time Clock (RTC) Extended peripheral: + * + RTC Time Stamp functions + * + RTC Tamper functions + * + RTC Wake-up functions + * + Extended Control functions + * + Extended RTC features functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (+) Enable the RTC domain access. + (+) Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous and Synchronous) and RTC hour + format using the HAL_RTC_Init() function. + + *** RTC Wake-up configuration *** + ================================ + [..] + (+) To configure the RTC Wakeup Clock source and Counter use the HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer() + function. You can also configure the RTC Wakeup timer with interrupt mode + using the HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function. + (+) To read the RTC WakeUp Counter register, use the HAL_RTCEx_GetWakeUpTimer() + function. + (@) Not available on F030x4/x6/x8 and F070x6 + + *** TimeStamp configuration *** + =============================== + [..] + (+) Configure the RTC_AF trigger and enable the RTC TimeStamp using the + HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp() function. You can also configure the RTC TimeStamp with + interrupt mode using the HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT() function. + (+) To read the RTC TimeStamp Time and Date register, use the HAL_RTCEx_GetTimeStamp() + function. + + *** Tamper configuration *** + ============================ + [..] + (+) Enable the RTC Tamper and configure the Tamper filter count, trigger Edge + or Level according to the Tamper filter (if equal to 0 Edge else Level) + value, sampling frequency, precharge or discharge and Pull-UP using the + HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper() function. You can configure RTC Tamper in interrupt + mode using HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT() function. + + *** Backup Data Registers configuration *** + =========================================== + [..] + (+) To write to the RTC Backup Data registers, use the HAL_RTCEx_BKUPWrite() + function. + (+) To read the RTC Backup Data registers, use the HAL_RTCEx_BKUPRead() + function. + (@) Not available on F030x6/x8/xC and F070x6/xB (F0xx Value Line devices) + + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + + + +/** @addtogroup RTCEx + * @brief RTC Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @addtogroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + + +/** @addtogroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 + * @brief RTC TimeStamp and Tamper functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### RTC TimeStamp and Tamper functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure TimeStamp feature + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Set TimeStamp. + * @note This API must be called before enabling the TimeStamp feature. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @param TimeStampEdge Specifies the pin edge on which the TimeStamp is + * activated. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_RISING: the Time stamp event occurs on the + * rising edge of the related pin. + * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_FALLING: the Time stamp event occurs on the + * falling edge of the related pin. + * @param RTC_TimeStampPin specifies the RTC TimeStamp Pin. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_DEFAULT: PC13 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t TimeStampEdge, uint32_t RTC_TimeStampPin) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(TimeStampEdge)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_PIN(RTC_TimeStampPin)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE)); + + tmpreg|= TimeStampEdge; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */ + hrtc->Instance->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + + __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set TimeStamp with Interrupt. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @note This API must be called before enabling the TimeStamp feature. + * @param TimeStampEdge Specifies the pin edge on which the TimeStamp is + * activated. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_RISING: the Time stamp event occurs on the + * rising edge of the related pin. + * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_FALLING: the Time stamp event occurs on the + * falling edge of the related pin. + * @param RTC_TimeStampPin Specifies the RTC TimeStamp Pin. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_DEFAULT: PC13 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t TimeStampEdge, uint32_t RTC_TimeStampPin) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(TimeStampEdge)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_PIN(RTC_TimeStampPin)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE)); + + tmpreg |= TimeStampEdge; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */ + hrtc->Instance->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + + __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Enable IT timestamp */ + __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_TS); + + /* RTC timestamp Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */ + __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); + + __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE(); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Deactivate TimeStamp. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTimeStamp(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */ + __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_TS); + + /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE)); + + /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */ + hrtc->Instance->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Get the RTC TimeStamp value. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + + * @param sTimeStamp Pointer to Time structure + * @param sTimeStampDate Pointer to Date structure + * @param Format specifies the format of the entered parameters. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format + * @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_GetTimeStamp(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef* sTimeStamp, RTC_DateTypeDef* sTimeStampDate, uint32_t Format) +{ + uint32_t tmptime = 0U, tmpdate = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format)); + + /* Get the TimeStamp time and date registers values */ + tmptime = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->TSTR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK); + tmpdate = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->TSDR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK); + + /* Fill the Time structure fields with the read parameters */ + sTimeStamp->Hours = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16U); + sTimeStamp->Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >> 8U); + sTimeStamp->Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmptime & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU)); + sTimeStamp->TimeFormat = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16U); + sTimeStamp->SubSeconds = (uint32_t) hrtc->Instance->TSSSR; + + /* Fill the Date structure fields with the read parameters */ + sTimeStampDate->Year = 0; + sTimeStampDate->Month = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8U); + sTimeStampDate->Date = (uint8_t)(tmpdate & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU)); + sTimeStampDate->WeekDay = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13U); + + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + /* Convert the TimeStamp structure parameters to Binary format */ + sTimeStamp->Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStamp->Hours); + sTimeStamp->Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStamp->Minutes); + sTimeStamp->Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStamp->Seconds); + + /* Convert the DateTimeStamp structure parameters to Binary format */ + sTimeStampDate->Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStampDate->Month); + sTimeStampDate->Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStampDate->Date); + sTimeStampDate->WeekDay = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStampDate->WeekDay); + } + + /* Clear the TIMESTAMP Flag */ + __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSF); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set Tamper + * @note By calling this API we disable the tamper interrupt for all tampers. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @param sTamper Pointer to Tamper Structure. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TamperTypeDef* sTamper) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(sTamper->Tamper)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(sTamper->Trigger)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER(sTamper->Filter)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ(sTamper->SamplingFrequency)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION(sTamper->PrechargeDuration)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PULLUP_STATE(sTamper->TamperPullUp)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMPONTAMPER_DETECTION(sTamper->TimeStampOnTamperDetection)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + if(sTamper->Trigger != RTC_TAMPERTRIGGER_RISINGEDGE) + { + sTamper->Trigger = (uint32_t)(sTamper->Tamper << 1U); + } + + tmpreg = ((uint32_t)sTamper->Tamper | (uint32_t)sTamper->Trigger | (uint32_t)sTamper->Filter |\ + (uint32_t)sTamper->SamplingFrequency | (uint32_t)sTamper->PrechargeDuration |\ + (uint32_t)sTamper->TamperPullUp | sTamper->TimeStampOnTamperDetection); + + hrtc->Instance->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)sTamper->Tamper | (uint32_t)(sTamper->Tamper << 1U) | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPTS |\ + (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFREQ | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFLT | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPRCH |\ + (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPUDIS | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE); + + hrtc->Instance->TAFCR |= tmpreg; + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets Tamper with interrupt. + * @note By calling this API we force the tamper interrupt for all tampers. + * @param hrtc pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for RTC. + * @param sTamper Pointer to RTC Tamper. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TamperTypeDef* sTamper) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(sTamper->Tamper)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(sTamper->Trigger)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER(sTamper->Filter)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ(sTamper->SamplingFrequency)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION(sTamper->PrechargeDuration)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PULLUP_STATE(sTamper->TamperPullUp)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMPONTAMPER_DETECTION(sTamper->TimeStampOnTamperDetection)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Configure the tamper trigger */ + if(sTamper->Trigger != RTC_TAMPERTRIGGER_RISINGEDGE) + { + sTamper->Trigger = (uint32_t)(sTamper->Tamper << 1U); + } + + tmpreg = ((uint32_t)sTamper->Tamper | (uint32_t)sTamper->Trigger | (uint32_t)sTamper->Filter |\ + (uint32_t)sTamper->SamplingFrequency | (uint32_t)sTamper->PrechargeDuration |\ + (uint32_t)sTamper->TamperPullUp | sTamper->TimeStampOnTamperDetection); + + hrtc->Instance->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)sTamper->Tamper | (uint32_t)(sTamper->Tamper << 1U) | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPTS |\ + (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFREQ | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPFLT | (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPRCH |\ + (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPPUDIS); + + hrtc->Instance->TAFCR |= tmpreg; + + /* Configure the Tamper Interrupt in the RTC_TAFCR */ + hrtc->Instance->TAFCR |= (uint32_t)RTC_TAFCR_TAMPIE; + + /* RTC Tamper Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */ + __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); + + __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE(); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Deactivate Tamper. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @param Tamper Selected tamper pin. + * This parameter can be any combination of RTC_TAMPER_1, RTC_TAMPER_2 and RTC_TAMPER_3. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTamper(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Tamper) +{ + assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(Tamper)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected Tamper pin */ + hrtc->Instance->TAFCR &= (uint32_t)~Tamper; + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle TimeStamp interrupt request. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RTCEx_TamperTimeStampIRQHandler(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* Get the TimeStamp interrupt source enable status */ + if(__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_IT_SOURCE(hrtc, RTC_IT_TS) != RESET) + { + /* Get the pending status of the TIMESTAMP Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSF) != RESET) + { + /* TIMESTAMP callback */ + HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback(hrtc); + + /* Clear the TIMESTAMP interrupt pending bit */ + __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSF); + } + } + + /* Get the Tamper interrupts source enable status */ + if(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_IT_SOURCE(hrtc, RTC_IT_TAMP)) + { + /* Get the pending status of the Tamper1 Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F) != RESET) + { + /* Tamper1 callback */ + HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback(hrtc); + + /* Clear the Tamper1 interrupt pending bit */ + __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F); + } + } + + /* Get the Tamper interrupts source enable status */ + if(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_IT_SOURCE(hrtc, RTC_IT_TAMP)) + { + /* Get the pending status of the Tamper2 Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F) != RESET) + { + /* Tamper2 callback */ + HAL_RTCEx_Tamper2EventCallback(hrtc); + + /* Clear the Tamper2 interrupt pending bit */ + __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F); + } + } + +#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) + /* Get the Tamper interrupts source enable status */ + if(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_IT_SOURCE(hrtc, RTC_IT_TAMP)) + { + /* Get the pending status of the Tamper3 Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F) != RESET) + { + /* Tamper3 callback */ + HAL_RTCEx_Tamper3EventCallback(hrtc); + + /* Clear the Tamper3 interrupt pending bit */ + __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F); + } + } +#endif + + /* Clear the EXTI's Flag for RTC TimeStamp and Tamper */ + __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @brief TimeStamp callback. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hrtc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tamper 1 callback. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hrtc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tamper 2 callback. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RTCEx_Tamper2EventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hrtc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RTCEx_Tamper2EventCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) +/** + * @brief Tamper 3 callback. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RTCEx_Tamper3EventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hrtc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RTCEx_Tamper3EventCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} +#endif + +/** + * @brief Handle TimeStamp polling request. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTimeStampEvent(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSF) == RESET) + { + if(__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSOVF) != RESET) + { + /* Clear the TIMESTAMP OverRun Flag */ + __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSOVF); + + /* Change TIMESTAMP state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle Tamper 1 Polling. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper1Event(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ + while(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F)== RESET) + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Clear the Tamper Flag */ + __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle Tamper 2 Polling. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper2Event(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ + while(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F) == RESET) + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Clear the Tamper Flag */ + __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +#if defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) +/** + * @brief Handle Tamper 3 Polling. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper3Event(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Get the status of the Interrupt */ + while(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F) == RESET) + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Clear the Tamper Flag */ + __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined(STM32F070xB) || defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) || defined(STM32F030xC) +/** @addtogroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 + * @brief RTC Wake-up functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### RTC Wake-up functions ##### + =============================================================================== + + [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure Wake-up feature + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Set wake up timer. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @param WakeUpCounter Wake up counter + * @param WakeUpClock Wake up clock + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t WakeUpCounter, uint32_t WakeUpClock) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(WakeUpClock)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(WakeUpCounter)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /*Check RTC WUTWF flag is reset only when wake up timer enabled*/ + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_WUTE) != RESET){ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is reset and if Time out is reached exit */ + while(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) == SET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE(hrtc); + + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + while(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Clear the Wakeup Timer clock source bits in CR register */ + hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUCKSEL; + + /* Configure the clock source */ + hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)WakeUpClock; + + /* Configure the Wakeup Timer counter */ + hrtc->Instance->WUTR = (uint32_t)WakeUpCounter; + + /* Enable the Wakeup Timer */ + __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Set wake up timer with interrupt. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @param WakeUpCounter Wake up counter + * @param WakeUpClock Wake up clock + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t WakeUpCounter, uint32_t WakeUpClock) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(WakeUpClock)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(WakeUpCounter)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /*Check RTC WUTWF flag is reset only when wake up timer enabled*/ + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_WUTE) != RESET){ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is reset and if Time out is reached exit */ + while(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) == SET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Disable the Wake-Up timer */ + __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Clear flag Wake-Up */ + __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTF); + + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + while(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Configure the Wakeup Timer counter */ + hrtc->Instance->WUTR = (uint32_t)WakeUpCounter; + + /* Clear the Wakeup Timer clock source bits in CR register */ + hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUCKSEL; + + /* Configure the clock source */ + hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)WakeUpClock; + + /* RTC WakeUpTimer Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */ + __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_IT(); + + __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE(); + + /* Configure the Interrupt in the RTC_CR register */ + __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_WUT); + + /* Enable the Wakeup Timer */ + __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Deactivate wake up timer counter. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateWakeUpTimer(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Disable the Wakeup Timer */ + __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */ + __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_WUT); + + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */ + while(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) == RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Get wake up timer counter. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @retval Counter value + */ +uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_GetWakeUpTimer(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* Get the counter value */ + return ((uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->WUTR & RTC_WUTR_WUT)); +} + +/** + * @brief Handle Wake Up Timer interrupt request. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerIRQHandler(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* Get the WAKEUPTIMER interrupt source enable status */ + if(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_IT_SOURCE(hrtc, RTC_IT_WUT) != RESET) + { + /* Get the pending status of the WAKEUPTIMER Interrupt */ + if(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTF) != RESET) + { + /* WAKEUPTIMER callback */ + HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback(hrtc); + + /* Clear the WAKEUPTIMER interrupt pending bit */ + __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTF); + } + } + + /* Clear the EXTI's line Flag for RTC WakeUpTimer */ + __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @brief Wake Up Timer callback. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hrtc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + + +/** + * @brief Handle Wake Up Timer Polling. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForWakeUpTimerEvent(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + while(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTF) == RESET) + { + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)) + { + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Clear the WAKEUPTIMER Flag */ + __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTF); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* defined(STM32F070xB) || defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) | defined(STM32F030xC) */ + +/** @addtogroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 + * @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Extended Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to + (+) Write a data in a specified RTC Backup data register + (+) Read a data in a specified RTC Backup data register + (+) Set the Coarse calibration parameters. + (+) Deactivate the Coarse calibration parameters + (+) Set the Smooth calibration parameters. + (+) Configure the Synchronization Shift Control Settings. + (+) Configure the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz). + (+) Deactivate the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz). + (+) Enable the RTC reference clock detection. + (+) Disable the RTC reference clock detection. + (+) Enable the Bypass Shadow feature. + (+) Disable the Bypass Shadow feature. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8) && !defined(STM32F070x6) && !defined(STM32F070xB) && !defined(STM32F030xC) +/** + * @brief Write a data in a specified RTC Backup data register. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @param BackupRegister RTC Backup data Register number. + * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 4 to + * specify the register. + * @param Data Data to be written in the specified RTC Backup data register. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_RTCEx_BKUPWrite(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t BackupRegister, uint32_t Data) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(BackupRegister)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)&(hrtc->Instance->BKP0R); + tmp += (BackupRegister * 4U); + + /* Write the specified register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = (uint32_t)Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads data from the specified RTC Backup data Register. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @param BackupRegister RTC Backup data Register number. + * This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 4 to + * specify the register. + * @retval Read value + */ +uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_BKUPRead(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t BackupRegister) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(BackupRegister)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)&(hrtc->Instance->BKP0R); + tmp += (BackupRegister * 4U); + + /* Read the specified register */ + return (*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp); +} +#endif /* !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8) && !defined(STM32F070x6) && !defined(STM32F070xB) && !defined(STM32F030xC) */ + +/** + * @brief Set the Smooth calibration parameters. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @param SmoothCalibPeriod Select the Smooth Calibration Period. + * This parameter can be can be one of the following values : + * @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_32SEC: The smooth calibration period is 32s. + * @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_16SEC: The smooth calibration period is 16s. + * @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_8SEC: The smooth calibration period is 8s. + * @param SmoothCalibPlusPulses Select to Set or reset the CALP bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_SET: Add one RTCCLK pulse every 2*11 pulses. + * @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_RESET: No RTCCLK pulses are added. + * @param SmoothCalibMinusPulsesValue Select the value of CALM[8:0] bits. + * This parameter can be one any value from 0 to 0x000001FF. + * @note To deactivate the smooth calibration, the field SmoothCalibPlusPulses + * must be equal to SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_RESET and the field + * SmoothCalibMinusPulsesValue mut be equal to 0. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetSmoothCalib(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc, uint32_t SmoothCalibPeriod, uint32_t SmoothCalibPlusPulses, uint32_t SmoothCalibMinusPulsesValue) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PERIOD(SmoothCalibPeriod)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PLUS(SmoothCalibPlusPulses)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_MINUS(SmoothCalibMinusPulsesValue)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* check if a calibration is pending*/ + if((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) != RESET) + { + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* check if a calibration is pending*/ + while((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Configure the Smooth calibration settings */ + hrtc->Instance->CALR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)SmoothCalibPeriod | (uint32_t)SmoothCalibPlusPulses | (uint32_t)SmoothCalibMinusPulsesValue); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the Synchronization Shift Control Settings. + * @note When REFCKON is set, firmware must not write to Shift control register. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @param ShiftAdd1S Select to add or not 1 second to the time calendar. + * This parameter can be one of the following values : + * @arg RTC_SHIFTADD1S_SET: Add one second to the clock calendar. + * @arg RTC_SHIFTADD1S_RESET: No effect. + * @param ShiftSubFS Select the number of Second Fractions to substitute. + * This parameter can be one any value from 0 to 0x7FFF. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetSynchroShift(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc, uint32_t ShiftAdd1S, uint32_t ShiftSubFS) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_SHIFT_ADD1S(ShiftAdd1S)); + assert_param(IS_RTC_SHIFT_SUBFS(ShiftSubFS)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait until the shift is completed*/ + while((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) != RESET) + { + if((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Check if the reference clock detection is disabled */ + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_REFCKON) == RESET) + { + /* Configure the Shift settings */ + hrtc->Instance->SHIFTR = (uint32_t)(uint32_t)(ShiftSubFS) | (uint32_t)(ShiftAdd1S); + + /* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */ + if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET) + { + if(HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz). + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @param CalibOutput Select the Calibration output Selection . + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_CALIBOUTPUT_512HZ: A signal has a regular waveform at 512Hz. + * @arg RTC_CALIBOUTPUT_1HZ: A signal has a regular waveform at 1Hz. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetCalibrationOutPut(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc, uint32_t CalibOutput) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT(CalibOutput)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Clear flags before config */ + hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_COSEL; + + /* Configure the RTC_CR register */ + hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)CalibOutput; + + __HAL_RTC_CALIBRATION_OUTPUT_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Deactivate the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz). + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateCalibrationOutPut(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + __HAL_RTC_CALIBRATION_OUTPUT_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the RTC reference clock detection. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetRefClock(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set RTC state*/ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + __HAL_RTC_CLOCKREF_DETECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the RTC reference clock detection. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateRefClock(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set RTC state*/ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + __HAL_RTC_CLOCKREF_DETECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT; + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the Bypass Shadow feature. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @note When the Bypass Shadow is enabled the calendar value are taken + * directly from the Calendar counter. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_EnableBypassShadow(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Set the BYPSHAD bit */ + hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint8_t)RTC_CR_BYPSHAD; + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Bypass Shadow feature. + * @param hrtc RTC handle + * @note When the Bypass Shadow is enabled the calendar value are taken + * directly from the Calendar counter. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DisableBypassShadow(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hrtc); + + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc); + + /* Reset the BYPSHAD bit */ + hrtc->Instance->CR &= ((uint8_t)~RTC_CR_BYPSHAD); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc); + + /* Change RTC state */ + hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_smartcard.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_smartcard.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e111236f --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_smartcard.c @@ -0,0 +1,2303 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_smartcard.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief SMARTCARD HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the SMARTCARD peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State and Error functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The SMARTCARD HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef handle structure (eg. SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef hsmartcard). + (#) Associate a USART to the SMARTCARD handle hsmartcard. + (#) Initialize the SMARTCARD low level resources by implementing the HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit() API: + (++) Enable the USARTx interface clock. + (++) USART pins configuration: + (+++) Enable the clock for the USART GPIOs. + (+++) Configure the USART pins (TX as alternate function pull-up, RX as alternate function Input). + (++) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT() + and HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT() APIs): + (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority. + (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle. + (++) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA() + and HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA() APIs): + (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock. + (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters. + (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the SMARTCARD DMA Tx/Rx handle. + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx channel. + + (#) Program the Baud Rate, Parity, Mode(Receiver/Transmitter), clock enabling/disabling and accordingly, + the clock parameters (parity, phase, last bit), prescaler value, guard time and NACK on transmission + error enabling or disabling in the hsmartcard handle Init structure. + + (#) If required, program SMARTCARD advanced features (TX/RX pins swap, TimeOut, auto-retry counter,...) + in the hsmartcard handle AdvancedInit structure. + + (#) Initialize the SMARTCARD registers by calling the HAL_SMARTCARD_Init() API: + (++) This API configures also the low level Hardware (GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) + by calling the customized HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit() API. + [..] + (@) The specific SMARTCARD interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, + RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros + __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process. + + [..] + [..] Three operation modes are available within this driver : + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit() + (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive() + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT() + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback() + (+) Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT() + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() + + *** DMA mode IO operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA() + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback() + (+) Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA() + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() + + *** SMARTCARD HAL driver macros list *** + ======================================== + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in SMARTCARD HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_FLAG : Check whether or not the specified SMARTCARD flag is set + (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified SMARTCARD pending flag + (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified SMARTCARD interrupt + (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified SMARTCARD interrupt + (+) __HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether or not the specified SMARTCARD interrupt is enabled + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the SMARTCARD HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8) && !defined(STM32F070x6) && !defined(STM32F070xB) && !defined(STM32F030xC) + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SMARTCARD SMARTCARD + * @brief HAL SMARTCARD module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Private_Constants SMARTCARD Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define SMARTCARD_TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT 1000U /*!< SMARTCARD TX or RX enable acknowledge time-out value */ + +#define USART_CR1_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | \ + USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8)) /*!< USART CR1 fields of parameters set by SMARTCARD_SetConfig API */ +#define USART_CR2_CLK_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR2_CLKEN|USART_CR2_CPOL|USART_CR2_CPHA|USART_CR2_LBCL)) /*!< SMARTCARD clock-related USART CR2 fields of parameters */ +#define USART_CR2_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR2_RTOEN|USART_CR2_CLK_FIELDS|USART_CR2_STOP)) /*!< USART CR2 fields of parameters set by SMARTCARD_SetConfig API */ +#define USART_CR3_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR3_ONEBIT|USART_CR3_NACK|USART_CR3_SCARCNT)) /*!< USART CR3 fields of parameters set by SMARTCARD_SetConfig API */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup SMARTCARD_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_SetConfig(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard); +static void SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureConfig(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_CheckIdleState(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout); +static void SMARTCARD_EndTxTransfer(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard); +static void SMARTCARD_EndRxTransfer(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard); +static void SMARTCARD_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SMARTCARD_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SMARTCARD_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SMARTCARD_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SMARTCARD_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SMARTCARD_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SMARTCARD_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SMARTCARD_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_EndTransmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_Receive_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Exported_Functions SMARTCARD Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx + associated to the SmartCard. + [..] + The Smartcard interface is designed to support asynchronous protocol Smartcards as + defined in the ISO 7816-3 standard. + [..] + The USART can provide a clock to the smartcard through the SCLK output. + In smartcard mode, SCLK is not associated to the communication but is simply derived + from the internal peripheral input clock through a 5-bit prescaler. + [..] + (+) These parameters can be configured: + (++) Baud Rate + (++) Parity: should be enabled + (++) Receiver/transmitter modes + (++) Synchronous mode (and if enabled, phase, polarity and last bit parameters) + (++) Prescaler value + (++) Guard bit time + (++) NACK enabling or disabling on transmission error + + (+) The following advanced features can be configured as well: + (++) TX and/or RX pin level inversion + (++) data logical level inversion + (++) RX and TX pins swap + (++) RX overrun detection disabling + (++) DMA disabling on RX error + (++) MSB first on communication line + (++) Time out enabling (and if activated, timeout value) + (++) Block length + (++) Auto-retry counter + [..] + The HAL_SMARTCARD_Init() API follows the USART synchronous configuration procedures + (details for the procedures are available in reference manual). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/* + Additional Table: + Frame Length is fixed to 8 bits plus parity: + SMARTCARD frame format is given in the following table + +---------------------------------------------------------------+ + | M1M0 bits | PCE bit | SMARTCARD frame | + |-----------------------|---------------------------------------| + | 01 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | | + +---------------------------------------------------------------+ + +*/ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the SMARTCARD mode according to the specified + * parameters in the SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Init(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + /* Check the SMARTCARD handle allocation */ + if(hsmartcard == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the USART associated to the SMARTCARD handle */ + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(hsmartcard->Instance)); + + if(hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hsmartcard->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit(hsmartcard); + } + + hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral to set smartcard mode */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE); + + /* In SmartCard mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN in the USART_CR2 register, + - HDSEL and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LINEN); + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN)); + + /* set the USART in SMARTCARD mode */ + SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_SCEN); + + /* Set the SMARTCARD Communication parameters */ + if (SMARTCARD_SetConfig(hsmartcard) == HAL_ERROR) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT) + { + SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureConfig(hsmartcard); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE); + + /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving hsmartcard->gState and hsmartcard->RxState to Ready */ + return (SMARTCARD_CheckIdleState(hsmartcard)); +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the SMARTCARD peripheral. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_DeInit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + /* Check the SMARTCARD handle allocation */ + if(hsmartcard == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the USART/UART associated to the SMARTCARD handle */ + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(hsmartcard->Instance)); + + hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE); + + WRITE_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, 0x0U); + WRITE_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, 0x0U); + WRITE_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, 0x0U); + WRITE_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->RTOR, 0x0U); + WRITE_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->GTPR, 0x0U); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit(hsmartcard); + + hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; + hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_RESET; + hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_RESET; + + /* Process Unlock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the SMARTCARD MSP. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsmartcard); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the SMARTCARD MSP. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsmartcard); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief SMARTCARD Transmit and Receive functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SMARTCARD data transfers. + + [..] + Smartcard is a single wire half duplex communication protocol. + The Smartcard interface is designed to support asynchronous protocol Smartcards as + defined in the ISO 7816-3 standard. The USART should be configured as: + (+) 8 bits plus parity: where M=1 and PCE=1 in the USART_CR1 register + (+) 1.5 stop bits when transmitting and receiving: where STOP=11 in the USART_CR2 register. + + [..] + (#) There are two modes of transfer: + (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. + The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function + after finishing transfer. + (++) Non-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts + or DMA, the relevant API's return the HAL status. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated SMARTCARD IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when + using DMA mode. + (++) The HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks + will be executed respectively at the end of the Transmit or Receive process + The HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when a communication + error is detected. + + (#) Blocking mode APIs are : + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit() + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive() + + (#) Non Blocking mode APIs with Interrupt are : + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_IRQHandler() + + (#) Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are : + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA() + + (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode: + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() + + (#) Non-Blocking mode transfers could be aborted using Abort API's : + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Abort() + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmit() + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceive() + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_Abort_IT() + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmit_IT() + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceive_IT() + + (#) For Abort services based on interrupts (HAL_SMARTCARD_Abortxxx_IT), a set of Abort Complete Callbacks are provided: + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmitCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceiveCpltCallback() + + (#) In Non-Blocking mode transfers, possible errors are split into 2 categories. + Errors are handled as follows : + (++) Error is considered as Recoverable and non blocking : Transfer could go till end, but error severity is + to be evaluated by user : this concerns Frame Error, Parity Error or Noise Error in Interrupt mode reception . + Received character is then retrieved and stored in Rx buffer, Error code is set to allow user to identify error type, + and HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed. Transfer is kept ongoing on SMARTCARD side. + If user wants to abort it, Abort services should be called by user. + (++) Error is considered as Blocking : Transfer could not be completed properly and is aborted. + This concerns Frame Error in Interrupt mode tranmission, Overrun Error in Interrupt mode reception and all errors in DMA mode. + Error code is set to allow user to identify error type, and HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @param pData pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size amount of data to be sent. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard); + + hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Disable the Peripheral first to update mode for TX master */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE); + + /* Disable Rx, enable Tx */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RE); + SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->RQR, SMARTCARD_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE); + + hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; + hsmartcard->TxXferSize = Size; + hsmartcard->TxXferCount = Size; + + while(hsmartcard->TxXferCount > 0U) + { + hsmartcard->TxXferCount--; + if(SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_FLAG_TXE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + hsmartcard->Instance->TDR = (*pData++ & (uint8_t)0xFFU); + } + if(SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_FLAG_TC, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + /* Re-enable Rx at end of transmission if initial mode is Rx/Tx */ + if(hsmartcard->Init.Mode == SMARTCARD_MODE_TX_RX) + { + /* Disable the Peripheral first to update modes */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE); + SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RE); + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE); + } + + /* At end of Tx process, restore hsmartcard->gState to Ready */ + hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @param pData pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size amount of data to be received. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if(hsmartcard->RxState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard); + + hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; + hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + hsmartcard->RxXferSize = Size; + hsmartcard->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Check the remain data to be received */ + while(hsmartcard->RxXferCount > 0U) + { + hsmartcard->RxXferCount--; + + if(SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + *pData++ = (uint8_t)(hsmartcard->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)0x00FFU); + } + + /* At end of Rx process, restore hsmartcard->RxState to Ready */ + hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in interrupt mode. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @param pData pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size amount of data to be sent. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard); + + hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; + hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + hsmartcard->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + hsmartcard->TxXferSize = Size; + hsmartcard->TxXferCount = Size; + + /* Disable the Peripheral first to update mode for TX master */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE); + + /* Disable Rx, enable Tx */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RE); + SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->RQR, SMARTCARD_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard); + + /* Enable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error) */ + SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Enable the SMARTCARD Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @param pData pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size amount of data to be received. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if(hsmartcard->RxState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard); + + hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; + hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + hsmartcard->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + hsmartcard->RxXferSize = Size; + hsmartcard->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard); + + /* Enable the SMARTCARD Parity Error and Data Register not empty Interrupts */ + SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE| USART_CR1_RXNEIE); + + /* Enable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in DMA mode. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @param pData pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size amount of data to be sent. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard); + + hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; + hsmartcard->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + hsmartcard->TxXferSize = Size; + hsmartcard->TxXferCount = Size; + + /* Disable the Peripheral first to update mode for TX master */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE); + + /* Disable Rx, enable Tx */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RE); + SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->RQR, SMARTCARD_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE); + + /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA transfer complete callback */ + hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = SMARTCARD_DMATransmitCplt; + + /* Set the SMARTCARD error callback */ + hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SMARTCARD_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA abort callback */ + hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the SMARTCARD transmit DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsmartcard->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hsmartcard->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hsmartcard->Instance->TDR, Size); + + /* Clear the TC flag in the ICR register */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->ICR, USART_ICR_TCCF); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard); + + /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error) */ + SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit + in the SMARTCARD associated USART CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in DMA mode. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @param pData pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size amount of data to be received. + * @note The SMARTCARD-associated USART parity is enabled (PCE = 1), + * the received data contain the parity bit (MSB position). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if(hsmartcard->RxState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard); + + hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; + hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + hsmartcard->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + hsmartcard->RxXferSize = Size; + + /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA transfer complete callback */ + hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SMARTCARD_DMAReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA error callback */ + hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SMARTCARD_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA abort callback */ + hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsmartcard->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hsmartcard->Instance->RDR, (uint32_t)hsmartcard->pRxBuffPtr, Size); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard); + + /* Enable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + + /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit + in the SMARTCARD associated USART CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (blocking mode). + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable SMARTCARD Interrupts (Tx and Rx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Abort(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + /* Disable RTOIE, EOBIE, TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE | USART_CR1_RTOIE | USART_CR1_EOBIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(hsmartcard->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(hsmartcard->hdmatx); + } + } + + /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(hsmartcard->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(hsmartcard->hdmarx); + } + } + + /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */ + hsmartcard->TxXferCount = 0U; + hsmartcard->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_RTOF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_EOBF); + + /* Restore hsmartcard->gState and hsmartcard->RxState to Ready */ + hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* Reset Handle ErrorCode to No Error */ + hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (blocking mode). + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Tx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable SMARTCARD Interrupts (Tx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + + /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not. If not disable ERR IT */ + if(hsmartcard->RxState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) + { + /* Disable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error) */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + } + + /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(hsmartcard->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(hsmartcard->hdmatx); + } + } + + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + hsmartcard->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Restore hsmartcard->gState to Ready */ + hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Receive transfer (blocking mode). + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Rx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable SMARTCARD Interrupts (Rx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceive(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + /* Disable RTOIE, EOBIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RTOIE | USART_CR1_EOBIE)); + + /* Check if a Transmit process is ongoing or not. If not disable ERR IT */ + if(hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) + { + /* Disable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error) */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + } + + /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(hsmartcard->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(hsmartcard->hdmarx); + } + } + + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + hsmartcard->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_RTOF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_EOBF); + + /* Restore hsmartcard->RxState to Ready */ + hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (Interrupt mode). + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable SMARTCARD Interrupts (Tx and Rx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Abort_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + uint32_t abortcplt = 1U; + + /* Disable RTOIE, EOBIE, TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE | USART_CR1_RTOIE | USART_CR1_EOBIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* If DMA Tx and/or DMA Rx Handles are associated to SMARTCARD Handle, DMA Abort complete callbacks should be initialised + before any call to DMA Abort functions */ + /* DMA Tx Handle is valid */ + if(hsmartcard->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if SMARTCARD DMA Tx request if enabled. + Otherwise, set it to NULL */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = SMARTCARD_DMATxAbortCallback; + } + else + { + hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + } + /* DMA Rx Handle is valid */ + if(hsmartcard->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if SMARTCARD DMA Rx request if enabled. + Otherwise, set it to NULL */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = SMARTCARD_DMARxAbortCallback; + } + else + { + hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + } + + /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + /* Disable DMA Tx at UART level */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Tx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if(hsmartcard->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* SMARTCARD Tx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised : + will lead to call HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hsmartcard->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + else + { + abortcplt = 0U; + } + } + } + + /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Rx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if(hsmartcard->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* SMARTCARD Rx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised : + will lead to call HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hsmartcard->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + abortcplt = 1U; + } + else + { + abortcplt = 0U; + } + } + } + + /* if no DMA abort complete callback execution is required => call user Abort Complete callback */ + if (abortcplt == 1U) + { + /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */ + hsmartcard->TxXferCount = 0U; + hsmartcard->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Reset errorCode */ + hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_RTOF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_EOBF); + + /* Restore hsmartcard->gState and hsmartcard->RxState to Ready */ + hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback(hsmartcard); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (Interrupt mode). + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Tx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable SMARTCARD Interrupts (Tx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + + /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not. If not disable ERR IT */ + if(hsmartcard->RxState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) + { + /* Disable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error) */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + } + + /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Tx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if(hsmartcard->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = SMARTCARD_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback; + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hsmartcard->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hsmartcard->hdmatx); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + hsmartcard->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Restore hsmartcard->gState to Ready */ + hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(hsmartcard); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + hsmartcard->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Restore hsmartcard->gState to Ready */ + hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(hsmartcard); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Receive transfer (Interrupt mode). + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Rx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable SMARTCARD Interrupts (Rx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceive_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + /* Disable RTOIE, EOBIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RTOIE | USART_CR1_EOBIE)); + + /* Check if a Transmit process is ongoing or not. If not disable ERR IT */ + if(hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) + { + /* Disable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error) */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + } + + /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Rx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if(hsmartcard->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = SMARTCARD_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback; + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hsmartcard->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hsmartcard->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + hsmartcard->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_RTOF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_EOBF); + + /* Restore hsmartcard->RxState to Ready */ + hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(hsmartcard); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + hsmartcard->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_RTOF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_EOBF); + + /* Restore hsmartcard->RxState to Ready */ + hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(hsmartcard); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle SMARTCARD interrupt requests. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SMARTCARD_IRQHandler(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + uint32_t isrflags = READ_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->ISR); + uint32_t cr1its = READ_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1); + uint32_t cr3its; + uint32_t errorflags; + + /* If no error occurs */ + errorflags = (isrflags & (uint32_t)(USART_ISR_PE | USART_ISR_FE | USART_ISR_ORE | USART_ISR_NE | USART_ISR_RTOF)); + if (errorflags == RESET) + { + /* SMARTCARD in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != RESET)) + { + SMARTCARD_Receive_IT(hsmartcard); + /* Clear RXNE interrupt flag done by reading RDR in SMARTCARD_Receive_IT() */ + return; + } + } + + /* If some errors occur */ + cr3its = READ_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3); + if( (errorflags != RESET) + && ( ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET) + || ((cr1its & (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RTOIE)) != RESET)) ) + { + /* SMARTCARD parity error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_PE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_PEIE) != RESET)) + { + __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IT(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF); + + hsmartcard->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_PE; + } + + /* SMARTCARD frame error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_FE) != RESET) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET)) + { + __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IT(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF); + + hsmartcard->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_FE; + } + + /* SMARTCARD noise error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_NE) != RESET) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET)) + { + __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IT(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEF); + + hsmartcard->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NE; + } + + /* SMARTCARD Over-Run interrupt occurred -----------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_ORE) != RESET) && + (((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != RESET) || ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET))) + { + __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IT(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREF); + + hsmartcard->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_ORE; + } + + /* SMARTCARD receiver timeout interrupt occurred -----------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_RTOF) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RTOIE) != RESET)) + { + __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IT(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_RTOF); + + hsmartcard->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_RTO; + } + + /* Call SMARTCARD Error Call back function if need be --------------------------*/ + if(hsmartcard->ErrorCode != HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* SMARTCARD in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != RESET)) + { + SMARTCARD_Receive_IT(hsmartcard); + } + + /* If Error is to be considered as blocking : + - Receiver Timeout error in Reception + - Overrun error in Reception + - any error occurs in DMA mode reception + */ + if ( ((hsmartcard->ErrorCode & (HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_RTO | HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_ORE)) != RESET) + || (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))) + { + /* Blocking error : transfer is aborted + Set the SMARTCARD state ready to be able to start again the process, + Disable Rx Interrupts, and disable Rx DMA request, if ongoing */ + SMARTCARD_EndRxTransfer(hsmartcard); + + /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Rx channel */ + if(hsmartcard->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = SMARTCARD_DMAAbortOnError; + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hsmartcard->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(hsmartcard->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(hsmartcard); + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(hsmartcard); + } + } + /* other error type to be considered as blocking : + - Frame error in Transmission + */ + else if ((hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX) && ((hsmartcard->ErrorCode & HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_FE) != RESET)) + { + /* Blocking error : transfer is aborted + Set the SMARTCARD state ready to be able to start again the process, + Disable Tx Interrupts, and disable Tx DMA request, if ongoing */ + SMARTCARD_EndTxTransfer(hsmartcard); + + /* Disable the SMARTCARD DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the SMARTCARD DMA Tx channel */ + if(hsmartcard->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = SMARTCARD_DMAAbortOnError; + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hsmartcard->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(hsmartcard->hdmatx); + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(hsmartcard); + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(hsmartcard); + } + } + else + { + /* Non Blocking error : transfer could go on. + Error is notified to user through user error callback */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(hsmartcard); + hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; + } + } + return; + + } /* End if some error occurs */ + + /* SMARTCARD in mode Receiver, end of block interruption ------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_EOBF) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_EOBIE) != RESET)) + { + hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard); + HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback(hsmartcard); + /* Clear EOBF interrupt after HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() call for the End of Block information + * to be available during HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() processing */ + __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IT(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_EOBF); + return; + } + + /* SMARTCARD in mode Transmitter ------------------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_TXE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TXEIE) != RESET)) + { + SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT(hsmartcard); + return; + } + + /* SMARTCARD in mode Transmitter (transmission end) ------------------------*/ + if((__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_IT_TC) != RESET) &&(__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_IT_TC) != RESET)) + { + SMARTCARD_EndTransmit_IT(hsmartcard); + return; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsmartcard); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsmartcard); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief SMARTCARD error callback. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsmartcard); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief SMARTCARD Abort Complete callback. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsmartcard); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief SMARTCARD Abort Complete callback. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmitCpltCallback (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsmartcard); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmitCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief SMARTCARD Abort Receive Complete callback. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceiveCpltCallback (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsmartcard); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceiveCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions + * @brief SMARTCARD State and Errors functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to return the State of SmartCard + handle and also return Peripheral Errors occurred during communication process + (+) HAL_SMARTCARD_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state + of the SMARTCARD peripheral. + (+) HAL_SMARTCARD_GetError() checks in run-time errors that could occur during + communication. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the SMARTCARD handle state. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @retval SMARTCARD handle state + */ +HAL_SMARTCARD_StateTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_GetState(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + /* Return SMARTCARD handle state */ + uint32_t temp1= 0x00U, temp2 = 0x00U; + temp1 = hsmartcard->gState; + temp2 = hsmartcard->RxState; + + return (HAL_SMARTCARD_StateTypeDef)(temp1 | temp2); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the SMARTCARD handle error code. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @retval SMARTCARD handle Error Code +*/ +uint32_t HAL_SMARTCARD_GetError(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + return hsmartcard->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Private_Functions SMARTCARD Private Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configure the SMARTCARD associated USART peripheral. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_SetConfig(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00000000U; + SMARTCARD_ClockSourceTypeDef clocksource = SMARTCARD_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED; + HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(hsmartcard->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_BAUDRATE(hsmartcard->Init.BaudRate)); + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_WORD_LENGTH(hsmartcard->Init.WordLength)); + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_STOPBITS(hsmartcard->Init.StopBits)); + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_PARITY(hsmartcard->Init.Parity)); + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_MODE(hsmartcard->Init.Mode)); + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_POLARITY(hsmartcard->Init.CLKPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_PHASE(hsmartcard->Init.CLKPhase)); + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_LASTBIT(hsmartcard->Init.CLKLastBit)); + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE(hsmartcard->Init.OneBitSampling)); + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_NACK(hsmartcard->Init.NACKEnable)); + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT(hsmartcard->Init.TimeOutEnable)); + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_AUTORETRY_COUNT(hsmartcard->Init.AutoRetryCount)); + + /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* In SmartCard mode, M and PCE are forced to 1 (8 bits + parity). + * Oversampling is forced to 16 (OVER8 = 0). + * Configure the Parity and Mode: + * set PS bit according to hsmartcard->Init.Parity value + * set TE and RE bits according to hsmartcard->Init.Mode value */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t) hsmartcard->Init.Parity | hsmartcard->Init.Mode; + tmpreg |= (uint32_t) hsmartcard->Init.WordLength; + MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_FIELDS, tmpreg); + + /*-------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = hsmartcard->Init.StopBits; + /* Synchronous mode is activated by default */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t) USART_CR2_CLKEN | hsmartcard->Init.CLKPolarity; + tmpreg |= (uint32_t) hsmartcard->Init.CLKPhase | hsmartcard->Init.CLKLastBit; + tmpreg |= (uint32_t) hsmartcard->Init.TimeOutEnable; + MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_FIELDS, tmpreg); + + /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Configure + * - one-bit sampling method versus three samples' majority rule + * according to hsmartcard->Init.OneBitSampling + * - NACK transmission in case of parity error according + * to hsmartcard->Init.NACKEnable + * - autoretry counter according to hsmartcard->Init.AutoRetryCount */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t) hsmartcard->Init.OneBitSampling | hsmartcard->Init.NACKEnable; + tmpreg |= ((uint32_t)hsmartcard->Init.AutoRetryCount << SMARTCARD_CR3_SCARCNT_LSB_POS); + MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance-> CR3,USART_CR3_FIELDS, tmpreg); + + /*-------------------------- USART GTPR Configuration ----------------------*/ + tmpreg = (hsmartcard->Init.Prescaler | ((uint32_t)hsmartcard->Init.GuardTime << SMARTCARD_GTPR_GT_LSB_POS)); + MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->GTPR, (USART_GTPR_GT|USART_GTPR_PSC), tmpreg); + + /*-------------------------- USART RTOR Configuration ----------------------*/ + tmpreg = ((uint32_t)hsmartcard->Init.BlockLength << SMARTCARD_RTOR_BLEN_LSB_POS); + if (hsmartcard->Init.TimeOutEnable == SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT_ENABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT_VALUE(hsmartcard->Init.TimeOutValue)); + tmpreg |= (uint32_t) hsmartcard->Init.TimeOutValue; + } + MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->RTOR, (USART_RTOR_RTO|USART_RTOR_BLEN), tmpreg); + + /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/ + SMARTCARD_GETCLOCKSOURCE(hsmartcard, clocksource); + switch (clocksource) + { + case SMARTCARD_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1: + hsmartcard->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)((HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq() + (hsmartcard->Init.BaudRate/2U)) / hsmartcard->Init.BaudRate); + break; + case SMARTCARD_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI: + hsmartcard->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)((HSI_VALUE + (hsmartcard->Init.BaudRate/2U)) / hsmartcard->Init.BaudRate); + break; + case SMARTCARD_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK: + hsmartcard->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)((HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq() + (hsmartcard->Init.BaudRate/2U)) / hsmartcard->Init.BaudRate); + break; + case SMARTCARD_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE: + hsmartcard->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)((LSE_VALUE + (hsmartcard->Init.BaudRate/2U)) / hsmartcard->Init.BaudRate); + break; + case SMARTCARD_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED: + default: + ret = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + return ret; +} + + +/** + * @brief Configure the SMARTCARD associated USART peripheral advanced features. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureConfig(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + /* Check whether the set of advanced features to configure is properly set */ + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_INIT(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit)); + + /* if required, configure TX pin active level inversion */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_TXINVERT_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_TXINV(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.TxPinLevelInvert)); + MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_TXINV, hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.TxPinLevelInvert); + } + + /* if required, configure RX pin active level inversion */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_RXINVERT_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_RXINV(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.RxPinLevelInvert)); + MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RXINV, hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.RxPinLevelInvert); + } + + /* if required, configure data inversion */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DATAINVERT_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DATAINV(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.DataInvert)); + MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_DATAINV, hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.DataInvert); + } + + /* if required, configure RX/TX pins swap */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_SWAP_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_SWAP(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.Swap)); + MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_SWAP, hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.Swap); + } + + /* if required, configure RX overrun detection disabling */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_RXOVERRUNDISABLE_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_OVERRUN(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.OverrunDisable)); + MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_OVRDIS, hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.OverrunDisable); + } + + /* if required, configure DMA disabling on reception error */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DMADISABLEONERROR_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DMAONRXERROR(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.DMADisableonRxError)); + MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DDRE, hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.DMADisableonRxError); + } + + /* if required, configure MSB first on communication line */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST(hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.MSBFirst)); + MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_MSBFIRST, hsmartcard->AdvancedInit.MSBFirst); + } + +} + +/** + * @brief Check the SMARTCARD Idle State. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_CheckIdleState(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Initialize the SMARTCARD ErrorCode */ + hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* TEACK and REACK bits in ISR are checked only when available (not available on all F0 devices). + Bits are defined for some specific devices, and are available only for UART instances supporting WakeUp from Stop Mode feature. + */ +#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) + if (IS_UART_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(hsmartcard->Instance)) + { + /* Check if the Transmitter is enabled */ + if((hsmartcard->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_TE) == USART_CR1_TE) + { + /* Wait until TEACK flag is set */ + if(SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsmartcard, USART_ISR_TEACK, RESET, tickstart, SMARTCARD_TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Timeout occurred */ + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Check if the Receiver is enabled */ + if((hsmartcard->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_RE) == USART_CR1_RE) + { + /* Wait until REACK flag is set */ + if(SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsmartcard, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, tickstart, SMARTCARD_TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Timeout occurred */ + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } +#endif /* !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) */ + + /* Initialize the SMARTCARD states */ + hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle SMARTCARD Communication Timeout. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @param Flag Specifies the SMARTCARD flag to check. + * @param Status The new Flag status (SET or RESET). + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @param Timeout Timeout duration. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Wait until flag is set */ + while((__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_FLAG(hsmartcard, Flag) ? SET : RESET) == Status) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-Tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief End ongoing Tx transfer on SMARTCARD peripheral (following error detection or Transmit completion). + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SMARTCARD_EndTxTransfer(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* At end of Tx process, restore hsmartcard->gState to Ready */ + hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; +} + + +/** + * @brief End ongoing Rx transfer on UART peripheral (following error detection or Reception completion). + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SMARTCARD_EndRxTransfer(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* At end of Rx process, restore hsmartcard->RxState to Ready */ + hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; +} + + +/** + * @brief DMA SMARTCARD transmit process complete callback. + * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SMARTCARD_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* hsmartcard = (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent); + hsmartcard->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by resetting the DMAT bit + in the SMARTCARD associated USART CR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Enable the SMARTCARD Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_IT_TC); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SMARTCARD receive process complete callback. + * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SMARTCARD_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* hsmartcard = (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent); + hsmartcard->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by resetting the DMAR bit + in the SMARTCARD associated USART CR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* At end of Rx process, restore hsmartcard->RxState to Ready */ + hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback(hsmartcard); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SMARTCARD communication error callback. + * @param hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SMARTCARD_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* hsmartcard = (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent); + + /* Stop SMARTCARD DMA Tx request if ongoing */ + if ( (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX) + &&(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) ) + { + hsmartcard->TxXferCount = 0U; + SMARTCARD_EndTxTransfer(hsmartcard); + } + + /* Stop SMARTCARD DMA Rx request if ongoing */ + if ( (hsmartcard->RxState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX) + &&(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) ) + { + hsmartcard->RxXferCount = 0U; + SMARTCARD_EndRxTransfer(hsmartcard); + } + + hsmartcard->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_DMA; + HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(hsmartcard); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SMARTCARD communication abort callback, when initiated by HAL services on Error + * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure following error occurrence). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void SMARTCARD_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* hsmartcard = (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent); + hsmartcard->RxXferCount = 0U; + hsmartcard->TxXferCount = 0U; + + HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(hsmartcard); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SMARTCARD Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user + * (To be called at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request). + * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no + * Abort still ongoing for Rx DMA Handle. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void SMARTCARD_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* hsmartcard = (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* )(hdma->Parent); + + hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */ + if(hsmartcard->hdmarx != NULL) + { + if(hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + return; + } + } + + /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */ + hsmartcard->TxXferCount = 0U; + hsmartcard->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Reset errorCode */ + hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_RTOF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_EOBF); + + /* Restore hsmartcard->gState and hsmartcard->RxState to Ready */ + hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback(hsmartcard); +} + + +/** + * @brief DMA SMARTCARD Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user + * (To be called at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request). + * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no + * Abort still ongoing for Tx DMA Handle. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void SMARTCARD_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* hsmartcard = (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* )(hdma->Parent); + + hsmartcard->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */ + if(hsmartcard->hdmatx != NULL) + { + if(hsmartcard->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + return; + } + } + + /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */ + hsmartcard->TxXferCount = 0U; + hsmartcard->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Reset errorCode */ + hsmartcard->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_RTOF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_EOBF); + + /* Restore hsmartcard->gState and hsmartcard->RxState to Ready */ + hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortCpltCallback(hsmartcard); +} + + +/** + * @brief DMA SMARTCARD Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to + * HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmit_IT API (Abort only Tx transfer) + * (This callback is executed at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request, + * and leads to user Tx Abort Complete callback execution). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void SMARTCARD_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* hsmartcard = (SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent); + + hsmartcard->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Restore hsmartcard->gState to Ready */ + hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(hsmartcard); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SMARTCARD Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to + * HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceive_IT API (Abort only Rx transfer) + * (This callback is executed at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request, + * and leads to user Rx Abort Complete callback execution). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void SMARTCARD_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* hsmartcard = ( SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* )(hdma->Parent); + + hsmartcard->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_RTOF | SMARTCARD_CLEAR_EOBF); + + /* Restore hsmartcard->RxState to Ready */ + hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_SMARTCARD_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(hsmartcard); +} + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * Function called under interruption only, once + * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT() + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */ + if (hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + if(hsmartcard->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the SMARTCARD Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE); + + /* Enable the SMARTCARD Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_IT_TC); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + hsmartcard->Instance->TDR = (*hsmartcard->pTxBuffPtr++ & (uint8_t)0xFFU); + hsmartcard->TxXferCount--; + + return HAL_OK; + } + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Wrap up transmission in non-blocking mode. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_EndTransmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + /* Disable the SMARTCARD Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_IT_TC); + + /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not. If not disable ERR IT */ + if(hsmartcard->RxState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) + { + /* Disable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error) */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + } + + /* Re-enable Rx at end of transmission if initial mode is Rx/Tx */ + if(hsmartcard->Init.Mode == SMARTCARD_MODE_TX_RX) + { + /* Disable the Peripheral first to update modes */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE); + SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RE); + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UE); + } + + /* Tx process is ended, restore hsmartcard->gState to Ready */ + hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback(hsmartcard); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * Function called under interruption only, once + * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT(). + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_Receive_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + /* Check that a Rx process is ongoing */ + if (hsmartcard->RxState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + *hsmartcard->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(hsmartcard->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)0xFFU); + + if(--hsmartcard->RxXferCount == 0U) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RXNEIE); + + /* Check if a transmit process is ongoing or not. If not disable ERR IT */ + if(hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) + { + /* Disable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + } + + /* Disable the SMARTCARD Parity Error Interrupt */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + + hsmartcard->RxState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback(hsmartcard); + + return HAL_OK; + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Clear RXNE interrupt flag */ + __HAL_SMARTCARD_SEND_REQ(hsmartcard, SMARTCARD_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070x6) && !defined(STM32F070xB) && !defined(STM32F030xC) */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3f764d30 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief SMARTCARD HAL module driver. + * This file provides extended firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the SmartCard. + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================= + ##### SMARTCARD peripheral extended features ##### + ============================================================================= + [..] + The Extended SMARTCARD HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) After having configured the SMARTCARD basic features with HAL_SMARTCARD_Init(), + then program SMARTCARD advanced features if required (TX/RX pins swap, TimeOut, + auto-retry counter,...) in the hsmartcard AdvancedInit structure. + + + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070x6) && !defined(STM32F070xB) && !defined(STM32F030xC) + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx SMARTCARDEx + * @brief SMARTCARD Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ +#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions SMARTCARD Extended Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Extended control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SMARTCARD. + (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config() API allows to configure the Block Length on the fly + (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config() API allows to configure the receiver timeout value on the fly + (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut() API enables the receiver timeout feature + (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut() API disables the receiver timeout feature + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Update on the fly the SMARTCARD block length in RTOR register. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @param BlockLength SMARTCARD block length (8-bit long at most) + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint8_t BlockLength) +{ + MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_BLEN, ((uint32_t)BlockLength << SMARTCARD_RTOR_BLEN_LSB_POS)); +} + +/** + * @brief Update on the fly the receiver timeout value in RTOR register. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @param TimeOutValue receiver timeout value in number of baud blocks. The timeout + * value must be less or equal to 0x0FFFFFFFF. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard, uint32_t TimeOutValue) +{ + assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT_VALUE(hsmartcard->Init.TimeOutValue)); + MODIFY_REG(hsmartcard->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_RTO, TimeOutValue); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + + if(hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard); + + hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set the USART RTOEN bit */ + SET_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN); + + hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature. + * @param hsmartcard Pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsmartcard) +{ + + if(hsmartcard->gState == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsmartcard); + + hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Clear the USART RTOEN bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(hsmartcard->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RTOEN); + + hsmartcard->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmartcard); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070x6) && !defined(STM32F070xB) && !defined(STM32F030xC) */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_smbus.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_smbus.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c693b6e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_smbus.c @@ -0,0 +1,2172 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_smbus.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief SMBUS HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the System Management Bus (SMBus) peripheral, + * based on I2C principles of operation : + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral State and Errors functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The SMBUS HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: + SMBUS_HandleTypeDef hsmbus; + + (#)Initialize the SMBUS low level resources by implementing the HAL_SMBUS_MspInit() API: + (##) Enable the SMBUSx interface clock + (##) SMBUS pins configuration + (+++) Enable the clock for the SMBUS GPIOs + (+++) Configure SMBUS pins as alternate function open-drain + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process + (+++) Configure the SMBUSx interrupt priority + (+++) Enable the NVIC SMBUS IRQ Channel + + (#) Configure the Communication Clock Timing, Bus Timeout, Own Address1, Master Addressing mode, + Dual Addressing mode, Own Address2, Own Address2 Mask, General call, Nostretch mode, + Peripheral mode and Packet Error Check mode in the hsmbus Init structure. + + (#) Initialize the SMBUS registers by calling the HAL_SMBUS_Init() API: + (++) These API's configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) + by calling the customized HAL_SMBUS_MspInit(&hsmbus) API. + + (#) To check if target device is ready for communication, use the function HAL_SMBUS_IsDeviceReady() + + (#) For SMBUS IO operations, only one mode of operations is available within this driver + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Transmit in master/host SMBUS mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_SMBUS_Master_Transmit_IT() + (++) At transmission end of transfer HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback() + (+) Receive in master/host SMBUS mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_SMBUS_Master_Receive_IT() + (++) At reception end of transfer HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback() + (+) Abort a master/host SMBUS process communication with Interrupt using HAL_SMBUS_Master_Abort_IT() + (++) The associated previous transfer callback is called at the end of abort process + (++) mean HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback() in case of previous state was master transmit + (++) mean HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback() in case of previous state was master receive + (+) Enable/disable the Address listen mode in slave/device or host/slave SMBUS mode + using HAL_SMBUS_EnableListen_IT() HAL_SMBUS_DisableListen_IT() + (++) When address slave/device SMBUS match, HAL_SMBUS_AddrCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code to check the Address Match Code and the transmission direction request by master/host (Write/Read). + (++) At Listen mode end HAL_SMBUS_ListenCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMBUS_ListenCpltCallback() + (+) Transmit in slave/device SMBUS mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Transmit_IT() + (++) At transmission end of transfer HAL_SMBUS_SlaveTxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMBUS_SlaveTxCpltCallback() + (+) Receive in slave/device SMBUS mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode using HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Receive_IT() + (++) At reception end of transfer HAL_SMBUS_SlaveRxCpltCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMBUS_SlaveRxCpltCallback() + (+) Enable/Disable the SMBUS alert mode using HAL_SMBUS_EnableAlert_IT() HAL_SMBUS_DisableAlert_IT() + (++) When SMBUS Alert is generated HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback() is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback() + to check the Alert Error Code using function HAL_SMBUS_GetError() + (+) Get HAL state machine or error values using HAL_SMBUS_GetState() or HAL_SMBUS_GetError() + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback() + to check the Error Code using function HAL_SMBUS_GetError() + + *** SMBUS HAL driver macros list *** + ================================== + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in SMBUS HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_SMBUS_ENABLE: Enable the SMBUS peripheral + (+) __HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE: Disable the SMBUS peripheral + (+) __HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified SMBUS flag is set or not + (+) __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the specified SMBUS pending flag + (+) __HAL_SMBUS_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified SMBUS interrupt + (+) __HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified SMBUS interrupt + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the SMBUS HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SMBUS SMBUS + * @brief SMBUS HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup SMBUS_Private_Define SMBUS Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define TIMING_CLEAR_MASK (0xF0FFFFFFU) /*!< SMBUS TIMING clear register Mask */ +#define HAL_TIMEOUT_ADDR (10000U) /*!< 10 s */ +#define HAL_TIMEOUT_BUSY (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define HAL_TIMEOUT_DIR (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define HAL_TIMEOUT_RXNE (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define HAL_TIMEOUT_STOPF (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define HAL_TIMEOUT_TC (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define HAL_TIMEOUT_TCR (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define HAL_TIMEOUT_TXIS (25U) /*!< 25 ms */ +#define MAX_NBYTE_SIZE 255U +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup SMBUS_Private_Functions SMBUS Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMBUS_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout); + +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMBUS_Enable_IRQ(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint16_t InterruptRequest); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint16_t InterruptRequest); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMBUS_Master_ISR(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMBUS_Slave_ISR(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus); + +static void SMBUS_ConvertOtherXferOptions(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus); + +static void SMBUS_ITErrorHandler(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus); + +static void SMBUS_TransferConfig(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t Size, uint32_t Mode, uint32_t Request); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SMBUS_Exported_Functions SMBUS Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SMBUS_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and + deinitialize the SMBUSx peripheral: + + (+) User must Implement HAL_SMBUS_MspInit() function in which he configures + all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, IT and NVIC ). + + (+) Call the function HAL_SMBUS_Init() to configure the selected device with + the selected configuration: + (++) Clock Timing + (++) Bus Timeout + (++) Analog Filer mode + (++) Own Address 1 + (++) Addressing mode (Master, Slave) + (++) Dual Addressing mode + (++) Own Address 2 + (++) Own Address 2 Mask + (++) General call mode + (++) Nostretch mode + (++) Packet Error Check mode + (++) Peripheral mode + + + (+) Call the function HAL_SMBUS_DeInit() to restore the default configuration + of the selected SMBUSx peripheral. + + (+) Enable/Disable Analog/Digital filters with HAL_SMBUS_ConfigAnalogFilter() and + HAL_SMBUS_ConfigDigitalFilter(). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the SMBUS according to the specified parameters + * in the SMBUS_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_Init(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus) +{ + /* Check the SMBUS handle allocation */ + if (hsmbus == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(hsmbus->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_SMBUS_ANALOG_FILTER(hsmbus->Init.AnalogFilter)); + assert_param(IS_SMBUS_OWN_ADDRESS1(hsmbus->Init.OwnAddress1)); + assert_param(IS_SMBUS_ADDRESSING_MODE(hsmbus->Init.AddressingMode)); + assert_param(IS_SMBUS_DUAL_ADDRESS(hsmbus->Init.DualAddressMode)); + assert_param(IS_SMBUS_OWN_ADDRESS2(hsmbus->Init.OwnAddress2)); + assert_param(IS_SMBUS_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASK(hsmbus->Init.OwnAddress2Masks)); + assert_param(IS_SMBUS_GENERAL_CALL(hsmbus->Init.GeneralCallMode)); + assert_param(IS_SMBUS_NO_STRETCH(hsmbus->Init.NoStretchMode)); + assert_param(IS_SMBUS_PEC(hsmbus->Init.PacketErrorCheckMode)); + assert_param(IS_SMBUS_PERIPHERAL_MODE(hsmbus->Init.PeripheralMode)); + + if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hsmbus->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_SMBUS_MspInit(hsmbus); + } + + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected SMBUS peripheral */ + __HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE(hsmbus); + + /*---------------------------- SMBUSx TIMINGR Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Configure SMBUSx: Frequency range */ + hsmbus->Instance->TIMINGR = hsmbus->Init.Timing & TIMING_CLEAR_MASK; + + /*---------------------------- SMBUSx TIMEOUTR Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Configure SMBUSx: Bus Timeout */ + hsmbus->Instance->TIMEOUTR &= ~I2C_TIMEOUTR_TIMOUTEN; + hsmbus->Instance->TIMEOUTR &= ~I2C_TIMEOUTR_TEXTEN; + hsmbus->Instance->TIMEOUTR = hsmbus->Init.SMBusTimeout; + + /*---------------------------- SMBUSx OAR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Configure SMBUSx: Own Address1 and ack own address1 mode */ + hsmbus->Instance->OAR1 &= ~I2C_OAR1_OA1EN; + + if (hsmbus->Init.OwnAddress1 != 0U) + { + if (hsmbus->Init.AddressingMode == SMBUS_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT) + { + hsmbus->Instance->OAR1 = (I2C_OAR1_OA1EN | hsmbus->Init.OwnAddress1); + } + else /* SMBUS_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT */ + { + hsmbus->Instance->OAR1 = (I2C_OAR1_OA1EN | I2C_OAR1_OA1MODE | hsmbus->Init.OwnAddress1); + } + } + + /*---------------------------- SMBUSx CR2 Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Configure SMBUSx: Addressing Master mode */ + if (hsmbus->Init.AddressingMode == SMBUS_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT) + { + hsmbus->Instance->CR2 = (I2C_CR2_ADD10); + } + /* Enable the AUTOEND by default, and enable NACK (should be disable only during Slave process) */ + /* AUTOEND and NACK bit will be manage during Transfer process */ + hsmbus->Instance->CR2 |= (I2C_CR2_AUTOEND | I2C_CR2_NACK); + + /*---------------------------- SMBUSx OAR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Configure SMBUSx: Dual mode and Own Address2 */ + hsmbus->Instance->OAR2 = (hsmbus->Init.DualAddressMode | hsmbus->Init.OwnAddress2 | (hsmbus->Init.OwnAddress2Masks << 8U)); + + /*---------------------------- SMBUSx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Configure SMBUSx: Generalcall and NoStretch mode */ + hsmbus->Instance->CR1 = (hsmbus->Init.GeneralCallMode | hsmbus->Init.NoStretchMode | hsmbus->Init.PacketErrorCheckMode | hsmbus->Init.PeripheralMode | hsmbus->Init.AnalogFilter); + + /* Enable Slave Byte Control only in case of Packet Error Check is enabled and SMBUS Peripheral is set in Slave mode */ + if ((hsmbus->Init.PacketErrorCheckMode == SMBUS_PEC_ENABLE) + && ((hsmbus->Init.PeripheralMode == SMBUS_PERIPHERAL_MODE_SMBUS_SLAVE) || (hsmbus->Init.PeripheralMode == SMBUS_PERIPHERAL_MODE_SMBUS_SLAVE_ARP))) + { + hsmbus->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_SBC; + } + + /* Enable the selected SMBUS peripheral */ + __HAL_SMBUS_ENABLE(hsmbus); + + hsmbus->ErrorCode = HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_NONE; + hsmbus->PreviousState = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY; + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the SMBUS peripheral. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_DeInit(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus) +{ + /* Check the SMBUS handle allocation */ + if (hsmbus == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(hsmbus->Instance)); + + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the SMBUS Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE(hsmbus); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_SMBUS_MspDeInit(hsmbus); + + hsmbus->ErrorCode = HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_NONE; + hsmbus->PreviousState = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_RESET; + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the SMBUS MSP. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SMBUS_MspInit(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsmbus); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SMBUS_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the SMBUS MSP. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SMBUS_MspDeInit(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsmbus); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SMBUS_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Configure Analog noise filter. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @param AnalogFilter This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref SMBUS_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE + * @arg @ref SMBUS_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_ConfigAnalogFilter(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint32_t AnalogFilter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(hsmbus->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_SMBUS_ANALOG_FILTER(AnalogFilter)); + + if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsmbus); + + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected SMBUS peripheral */ + __HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE(hsmbus); + + /* Reset ANOFF bit */ + hsmbus->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_ANFOFF); + + /* Set analog filter bit*/ + hsmbus->Instance->CR1 |= AnalogFilter; + + __HAL_SMBUS_ENABLE(hsmbus); + + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configure Digital noise filter. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @param DigitalFilter Coefficient of digital noise filter between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x0F. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_ConfigDigitalFilter(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint32_t DigitalFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(hsmbus->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_SMBUS_DIGITAL_FILTER(DigitalFilter)); + + if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsmbus); + + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected SMBUS peripheral */ + __HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE(hsmbus); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = hsmbus->Instance->CR1; + + /* Reset I2C DNF bits [11:8] */ + tmpreg &= ~(I2C_CR1_DNF); + + /* Set I2Cx DNF coefficient */ + tmpreg |= DigitalFilter << I2C_CR1_DNF_Pos; + + /* Store the new register value */ + hsmbus->Instance->CR1 = tmpreg; + + __HAL_SMBUS_ENABLE(hsmbus); + + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SMBUS_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SMBUS data + transfers. + + (#) Blocking mode function to check if device is ready for usage is : + (++) HAL_SMBUS_IsDeviceReady() + + (#) There is only one mode of transfer: + (++) Non-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts. + These functions return the status of the transfer startup. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated SMBUS IRQ when using Interrupt mode. + + (#) Non-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are : + (++) HAL_SMBUS_Master_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_SMBUS_Master_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_SMBUS_EnableListen_IT() or alias HAL_SMBUS_EnableListen_IT() + (++) HAL_SMBUS_DisableListen_IT() + (++) HAL_SMBUS_EnableAlert_IT() + (++) HAL_SMBUS_DisableAlert_IT() + + (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non-Blocking mode: + (++) HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_SMBUS_SlaveTxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_SMBUS_SlaveRxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_SMBUS_AddrCallback() + (++) HAL_SMBUS_ListenCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmit in master/host SMBUS mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref SMBUS_XferOptions_definition + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_Master_Transmit_IT(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SMBUS_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsmbus); + + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX; + hsmbus->ErrorCode = HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_NONE; + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hsmbus->pBuffPtr = pData; + hsmbus->XferCount = Size; + hsmbus->XferOptions = XferOptions; + + /* In case of Quick command, remove autoend mode */ + /* Manage the stop generation by software */ + if (hsmbus->pBuffPtr == NULL) + { + hsmbus->XferOptions &= ~SMBUS_AUTOEND_MODE; + } + + if (Size > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hsmbus->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + } + else + { + hsmbus->XferSize = Size; + } + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + if ((hsmbus->XferSize == MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) && (hsmbus->XferSize < hsmbus->XferCount)) + { + SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, DevAddress, hsmbus->XferSize, SMBUS_RELOAD_MODE | (hsmbus->XferOptions & SMBUS_SENDPEC_MODE), SMBUS_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + } + else + { + /* If transfer direction not change, do not generate Restart Condition */ + /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */ + if ((hsmbus->PreviousState == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) && (IS_SMBUS_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(hsmbus->XferOptions) == 0)) + { + SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, DevAddress, hsmbus->XferSize, hsmbus->XferOptions, SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + /* Else transfer direction change, so generate Restart with new transfer direction */ + else + { + /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */ + SMBUS_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hsmbus); + + /* Handle Transfer */ + SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, DevAddress, hsmbus->XferSize, hsmbus->XferOptions, SMBUS_GENERATE_START_WRITE); + } + + /* If PEC mode is enable, size to transmit manage by SW part should be Size-1 byte, corresponding to PEC byte */ + /* PEC byte is automatically sent by HW block, no need to manage it in Transmit process */ + if (SMBUS_GET_PEC_MODE(hsmbus) != RESET) + { + hsmbus->XferSize--; + hsmbus->XferCount--; + } + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + + /* Note : The SMBUS interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of SMBUS interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + SMBUS_Enable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_TX); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in master/host SMBUS mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref SMBUS_XferOptions_definition + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_Master_Receive_IT(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SMBUS_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsmbus); + + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX; + hsmbus->ErrorCode = HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hsmbus->pBuffPtr = pData; + hsmbus->XferCount = Size; + hsmbus->XferOptions = XferOptions; + + /* In case of Quick command, remove autoend mode */ + /* Manage the stop generation by software */ + if (hsmbus->pBuffPtr == NULL) + { + hsmbus->XferOptions &= ~SMBUS_AUTOEND_MODE; + } + + if (Size > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hsmbus->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + } + else + { + hsmbus->XferSize = Size; + } + + /* Send Slave Address */ + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + if ((hsmbus->XferSize == MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) && (hsmbus->XferSize < hsmbus->XferCount)) + { + SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, DevAddress, hsmbus->XferSize, SMBUS_RELOAD_MODE | (hsmbus->XferOptions & SMBUS_SENDPEC_MODE), SMBUS_GENERATE_START_READ); + } + else + { + /* If transfer direction not change, do not generate Restart Condition */ + /* Mean Previous state is same as current state */ + if ((hsmbus->PreviousState == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) && (IS_SMBUS_TRANSFER_OTHER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(hsmbus->XferOptions) == 0)) + { + SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, DevAddress, hsmbus->XferSize, hsmbus->XferOptions, SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + /* Else transfer direction change, so generate Restart with new transfer direction */ + else + { + /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */ + SMBUS_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hsmbus); + + /* Handle Transfer */ + SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, DevAddress, hsmbus->XferSize, hsmbus->XferOptions, SMBUS_GENERATE_START_READ); + } + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + + /* Note : The SMBUS interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of SMBUS interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + SMBUS_Enable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_RX); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Abort a master/host SMBUS process communication with Interrupt. + * @note This abort can be called only if state is ready + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_Master_Abort_IT(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint16_t DevAddress) +{ + if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY) + { + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsmbus); + + /* Keep the same state as previous */ + /* to perform as well the call of the corresponding end of transfer callback */ + if (hsmbus->PreviousState == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) + { + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX; + } + else if (hsmbus->PreviousState == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) + { + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX; + } + else + { + /* Wrong usage of abort function */ + /* This function should be used only in case of abort monitored by master device */ + return HAL_ERROR; + } + hsmbus->ErrorCode = HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Set NBYTES to 1 to generate a dummy read on SMBUS peripheral */ + /* Set AUTOEND mode, this will generate a NACK then STOP condition to abort the current transfer */ + SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, DevAddress, 1U, SMBUS_AUTOEND_MODE, SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + + /* Note : The SMBUS interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of SMBUS interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) + { + SMBUS_Enable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_TX); + } + else if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) + { + SMBUS_Enable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_RX); + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit in slave/device SMBUS mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref SMBUS_XferOptions_definition + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Transmit_IT(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SMBUS_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */ + SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_ADDR | SMBUS_IT_TX); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsmbus); + + hsmbus->State |= HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX; + hsmbus->ErrorCode = HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Set SBC bit to manage Acknowledge at each bit */ + hsmbus->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_SBC; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hsmbus->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hsmbus->pBuffPtr = pData; + hsmbus->XferCount = Size; + hsmbus->XferOptions = XferOptions; + + /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */ + SMBUS_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hsmbus); + + if (Size > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + hsmbus->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + } + else + { + hsmbus->XferSize = Size; + } + + /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE and generate RESTART */ + if ((hsmbus->XferSize == MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) && (hsmbus->XferSize < hsmbus->XferCount)) + { + SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, 0U, hsmbus->XferSize, SMBUS_RELOAD_MODE | (hsmbus->XferOptions & SMBUS_SENDPEC_MODE), SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + /* Set NBYTE to transmit */ + SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, 0U, hsmbus->XferSize, hsmbus->XferOptions, SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP); + + /* If PEC mode is enable, size to transmit should be Size-1 byte, corresponding to PEC byte */ + /* PEC byte is automatically sent by HW block, no need to manage it in Transmit process */ + if (SMBUS_GET_PEC_MODE(hsmbus) != RESET) + { + hsmbus->XferSize--; + hsmbus->XferCount--; + } + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag after prepare the transfer parameters */ + /* This action will generate an acknowledge to the HOST */ + __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_ADDR); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + + /* Note : The SMBUS interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of SMBUS interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* REnable ADDR interrupt */ + SMBUS_Enable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_TX | SMBUS_IT_ADDR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive in slave/device SMBUS mode an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent + * @param XferOptions Options of Transfer, value of @ref SMBUS_XferOptions_definition + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_Slave_Receive_IT(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t XferOptions) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SMBUS_TRANSFER_OPTIONS_REQUEST(XferOptions)); + + if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN) + { + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Disable Interrupts, to prevent preemption during treatment in case of multicall */ + SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_ADDR | SMBUS_IT_RX); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsmbus); + + hsmbus->State |= HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX; + hsmbus->ErrorCode = HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Set SBC bit to manage Acknowledge at each bit */ + hsmbus->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_SBC; + + /* Enable Address Acknowledge */ + hsmbus->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Prepare transfer parameters */ + hsmbus->pBuffPtr = pData; + hsmbus->XferSize = Size; + hsmbus->XferCount = Size; + hsmbus->XferOptions = XferOptions; + + /* Convert OTHER_xxx XferOptions if any */ + SMBUS_ConvertOtherXferOptions(hsmbus); + + /* Set NBYTE to receive */ + /* If XferSize equal "1", or XferSize equal "2" with PEC requested (mean 1 data byte + 1 PEC byte */ + /* no need to set RELOAD bit mode, a ACK will be automatically generated in that case */ + /* else need to set RELOAD bit mode to generate an automatic ACK at each byte Received */ + /* This RELOAD bit will be reset for last BYTE to be receive in SMBUS_Slave_ISR */ + if ((hsmbus->XferSize == 1U) || ((hsmbus->XferSize == 2U) && (SMBUS_GET_PEC_MODE(hsmbus) != RESET))) + { + SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, 0U, hsmbus->XferSize, hsmbus->XferOptions, SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else + { + SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, 0U, 1U, hsmbus->XferOptions | SMBUS_RELOAD_MODE, SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + + /* Clear ADDR flag after prepare the transfer parameters */ + /* This action will generate an acknowledge to the HOST */ + __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_ADDR); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + + /* Note : The SMBUS interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of SMBUS interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + /* REnable ADDR interrupt */ + SMBUS_Enable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_RX | SMBUS_IT_ADDR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the Address listen mode with Interrupt. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_EnableListen_IT(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus) +{ + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN; + + /* Enable the Address Match interrupt */ + SMBUS_Enable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_ADDR); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable the Address listen mode with Interrupt. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_DisableListen_IT(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus) +{ + /* Disable Address listen mode only if a transfer is not ongoing */ + if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN) + { + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY; + + /* Disable the Address Match interrupt */ + SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_ADDR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the SMBUS alert mode with Interrupt. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUSx peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_EnableAlert_IT(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus) +{ + /* Enable SMBus alert */ + hsmbus->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ALERTEN; + + /* Clear ALERT flag */ + __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_ALERT); + + /* Enable Alert Interrupt */ + SMBUS_Enable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_ALERT); + + return HAL_OK; +} +/** + * @brief Disable the SMBUS alert mode with Interrupt. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUSx peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_DisableAlert_IT(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus) +{ + /* Enable SMBus alert */ + hsmbus->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ALERTEN; + + /* Disable Alert Interrupt */ + SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_ALERT); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Check if target device is ready for communication. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @param DevAddress Target device address: The device 7 bits address value + * in datasheet must be shift at right before call interface + * @param Trials Number of trials + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMBUS_IsDeviceReady(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Trials, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + __IO uint32_t SMBUS_Trials = 0U; + + if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY) + { + if (__HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_BUSY) != RESET) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsmbus); + + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_BUSY; + hsmbus->ErrorCode = HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_NONE; + + do + { + /* Generate Start */ + hsmbus->Instance->CR2 = SMBUS_GENERATE_START(hsmbus->Init.AddressingMode, DevAddress); + + /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */ + /* Wait until STOPF flag is set or a NACK flag is set*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + while ((__HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET) && (__HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_AF) == RESET) && (hsmbus->State != HAL_SMBUS_STATE_TIMEOUT)) + { + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if ((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + /* Device is ready */ + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + /* Check if the NACKF flag has not been set */ + if (__HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_AF) == RESET) + { + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if (SMBUS_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Device is ready */ + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if (SMBUS_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_AF); + + /* Clear STOP Flag, auto generated with autoend*/ + __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF); + } + + /* Check if the maximum allowed number of trials has been reached */ + if (SMBUS_Trials++ == Trials) + { + /* Generate Stop */ + hsmbus->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP; + + /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */ + if (SMBUS_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF); + } + } + while (SMBUS_Trials < Trials); + + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SMBUS_IRQ_Handler_and_Callbacks IRQ Handler and Callbacks + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Handle SMBUS event interrupt request. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SMBUS_EV_IRQHandler(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus) +{ + uint32_t tmpisrvalue = 0U; + + /* Use a local variable to store the current ISR flags */ + /* This action will avoid a wrong treatment due to ISR flags change during interrupt handler */ + tmpisrvalue = SMBUS_GET_ISR_REG(hsmbus); + + /* SMBUS in mode Transmitter ---------------------------------------------------*/ + if (((SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(tmpisrvalue, SMBUS_FLAG_TXIS) != RESET) || (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(tmpisrvalue, SMBUS_FLAG_TCR) != RESET) || (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(tmpisrvalue, SMBUS_FLAG_TC) != RESET) || (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(tmpisrvalue, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) || (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(tmpisrvalue, SMBUS_FLAG_AF) != RESET)) && (__HAL_SMBUS_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsmbus, (SMBUS_IT_TCI | SMBUS_IT_STOPI | SMBUS_IT_NACKI | SMBUS_IT_TXI)) != RESET)) + { + /* Slave mode selected */ + if ((hsmbus->State & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX) == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX) + { + SMBUS_Slave_ISR(hsmbus); + } + /* Master mode selected */ + else if ((hsmbus->State & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) + { + SMBUS_Master_ISR(hsmbus); + } + } + + /* SMBUS in mode Receiver ----------------------------------------------------*/ + if (((SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(tmpisrvalue, SMBUS_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) || (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(tmpisrvalue, SMBUS_FLAG_TCR) != RESET) || (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(tmpisrvalue, SMBUS_FLAG_TC) != RESET) || (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(tmpisrvalue, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) || (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(tmpisrvalue, SMBUS_FLAG_AF) != RESET)) && (__HAL_SMBUS_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsmbus, (SMBUS_IT_TCI | SMBUS_IT_STOPI | SMBUS_IT_NACKI | SMBUS_IT_RXI)) != RESET)) + { + /* Slave mode selected */ + if ((hsmbus->State & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX) == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX) + { + SMBUS_Slave_ISR(hsmbus); + } + /* Master mode selected */ + else if ((hsmbus->State & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) + { + SMBUS_Master_ISR(hsmbus); + } + } + + /* SMBUS in mode Listener Only --------------------------------------------------*/ + if (((SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(tmpisrvalue, SMBUS_FLAG_ADDR) != RESET) || (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(tmpisrvalue, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) || (SMBUS_CHECK_FLAG(tmpisrvalue, SMBUS_FLAG_AF) != RESET)) + && ((__HAL_SMBUS_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_ADDRI) != RESET) || (__HAL_SMBUS_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_STOPI) != RESET) || (__HAL_SMBUS_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_NACKI) != RESET))) + { + if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN) + { + SMBUS_Slave_ISR(hsmbus); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle SMBUS error interrupt request. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SMBUS_ER_IRQHandler(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus) +{ + SMBUS_ITErrorHandler(hsmbus); +} + +/** + * @brief Master Tx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsmbus); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback() could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Master Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsmbus); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback() could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** @brief Slave Tx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SMBUS_SlaveTxCpltCallback(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsmbus); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SMBUS_SlaveTxCpltCallback() could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Slave Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SMBUS_SlaveRxCpltCallback(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsmbus); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SMBUS_SlaveRxCpltCallback() could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Slave Address Match callback. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @param TransferDirection Master request Transfer Direction (Write/Read) + * @param AddrMatchCode Address Match Code + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SMBUS_AddrCallback(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint8_t TransferDirection, uint16_t AddrMatchCode) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsmbus); + UNUSED(TransferDirection); + UNUSED(AddrMatchCode); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SMBUS_AddrCallback() could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Listen Complete callback. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SMBUS_ListenCpltCallback(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsmbus); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SMBUS_ListenCpltCallback() could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief SMBUS error callback. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hsmbus); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback() could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SMBUS_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions + * @brief Peripheral State and Errors functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the SMBUS handle state. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @retval HAL state + */ +uint32_t HAL_SMBUS_GetState(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus) +{ + /* Return SMBUS handle state */ + return hsmbus->State; +} + +/** +* @brief Return the SMBUS error code. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. +* @retval SMBUS Error Code +*/ +uint32_t HAL_SMBUS_GetError(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus) +{ + return hsmbus->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup SMBUS_Private_Functions SMBUS Private Functions + * @brief Data transfers Private functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Master Mode. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMBUS_Master_ISR(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus) +{ + uint16_t DevAddress; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsmbus); + + if (__HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_AF) != RESET) + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_AF); + + /* Set corresponding Error Code */ + /* No need to generate STOP, it is automatically done */ + hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_ACKF; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + + /* Call the Error callback to inform upper layer */ + HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback(hsmbus); + } + else if (__HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) + { + /* Check and treat errors if errors occurs during STOP process */ + SMBUS_ITErrorHandler(hsmbus); + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Disable Interrupt */ + SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_TX); + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + SMBUS_RESET_CR2(hsmbus); + + /* Flush remaining data in Fifo register in case of error occurs before TXEmpty */ + /* Disable the selected SMBUS peripheral */ + __HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE(hsmbus); + + hsmbus->PreviousState = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY; + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + + /* REenable the selected SMBUS peripheral */ + __HAL_SMBUS_ENABLE(hsmbus); + + HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback(hsmbus); + } + else if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Store Last receive data if any */ + if (__HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) + { + /* Read data from RXDR */ + (*hsmbus->pBuffPtr++) = hsmbus->Instance->RXDR; + + if ((hsmbus->XferSize > 0U)) + { + hsmbus->XferSize--; + hsmbus->XferCount--; + } + } + + /* Disable Interrupt */ + SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_RX); + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + SMBUS_RESET_CR2(hsmbus); + + hsmbus->PreviousState = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY; + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + + HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback(hsmbus); + } + } + else if (__HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) + { + /* Read data from RXDR */ + (*hsmbus->pBuffPtr++) = hsmbus->Instance->RXDR; + hsmbus->XferSize--; + hsmbus->XferCount--; + } + else if (__HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_TXIS) != RESET) + { + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hsmbus->Instance->TXDR = (*hsmbus->pBuffPtr++); + hsmbus->XferSize--; + hsmbus->XferCount--; + } + else if (__HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_TCR) != RESET) + { + if ((hsmbus->XferSize == 0U) && (hsmbus->XferCount != 0U)) + { + DevAddress = (hsmbus->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_SADD); + + if (hsmbus->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, DevAddress, MAX_NBYTE_SIZE, (SMBUS_RELOAD_MODE | (hsmbus->XferOptions & SMBUS_SENDPEC_MODE)), SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP); + hsmbus->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + } + else + { + hsmbus->XferSize = hsmbus->XferCount; + SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, DevAddress, hsmbus->XferSize, hsmbus->XferOptions, SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP); + /* If PEC mode is enable, size to transmit should be Size-1 byte, corresponding to PEC byte */ + /* PEC byte is automatically sent by HW block, no need to manage it in Transmit process */ + if (SMBUS_GET_PEC_MODE(hsmbus) != RESET) + { + hsmbus->XferSize--; + hsmbus->XferCount--; + } + } + } + else if ((hsmbus->XferSize == 0U) && (hsmbus->XferCount == 0U)) + { + /* Call TxCpltCallback() if no stop mode is set */ + if (SMBUS_GET_STOP_MODE(hsmbus) != SMBUS_AUTOEND_MODE) + { + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Disable Interrupt */ + SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_TX); + hsmbus->PreviousState = hsmbus->State; + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + + HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback(hsmbus); + } + else if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) + { + SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_RX); + hsmbus->PreviousState = hsmbus->State; + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + + HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback(hsmbus); + } + } + } + } + else if (__HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_TC) != RESET) + { + if (hsmbus->XferCount == 0U) + { + /* Specific use case for Quick command */ + if (hsmbus->pBuffPtr == NULL) + { + /* Generate a Stop command */ + hsmbus->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP; + } + /* Call TxCpltCallback() if no stop mode is set */ + else if (SMBUS_GET_STOP_MODE(hsmbus) != SMBUS_AUTOEND_MODE) + { + /* No Generate Stop, to permit restart mode */ + /* The stop will be done at the end of transfer, when SMBUS_AUTOEND_MODE enable */ + + /* Call the corresponding callback to inform upper layer of End of Transfer */ + if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Disable Interrupt */ + SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_TX); + hsmbus->PreviousState = hsmbus->State; + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + + HAL_SMBUS_MasterTxCpltCallback(hsmbus); + } + else if (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) + { + SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_RX); + hsmbus->PreviousState = hsmbus->State; + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + + HAL_SMBUS_MasterRxCpltCallback(hsmbus); + } + } + } + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + + return HAL_OK; +} +/** + * @brief Interrupt Sub-Routine which handle the Interrupt Flags Slave Mode. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMBUS_Slave_ISR(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus) +{ + uint8_t TransferDirection = 0U; + uint16_t SlaveAddrCode = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hsmbus); + + if (__HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_AF) != RESET) + { + /* Check that SMBUS transfer finished */ + /* if yes, normal usecase, a NACK is sent by the HOST when Transfer is finished */ + /* Mean XferCount == 0*/ + /* So clear Flag NACKF only */ + if (hsmbus->XferCount == 0U) + { + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_AF); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + } + else + { + /* if no, error usecase, a Non-Acknowledge of last Data is generated by the HOST*/ + /* Clear NACK Flag */ + __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_AF); + + /* Set HAL State to "Idle" State, mean to LISTEN state */ + /* So reset Slave Busy state */ + hsmbus->PreviousState = hsmbus->State; + hsmbus->State &= ~((uint32_t)HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX); + hsmbus->State &= ~((uint32_t)HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX); + + /* Disable RX/TX Interrupts, keep only ADDR Interrupt */ + SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_RX | SMBUS_IT_TX); + + /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */ + hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_ACKF; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + + /* Call the Error callback to inform upper layer */ + HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback(hsmbus); + } + } + else if (__HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_ADDR) != RESET) + { + TransferDirection = SMBUS_GET_DIR(hsmbus); + SlaveAddrCode = SMBUS_GET_ADDR_MATCH(hsmbus); + + /* Disable ADDR interrupt to prevent multiple ADDRInterrupt*/ + /* Other ADDRInterrupt will be treat in next Listen usecase */ + __HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE_IT(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_ADDRI); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + + /* Call Slave Addr callback */ + HAL_SMBUS_AddrCallback(hsmbus, TransferDirection, SlaveAddrCode); + } + else if ((__HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) || (__HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_TCR) != RESET)) + { + if ((hsmbus->State & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX) == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Read data from RXDR */ + (*hsmbus->pBuffPtr++) = hsmbus->Instance->RXDR; + hsmbus->XferSize--; + hsmbus->XferCount--; + + if (hsmbus->XferCount == 1U) + { + /* Receive last Byte, can be PEC byte in case of PEC BYTE enabled */ + /* or only the last Byte of Transfer */ + /* So reset the RELOAD bit mode */ + hsmbus->XferOptions &= ~SMBUS_RELOAD_MODE; + SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, 0U , 1U , hsmbus->XferOptions, SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP); + } + else if (hsmbus->XferCount == 0U) + { + /* Last Byte is received, disable Interrupt */ + SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_RX); + + /* Remove HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX, keep only HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN */ + hsmbus->PreviousState = hsmbus->State; + hsmbus->State &= ~((uint32_t)HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + + /* Call the Rx complete callback to inform upper layer of the end of receive process */ + HAL_SMBUS_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hsmbus); + } + else + { + /* Set Reload for next Bytes */ + SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, 0U, 1U, SMBUS_RELOAD_MODE | (hsmbus->XferOptions & SMBUS_SENDPEC_MODE), SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP); + + /* Ack last Byte Read */ + hsmbus->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK; + } + } + else if ((hsmbus->State & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX) == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX) + { + if ((hsmbus->XferSize == 0U) && (hsmbus->XferCount != 0U)) + { + if (hsmbus->XferCount > MAX_NBYTE_SIZE) + { + SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, 0U, MAX_NBYTE_SIZE, (SMBUS_RELOAD_MODE | (hsmbus->XferOptions & SMBUS_SENDPEC_MODE)), SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP); + hsmbus->XferSize = MAX_NBYTE_SIZE; + } + else + { + hsmbus->XferSize = hsmbus->XferCount; + SMBUS_TransferConfig(hsmbus, 0U, hsmbus->XferSize, hsmbus->XferOptions, SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP); + /* If PEC mode is enable, size to transmit should be Size-1 byte, corresponding to PEC byte */ + /* PEC byte is automatically sent by HW block, no need to manage it in Transmit process */ + if (SMBUS_GET_PEC_MODE(hsmbus) != RESET) + { + hsmbus->XferSize--; + hsmbus->XferCount--; + } + } + } + } + } + else if (__HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_TXIS) != RESET) + { + /* Write data to TXDR only if XferCount not reach "0" */ + /* A TXIS flag can be set, during STOP treatment */ + /* Check if all Data have already been sent */ + /* If it is the case, this last write in TXDR is not sent, correspond to a dummy TXIS event */ + if (hsmbus->XferCount > 0U) + { + /* Write data to TXDR */ + hsmbus->Instance->TXDR = (*hsmbus->pBuffPtr++); + hsmbus->XferCount--; + hsmbus->XferSize--; + } + + if (hsmbus->XferCount == 0U) + { + /* Last Byte is Transmitted */ + /* Remove HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX, keep only HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN */ + SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_TX); + hsmbus->PreviousState = hsmbus->State; + hsmbus->State &= ~((uint32_t)HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + + /* Call the Tx complete callback to inform upper layer of the end of transmit process */ + HAL_SMBUS_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hsmbus); + } + } + + /* Check if STOPF is set */ + if (__HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF) != RESET) + { + if ((hsmbus->State & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN) == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN) + { + /* Store Last receive data if any */ + if (__HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) + { + /* Read data from RXDR */ + (*hsmbus->pBuffPtr++) = hsmbus->Instance->RXDR; + + if ((hsmbus->XferSize > 0U)) + { + hsmbus->XferSize--; + hsmbus->XferCount--; + } + } + + /* Disable RX and TX Interrupts */ + SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_RX | SMBUS_IT_TX); + + /* Disable ADDR Interrupt */ + SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(hsmbus, SMBUS_IT_ADDR); + + /* Disable Address Acknowledge */ + hsmbus->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK; + + /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */ + SMBUS_RESET_CR2(hsmbus); + + /* Clear STOP Flag */ + __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_STOPF); + + /* Clear ADDR flag */ + __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_ADDR); + + hsmbus->XferOptions = 0U; + hsmbus->PreviousState = hsmbus->State; + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + + /* Call the Listen Complete callback, to inform upper layer of the end of Listen usecase */ + HAL_SMBUS_ListenCpltCallback(hsmbus); + } + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + + return HAL_OK; +} +/** + * @brief Manage the enabling of Interrupts. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @param InterruptRequest Value of @ref SMBUS_Interrupt_configuration_definition. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMBUS_Enable_IRQ(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint16_t InterruptRequest) +{ + uint32_t tmpisr = 0U; + + if ((InterruptRequest & SMBUS_IT_ALERT) == SMBUS_IT_ALERT) + { + /* Enable ERR interrupt */ + tmpisr |= SMBUS_IT_ERRI; + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & SMBUS_IT_ADDR) == SMBUS_IT_ADDR) + { + /* Enable ADDR, STOP interrupt */ + tmpisr |= SMBUS_IT_ADDRI | SMBUS_IT_STOPI | SMBUS_IT_NACKI | SMBUS_IT_ERRI; + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & SMBUS_IT_TX) == SMBUS_IT_TX) + { + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */ + tmpisr |= SMBUS_IT_ERRI | SMBUS_IT_TCI | SMBUS_IT_STOPI | SMBUS_IT_NACKI | SMBUS_IT_TXI; + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & SMBUS_IT_RX) == SMBUS_IT_RX) + { + /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + tmpisr |= SMBUS_IT_ERRI | SMBUS_IT_TCI | SMBUS_IT_STOPI | SMBUS_IT_NACKI | SMBUS_IT_RXI; + } + + /* Enable interrupts only at the end */ + /* to avoid the risk of SMBUS interrupt handle execution before */ + /* all interrupts requested done */ + __HAL_SMBUS_ENABLE_IT(hsmbus, tmpisr); + + return HAL_OK; +} +/** + * @brief Manage the disabling of Interrupts. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @param InterruptRequest Value of @ref SMBUS_Interrupt_configuration_definition. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMBUS_Disable_IRQ(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint16_t InterruptRequest) +{ + uint32_t tmpisr = 0U; + + if (((InterruptRequest & SMBUS_IT_ALERT) == SMBUS_IT_ALERT) && (hsmbus->State == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY)) + { + /* Disable ERR interrupt */ + tmpisr |= SMBUS_IT_ERRI; + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & SMBUS_IT_TX) == SMBUS_IT_TX) + { + /* Disable TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */ + tmpisr |= SMBUS_IT_TCI | SMBUS_IT_TXI; + + if ((SMBUS_GET_ALERT_ENABLED(hsmbus) == RESET) + && ((hsmbus->State & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN) != HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN)) + { + /* Disable ERR interrupt */ + tmpisr |= SMBUS_IT_ERRI; + } + + if ((hsmbus->State & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN) != HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN) + { + /* Disable STOPI, NACKI */ + tmpisr |= SMBUS_IT_STOPI | SMBUS_IT_NACKI; + } + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & SMBUS_IT_RX) == SMBUS_IT_RX) + { + /* Disable TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */ + tmpisr |= SMBUS_IT_TCI | SMBUS_IT_RXI; + + if ((SMBUS_GET_ALERT_ENABLED(hsmbus) == RESET) + && ((hsmbus->State & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN) != HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN)) + { + /* Disable ERR interrupt */ + tmpisr |= SMBUS_IT_ERRI; + } + + if ((hsmbus->State & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN) != HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN) + { + /* Disable STOPI, NACKI */ + tmpisr |= SMBUS_IT_STOPI | SMBUS_IT_NACKI; + } + } + + if ((InterruptRequest & SMBUS_IT_ADDR) == SMBUS_IT_ADDR) + { + /* Enable ADDR, STOP interrupt */ + tmpisr |= SMBUS_IT_ADDRI | SMBUS_IT_STOPI | SMBUS_IT_NACKI; + + if (SMBUS_GET_ALERT_ENABLED(hsmbus) == RESET) + { + /* Disable ERR interrupt */ + tmpisr |= SMBUS_IT_ERRI; + } + } + + /* Disable interrupts only at the end */ + /* to avoid a breaking situation like at "t" time */ + /* all disable interrupts request are not done */ + __HAL_SMBUS_DISABLE_IT(hsmbus, tmpisr); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief SMBUS interrupts error handler. + * @param hsmbus SMBUS handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void SMBUS_ITErrorHandler(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus) +{ + uint32_t itflags = READ_REG(hsmbus->Instance->ISR); + uint32_t itsources = READ_REG(hsmbus->Instance->CR1); + + /* SMBUS Bus error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/ + if (((itflags & SMBUS_FLAG_BERR) != RESET) && ((itsources & SMBUS_IT_ERRI) != RESET)) + { + hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_BERR; + + /* Clear BERR flag */ + __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_BERR); + } + + /* SMBUS Over-Run/Under-Run interrupt occurred ----------------------------------------*/ + if (((itflags & SMBUS_FLAG_OVR) != RESET) && ((itsources & SMBUS_IT_ERRI) != RESET)) + { + hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_OVR; + + /* Clear OVR flag */ + __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_OVR); + } + + /* SMBUS Arbitration Loss error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/ + if (((itflags & SMBUS_FLAG_ARLO) != RESET) && ((itsources & SMBUS_IT_ERRI) != RESET)) + { + hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_ARLO; + + /* Clear ARLO flag */ + __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_ARLO); + } + + /* SMBUS Timeout error interrupt occurred ---------------------------------------------*/ + if (((itflags & SMBUS_FLAG_TIMEOUT) != RESET) && ((itsources & SMBUS_IT_ERRI) != RESET)) + { + hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_BUSTIMEOUT; + + /* Clear TIMEOUT flag */ + __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_TIMEOUT); + } + + /* SMBUS Alert error interrupt occurred -----------------------------------------------*/ + if (((itflags & SMBUS_FLAG_ALERT) != RESET) && ((itsources & SMBUS_IT_ERRI) != RESET)) + { + hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_ALERT; + + /* Clear ALERT flag */ + __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_ALERT); + } + + /* SMBUS Packet Error Check error interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/ + if (((itflags & SMBUS_FLAG_PECERR) != RESET) && ((itsources & SMBUS_IT_ERRI) != RESET)) + { + hsmbus->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_PECERR; + + /* Clear PEC error flag */ + __HAL_SMBUS_CLEAR_FLAG(hsmbus, SMBUS_FLAG_PECERR); + } + + /* Call the Error Callback in case of Error detected */ + if ((hsmbus->ErrorCode != HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_NONE) && (hsmbus->ErrorCode != HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_ACKF)) + { + /* Do not Reset the HAL state in case of ALERT error */ + if ((hsmbus->ErrorCode & HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_ALERT) != HAL_SMBUS_ERROR_ALERT) + { + if (((hsmbus->State & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX) == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX) + || ((hsmbus->State & HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX) == HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX)) + { + /* Reset only HAL_SMBUS_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_XX */ + /* keep HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN if set */ + hsmbus->PreviousState = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY; + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_LISTEN; + } + } + + /* Call the Error callback to inform upper layer */ + HAL_SMBUS_ErrorCallback(hsmbus); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle SMBUS Communication Timeout. + * @param hsmbus Pointer to a SMBUS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SMBUS. + * @param Flag Specifies the SMBUS flag to check. + * @param Status The new Flag status (SET or RESET). + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMBUS_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait until flag is set */ + if (Status == RESET) + { + while (__HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, Flag) == RESET) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if ((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + hsmbus->PreviousState = hsmbus->State; + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + else + { + while (__HAL_SMBUS_GET_FLAG(hsmbus, Flag) != RESET) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if ((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + hsmbus->PreviousState = hsmbus->State; + hsmbus->State = HAL_SMBUS_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hsmbus); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle SMBUSx communication when starting transfer or during transfer (TC or TCR flag are set). + * @param hsmbus SMBUS handle. + * @param DevAddress specifies the slave address to be programmed. + * @param Size specifies the number of bytes to be programmed. + * This parameter must be a value between 0 and 255. + * @param Mode New state of the SMBUS START condition generation. + * This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values: + * @arg @ref SMBUS_RELOAD_MODE Enable Reload mode. + * @arg @ref SMBUS_AUTOEND_MODE Enable Automatic end mode. + * @arg @ref SMBUS_SOFTEND_MODE Enable Software end mode and Reload mode. + * @arg @ref SMBUS_SENDPEC_MODE Enable Packet Error Calculation mode. + * @param Request New state of the SMBUS START condition generation. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref SMBUS_NO_STARTSTOP Don't Generate stop and start condition. + * @arg @ref SMBUS_GENERATE_STOP Generate stop condition (Size should be set to 0). + * @arg @ref SMBUS_GENERATE_START_READ Generate Restart for read request. + * @arg @ref SMBUS_GENERATE_START_WRITE Generate Restart for write request. + * @retval None + */ +static void SMBUS_TransferConfig(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t Size, uint32_t Mode, uint32_t Request) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SMBUS_ALL_INSTANCE(hsmbus->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_SMBUS_TRANSFER_MODE(Mode)); + assert_param(IS_SMBUS_TRANSFER_REQUEST(Request)); + + /* Get the CR2 register value */ + tmpreg = hsmbus->Instance->CR2; + + /* clear tmpreg specific bits */ + tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(I2C_CR2_SADD | I2C_CR2_NBYTES | I2C_CR2_RELOAD | I2C_CR2_AUTOEND | I2C_CR2_RD_WRN | I2C_CR2_START | I2C_CR2_STOP | I2C_CR2_PECBYTE)); + + /* update tmpreg */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)DevAddress & I2C_CR2_SADD) | (((uint32_t)Size << 16U) & I2C_CR2_NBYTES) | \ + (uint32_t)Mode | (uint32_t)Request); + + /* update CR2 register */ + hsmbus->Instance->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Convert SMBUSx OTHER_xxx XferOptions to functionnal XferOptions. + * @param hsmbus SMBUS handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void SMBUS_ConvertOtherXferOptions(SMBUS_HandleTypeDef *hsmbus) +{ + /* if user set XferOptions to SMBUS_OTHER_FRAME_NO_PEC */ + /* it request implicitly to generate a restart condition */ + /* set XferOptions to SMBUS_FIRST_FRAME */ + if (hsmbus->XferOptions == SMBUS_OTHER_FRAME_NO_PEC) + { + hsmbus->XferOptions = SMBUS_FIRST_FRAME; + } + /* else if user set XferOptions to SMBUS_OTHER_FRAME_WITH_PEC */ + /* it request implicitly to generate a restart condition */ + /* set XferOptions to SMBUS_FIRST_FRAME | SMBUS_SENDPEC_MODE */ + else if (hsmbus->XferOptions == SMBUS_OTHER_FRAME_WITH_PEC) + { + hsmbus->XferOptions = SMBUS_FIRST_FRAME | SMBUS_SENDPEC_MODE; + } + /* else if user set XferOptions to SMBUS_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME_NO_PEC */ + /* it request implicitly to generate a restart condition */ + /* then generate a stop condition at the end of transfer */ + /* set XferOptions to SMBUS_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME_NO_PEC */ + else if (hsmbus->XferOptions == SMBUS_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME_NO_PEC) + { + hsmbus->XferOptions = SMBUS_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME_NO_PEC; + } + /* else if user set XferOptions to SMBUS_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME_WITH_PEC */ + /* it request implicitly to generate a restart condition */ + /* then generate a stop condition at the end of transfer */ + /* set XferOptions to SMBUS_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME_WITH_PEC */ + else if (hsmbus->XferOptions == SMBUS_OTHER_AND_LAST_FRAME_WITH_PEC) + { + hsmbus->XferOptions = SMBUS_FIRST_AND_LAST_FRAME_WITH_PEC; + } +} +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_SMBUS_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_spi.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_spi.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1fc6912e --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_spi.c @@ -0,0 +1,3910 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_spi.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief SPI HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State functions + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The SPI HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a SPI_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example: + SPI_HandleTypeDef hspi; + + (#)Initialize the SPI low level resources by implementing the HAL_SPI_MspInit() API: + (##) Enable the SPIx interface clock + (##) SPI pins configuration + (+++) Enable the clock for the SPI GPIOs + (+++) Configure these SPI pins as alternate function push-pull + (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process + (+++) Configure the SPIx interrupt priority + (+++) Enable the NVIC SPI IRQ handle + (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process + (+++) Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive Stream/Channel + (+++) Enable the DMAx clock + (+++) Configure the DMA handle parameters + (+++) Configure the DMA Tx or Rx Stream/Channel + (+++) Associate the initialized hdma_tx handle to the hspi DMA Tx or Rx handle + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx or Rx Stream/Channel + + (#) Program the Mode, BidirectionalMode , Data size, Baudrate Prescaler, NSS + management, Clock polarity and phase, FirstBit and CRC configuration in the hspi Init structure. + + (#) Initialize the SPI registers by calling the HAL_SPI_Init() API: + (++) This API configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) + by calling the customized HAL_SPI_MspInit() API. + [..] + Circular mode restriction: + (#) The DMA circular mode cannot be used when the SPI is configured in these modes: + (##) Master 2Lines RxOnly + (##) Master 1Line Rx + (#) The CRC feature is not managed when the DMA circular mode is enabled + (#) When the SPI DMA Pause/Stop features are used, we must use the following APIs + the HAL_SPI_DMAPause()/ HAL_SPI_DMAStop() only under the SPI callbacks + [..] + Master Receive mode restriction: + (#) In Master unidirectional receive-only mode (MSTR =1, BIDIMODE=0, RXONLY=0) or + bidirectional receive mode (MSTR=1, BIDIMODE=1, BIDIOE=0), to ensure that the SPI + does not initiate a new transfer the following procedure has to be respected: + (##) HAL_SPI_DeInit() + (##) HAL_SPI_Init() + [..] + The HAL drivers do not allow reaching all supported SPI frequencies in the different SPI + modes. Refer to the source code (stm32xxxx_hal_spi.c header) to get a summary of the + maximum SPI frequency that can be reached with a data size of 8 or 16 bits, depending on + the APBx peripheral clock frequency (fPCLK) used by the SPI instance. + + [..] + Data buffer address alignment restriction: + (#) In case more than 1 byte is requested to be transferred, the HAL SPI uses 16-bit access for data buffer. + But there is no support for unaligned accesses on the Cortex-M0 processor. + So, if the user wants to transfer more than 1 byte, it shall ensure that 16-bit aligned address is used for: + (##) pData parameter in HAL_SPI_Transmit(), HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT(), HAL_SPI_Receive() and HAL_SPI_Receive_IT() + (##) pTxData and pRxData parameters in HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive() and HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT() + (#) There is no such restriction when going through DMA by using HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA(), HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA() + and HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA(). + + @endverbatim + + Additional table : + + DataSize = SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT: + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | | | 2Lines Fullduplex | 2Lines RxOnly | 1Line | + | Process | Tranfert mode |---------------------|----------------------|----------------------| + | | | Master | Slave | Master | Slave | Master | Slave | + |==============================================================================================| + | T | Polling | Fpclk/4 | Fpclk/8 | NA | NA | NA | NA | + | X |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------| + | / | Interrupt | Fpclk/4 | Fpclk/16 | NA | NA | NA | NA | + | R |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------| + | X | DMA | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/2 | NA | NA | NA | NA | + |=========|================|==========|==========|===========|==========|===========|==========| + | | Polling | Fpclk/4 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 | + | |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------| + | R | Interrupt | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/4 | + | X |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------| + | | DMA | Fpclk/4 | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/16 | + |=========|================|==========|==========|===========|==========|===========|==========| + | | Polling | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/2 | NA | NA | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 | + | |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------| + | T | Interrupt | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/4 | NA | NA | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/8 | + | X |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------| + | | DMA | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/2 | NA | NA | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/16 | + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + DataSize = SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT: + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | | | 2Lines Fullduplex | 2Lines RxOnly | 1Line | + | Process | Tranfert mode |---------------------|----------------------|----------------------| + | | | Master | Slave | Master | Slave | Master | Slave | + |==============================================================================================| + | T | Polling | Fpclk/4 | Fpclk/8 | NA | NA | NA | NA | + | X |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------| + | / | Interrupt | Fpclk/4 | Fpclk/16 | NA | NA | NA | NA | + | R |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------| + | X | DMA | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/2 | NA | NA | NA | NA | + |=========|================|==========|==========|===========|==========|===========|==========| + | | Polling | Fpclk/4 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 | + | |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------| + | R | Interrupt | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/4 | + | X |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------| + | | DMA | Fpclk/4 | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/16 | + |=========|================|==========|==========|===========|==========|===========|==========| + | | Polling | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/2 | NA | NA | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/8 | + | |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------| + | T | Interrupt | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/4 | NA | NA | Fpclk/16 | Fpclk/8 | + | X |----------------|----------|----------|-----------|----------|-----------|----------| + | | DMA | Fpclk/2 | Fpclk/2 | NA | NA | Fpclk/8 | Fpclk/16 | + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + @note The max SPI frequency depend on SPI data size (4bits, 5bits,..., 8bits,...15bits, 16bits), + SPI mode(2 Lines fullduplex, 2 lines RxOnly, 1 line TX/RX) and Process mode (Polling, IT, DMA). + @note + (#) TX/RX processes are HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(), HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT() and HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA() + (#) RX processes are HAL_SPI_Receive(), HAL_SPI_Receive_IT() and HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA() + (#) TX processes are HAL_SPI_Transmit(), HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT() and HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA() + + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI SPI + * @brief SPI HAL module driver + * @{ + */ +#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Constants SPI Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT 100U +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Functions SPI Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static void SPI_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SPI_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SPI_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SPI_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void SPI_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Flag, uint32_t State, + uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Fifo, uint32_t State, + uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static void SPI_TxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_TxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_RxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_RxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_2linesTxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_2linesTxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) +static void SPI_RxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_RxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ +static void SPI_AbortRx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_AbortTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_CloseRx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static void SPI_CloseTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_EndRxTransaction(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions SPI Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and + de-initialize the SPIx peripheral: + + (+) User must implement HAL_SPI_MspInit() function in which he configures + all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ). + + (+) Call the function HAL_SPI_Init() to configure the selected device with + the selected configuration: + (++) Mode + (++) Direction + (++) Data Size + (++) Clock Polarity and Phase + (++) NSS Management + (++) BaudRate Prescaler + (++) FirstBit + (++) TIMode + (++) CRC Calculation + (++) CRC Polynomial if CRC enabled + (++) CRC Length, used only with Data8 and Data16 + (++) FIFO reception threshold + + (+) Call the function HAL_SPI_DeInit() to restore the default configuration + of the selected SPIx peripheral. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the SPI according to the specified parameters + * in the SPI_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Init(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + uint32_t frxth; + + /* Check the SPI handle allocation */ + if (hspi == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(hspi->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_MODE(hspi->Init.Mode)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION(hspi->Init.Direction)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(hspi->Init.DataSize)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS(hspi->Init.NSS)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_NSSP(hspi->Init.NSSPMode)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(hspi->Init.FirstBit)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_TIMODE(hspi->Init.TIMode)); + if (hspi->Init.TIMode == SPI_TIMODE_DISABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_SPI_CPOL(hspi->Init.CLKPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CPHA(hspi->Init.CLKPhase)); + } +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_CALCULATION(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation)); + if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(hspi->Init.CRCPolynomial)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_LENGTH(hspi->Init.CRCLength)); + } +#else + hspi->Init.CRCCalculation = SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE; +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + if (hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + hspi->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */ + HAL_SPI_MspInit(hspi); + } + + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); + + /* Align by default the rs fifo threshold on the data size */ + if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) + { + frxth = SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_HF; + } + else + { + frxth = SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_QF; + } + + /* CRC calculation is valid only for 16Bit and 8 Bit */ + if ((hspi->Init.DataSize != SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT) && (hspi->Init.DataSize != SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)) + { + /* CRC must be disabled */ + hspi->Init.CRCCalculation = SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE; + } + + /* Align the CRC Length on the data size */ + if (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_DATASIZE) + { + /* CRC Length aligned on the data size : value set by default */ + if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) + { + hspi->Init.CRCLength = SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT; + } + else + { + hspi->Init.CRCLength = SPI_CRC_LENGTH_8BIT; + } + } + + /*----------------------- SPIx CR1 & CR2 Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Configure : SPI Mode, Communication Mode, Clock polarity and phase, NSS management, + Communication speed, First bit and CRC calculation state */ + WRITE_REG(hspi->Instance->CR1, (hspi->Init.Mode | hspi->Init.Direction | + hspi->Init.CLKPolarity | hspi->Init.CLKPhase | (hspi->Init.NSS & SPI_CR1_SSM) | + hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler | hspi->Init.FirstBit | hspi->Init.CRCCalculation)); +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Configure : CRC Length */ + if (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT) + { + hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCL; + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Configure : NSS management, TI Mode, NSS Pulse, Data size and Rx Fifo Threshold */ + WRITE_REG(hspi->Instance->CR2, (((hspi->Init.NSS >> 16U) & SPI_CR2_SSOE) | hspi->Init.TIMode | + hspi->Init.NSSPMode | hspi->Init.DataSize) | frxth); + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPOLY Configuration ------------------*/ + /* Configure : CRC Polynomial */ + if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + WRITE_REG(hspi->Instance->CRCPR, hspi->Init.CRCPolynomial); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + +#if defined(SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD) + /* Activate the SPI mode (Make sure that I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register is reset) */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->I2SCFGR, SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD); +#endif /* SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD */ + + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief De-Initialize the SPI peripheral. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DeInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Check the SPI handle allocation */ + if (hspi == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check SPI Instance parameter */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(hspi->Instance)); + + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the SPI Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */ + HAL_SPI_MspDeInit(hspi); + + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the SPI MSP. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SPI_MspInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hspi); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_MspInit should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief De-Initialize the SPI MSP. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SPI_MspDeInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hspi); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_MspDeInit should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI + data transfers. + + [..] The SPI supports master and slave mode : + + (#) There are two modes of transfer: + (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. + The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function + after finishing transfer. + (++) No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts + or DMA, These APIs return the HAL status. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated SPI IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when + using DMA mode. + The HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() and HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback() user callbacks + will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process + The HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected + + (#) APIs provided for these 2 transfer modes (Blocking mode or Non blocking mode using either Interrupt or DMA) + exist for 1Line (simplex) and 2Lines (full duplex) modes. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Transmit an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param pData pointer to data buffer + * @param Size amount of data to be sent + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK; + + if ((hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) || (Size > 1U)) + { + /* in this case, 16-bit access is performed on Data + So, check Data is 16-bit aligned address */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_16BIT_ALIGNED_ADDRESS(pData)); + } + + /* Check Direction parameter */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) + { + errorcode = HAL_BUSY; + goto error; + } + + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + goto error; + } + + /* Set the transaction information */ + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pData; + hspi->TxXferSize = Size; + hspi->TxXferCount = Size; + + /*Init field not used in handle to zero */ + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)NULL; + hspi->RxXferSize = 0U; + hspi->RxXferCount = 0U; + hspi->TxISR = NULL; + hspi->RxISR = NULL; + + /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */ + if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) + { + SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi); + } + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + + /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */ + if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) + { + if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) || (hspi->TxXferCount == 0x01U)) + { + hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)pData); + pData += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + } + /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */ + while (hspi->TxXferCount > 0U) + { + /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */ + if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE)) + { + hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)pData); + pData += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + } + else + { + /* Timeout management */ + if ((Timeout == 0U) || ((Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) && ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout))) + { + errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT; + goto error; + } + } + } + } + /* Transmit data in 8 Bit mode */ + else + { + if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) || (hspi->TxXferCount == 0x01U)) + { + if (hspi->TxXferCount > 1U) + { + /* write on the data register in packing mode */ + hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)pData); + pData += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->TxXferCount -= 2U; + } + else + { + *((__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR) = (*pData++); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + } + } + while (hspi->TxXferCount > 0U) + { + /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */ + if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE)) + { + if (hspi->TxXferCount > 1U) + { + /* write on the data register in packing mode */ + hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)pData); + pData += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->TxXferCount -= 2U; + } + else + { + *((__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR) = (*pData++); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + } + } + else + { + /* Timeout management */ + if ((Timeout == 0U) || ((Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) && ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout))) + { + errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT; + goto error; + } + } + } + } +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Enable CRC Transmission */ + if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Check the end of the transaction */ + if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG; + } + + /* Clear overrun flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received is not read */ + if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) + { + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); + } + + if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + } + +error: + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + return errorcode; +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param pData pointer to data buffer + * @param Size amount of data to be received + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + __IO uint16_t tmpreg = 0U; +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK; + + if ((hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) || (Size > 1U)) + { + /* in this case, 16-bit access is performed on Data + So, check Data is 16-bit aligned address */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_16BIT_ALIGNED_ADDRESS(pData)); + } + + if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)) + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX; + /* Call transmit-receive function to send Dummy data on Tx line and generate clock on CLK line */ + return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(hspi, pData, pData, Size, Timeout); + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) + { + errorcode = HAL_BUSY; + goto error; + } + + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + goto error; + } + + /* Set the transaction information */ + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pData; + hspi->RxXferSize = Size; + hspi->RxXferCount = Size; + + /*Init field not used in handle to zero */ + hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)NULL; + hspi->TxXferSize = 0U; + hspi->TxXferCount = 0U; + hspi->RxISR = NULL; + hspi->TxISR = NULL; + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + /* this is done to handle the CRCNEXT before the latest data */ + hspi->RxXferCount--; + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Set the Rx FiFo threshold */ + if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) + { + /* set fiforxthresold according the reception data length: 16bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + } + else + { + /* set fiforxthresold according the reception data length: 8bit */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + } + + /* Configure communication direction: 1Line */ + if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) + { + SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi); + } + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + + /* Receive data in 8 Bit mode */ + if (hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) + { + /* Transfer loop */ + while (hspi->RxXferCount > 0U) + { + /* Check the RXNE flag */ + if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE)) + { + /* read the received data */ + (* (uint8_t *)pData) = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR; + pData += sizeof(uint8_t); + hspi->RxXferCount--; + } + else + { + /* Timeout management */ + if ((Timeout == 0U) || ((Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) && ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout))) + { + errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT; + goto error; + } + } + } + } + else + { + /* Transfer loop */ + while (hspi->RxXferCount > 0U) + { + /* Check the RXNE flag */ + if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE)) + { + *((uint16_t *)pData) = hspi->Instance->DR; + pData += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->RxXferCount--; + } + else + { + /* Timeout management */ + if ((Timeout == 0U) || ((Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) && ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout))) + { + errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT; + goto error; + } + } + } + } + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Handle the CRC Transmission */ + if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + /* freeze the CRC before the latest data */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT); + + /* Read the latest data */ + if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* the latest data has not been received */ + errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT; + goto error; + } + + /* Receive last data in 16 Bit mode */ + if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) + { + *((uint16_t *)pData) = hspi->Instance->DR; + } + /* Receive last data in 8 Bit mode */ + else + { + (*(uint8_t *)pData) = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR; + } + + /* Wait the CRC data */ + if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC); + errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT; + goto error; + } + + /* Read CRC to Flush DR and RXNE flag */ + if (hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT) + { + tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR; + /* To avoid GCC warning */ + UNUSED(tmpreg); + } + else + { + tmpreg = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR; + /* To avoid GCC warning */ + UNUSED(tmpreg); + + if ((hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT)) + { + if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Error on the CRC reception */ + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC); + errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT; + goto error; + } + tmpreg = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR; + /* To avoid GCC warning */ + UNUSED(tmpreg); + } + } + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Check the end of the transaction */ + if (SPI_EndRxTransaction(hspi, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG; + } + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Check if CRC error occurred */ + if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR)) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC); + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + } + +error : + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + return errorcode; +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit and Receive an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param pTxData pointer to transmission data buffer + * @param pRxData pointer to reception data buffer + * @param Size amount of data to be sent and received + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size, + uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0U, tmp1 = 0U; +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + __IO uint16_t tmpreg = 0U; +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + /* Variable used to alternate Rx and Tx during transfer */ + uint32_t txallowed = 1U; + HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK; + + if ((hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) || (Size > 1U)) + { + /* in this case, 16-bit access is performed on Data + So, check Data is 16-bit aligned address */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_16BIT_ALIGNED_ADDRESS(pTxData)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_16BIT_ALIGNED_ADDRESS(pRxData)); + } + + /* Check Direction parameter */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + tmp = hspi->State; + tmp1 = hspi->Init.Mode; + + if (!((tmp == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) || \ + ((tmp1 == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (tmp == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)))) + { + errorcode = HAL_BUSY; + goto error; + } + + if ((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + goto error; + } + + /* Don't overwrite in case of HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX */ + if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + } + + /* Set the transaction information */ + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pRxData; + hspi->RxXferCount = Size; + hspi->RxXferSize = Size; + hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pTxData; + hspi->TxXferCount = Size; + hspi->TxXferSize = Size; + + /*Init field not used in handle to zero */ + hspi->RxISR = NULL; + hspi->TxISR = NULL; + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Set the Rx Fifo threshold */ + if ((hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) || (hspi->RxXferCount > 1U)) + { + /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 16bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + } + else + { + /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 8bit */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + } + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + + /* Transmit and Receive data in 16 Bit mode */ + if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) + { + if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) || (hspi->TxXferCount == 0x01U)) + { + hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)pTxData); + pTxData += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + } + while ((hspi->TxXferCount > 0U) || (hspi->RxXferCount > 0U)) + { + /* Check TXE flag */ + if (txallowed && (hspi->TxXferCount > 0U) && (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE))) + { + hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)pTxData); + pTxData += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + /* Next Data is a reception (Rx). Tx not allowed */ + txallowed = 0U; + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Enable CRC Transmission */ + if ((hspi->TxXferCount == 0U) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)) + { + /* Set NSS Soft to received correctly the CRC on slave mode with NSS pulse activated */ + if (((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_MSTR) == 0U) && ((hspi->Instance->CR2 & SPI_CR2_NSSP) == SPI_CR2_NSSP)) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_SSM); + } + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + } + + /* Check RXNE flag */ + if ((hspi->RxXferCount > 0U) && (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE))) + { + *((uint16_t *)pRxData) = hspi->Instance->DR; + pRxData += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->RxXferCount--; + /* Next Data is a Transmission (Tx). Tx is allowed */ + txallowed = 1U; + } + if ((Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) && ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout)) + { + errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT; + goto error; + } + } + } + /* Transmit and Receive data in 8 Bit mode */ + else + { + if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_SLAVE) || (hspi->TxXferCount == 0x01U)) + { + if (hspi->TxXferCount > 1U) + { + hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)pTxData); + pTxData += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->TxXferCount -= 2U; + } + else + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR = (*pTxData++); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + } + } + while ((hspi->TxXferCount > 0U) || (hspi->RxXferCount > 0U)) + { + /* check TXE flag */ + if (txallowed && (hspi->TxXferCount > 0U) && (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE))) + { + if (hspi->TxXferCount > 1U) + { + hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)pTxData); + pTxData += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->TxXferCount -= 2U; + } + else + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR = (*pTxData++); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + } + /* Next Data is a reception (Rx). Tx not allowed */ + txallowed = 0U; + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Enable CRC Transmission */ + if ((hspi->TxXferCount == 0U) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)) + { + /* Set NSS Soft to received correctly the CRC on slave mode with NSS pulse activated */ + if (((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_MSTR) == 0U) && ((hspi->Instance->CR2 & SPI_CR2_NSSP) == SPI_CR2_NSSP)) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_SSM); + } + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + } + + /* Wait until RXNE flag is reset */ + if ((hspi->RxXferCount > 0U) && (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE))) + { + if (hspi->RxXferCount > 1U) + { + *((uint16_t *)pRxData) = hspi->Instance->DR; + pRxData += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->RxXferCount -= 2U; + if (hspi->RxXferCount <= 1U) + { + /* set fiforxthresold before to switch on 8 bit data size */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + } + } + else + { + (*(uint8_t *)pRxData++) = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR; + hspi->RxXferCount--; + } + /* Next Data is a Transmission (Tx). Tx is allowed */ + txallowed = 1U; + } + if ((Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) && ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) >= Timeout)) + { + errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT; + goto error; + } + } + } + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Read CRC from DR to close CRC calculation process */ + if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + /* Wait until TXE flag */ + if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Error on the CRC reception */ + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC); + errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT; + goto error; + } + /* Read CRC */ + if (hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT) + { + tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR; + /* To avoid GCC warning */ + UNUSED(tmpreg); + } + else + { + tmpreg = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR; + /* To avoid GCC warning */ + UNUSED(tmpreg); + + if (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT) + { + if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SET, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Error on the CRC reception */ + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC); + errorcode = HAL_TIMEOUT; + goto error; + } + tmpreg = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR; + /* To avoid GCC warning */ + UNUSED(tmpreg); + } + } + } + + /* Check if CRC error occurred */ + if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR)) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC); + /* Clear CRC Flag */ + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi); + + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Check the end of the transaction */ + if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, Timeout, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG; + } + + if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + } + +error : + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + return errorcode; +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param pData pointer to data buffer + * @param Size amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK; + + if ((hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) || (Size > 1U)) + { + /* in this case, 16-bit access is performed on Data + So, check Data is 16-bit aligned address */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_16BIT_ALIGNED_ADDRESS(pData)); + } + + /* Check Direction parameter */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + goto error; + } + + if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) + { + errorcode = HAL_BUSY; + goto error; + } + + /* Set the transaction information */ + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pData; + hspi->TxXferSize = Size; + hspi->TxXferCount = Size; + + /* Init field not used in handle to zero */ + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)NULL; + hspi->RxXferSize = 0U; + hspi->RxXferCount = 0U; + hspi->RxISR = NULL; + + /* Set the function for IT treatment */ + if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) + { + hspi->TxISR = SPI_TxISR_16BIT; + } + else + { + hspi->TxISR = SPI_TxISR_8BIT; + } + + /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */ + if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) + { + SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi); + } + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_ERR)); + + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + +error : + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + return errorcode; +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param pData pointer to data buffer + * @param Size amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK; + + if ((hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) || (Size > 1U)) + { + /* in this case, 16-bit access is performed on Data + So, check Data is 16-bit aligned address */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_16BIT_ALIGNED_ADDRESS(pData)); + } + + if ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)) + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX; + /* Call transmit-receive function to send Dummy data on Tx line and generate clock on CLK line */ + return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT(hspi, pData, pData, Size); + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) + { + errorcode = HAL_BUSY; + goto error; + } + + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + goto error; + } + + /* Set the transaction information */ + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pData; + hspi->RxXferSize = Size; + hspi->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Init field not used in handle to zero */ + hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)NULL; + hspi->TxXferSize = 0U; + hspi->TxXferCount = 0U; + hspi->TxISR = NULL; + + /* Check the data size to adapt Rx threshold and the set the function for IT treatment */ + if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) + { + /* Set fiforxthresold according the reception data length: 16 bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + hspi->RxISR = SPI_RxISR_16BIT; + } + else + { + /* Set fiforxthresold according the reception data length: 8 bit */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + hspi->RxISR = SPI_RxISR_8BIT; + } + + /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */ + if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) + { + SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi); + } + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + hspi->CRCSize = 1U; + if ((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT)) + { + hspi->CRCSize = 2U; + } + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } + else + { + hspi->CRCSize = 0U; + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR)); + + /* Note : The SPI must be enabled after unlocking current process + to avoid the risk of SPI interrupt handle execution before current + process unlock */ + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + +error : + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + return errorcode; +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit and Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param pTxData pointer to transmission data buffer + * @param pRxData pointer to reception data buffer + * @param Size amount of data to be sent and received + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0U, tmp1 = 0U; + HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK; + + if ((hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) || (Size > 1U)) + { + /* in this case, 16-bit access is performed on Data + So, check Data is 16-bit aligned address */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_16BIT_ALIGNED_ADDRESS(pTxData)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_16BIT_ALIGNED_ADDRESS(pRxData)); + } + + /* Check Direction parameter */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + tmp = hspi->State; + tmp1 = hspi->Init.Mode; + + if (!((tmp == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) || \ + ((tmp1 == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (tmp == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)))) + { + errorcode = HAL_BUSY; + goto error; + } + + if ((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + goto error; + } + + /* Don't overwrite in case of HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX */ + if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + } + + /* Set the transaction information */ + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pTxData; + hspi->TxXferSize = Size; + hspi->TxXferCount = Size; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pRxData; + hspi->RxXferSize = Size; + hspi->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Set the function for IT treatment */ + if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) + { + hspi->RxISR = SPI_2linesRxISR_16BIT; + hspi->TxISR = SPI_2linesTxISR_16BIT; + } + else + { + hspi->RxISR = SPI_2linesRxISR_8BIT; + hspi->TxISR = SPI_2linesTxISR_8BIT; + } + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + hspi->CRCSize = 1U; + if ((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT)) + { + hspi->CRCSize = 2U; + } + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } + else + { + hspi->CRCSize = 0U; + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Check if packing mode is enabled and if there is more than 2 data to receive */ + if ((hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) || (hspi->RxXferCount >= 2U)) + { + /* Set fiforxthresold according the reception data length: 16 bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + } + else + { + /* Set fiforxthresold according the reception data length: 8 bit */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + } + + /* Enable TXE, RXNE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR)); + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + +error : + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + return errorcode; +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param pData pointer to data buffer + * @param Size amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK; + + /* check tx dma handle */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DMA_HANDLE(hspi->hdmatx)); + + /* Check Direction parameter */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) + { + errorcode = HAL_BUSY; + goto error; + } + + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + goto error; + } + + /* Set the transaction information */ + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX; + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pData; + hspi->TxXferSize = Size; + hspi->TxXferCount = Size; + + /* Init field not used in handle to zero */ + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)NULL; + hspi->TxISR = NULL; + hspi->RxISR = NULL; + hspi->RxXferSize = 0U; + hspi->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */ + if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) + { + SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi); + } + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Set the SPI TxDMA Half transfer complete callback */ + hspi->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt; + + /* Set the SPI TxDMA transfer complete callback */ + hspi->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMATransmitCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hspi->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA AbortCpltCallback */ + hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX); + /* Packing mode is enabled only if the DMA setting is HALWORD */ + if ((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->hdmatx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD)) + { + /* Check the even/odd of the data size + crc if enabled */ + if ((hspi->TxXferCount & 0x1U) == 0U) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX); + hspi->TxXferCount = (hspi->TxXferCount >> 1U); + } + else + { + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX); + hspi->TxXferCount = (hspi->TxXferCount >> 1U) + 1U; + } + } + + /* Enable the Tx DMA Stream/Channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hspi->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, hspi->TxXferCount); + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + + /* Enable the SPI Error Interrupt Bit */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_ERR)); + + /* Enable Tx DMA Request */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); + +error : + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + return errorcode; +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA. + * @note In case of MASTER mode and SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES direction, hdmatx shall be defined. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param pData pointer to data buffer + * @note When the CRC feature is enabled the pData Length must be Size + 1. + * @param Size amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK; + + /* check rx dma handle */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DMA_HANDLE(hspi->hdmarx)); + + if ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)) + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* check tx dma handle */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DMA_HANDLE(hspi->hdmatx)); + + /* Call transmit-receive function to send Dummy data on Tx line and generate clock on CLK line */ + return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA(hspi, pData, pData, Size); + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) + { + errorcode = HAL_BUSY; + goto error; + } + + if ((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + goto error; + } + + /* Set the transaction information */ + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX; + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pData; + hspi->RxXferSize = Size; + hspi->RxXferCount = Size; + + /*Init field not used in handle to zero */ + hspi->RxISR = NULL; + hspi->TxISR = NULL; + hspi->TxXferSize = 0U; + hspi->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */ + if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) + { + SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi); + } + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + +#if defined (STM32F030x6) || defined (STM32F030x8) || defined (STM32F031x6)|| defined (STM32F038xx) || defined (STM32F051x8) || defined (STM32F058xx) + /* Packing mode management is enabled by the DMA settings */ + if ((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->hdmarx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD)) + { + /* Restriction the DMA data received is not allowed in this mode */ + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + goto error; + } +#endif + + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX); + if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) + { + /* Set fiforxthresold according the reception data length: 16bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + } + else + { + /* Set fiforxthresold according the reception data length: 8bit */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + + if (hspi->hdmarx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) + { + /* set fiforxthresold according the reception data length: 16bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + + if ((hspi->RxXferCount & 0x1U) == 0x0U) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX); + hspi->RxXferCount = hspi->RxXferCount >> 1U; + } + else + { + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX); + hspi->RxXferCount = (hspi->RxXferCount >> 1U) + 1U; + } + } + } + + /* Set the SPI RxDMA Half transfer complete callback */ + hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the SPI Rx DMA transfer complete callback */ + hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMAReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hspi->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA AbortCpltCallback */ + hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the Rx DMA Stream/Channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hspi->pRxBuffPtr, hspi->RxXferCount); + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + + /* Enable the SPI Error Interrupt Bit */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_ERR)); + + /* Enable Rx DMA Request */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + +error: + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + return errorcode; +} + +/** + * @brief Transmit and Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param pTxData pointer to transmission data buffer + * @param pRxData pointer to reception data buffer + * @note When the CRC feature is enabled the pRxData Length must be Size + 1 + * @param Size amount of data to be sent + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, + uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0U, tmp1 = 0U; + HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode = HAL_OK; + + /* check rx & tx dma handles */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DMA_HANDLE(hspi->hdmarx)); + assert_param(IS_SPI_DMA_HANDLE(hspi->hdmatx)); + + /* Check Direction parameter */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + tmp = hspi->State; + tmp1 = hspi->Init.Mode; + if (!((tmp == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) || + ((tmp1 == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (tmp == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)))) + { + errorcode = HAL_BUSY; + goto error; + } + + if ((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + goto error; + } + + /* Don't overwrite in case of HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX */ + if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + } + + /* Set the transaction information */ + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + hspi->pTxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pTxData; + hspi->TxXferSize = Size; + hspi->TxXferCount = Size; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr = (uint8_t *)pRxData; + hspi->RxXferSize = Size; + hspi->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Init field not used in handle to zero */ + hspi->RxISR = NULL; + hspi->TxISR = NULL; + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + +#if defined (STM32F030x6) || defined (STM32F030x8) || defined (STM32F031x6) || defined (STM32F038xx) || defined (STM32F051x8) || defined (STM32F058xx) + /* packing mode management is enabled by the DMA settings */ + if ((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->hdmarx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD)) + { + /* Restriction the DMA data received is not allowed in this mode */ + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + goto error; + } +#endif + + + /* Reset the threshold bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX | SPI_CR2_LDMARX); + + /* The packing mode management is enabled by the DMA settings according the spi data size */ + if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) + { + /* Set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 16bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + } + else + { + /* Set fiforxthresold according the reception data length: 8bit */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + + if (hspi->hdmatx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) + { + if ((hspi->TxXferSize & 0x1U) == 0x0U) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX); + hspi->TxXferCount = hspi->TxXferCount >> 1U; + } + else + { + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX); + hspi->TxXferCount = (hspi->TxXferCount >> 1U) + 1U; + } + } + + if (hspi->hdmarx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) + { + /* Set fiforxthresold according the reception data length: 16bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + + if ((hspi->RxXferCount & 0x1U) == 0x0U) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX); + hspi->RxXferCount = hspi->RxXferCount >> 1U; + } + else + { + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX); + hspi->RxXferCount = (hspi->RxXferCount >> 1U) + 1U; + } + } + } + + /* Check if we are in Rx only or in Rx/Tx Mode and configure the DMA transfer complete callback */ + if (hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Set the SPI Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt; + hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMAReceiveCplt; + } + else + { + /* Set the SPI Tx/Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt; + hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt; + } + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + hspi->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA AbortCpltCallback */ + hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the Rx DMA Stream/Channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hspi->pRxBuffPtr, hspi->RxXferCount); + + /* Enable Rx DMA Request */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + + /* Set the SPI Tx DMA transfer complete callback as NULL because the communication closing + is performed in DMA reception complete callback */ + hspi->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + hspi->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = NULL; + hspi->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = NULL; + hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the Tx DMA Stream/Channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hspi->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, hspi->TxXferCount); + + /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */ + if ((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE) + { + /* Enable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi); + } + /* Enable the SPI Error Interrupt Bit */ + __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_ERR)); + + /* Enable Tx DMA Request */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); + +error : + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + return errorcode; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing transfer (blocking mode). + * @param hspi SPI handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer (Tx and Rx), + * started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable SPI Interrupts (depending of transfer direction) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Abort(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode; + __IO uint32_t count, resetcount; + + /* Initialized local variable */ + errorcode = HAL_OK; + resetcount = SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 24U / 1000U); + count = resetcount; + + /* Disable TXEIE, RXNEIE and ERRIE(mode fault event, overrun error, TI frame error) interrupts */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXEIE)) + { + hspi->TxISR = SPI_AbortTx_ISR; + /* Wait HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT state */ + do + { + if (count-- == 0U) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT); + break; + } + } + while (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT); + /* Reset Timeout Counter */ + count = resetcount; + } + + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXNEIE)) + { + hspi->RxISR = SPI_AbortRx_ISR; + /* Wait HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT state */ + do + { + if (count-- == 0U) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT); + break; + } + } + while (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT); + /* Reset Timeout Counter */ + count = resetcount; + } + + /* Clear ERRIE interrupts in case of DMA Mode */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_ERRIE); + + /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx or SPI DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN)) || (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN))) + { + /* Abort the SPI DMA Tx Stream/Channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if (hspi->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the SPI DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Abort DMA Tx Handle linked to SPI Peripheral */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT; + } + + /* Disable Tx DMA Request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN)); + + if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT; + } + + /* Disable SPI Peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); + + /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */ + if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT; + } + } + /* Abort the SPI DMA Rx Stream/Channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if (hspi->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the SPI DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Abort DMA Rx Handle linked to SPI Peripheral */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT; + } + + /* Disable peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); + + /* Control the BSY flag */ + if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT; + } + + /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */ + if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT; + } + + /* Disable Rx DMA Request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN)); + } + } + /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */ + hspi->RxXferCount = 0U; + hspi->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Check error during Abort procedure */ + if (hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT) + { + /* return HAL_Error in case of error during Abort procedure */ + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Reset errorCode */ + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + } + + /* Clear the Error flags in the SR register */ + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG(hspi); + + /* Restore hspi->state to ready */ + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + + return errorcode; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing transfer (Interrupt mode). + * @param hspi SPI handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer (Tx and Rx), + * started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable SPI Interrupts (depending of transfer direction) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Abort_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef errorcode; + uint32_t abortcplt ; + __IO uint32_t count, resetcount; + + /* Initialized local variable */ + errorcode = HAL_OK; + abortcplt = 1U; + resetcount = SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 24U / 1000U); + count = resetcount; + + /* Change Rx and Tx Irq Handler to Disable TXEIE, RXNEIE and ERRIE interrupts */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXEIE)) + { + hspi->TxISR = SPI_AbortTx_ISR; + /* Wait HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT state */ + do + { + if (count-- == 0U) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT); + break; + } + } + while (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT); + /* Reset Timeout Counter */ + count = resetcount; + } + + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXNEIE)) + { + hspi->RxISR = SPI_AbortRx_ISR; + /* Wait HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT state */ + do + { + if (count-- == 0U) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT); + break; + } + } + while (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT); + /* Reset Timeout Counter */ + count = resetcount; + } + + /* Clear ERRIE interrupts in case of DMA Mode */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_ERRIE); + + /* If DMA Tx and/or DMA Rx Handles are associated to SPI Handle, DMA Abort complete callbacks should be initialised + before any call to DMA Abort functions */ + /* DMA Tx Handle is valid */ + if (hspi->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if UART DMA Tx request if enabled. + Otherwise, set it to NULL */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN)) + { + hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = SPI_DMATxAbortCallback; + } + else + { + hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + } + /* DMA Rx Handle is valid */ + if (hspi->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if UART DMA Rx request if enabled. + Otherwise, set it to NULL */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN)) + { + hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = SPI_DMARxAbortCallback; + } + else + { + hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + } + + /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx or the SPI Rx request if enabled */ + if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN)) && (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN))) + { + /* Abort the SPI DMA Tx Stream/Channel */ + if (hspi->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Abort DMA Tx Handle linked to SPI Peripheral */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hspi->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT; + } + else + { + abortcplt = 0U; + } + } + /* Abort the SPI DMA Rx Stream/Channel */ + if (hspi->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Abort DMA Rx Handle linked to SPI Peripheral */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hspi->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT; + abortcplt = 1U; + } + else + { + abortcplt = 0U; + } + } + } + + /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx or the SPI Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN)) + { + /* Abort the SPI DMA Tx Stream/Channel */ + if (hspi->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Abort DMA Tx Handle linked to SPI Peripheral */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hspi->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT; + } + else + { + abortcplt = 0U; + } + } + } + /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx or the SPI Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN)) + { + /* Abort the SPI DMA Rx Stream/Channel */ + if (hspi->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Abort DMA Rx Handle linked to SPI Peripheral */ + if (HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hspi->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT; + } + else + { + abortcplt = 0U; + } + } + } + + if (abortcplt == 1U) + { + /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */ + hspi->RxXferCount = 0U; + hspi->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Check error during Abort procedure */ + if (hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT) + { + /* return HAL_Error in case of error during Abort procedure */ + errorcode = HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Reset errorCode */ + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + } + + /* Clear the Error flags in the SR register */ + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG(hspi); + + /* Restore hspi->State to Ready */ + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback(hspi); + } + + return errorcode; +} + +/** + * @brief Pause the DMA Transfer. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SPI module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAPause(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Resume the DMA Transfer. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SPI module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAResume(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(hspi); + + /* Enable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop the DMA Transfer. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SPI module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAStop(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application + to call the HAL SPI API under callbacks HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(): + when calling HAL_DMA_Abort() API the DMA TX/RX Transfer complete interrupt is generated + and the correspond call back is executed HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback() + */ + + /* Abort the SPI DMA tx Stream/Channel */ + if (hspi->hdmatx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmatx); + } + /* Abort the SPI DMA rx Stream/Channel */ + if (hspi->hdmarx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmarx); + } + + /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle SPI interrupt request. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_SPI_IRQHandler(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + uint32_t itsource = hspi->Instance->CR2; + uint32_t itflag = hspi->Instance->SR; + + /* SPI in mode Receiver ----------------------------------------------------*/ + if (((itflag & SPI_FLAG_OVR) == RESET) && + ((itflag & SPI_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && ((itsource & SPI_IT_RXNE) != RESET)) + { + hspi->RxISR(hspi); + return; + } + + /* SPI in mode Transmitter -------------------------------------------------*/ + if (((itflag & SPI_FLAG_TXE) != RESET) && ((itsource & SPI_IT_TXE) != RESET)) + { + hspi->TxISR(hspi); + return; + } + + /* SPI in Error Treatment --------------------------------------------------*/ + if (((itflag & (SPI_FLAG_MODF | SPI_FLAG_OVR | SPI_FLAG_FRE)) != RESET) && ((itsource & SPI_IT_ERR) != RESET)) + { + /* SPI Overrun error interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/ + if ((itflag & SPI_FLAG_OVR) != RESET) + { + if (hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_OVR); + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); + } + else + { + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); + return; + } + } + + /* SPI Mode Fault error interrupt occurred -------------------------------*/ + if ((itflag & SPI_FLAG_MODF) != RESET) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_MODF); + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_MODFFLAG(hspi); + } + + /* SPI Frame error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/ + if ((itflag & SPI_FLAG_FRE) != RESET) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FRE); + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG(hspi); + } + + if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* Disable all interrupts */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_ERR); + + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + /* Disable the SPI DMA requests if enabled */ + if ((HAL_IS_BIT_SET(itsource, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN)) || (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(itsource, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN))) + { + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN)); + + /* Abort the SPI DMA Rx channel */ + if (hspi->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the SPI DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = SPI_DMAAbortOnError; + HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hspi->hdmarx); + } + /* Abort the SPI DMA Tx channel */ + if (hspi->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the SPI DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = SPI_DMAAbortOnError; + HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hspi->hdmatx); + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + } + } + return; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hspi); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hspi); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tx and Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hspi); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callback. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hspi); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Half Transfer completed callback. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hspi); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback() should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tx and Rx Half Transfer callback. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hspi); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback() should be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief SPI error callback. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hspi); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback should be implemented in the user file + */ + /* NOTE : The ErrorCode parameter in the hspi handle is updated by the SPI processes + and user can use HAL_SPI_GetError() API to check the latest error occurred + */ +} + +/** + * @brief SPI Abort Complete callback. + * @param hspi SPI handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hspi); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions + * @brief SPI control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SPI. + (+) HAL_SPI_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the SPI peripheral + (+) HAL_SPI_GetError() check in run-time Errors occurring during communication +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the SPI handle state. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval SPI state + */ +HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef HAL_SPI_GetState(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Return SPI handle state */ + return hspi->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the SPI error code. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval SPI error code in bitmap format + */ +uint32_t HAL_SPI_GetError(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Return SPI ErrorCode */ + return hspi->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup SPI_Private_Functions + * @brief Private functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI transmit process complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* DMA Normal Mode */ + if ((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) != DMA_CCR_CIRC) + { + /* Disable ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_ERR); + + /* Disable Tx DMA Request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); + + /* Check the end of the transaction */ + if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG); + } + + /* Clear overrun flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received data is not read */ + if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) + { + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); + } + + hspi->TxXferCount = 0U; + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + + if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + return; + } + } + HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI receive process complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + __IO uint16_t tmpreg = 0U; +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* DMA Normal Mode */ + if ((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) != DMA_CCR_CIRC) + { + /* Disable ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_ERR); + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* CRC handling */ + if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + /* Wait until RXNE flag */ + if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Error on the CRC reception */ + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC); + } + /* Read CRC */ + if (hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) + { + tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR; + /* To avoid GCC warning */ + UNUSED(tmpreg); + } + else + { + tmpreg = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR; + /* To avoid GCC warning */ + UNUSED(tmpreg); + + if (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT) + { + if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Error on the CRC reception */ + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC); + } + tmpreg = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR; + /* To avoid GCC warning */ + UNUSED(tmpreg); + } + } + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Disable Rx/Tx DMA Request (done by default to handle the case master rx direction 2 lines) */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + + /* Check the end of the transaction */ + if (SPI_EndRxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG; + } + + hspi->RxXferCount = 0U; + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Check if CRC error occurred */ + if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR)) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC); + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + return; + } + } + HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI transmit receive process complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + __IO int16_t tmpreg = 0U; +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* DMA Normal Mode */ + if ((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) != DMA_CCR_CIRC) + { + /* Disable ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_ERR); + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* CRC handling */ + if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + if ((hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_8BIT)) + { + if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_QUARTER_FULL, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, + tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Error on the CRC reception */ + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC); + } + /* Read CRC to Flush DR and RXNE flag */ + tmpreg = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR; + /* To avoid GCC warning */ + UNUSED(tmpreg); + } + else + { + if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_HALF_FULL, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Error on the CRC reception */ + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC); + } + /* Read CRC to Flush DR and RXNE flag */ + tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR; + /* To avoid GCC warning */ + UNUSED(tmpreg); + } + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Check the end of the transaction */ + if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG); + } + + /* Disable Rx/Tx DMA Request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + + hspi->TxXferCount = 0U; + hspi->RxXferCount = 0U; + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Check if CRC error occurred */ + if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR)) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC); + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + return; + } + } + HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI half transmit process complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI half receive process complete callback + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI half transmit receive process complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI communication error callback. + * @param hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified DMA module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + /* Stop the disable DMA transfer on SPI side */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA); + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI communication abort callback, when initiated by HAL services on Error + * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure following error occurrence). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + hspi->RxXferCount = 0U; + hspi->TxXferCount = 0U; + + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user + * (To be called at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request). + * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no + * Abort still ongoing for Rx DMA Handle. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Disable Tx DMA Request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN); + + if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT; + } + + /* Disable SPI Peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); + + /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */ + if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT; + } + + /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */ + if (hspi->hdmarx != NULL) + { + if (hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + return; + } + } + + /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA Stream/Channel are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */ + hspi->RxXferCount = 0U; + hspi->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Check no error during Abort procedure */ + if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT) + { + /* Reset errorCode */ + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + } + + /* Clear the Error flags in the SR register */ + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG(hspi); + + /* Restore hspi->State to Ready */ + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA SPI Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user + * (To be called at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request). + * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no + * Abort still ongoing for Tx DMA Handle. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi = (SPI_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; + + /* Disable SPI Peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); + + hspi->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Disable Rx DMA Request */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN); + + /* Control the BSY flag */ + if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT; + } + + /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */ + if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT; + } + + /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */ + if (hspi->hdmatx != NULL) + { + if (hspi->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + return; + } + } + + /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA Stream/Channel are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */ + hspi->RxXferCount = 0U; + hspi->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Check no error during Abort procedure */ + if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT) + { + /* Reset errorCode */ + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE; + } + + /* Clear the Error flags in the SR register */ + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG(hspi); + + /* Restore hspi->State to Ready */ + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback(hspi); +} + +/** + * @brief Rx 8-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Receive data in packing mode */ + if (hspi->RxXferCount > 1U) + { + *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->RxXferCount -= 2U; + if (hspi->RxXferCount == 1U) + { + /* set fiforxthresold according the reception data length: 8bit */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + } + } + /* Receive data in 8 Bit mode */ + else + { + *hspi->pRxBuffPtr++ = *((__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR); + hspi->RxXferCount--; + } + + /* check end of the reception */ + if (hspi->RxXferCount == 0U) + { +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD); + hspi->RxISR = SPI_2linesRxISR_8BITCRC; + return; + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR)); + + if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi); + } + } +} + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) +/** + * @brief Rx 8-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + __IO uint8_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Read data register to flush CRC */ + tmpreg = *((__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR); + + /* To avoid GCC warning */ + UNUSED(tmpreg); + + hspi->CRCSize--; + + /* check end of the reception */ + if (hspi->CRCSize == 0U) + { + /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR)); + + if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi); + } + } +} +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + +/** + * @brief Tx 8-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_2linesTxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Transmit data in packing Bit mode */ + if (hspi->TxXferCount >= 2U) + { + hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr); + hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->TxXferCount -= 2U; + } + /* Transmit data in 8 Bit mode */ + else + { + *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr++); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + } + + /* check the end of the transmission */ + if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U) + { +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + /* Set CRC Next Bit to send CRC */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT); + /* Disable TXE interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE); + return; + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Disable TXE interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE); + + if (hspi->RxXferCount == 0U) + { + SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Rx 16-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Receive data in 16 Bit mode */ + *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->RxXferCount--; + + if (hspi->RxXferCount == 0U) + { +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + hspi->RxISR = SPI_2linesRxISR_16BITCRC; + return; + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Disable RXNE interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE); + + if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi); + } + } +} + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) +/** + * @brief Manage the CRC 16-bit receive for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Receive data in 16 Bit mode */ + __IO uint16_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Read data register to flush CRC */ + tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR; + + /* To avoid GCC warning */ + UNUSED(tmpreg); + + /* Disable RXNE interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE); + + SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi); +} +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + +/** + * @brief Tx 16-bit handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_2linesTxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */ + hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr); + hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + + /* Enable CRC Transmission */ + if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U) + { +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + /* Set CRC Next Bit to send CRC */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT); + /* Disable TXE interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE); + return; + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + /* Disable TXE interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE); + + if (hspi->RxXferCount == 0U) + { + SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi); + } + } +} + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) +/** + * @brief Manage the CRC 8-bit receive in Interrupt context. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_RxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + __IO uint8_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Read data register to flush CRC */ + tmpreg = *((__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR); + + /* To avoid GCC warning */ + UNUSED(tmpreg); + + hspi->CRCSize--; + + if (hspi->CRCSize == 0U) + { + SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi); + } +} +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + +/** + * @brief Manage the receive 8-bit in Interrupt context. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_RxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + *hspi->pRxBuffPtr++ = (*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR); + hspi->RxXferCount--; + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Enable CRC Transmission */ + if ((hspi->RxXferCount == 1U) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + if (hspi->RxXferCount == 0U) + { +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + hspi->RxISR = SPI_RxISR_8BITCRC; + return; + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi); + } +} + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) +/** + * @brief Manage the CRC 16-bit receive in Interrupt context. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_RxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + __IO uint16_t tmpreg = 0U; + + /* Read data register to flush CRC */ + tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR; + + /* To avoid GCC warning */ + UNUSED(tmpreg); + + /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR)); + + SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi); +} +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + +/** + * @brief Manage the 16-bit receive in Interrupt context. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_RxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR; + hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->RxXferCount--; + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Enable CRC Transmission */ + if ((hspi->RxXferCount == 1U) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + + if (hspi->RxXferCount == 0U) + { +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + hspi->RxISR = SPI_RxISR_16BITCRC; + return; + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle the data 8-bit transmit in Interrupt mode. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_TxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr++); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + + if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U) + { +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + /* Enable CRC Transmission */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + SPI_CloseTx_ISR(hspi); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle the data 16-bit transmit in Interrupt mode. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_TxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */ + hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr); + hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t); + hspi->TxXferCount--; + + if (hspi->TxXferCount == 0U) + { +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + /* Enable CRC Transmission */ + SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT); + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + SPI_CloseTx_ISR(hspi); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle SPI Communication Timeout. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param Flag SPI flag to check + * @param State flag state to check + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Flag, uint32_t State, + uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + while ((__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, Flag) ? SET : RESET) != State) + { + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if ((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) >= Timeout)) + { + /* Disable the SPI and reset the CRC: the CRC value should be cleared + on both master and slave sides in order to resynchronize the master + and slave for their respective CRC calculation */ + + /* Disable TXE, RXNE and ERR interrupts for the interrupt process */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR)); + + if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) + || (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY))) + { + /* Disable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); + } + + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } + + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle SPI FIFO Communication Timeout. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param Fifo Fifo to check + * @param State Fifo state to check + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Fifo, uint32_t State, + uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + __IO uint8_t tmpreg; + + while ((hspi->Instance->SR & Fifo) != State) + { + if ((Fifo == SPI_SR_FRLVL) && (State == SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY)) + { + tmpreg = *((__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR); + /* To avoid GCC warning */ + UNUSED(tmpreg); + } + + if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if ((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick() - Tickstart) >= Timeout)) + { + /* Disable the SPI and reset the CRC: the CRC value should be cleared + on both master and slave sides in order to resynchronize the master + and slave for their respective CRC calculation */ + + /* Disable TXE, RXNE and ERR interrupts for the interrupt process */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR)); + + if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) + || (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY))) + { + /* Disable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); + } + + /* Reset CRC Calculation */ + if (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi); + } + + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle the check of the RX transaction complete. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_EndRxTransaction(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) + || (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY))) + { + /* Disable SPI peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); + } + + /* Control the BSY flag */ + if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + if ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && ((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE) + || (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY))) + { + /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */ + if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle the check of the RXTX or TX transaction complete. + * @param hspi SPI handle + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @param Tickstart tick start value + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Timeout, uint32_t Tickstart) +{ + /* Control if the TX fifo is empty */ + if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FTLVL, SPI_FTLVL_EMPTY, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Control the BSY flag */ + if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* Control if the RX fifo is empty */ + if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, Timeout, Tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle the end of the RXTX transaction. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Disable ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_ERR); + + /* Check the end of the transaction */ + if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG); + } + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Check if CRC error occurred */ + if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET) + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC); + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi); + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + } + else + { +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + if (hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + if (hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi); + } + else + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(hspi); + } + } + else + { + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + } +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ +} + +/** + * @brief Handle the end of the RX transaction. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_CloseRx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR)); + + /* Check the end of the transaction */ + if (SPI_EndRxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG); + } + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + /* Check if CRC error occurred */ + if (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC); + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi); + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + } + else + { +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ + if (hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi); + } + else + { + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + } +#if (USE_SPI_CRC != 0U) + } +#endif /* USE_SPI_CRC */ +} + +/** + * @brief Handle the end of the TX transaction. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_CloseTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout management*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Disable TXE and ERR interrupt */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_ERR)); + + /* Check the end of the transaction */ + if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, tickstart) != HAL_OK) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG); + } + + /* Clear overrun flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received is not read */ + if (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) + { + __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi); + } + + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY; + if (hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE) + { + HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi); + } + else + { + HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(hspi); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Handle abort a Rx transaction. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_AbortRx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + __IO uint32_t count; + + /* Disable SPI Peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); + + count = SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 24U / 1000U); + + /* Disable TXEIE, RXNEIE and ERRIE(mode fault event, overrun error, TI frame error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_TXEIE | SPI_CR2_RXNEIE | SPI_CR2_ERRIE)); + + /* Check RXNEIE is disabled */ + do + { + if (count-- == 0U) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT); + break; + } + } + while (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXNEIE)); + + /* Control the BSY flag */ + if (SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT; + } + + /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */ + if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT; + } + + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle abort a Tx or Rx/Tx transaction. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for SPI module. + * @retval None + */ +static void SPI_AbortTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + __IO uint32_t count; + + count = SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT * (SystemCoreClock / 24U / 1000U); + + /* Disable TXEIE, RXNEIE and ERRIE(mode fault event, overrun error, TI frame error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, (SPI_CR2_TXEIE | SPI_CR2_RXNEIE | SPI_CR2_ERRIE)); + + /* Check TXEIE is disabled */ + do + { + if (count-- == 0U) + { + SET_BIT(hspi->ErrorCode, HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT); + break; + } + } + while (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXEIE)); + + if (SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT; + } + + /* Disable SPI Peripheral */ + __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi); + + /* Empty the FRLVL fifo */ + if (SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, HAL_GetTick()) != HAL_OK) + { + hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT; + } + + hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_spi_ex.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_spi_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2ae2a39e --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_spi_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_spi_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief Extended SPI HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * SPI peripheral extended functionalities : + * + IO operation functions + * + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SPIEx SPIEx + * @brief SPI Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ +#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup SPIEx_Private_Constants SPIEx Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define SPI_FIFO_SIZE 4 +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup SPIEx_Exported_Functions SPIEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup SPIEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 IO operation functions + * @brief Data transfers functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of extended functions to manage the SPI + data transfers. + + (#) Rx data flush function: + (++) HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Flush the RX fifo. + * @param hspi pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified SPI module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPIEx_FlushRxFifo(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmpreg; + uint8_t count = 0U; + while ((hspi->Instance->SR & SPI_FLAG_FRLVL) != SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY) + { + count++; + tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR; + UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */ + if (count == SPI_FIFO_SIZE) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_tim.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_tim.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..459f3624 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_tim.c @@ -0,0 +1,5495 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_tim.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief TIM HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Timer (TIM) peripheral: + * + Time Base Initialization + * + Time Base Start + * + Time Base Start Interruption + * + Time Base Start DMA + * + Time Output Compare/PWM Initialization + * + Time Output Compare/PWM Channel Configuration + * + Time Output Compare/PWM Start + * + Time Output Compare/PWM Start Interruption + * + Time Output Compare/PWM Start DMA + * + Time Input Capture Initialization + * + Time Input Capture Channel Configuration + * + Time Input Capture Start + * + Time Input Capture Start Interruption + * + Time Input Capture Start DMA + * + Time One Pulse Initialization + * + Time One Pulse Channel Configuration + * + Time One Pulse Start + * + Time Encoder Interface Initialization + * + Time Encoder Interface Start + * + Time Encoder Interface Start Interruption + * + Time Encoder Interface Start DMA + * + Commutation Event configuration with Interruption and DMA + * + Time OCRef clear configuration + * + Time External Clock configuration + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIMER Generic features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] The Timer features include: + (#) 16-bit up, down, up/down auto-reload counter. + (#) 16-bit programmable prescaler allowing dividing (also on the fly) the + counter clock frequency either by any factor between 1 and 65536. + (#) Up to 4 independent channels for: + (++) Input Capture + (++) Output Compare + (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode) + (++) One-pulse mode output + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions + depending from feature used : + (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit() + (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit() + (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit() + (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit() + (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit() + (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit() + + (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources : + (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (##) TIM pins configuration + (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function: + __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init(); + + (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the + internal clock from the APBx), using the following function: + HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before + any start function. + + (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the + Initialization function of this driver: + (++) HAL_TIM_Base_Init: to use the Timer to generate a simple time base + (++) HAL_TIM_OC_Init and HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate an + Output Compare signal. + (++) HAL_TIM_PWM_Init and HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate a + PWM signal. + (++) HAL_TIM_IC_Init and HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to measure an + external signal. + (++) HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init and HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer + in One Pulse Mode. + (++) HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init: to use the Timer Encoder Interface. + + (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions depending from the feature used: + (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_Start(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT() + (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_Start(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT() + (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_Start(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT() + (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT() + (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(), HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT() + (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(). + + (#) The DMA Burst is managed with the two following functions: + HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart() + HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart() + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM TIM + * @brief TIM HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions TIM_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); +static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); +static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); +static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t InputTriggerSource); +static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig); + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions TIM Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Time Base functions + * @brief Time Base functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Time Base functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM base. + (+) De-initialize the TIM base. + (+) Start the Time Base. + (+) Stop the Time Base. + (+) Start the Time Base and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the Time Base and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the Time Base and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the Time Base and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Time base Unit according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param htim TIM Base handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set the Time Base configuration */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Base peripheral + * @param htim TIM Base handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Base MSP. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Base MSP. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Change the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Enable the TIM Update interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Disable the TIM Update interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param pData The source Buffer address. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to peripheral. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if((pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->ARR, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Update DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group2 Time Output Compare functions + * @brief Time Output Compare functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Time Output Compare functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Output Compare. + (+) De-initialize the TIM Output Compare. + (+) Start the Time Output Compare. + (+) Stop the Time Output Compare. + (+) Start the Time Output Compare and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the Time Output Compare and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the Time Output Compare and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the Time Output Compare and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Init the base time for the Output Compare */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare MSP. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Output Compare MSP. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Enable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM OC handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param pData The source Buffer address. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if(((uint32_t)pData == 0U ) && (Length > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Output compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group3 Time PWM functions + * @brief Time PWM functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Time PWM functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM OPWM. + (+) De-initialize the TIM PWM. + (+) Start the Time PWM. + (+) Stop the Time PWM. + (+) Start the Time PWM and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the Time PWM and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the Time PWM and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the Time PWM and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM Time Base according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Init the base time for the PWM */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM MSP. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM PWM MSP. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param pData The source Buffer address. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if(((uint32_t)pData == 0U ) && (Length > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Output Capture/Compare 3 request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group4 Time Input Capture functions + * @brief Time Input Capture functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Time Input Capture functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Input Capture. + (+) De-initialize the TIM Input Capture. + (+) Start the Time Input Capture. + (+) Stop the Time Input Capture. + (+) Start the Time Input Capture and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the Time Input Capture and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the Time Input Capture and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the Time Input Capture and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Time base according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Init the base time for the input capture */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral + * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture MSP. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Input Capture MSP. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement. + * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param pData The destination Buffer address. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if((pData == 0U ) && (Length > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group5 Time One Pulse functions + * @brief Time One Pulse functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Time One Pulse functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM One Pulse. + (+) De-initialize the TIM One Pulse. + (+) Start the Time One Pulse. + (+) Stop the Time One Pulse. + (+) Start the Time One Pulse and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the Time One Pulse and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the Time One Pulse and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the Time One Pulse and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Time Base according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. + * @param htim TIM OnePulse handle + * @param OnePulseMode Select the One pulse mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE: Only one pulse will be generated. + * @arg TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE: Repetitive pulses wil be generated. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OnePulseMode) +{ + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(OnePulseMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Configure the Time base in the One Pulse Mode */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Reset the OPM Bit */ + htim->Instance->CR1 &= ~TIM_CR1_OPM; + + /* Configure the OPM Mode */ + htim->Instance->CR1 |= OnePulseMode; + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM One Pulse + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse MSP. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM One Pulse MSP. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation. + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels + (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output + in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together + + No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware + (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */ + + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation. + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel TIM Channels to be disable + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels + (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output + in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */ + + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels + (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output + in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together + + No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware + (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */ + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Enable the main output */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + } + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + + /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels + (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and + if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output + in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) + { + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group6 Time Encoder functions + * @brief Time Encoder functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Time Encoder functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Encoder. + (+) De-initialize the TIM Encoder. + (+) Start the Time Encoder. + (+) Stop the Time Encoder. + (+) Start the Time Encoder and enable interrupt. + (+) Stop the Time Encoder and disable interrupt. + (+) Start the Time Encoder and enable DMA transfer. + (+) Stop the Time Encoder and disable DMA transfer. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface and create the associated handle. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param sConfig TIM Encoder Interface configuration structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef* sConfig) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(sConfig->EncoderMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC1Selection)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC2Selection)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC2Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC2Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC2Filter)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Reset the SMS bits */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + + /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; + + /* Set the encoder Mode */ + tmpsmcr |= sConfig->EncoderMode; + + /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S); + tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Selection | (sConfig->IC2Selection << 8U)); + + /* Set the the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 prescalers and filters */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC | TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC); + tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); + tmpccmr1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler | (sConfig->IC2Prescaler << 8U); + tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Filter << 4U) | (sConfig->IC2Filter << 12U); + + /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC2P); + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1NP | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= sConfig->IC1Polarity | (sConfig->IC2Polarity << 4U); + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Encoder interface + * @param htim TIM Encoder handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface MSP. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Encoder Interface MSP. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Enable the encoder interface channels */ + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + break; + } + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + break; + } + default : + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + break; + } + } + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 + (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + break; + } + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + break; + } + default : + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + break; + } + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Enable the encoder interface channels */ + /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and/or 2 */ + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + break; + } + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + default : + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + break; + } + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 + (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ + if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + else if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 2 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + else + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and 2 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @param pData1 The destination Buffer address for IC1. + * @param pData2 The destination Buffer address for IC2. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData1, uint32_t *pData2, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if((((pData1 == 0U) || (pData2 == 0U) )) && (Length > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t )pData1, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError; + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, Length); + + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 + (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ + if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + else if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 2 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + else + { + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 and 2 */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group7 TIM IRQ handler management + * @brief IRQ handler management + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IRQ handler management ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides Timer IRQ handler function. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief This function handles TIM interrupts requests. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Capture compare 1 event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC1) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC1) !=RESET) + { + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; + + /* Input capture event */ + if((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) != 0x00U) + { + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); + } + /* Output compare event */ + else + { + HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); + } + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; + } + } + } + /* Capture compare 2 event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC2) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC2) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; + /* Input capture event */ + if((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) != 0x00U) + { + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); + } + /* Output compare event */ + else + { + HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); + } + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; + } + } + /* Capture compare 3 event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC3) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC3) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; + /* Input capture event */ + if((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC3S) != 0x00U) + { + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); + } + /* Output compare event */ + else + { + HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); + } + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; + } + } + /* Capture compare 4 event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC4) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC4) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; + /* Input capture event */ + if((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC4S) != 0x00U) + { + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); + } + /* Output compare event */ + else + { + HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); + } + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; + } + } + /* TIM Update event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_UPDATE) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); + HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); + } + } + /* TIM Break input event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_BREAK) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); + HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(htim); + } + } + /* TIM Trigger detection event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); + HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim); + } + } + /* TIM commutation event */ + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM) != RESET) + { + if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_COM) !=RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM); + HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback(htim); + } + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group8 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure The Input Output channels for OC, PWM, IC or One Pulse mode. + (+) Configure External Clock source. + (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time. + (+) Configure Master and the Slave synchronization. + (+) Configure the DMA Burst Mode. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare Channels according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param sConfig TIM Output Compare configuration structure + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); + + /* Check input state */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the TIM Channel 1 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the TIM Channel 2 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the TIM Channel 3 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the TIM Channel 4 in Output Compare */ + TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Channels according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_IC_InitTypeDef. + * @param htim TIM IC handle + * @param sConfig TIM Input Capture configuration structure + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_IC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->ICPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->ICSelection)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->ICPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->ICFilter)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) + { + /* TI1 Configuration */ + TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, + sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; + + /* Set the IC1PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler; + } + else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) + { + /* TI2 Configuration */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, + sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; + + /* Set the IC2PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U); + } + else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_3) + { + /* TI3 Configuration */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, + sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC; + + /* Set the IC3PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler; + } + else + { + /* TI4 Configuration */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, + sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC; + + /* Set the IC4PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U); + } + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM channels according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param sConfig TIM PWM configuration structure + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PWM_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FAST_STATE(sConfig->OCFastMode)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the Channel 1 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the Channel 2 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel2 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U; + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the Channel 3 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel3 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Configure the Channel 4 in PWM mode */ + TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); + + /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel4 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE; + + /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE; + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U; + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Channels according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef. + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @param sConfig TIM One Pulse configuration structure + * @param OutputChannel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @param InputChannel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t OutputChannel, uint32_t InputChannel) +{ + TIM_OC_InitTypeDef temp1; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(OutputChannel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(InputChannel)); + + if(OutputChannel != InputChannel) + { + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Extract the Ouput compare configuration from sConfig structure */ + temp1.OCMode = sConfig->OCMode; + temp1.Pulse = sConfig->Pulse; + temp1.OCPolarity = sConfig->OCPolarity; + temp1.OCNPolarity = sConfig->OCNPolarity; + temp1.OCIdleState = sConfig->OCIdleState; + temp1.OCNIdleState = sConfig->OCNIdleState; + + switch (OutputChannel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1); + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1); + } + break; + default: + break; + } + switch (InputChannel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; + + /* Select the Trigger source */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1FP1; + + /* Select the Slave Mode */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER; + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity, + sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter); + + /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; + + /* Select the Trigger source */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI2FP2; + + /* Select the Slave Mode */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER; + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + else + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DCR + * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source + * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. + * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value + * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, + uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength) +{ +return HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiWriteStart(htim, BurstBaseAddress, BurstRequestSrc, BurstBuffer, BurstLength, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer multiple Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DCR + * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source + * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. + * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value + * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. + * @param DataLength Data length. This parameter can be one value + * between 1 and 0xFFFF. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiWriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, + uint32_t* BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength, uint32_t DataLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_DATA_LENGTH(DataLength)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if((BurstBuffer == 0U ) && (BurstLength > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + switch(BurstRequestSrc) + { + case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC3: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_COM: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength); + } + break; + default: + break; + } + /* configure the DMA Burst Mode */ + htim->Instance->DCR = BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength; + + /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM DMA Burst mode + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources to disable + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); + + /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */ + switch(BurstRequestSrc) + { + case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC1: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC2: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC3: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC4: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_COM: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]); + } + break; + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will starts the Data read + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DCR + * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source + * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. + * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value + * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, + uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength) +{ +return HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiReadStart(htim, BurstBaseAddress, BurstRequestSrc, BurstBuffer, BurstLength, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer multiple Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will starts the Data read + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR + * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DCR + * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source + * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. + * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value + * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. + * @param DataLength Data length. This parameter can be one value + * between 1 and 0xFFFF. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, + uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength, uint32_t DataLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_DATA_LENGTH(DataLength)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if((BurstBuffer == 0U ) && (BurstLength > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + switch(BurstRequestSrc) + { + case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, DataLength); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, DataLength); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, DataLength); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC3: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, DataLength); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, DataLength); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_COM: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, DataLength); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, DataLength); + } + break; + default: + break; + } + + /* configure the DMA Burst Mode */ + htim->Instance->DCR = BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength; + + /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop the DMA burst reading + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources to disable. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); + + /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */ + switch(BurstRequestSrc) + { + case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC1: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC2: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC3: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_CC4: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_COM: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]); + } + break; + case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]); + } + break; + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Generate a software event + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param EventSource specifies the event source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE: Timer update Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM: Timer COM event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER: Timer Trigger Event source + * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK: Timer Break event source + * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can only generate an update event. + * @note TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM and TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK are used only with TIM1, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17. + * @retval HAL status + */ + +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t EventSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(EventSource)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + /* Change the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set the event sources */ + htim->Instance->EGR = EventSource; + + /* Change the TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the OCRef clear feature + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param sClearInputConfig pointer to a TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the OCREF clear feature and parameters for the TIM peripheral. + * @param Channel specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 + * @retval HAL status + */ +__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef * sClearInputConfig, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_SOURCE(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_POLARITY(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_PRESCALER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_FILTER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + switch (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource) + { + case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_NONE: + { + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + + /* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_OCCS; + + /* Clear the ETR Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); + + /* Set TIMx_SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + } + break; + + case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR: + { + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler, + sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity, + sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter); + + /* Set the OCREF clear selection bit */ + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_OCCS; + } + break; + default: + break; + } + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) + { + /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE; + } + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) + { + /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 2 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 2 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE; + } + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) + { + /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 3 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 3 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE; + } + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) + { + /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 4 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 4 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE; + } + } + break; + default: + break; + } + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the clock source to be used + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param sClockSourceConfig pointer to a TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the clock source information for the TIM peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef * sClockSourceConfig) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0U; + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE(sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource)); + + /* Reset the SMS, TS, ECE, ETPS and ETRF bits */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS); + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + + switch (sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource) + { + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL: + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + /* Disable slave mode to clock the prescaler directly with the internal clock */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + } + break; + + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 1 (ETRF)*/ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); + + /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + /* Reset the SMS and TS Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS); + /* Select the External clock mode1 and the ETRF trigger */ + tmpsmcr |= (TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1 | TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1); + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + } + break; + + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 2 (ETRF)*/ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); + + /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + /* Enable the External clock mode2 */ + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE; + } + break; + + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); + + TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1); + } + break; + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 (ETRF)*/ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check TI2 input conditioning related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); + + TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2); + } + break; + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); + + TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, + sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED); + } + break; + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0); + } + break; + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1); + } + break; + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2); + } + break; + case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3: + { + /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the signal connected to the TI1 input: direct from CH1_input + * or a XOR combination between CH1_input, CH2_input & CH3_input + * @param htim TIM handle. + * @param TI1_Selection Indicate whether or not channel 1 is connected to the + * output of a XOR gate. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1: The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input + * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION: The TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 + * pins are connected to the TI1 input (XOR combination) + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t TI1_Selection) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TI1SELECTION(TI1_Selection)); + + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2; + + /* Reset the TI1 selection */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_TI1S; + + /* Set the the TI1 selection */ + tmpcr2 |= TI1_Selection; + + /* Write to TIMxCR2 */ + htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode + * @param htim TIM handle. + * @param sSlaveConfig pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered + * timer input or external trigger input) and the ) and the Slave + * mode (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig); + + /* Disable Trigger Interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); + + /* Disable Trigger DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; + } + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode in interrupt mode + * @param htim TIM handle. + * @param sSlaveConfig pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered + * timer input or external trigger input) and the ) and the Slave + * mode (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchronization_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig); + + /* Enable Trigger Interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); + + /* Disable Trigger DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Read the captured value from Capture Compare unit + * @param htim TIM handle. + * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1 : TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2 : TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3 : TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4 : TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval Captured value + */ +uint32_t HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Return the capture 1 value */ + tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR1; + + break; + } + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Return the capture 2 value */ + tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR2; + + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Return the capture 3 value */ + tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR3; + + break; + } + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Return the capture 4 value */ + tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR4; + + break; + } + + default: + break; + } + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + return tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group9 TIM Callbacks functions + * @brief TIM Callbacks functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIM Callbacks functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides TIM callback functions: + (+) Timer Period elapsed callback + (+) Timer Output Compare callback + (+) Timer Input capture callback + (+) Timer Trigger callback + (+) Timer Error callback + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Period elapsed callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the __HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ + +} +/** + * @brief Output Compare callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim TIM OC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the __HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} +/** + * @brief Input Capture callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim TIM IC handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the __HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief PWM Pulse finished callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the __HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Hall Trigger detection callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Timer error callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group10 Peripheral State functions + * @brief Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM Base state + * @param htim TIM Base handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM OC state + * @param htim TIM Ouput Compare handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM PWM state + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM Input Capture state + * @param htim TIM IC handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM One Pulse Mode state + * @param htim TIM OPM handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM Encoder Mode state + * @param htim TIM Encoder handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIM_Private_Functions TIM_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA error callback + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(htim); +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Delay Pulse complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; + } + + HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); + + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; +} +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Capture complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMACaptureCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; + } + else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) + { + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; + } + + HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); + + htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Period Elapse complete callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Trigger callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim); +} + +/** + * @brief Time Base configuration + * @param TIMx TIM periheral + * @param Structure TIM Base configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_Base_InitTypeDef *Structure) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr1 = 0U; + tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; + + /* Set TIM Time Base Unit parameters ---------------------------------------*/ + if (IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Select the Counter Mode */ + tmpcr1 &= ~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS); + tmpcr1 |= Structure->CounterMode; + } + + if(IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Set the clock division */ + tmpcr1 &= ~TIM_CR1_CKD; + tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)Structure->ClockDivision; + } + + /* Set the auto-reload preload */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpcr1, TIM_CR1_ARPE, Structure->AutoReloadPreload); + + TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; + + /* Set the Autoreload value */ + TIMx->ARR = (uint32_t)Structure->Period ; + + /* Set the Prescaler value */ + TIMx->PSC = (uint32_t)Structure->Prescaler; + + if (IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Set the Repetition Counter value */ + TIMx->RCR = Structure->RepetitionCounter; + } + + /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler + and the repetition counter(only for TIM1 and TIM8) value immediatly */ + TIMx->EGR = TIM_EGR_UG; +} + +/** + * @brief Time Ouput Compare 1 configuration + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param OC_Config The ouput configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0U; + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M; + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCPolarity; + + if(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_1)) + { + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCNPolarity; + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NE; + } + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1; + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCIdleState; + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCNIdleState; + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR1 = OC_Config->Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Time Ouput Compare 2 configuration + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param OC_Config The ouput configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0U; + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M; + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 4U); + + if(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_2)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 4U); + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NE; + + } + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2; + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 2U); + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 2U); + } + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR2 = OC_Config->Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Time Ouput Compare 3 configuration + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param OC_Config The ouput configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0U; + + /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M; + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 8U); + + if(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_3)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NP; + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 8U); + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NE; + } + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3; + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3N; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 4U); + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 4U); + } + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR3 = OC_Config->Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Time Ouput Compare 4 configuration + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param OC_Config The ouput configuration structure + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0U; + + /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M; + tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4P; + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 12U); + + if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS4; + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 6U); + } + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR4 = OC_Config->Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +static void TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + + /* Reset the Trigger Selection Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + /* Set the Input Trigger source */ + tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger; + + /* Reset the slave mode Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + /* Set the slave mode */ + tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode; + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + + /* Configure the trigger prescaler, filter, and polarity */ + switch (sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger) + { + case TIM_TS_ETRF: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + /* Configure the ETR Trigger source */ + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; + htim->Instance->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; + tmpccmr1 |= ((sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter) << 4U); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; + + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_TI1FP1: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + + /* Configure TI1 Filter and Polarity */ + TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_TI2FP2: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); + + /* Configure TI2 Filter and Polarity */ + TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, + sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_ITR0: + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_ITR1: + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_ITR2: + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + } + break; + + case TIM_TS_ITR3: + { + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI1 as Input. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE + * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI : TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI : TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC : TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI2FP1 + * (on channel2 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be + * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. + */ +void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Select the Input */ + if(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) + { + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ICSelection; + } + else + { + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0; + } + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; + tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC1F); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); + tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity & (TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP)); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI1. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE + * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; + tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 4U); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); + tmpccer |= TIM_ICPolarity; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI2 as Input. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE + * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI : TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI : TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC : TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI1FP2 + * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be + * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. + */ +static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Select the Input */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; + tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U); + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F; + tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 4U) & (TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP)); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI2. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE + * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F; + tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 12U); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity << 4U); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI3 as Input. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE + * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI : TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI : TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC : TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI3FP4 + * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be + * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. + */ +static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + + /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E; + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Select the Input */ + tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ICSelection; + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F; + tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC3F); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP); + tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 8U) & (TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP)); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI4 as Input. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING + * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE + * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI : TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI : TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3. + * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC : TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI4FP3 + * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be + * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + + /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E; + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Select the Input */ + tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; + tmpccmr2 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U); + + /* Set the filter */ + tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4F; + tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC4F); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */ + tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP); + tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 12U) & (TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP)); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the Input Trigger source + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param InputTriggerSource The Input Trigger source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0 : Internal Trigger 0 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1 : Internal Trigger 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2 : Internal Trigger 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3 : Internal Trigger 3 + * @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED : TI1 Edge Detector + * @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1 : Filtered Timer Input 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2 : Filtered Timer Input 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ETRF : External Trigger input + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint16_t InputTriggerSource) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0U; + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + /* Reset the TS Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + /* Set the Input Trigger source and the slave mode*/ + tmpsmcr |= InputTriggerSource | TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1; + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR). + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler The external Trigger Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV1 : ETRP Prescaler OFF. + * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV2 : ETRP frequency divided by 2. + * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV4 : ETRP frequency divided by 4. + * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV8 : ETRP frequency divided by 8. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity The external Trigger Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_INVERTED : active low or falling edge active. + * @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_NONINVERTED : active high or rising edge active. + * @param ExtTRGFilter External Trigger Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0U; + + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + + /* Reset the ETR Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); + + /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */ + tmpsmcr |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (ExtTRGFilter << 8U))); + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param Channel specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1 : TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2 : TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3 : TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4 : TIM Channel 4 + * @param ChannelState specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state. + * This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_ENABLE or TIM_CCx_Disable. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); + + tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1E << Channel; + + /* Reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp; + + /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelState << Channel); +} + + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_tim_ex.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_tim_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9bf2c75d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_tim_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,2012 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_tim_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief TIM HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Timer Extended peripheral: + * + Time Hall Sensor Interface Initialization + * + Time Hall Sensor Interface Start + * + Time Complementary signal bread and dead time configuration + * + Time Master and Slave synchronization configuration + * + Timer remapping capabilities configuration + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### TIMER Extended features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + The Timer Extended features include: + (#) Complementary outputs with programmable dead-time for : + (++) Output Compare + (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode) + (++) One-pulse mode output + (#) Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to + interconnect several timers together. + (#) Break input to put the timer output signals in reset state or in a known state. + (#) Supports incremental (quadrature) encoder and hall-sensor circuitry for + positioning purposes + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions + depending from feature used : + (++) Complementary Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit() + (++) Complementary PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit() + (++) Complementary One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit() + (++) Hall Sensor output : HAL_TIM_HallSensor_MspInit() + + (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources : + (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (##) TIM pins configuration + (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function: + __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(); + (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init(); + + (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the + internal clock from the APBx), using the following function: + HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before + any start function. + + (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the + initialization function of this driver: + (++) HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init and HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent: to use the + Timer Hall Sensor Interface and the commutation event with the corresponding + Interrupt and DMA request if needed (Note that One Timer is used to interface + with the Hall sensor Interface and another Timer should be used to use + the commutation event). + + (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions: + (++) Complementary Output Compare : HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT() + (++) Complementary PWM generation : HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT() + (++) Complementary One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT() + (++) Hall Sensor output : HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT(). + + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** +*/ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx TIMEx + * @brief TIM Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Private_Functions TIMEx Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static void TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelNState); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions TIMEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Timer Hall Sensor functions + * @brief Timer Hall Sensor functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Timer Hall Sensor functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure TIM HAL Sensor. + (+) De-initialize TIM HAL Sensor. + (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface. + (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface. + (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface and disable interrupts. + (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface and enable DMA transfers. + (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface and disable DMA transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Hall Sensor Interface and create the associated handle. + * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle + * @param sConfig TIM Hall Sensor configuration structure + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef* sConfig) +{ + TIM_OC_InitTypeDef OC_Config; + + /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ + if(htim == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); + + if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ + HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(htim); + } + + /* Set the TIM state */ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */ + TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); + + /* Configure the Channel 1 as Input Channel to interface with the three Outputs of the Hall sensor */ + TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->IC1Polarity, TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC, sConfig->IC1Filter); + + /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; + /* Set the IC1PSC value */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler; + + /* Enable the Hall sensor interface (XOR function of the three inputs) */ + htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S; + + /* Select the TIM_TS_TI1F_ED signal as Input trigger for the TIM */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1F_ED; + + /* Use the TIM_TS_TI1F_ED signal to reset the TIM counter each edge detection */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_RESET; + + /* Program channel 2 in PWM 2 mode with the desired Commutation_Delay*/ + OC_Config.OCFastMode = TIM_OCFAST_DISABLE; + OC_Config.OCIdleState = TIM_OCIDLESTATE_RESET; + OC_Config.OCMode = TIM_OCMODE_PWM2; + OC_Config.OCNIdleState = TIM_OCNIDLESTATE_RESET; + OC_Config.OCNPolarity = TIM_OCNPOLARITY_HIGH; + OC_Config.OCPolarity = TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH; + OC_Config.Pulse = sConfig->Commutation_Delay; + + TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &OC_Config); + + /* Select OC2REF as trigger output on TRGO: write the MMS bits in the TIMx_CR2 + register to 101 */ + htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS; + htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_TRGO_OC2REF; + + /* Initialize the TIM state*/ + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Hall Sensor interface + * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ + HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(htim); + + /* Change TIM state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; + + /* Release Lock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM Hall Sensor MSP. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes TIM Hall Sensor MSP. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface. + * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Enable the Input Capture channel 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Hall sensor Interface. + * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1, 2 and 3 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 event */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Enable the Input Capture channel 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in interrupt mode. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts event */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor handle + * @param pData The destination Buffer address. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if(((uint32_t)pData == 0U ) && (Length > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + /* Enable the Input Capture channel 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); + + /* Set the DMA Input Capture 1 Callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel for Capture 1*/ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length); + + /* Enable the capture compare 1 Interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in DMA mode. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + + /* Disable the Input Capture channel 1 + (in the Hall Sensor Interface the three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */ + TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); + + + /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 event */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Timer Complementary Output Compare functions + * @brief Timer Complementary Output Compare functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Timer Complementary Output Compare functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM. + (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM. + (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and disable interrupts. + (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and enable DMA transfers. + (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and disable DMA transfers. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation on the complementary + * output. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation on the complementary + * output. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode + * on the complementary output. + * @param htim TIM OC handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the TIM Break interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode + * on the complementary output. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the TIM Break interrupt (only if no more channel is active) */ + tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; + if ((tmpccer & (TIM_CCER_CC1NE | TIM_CCER_CC2NE | TIM_CCER_CC3NE)) == RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); + } + + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode + * on the complementary output. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param pData The source Buffer address. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if(((uint32_t)pData == 0U ) && (Length > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: +{ + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode + * on the complementary output. + * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Timer Complementary PWM functions + * @brief Timer Complementary PWM functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Timer Complementary PWM functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start the Complementary PWM. + (+) Stop the Complementary PWM. + (+) Start the Complementary PWM and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Complementary PWM and disable interrupts. + (+) Start the Complementary PWM and enable DMA transfers. + (+) Stop the Complementary PWM and disable DMA transfers. + (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture measurement. + (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture. + (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture and disable interrupts. + (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture and enable DMA transfers. + (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture and disable DMA transfers. + (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse generation. + (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse. + (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse and disable interrupts. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation on the complementary output. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Enable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation on the complementary output. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + /* Disable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode on the + * complementary output. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the TIM Break interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); + + /* Enable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode on the + * complementary output. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the TIM Break interrupt (only if no more channel is active) */ + tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; + if ((tmpccer & (TIM_CCER_CC1NE | TIM_CCER_CC2NE | TIM_CCER_CC3NE)) == RESET) + { + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); + } + + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode on the + * complementary output + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @param pData The source Buffer address. + * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } + else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) + { + if(((uint32_t)pData == 0U ) && (Length > 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + else + { + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + } + } + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Enable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode on the complementary + * output + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); + } + break; + + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); + } + break; + + default: + break; + } + + /* Disable the complementary PWM output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Change the htim state */ + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group4 Timer Complementary One Pulse functions + * @brief Timer Complementary One Pulse functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Timer Complementary One Pulse functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse generation. + (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse. + (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse and enable interrupts. + (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse and disable interrupts. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation on the complemetary + * output. + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); + + /* Enable the complementary One Pulse output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation on the complementary + * output. + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); + + /* Disable the complementary One Pulse output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode on the + * complementary channel. + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel TIM Channel to be enabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + + /* Enable the complementary One Pulse output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE); + + /* Enable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; + } + +/** + * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode on the + * complementary channel. + * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle + * @param OutputChannel TIM Channel to be disabled + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel)); + + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); + + /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); + + /* Disable the complementary One Pulse output */ + TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE); + + /* Disable the Main Ouput */ + __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group5 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure the commutation event in case of use of the Hall sensor interface. + (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time. + (+) Configure Master synchronization. + (+) Configure timer remapping capabilities. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence. + * @note: this function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to + * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer, + * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer) + * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the + * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time + * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param InputTrigger the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed + * @param CommutationSource the Commutation Event source + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, uint32_t CommutationSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) || + (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3)) + { + /* Select the Input trigger */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger; + } + + /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */ + htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; + /* Select the Commutation event source */ + htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS; + htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence with interrupt. + * @note: this function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to + * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer, + * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer) + * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the + * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time + * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1. + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param InputTrigger the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed + * @param CommutationSource the Commutation Event source + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, uint32_t CommutationSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) || + (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3)) + { + /* Select the Input trigger */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger; + } + + /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */ + htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; + /* Select the Commutation event source */ + htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS; + htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource; + + /* Enable the Commutation Interrupt Request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_COM); + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIM commutation event sequence with DMA. + * @note: this function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to + * update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer, + * the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer) + * configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the + * commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time + * the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1. + * @note: The user should configure the DMA in his own software, in This function only the COMDE bit is set + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param InputTrigger the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected + * @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed + * @param CommutationSource the Commutation Event source + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer + * @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE: Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t InputTrigger, uint32_t CommutationSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_COMMUTATION_EVENT_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) || + (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3)) + { + /* Select the Input trigger */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; + htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger; + } + + /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */ + htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; + /* Select the Commutation event source */ + htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS; + htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource; + + /* Enable the Commutation DMA Request */ + /* Set the DMA Commutation Callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt; + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError; + + /* Enable the Commutation DMA Request */ + __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_COM); + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM in master mode. + * @param htim TIM handle. + * @param sMasterConfig pointer to a TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the selected trigger output (TRGO) and the Master/Slave + * mode. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef * sMasterConfig) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode)); + + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Reset the MMS Bits */ + htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS; + /* Select the TRGO source */ + htim->Instance->CR2 |= sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger; + + /* Reset the MSM Bit */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_MSM; + /* Set or Reset the MSM Bit */ + htim->Instance->SMCR |= sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode; + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Break feature, dead time, Lock level, OSSI/OSSR State + * and the AOE(automatic output enable). + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param sBreakDeadTimeConfig pointer to a TIM_ConfigBreakDeadConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the BDTR Register configuration information for the TIM peripheral. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigBreakDeadTime(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef *sBreakDeadTimeConfig) +{ + uint32_t tmpbdtr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateRunMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateIDLEMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->LockLevel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DEADTIME(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->DeadTime)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->AutomaticOutput)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set the Lock level, the Break enable Bit and the Polarity, the OSSR State, + the OSSI State, the dead time value and the Automatic Output Enable Bit */ + + /* Set the BDTR bits */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_DTG, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->DeadTime); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_LOCK, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->LockLevel); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_OSSI, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateIDLEMode); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_OSSR, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateRunMode); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_BKE, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakState); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_BKP, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakPolarity); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_AOE, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->AutomaticOutput); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_MOE, sBreakDeadTimeConfig->AutomaticOutput); + + /* Set TIMx_BDTR */ + htim->Instance->BDTR = tmpbdtr; + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM14 Remapping input capabilities. + * @param htim TIM handle. + * @param Remap specifies the TIM remapping source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TIM14_GPIO: TIM14 TI1 is connected to GPIO + * @arg TIM_TIM14_RTC: TIM14 TI1 is connected to RTC_clock + * @arg TIM_TIM14_HSE: TIM14 TI1 is connected to HSE/32 + * @arg TIM_TIM14_MCO: TIM14 TI1 is connected to MCO + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_RemapConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Remap) +{ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + /* Check parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP(Remap)); + + /* Set the Timer remapping configuration */ + htim->Instance->OR = Remap; + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group8 + * @{ + */ +#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || \ + defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || \ + defined(STM32F091xC) || defined (STM32F098xx) +/** + * @brief Configures the OCRef clear feature + * @param htim TIM handle + * @param sClearInputConfig pointer to a TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef structure that + * contains the OCREF clear feature and parameters for the TIM peripheral. + * @param Channel specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 + * @arg TIM_Channel_5: TIM Channel 5 + * @retval None + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, + TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef *sClearInputConfig, + uint32_t Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_SOURCE(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource)); + + /* Check input state */ + __HAL_LOCK(htim); + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; + + switch (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource) + { + case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_NONE: + { + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; + + /* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit */ + tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_OCCS; + + /* Clear the ETR Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); + + /* Set TIMx_SMCR */ + htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + } + break; + + case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_OCREFCLR: + { + /* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit */ + htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_OCCS; + } + break; + + case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR: + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_POLARITY(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_PRESCALER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_FILTER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter)); + + TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, + sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler, + sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity, + sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter); + + /* Set the OCREF clear selection bit */ + htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_OCCS; + } + break; + default: + break; + } + + switch (Channel) + { + case TIM_CHANNEL_1: + { + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) + { + /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE; + } + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_2: + { + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) + { + /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 2 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 2 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE; + } + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_3: + { + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) + { + /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 3 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 3 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE; + } + } + break; + case TIM_CHANNEL_4: + { + if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) + { + /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 4 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 4 */ + htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE; + } + } + break; + default: + break; + } + + htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); + + return HAL_OK; +} +#endif /* STM32F051x8 || STM32F058xx || */ + /* STM32F071xB || STM32F072xB || STM32F078xx || */ + /* STM32F091xC || STM32F098xx */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group6 Extension Callbacks functions + * @brief Extension Callbacks functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Extension Callbacks functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides Extension TIM callback functions: + (+) Timer Commutation callback + (+) Timer Break callback + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Hall commutation changed callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Hall Break detection callback in non blocking mode + * @param htim TIM handle + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htim); + + /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief TIM DMA Commutation callback. + * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +void TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; + + HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback(htim); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group7 Extension Peripheral State functions + * @brief Extension Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Extension Peripheral State functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral + and the data flow. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the TIM Hall Sensor interface state + * @param htim TIM Hall Sensor handle + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) +{ + return htim->State; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel xN. + * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral + * @param Channel specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @param ChannelNState specifies the TIM Channel CCxNE bit new state. + * This parameter can be: TIM_CCxN_ENABLE or TIM_CCxN_Disable. + * @retval None + */ +static void TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelNState) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + + tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1NE << Channel; + + /* Reset the CCxNE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp; + + /* Set or reset the CCxNE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelNState << Channel); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_tsc.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_tsc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eaf1697a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_tsc.c @@ -0,0 +1,824 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_tsc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Touch Sensing Controller (TSC) peripheral: + * + Initialization and DeInitialization + * + Channel IOs, Shield IOs and Sampling IOs configuration + * + Start and Stop an acquisition + * + Read acquisition result + * + Interrupts and flags management + * + @verbatim +================================================================================ + ##### TSC specific features ##### +================================================================================ + [..] + (+) Proven and robust surface charge transfer acquisition principle + + (+) Supports up to 3 capacitive sensing channels per group + + (+) Capacitive sensing channels can be acquired in parallel offering a very good + response time + + (+) Spread spectrum feature to improve system robustness in noisy environments + + (+) Full hardware management of the charge transfer acquisition sequence + + (+) Programmable charge transfer frequency + + (+) Programmable sampling capacitor I/O pin + + (+) Programmable channel I/O pin + + (+) Programmable max count value to avoid long acquisition when a channel is faulty + + (+) Dedicated end of acquisition and max count error flags with interrupt capability + + (+) One sampling capacitor for up to 3 capacitive sensing channels to reduce the system + components + (+) Compatible with proximity, touchkey, linear and rotary touch sensor implementation + + ##### How to use this driver ##### +================================================================================ + [..] + (#) Enable the TSC interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TSC_CLK_ENABLE() macro. + + (#) GPIO pins configuration + (++) Enable the clock for the TSC GPIOs using __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE() macro. + (++) Configure the TSC pins used as sampling IOs in alternate function output Open-Drain mode, + and TSC pins used as channel/shield IOs in alternate function output Push-Pull mode + using HAL_GPIO_Init() function. + (++) Configure the alternate function on all the TSC pins using HAL_xxxx() function. + + (#) Interrupts configuration + (++) Configure the NVIC (if the interrupt model is used) using HAL_xxx() function. + + (#) TSC configuration + (++) Configure all TSC parameters and used TSC IOs using HAL_TSC_Init() function. + + *** Acquisition sequence *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Discharge all IOs using HAL_TSC_IODischarge() function. + (+) Wait a certain time allowing a good discharge of all capacitors. This delay depends + of the sampling capacitor and electrodes design. + (+) Select the channel IOs to be acquired using HAL_TSC_IOConfig() function. + (+) Launch the acquisition using either HAL_TSC_Start() or HAL_TSC_Start_IT() function. + If the synchronized mode is selected, the acquisition will start as soon as the signal + is received on the synchro pin. + (+) Wait the end of acquisition using either HAL_TSC_PollForAcquisition() or + HAL_TSC_GetState() function or using WFI instruction for example. + (+) Check the group acquisition status using HAL_TSC_GroupGetStatus() function. + (+) Read the acquisition value using HAL_TSC_GroupGetValue() function. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +#ifdef HAL_TSC_MODULE_ENABLED + +#if defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F091xC) || \ + defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F072xB) || \ + defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F058xx) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F098xx) + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TSC TSC + * @brief TSC HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +static uint32_t TSC_extract_groups(uint32_t iomask); +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup TSC_Exported_Functions TSC Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TSC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and configure the TSC. + (+) De-initialize the TSC. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TSC peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the TSC_InitTypeDef structure. + * @param htsc TSC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_Init(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc) +{ + /* Check TSC handle allocation */ + if (htsc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TSC_CTPH(htsc->Init.CTPulseHighLength)); + assert_param(IS_TSC_CTPL(htsc->Init.CTPulseLowLength)); + assert_param(IS_TSC_SS(htsc->Init.SpreadSpectrum)); + assert_param(IS_TSC_SSD(htsc->Init.SpreadSpectrumDeviation)); + assert_param(IS_TSC_SS_PRESC(htsc->Init.SpreadSpectrumPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TSC_PG_PRESC(htsc->Init.PulseGeneratorPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TSC_MCV(htsc->Init.MaxCountValue)); + assert_param(IS_TSC_IODEF(htsc->Init.IODefaultMode)); + assert_param(IS_TSC_SYNC_POL(htsc->Init.SynchroPinPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TSC_ACQ_MODE(htsc->Init.AcquisitionMode)); + assert_param(IS_TSC_MCE_IT(htsc->Init.MaxCountInterrupt)); + + if(htsc->State == HAL_TSC_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + htsc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + } + + /* Initialize the TSC state */ + htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX */ + HAL_TSC_MspInit(htsc); + + /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + /* Set TSC parameters */ + + /* Enable TSC */ + htsc->Instance->CR = TSC_CR_TSCE; + + /* Set all functions */ + htsc->Instance->CR |= (htsc->Init.CTPulseHighLength | + htsc->Init.CTPulseLowLength | + (uint32_t)(htsc->Init.SpreadSpectrumDeviation << 17U) | + htsc->Init.SpreadSpectrumPrescaler | + htsc->Init.PulseGeneratorPrescaler | + htsc->Init.MaxCountValue | + htsc->Init.SynchroPinPolarity | + htsc->Init.AcquisitionMode); + + /* Spread spectrum */ + if (htsc->Init.SpreadSpectrum == ENABLE) + { + htsc->Instance->CR |= TSC_CR_SSE; + } + + /* Disable Schmitt trigger hysteresis on all used TSC IOs */ + htsc->Instance->IOHCR = (uint32_t)(~(htsc->Init.ChannelIOs | htsc->Init.ShieldIOs | htsc->Init.SamplingIOs)); + + /* Set channel and shield IOs */ + htsc->Instance->IOCCR = (htsc->Init.ChannelIOs | htsc->Init.ShieldIOs); + + /* Set sampling IOs */ + htsc->Instance->IOSCR = htsc->Init.SamplingIOs; + + /* Set the groups to be acquired */ + htsc->Instance->IOGCSR = TSC_extract_groups(htsc->Init.ChannelIOs); + + /* Clear interrupts */ + htsc->Instance->IER &= (uint32_t)(~(TSC_IT_EOA | TSC_IT_MCE)); + + /* Clear flags */ + htsc->Instance->ICR = (TSC_FLAG_EOA | TSC_FLAG_MCE); + + /*--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + /* Initialize the TSC state */ + htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_READY; + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the TSC peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param htsc TSC handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_DeInit(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc) +{ + /* Check TSC handle allocation */ + if (htsc == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance)); + + /* Change TSC state */ + htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_TSC_MspDeInit(htsc); + + /* Change TSC state */ + htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_RESET; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htsc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TSC MSP. + * @param htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TSC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TSC_MspInit(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htsc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TSC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitializes the TSC MSP. + * @param htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TSC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TSC_MspDeInit(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htsc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TSC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TSC_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief IO operation functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Start acquisition in polling mode. + (+) Start acquisition in interrupt mode. + (+) Stop conversion in polling mode. + (+) Stop conversion in interrupt mode. + (+) Get group acquisition status. + (+) Get group acquisition value. +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Starts the acquisition. + * @param htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TSC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_Start(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htsc); + + /* Change TSC state */ + htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Clear interrupts */ + __HAL_TSC_DISABLE_IT(htsc, (TSC_IT_EOA | TSC_IT_MCE)); + + /* Clear flags */ + __HAL_TSC_CLEAR_FLAG(htsc, (TSC_FLAG_EOA | TSC_FLAG_MCE)); + + /* Set touch sensing IOs not acquired to the specified IODefaultMode */ + if (htsc->Init.IODefaultMode == TSC_IODEF_OUT_PP_LOW) + { + __HAL_TSC_SET_IODEF_OUTPPLOW(htsc); + } + else + { + __HAL_TSC_SET_IODEF_INFLOAT(htsc); + } + + /* Launch the acquisition */ + __HAL_TSC_START_ACQ(htsc); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htsc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the interrupt and starts the acquisition + * @param htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TSC. + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_Start_IT(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_TSC_MCE_IT(htsc->Init.MaxCountInterrupt)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htsc); + + /* Change TSC state */ + htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable end of acquisition interrupt */ + __HAL_TSC_ENABLE_IT(htsc, TSC_IT_EOA); + + /* Enable max count error interrupt (optional) */ + if (htsc->Init.MaxCountInterrupt == ENABLE) + { + __HAL_TSC_ENABLE_IT(htsc, TSC_IT_MCE); + } + else + { + __HAL_TSC_DISABLE_IT(htsc, TSC_IT_MCE); + } + + /* Clear flags */ + __HAL_TSC_CLEAR_FLAG(htsc, (TSC_FLAG_EOA | TSC_FLAG_MCE)); + + /* Set touch sensing IOs not acquired to the specified IODefaultMode */ + if (htsc->Init.IODefaultMode == TSC_IODEF_OUT_PP_LOW) + { + __HAL_TSC_SET_IODEF_OUTPPLOW(htsc); + } + else + { + __HAL_TSC_SET_IODEF_INFLOAT(htsc); + } + + /* Launch the acquisition */ + __HAL_TSC_START_ACQ(htsc); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htsc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the acquisition previously launched in polling mode + * @param htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TSC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_Stop(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htsc); + + /* Stop the acquisition */ + __HAL_TSC_STOP_ACQ(htsc); + + /* Set touch sensing IOs in low power mode (output push-pull) */ + __HAL_TSC_SET_IODEF_OUTPPLOW(htsc); + + /* Clear flags */ + __HAL_TSC_CLEAR_FLAG(htsc, (TSC_FLAG_EOA | TSC_FLAG_MCE)); + + /* Change TSC state */ + htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htsc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stops the acquisition previously launched in interrupt mode + * @param htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TSC. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_Stop_IT(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htsc); + + /* Stop the acquisition */ + __HAL_TSC_STOP_ACQ(htsc); + + /* Set touch sensing IOs in low power mode (output push-pull) */ + __HAL_TSC_SET_IODEF_OUTPPLOW(htsc); + + /* Disable interrupts */ + __HAL_TSC_DISABLE_IT(htsc, (TSC_IT_EOA | TSC_IT_MCE)); + + /* Clear flags */ + __HAL_TSC_CLEAR_FLAG(htsc, (TSC_FLAG_EOA | TSC_FLAG_MCE)); + + /* Change TSC state */ + htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_READY; + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htsc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the acquisition status for a group + * @param htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TSC. + * @param gx_index Index of the group + * @retval Group status + */ +TSC_GroupStatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_GroupGetStatus(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc, uint32_t gx_index) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_GROUP_INDEX(gx_index)); + + /* Return the group status */ + return(__HAL_TSC_GET_GROUP_STATUS(htsc, gx_index)); +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the acquisition measure for a group + * @param htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TSC. + * @param gx_index Index of the group + * @retval Acquisition measure + */ +uint32_t HAL_TSC_GroupGetValue(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc, uint32_t gx_index) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_GROUP_INDEX(gx_index)); + + /* Return the group acquisition counter */ + return htsc->Instance->IOGXCR[gx_index]; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TSC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Configure TSC IOs + (+) Discharge TSC IOs +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures TSC IOs + * @param htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TSC. + * @param config pointer to the configuration structure. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_IOConfig(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc, TSC_IOConfigTypeDef* config) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htsc); + + /* Stop acquisition */ + __HAL_TSC_STOP_ACQ(htsc); + + /* Disable Schmitt trigger hysteresis on all used TSC IOs */ + htsc->Instance->IOHCR = (uint32_t)(~(config->ChannelIOs | config->ShieldIOs | config->SamplingIOs)); + + /* Set channel and shield IOs */ + htsc->Instance->IOCCR = (config->ChannelIOs | config->ShieldIOs); + + /* Set sampling IOs */ + htsc->Instance->IOSCR = config->SamplingIOs; + + /* Set groups to be acquired */ + htsc->Instance->IOGCSR = TSC_extract_groups(config->ChannelIOs); + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htsc); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Discharge TSC IOs + * @param htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TSC. + * @param choice enable or disable + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_IODischarge(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc, uint32_t choice) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htsc); + + if (choice == ENABLE) + { + __HAL_TSC_SET_IODEF_OUTPPLOW(htsc); + } + else + { + __HAL_TSC_SET_IODEF_INFLOAT(htsc); + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htsc); + + /* Return the group acquisition counter */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TSC_Exported_Functions_Group4 State functions + * @brief State functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### State functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to + (+) Get TSC state. + (+) Poll for acquisition completed. + (+) Handles TSC interrupt request. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the TSC state + * @param htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TSC. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_TSC_StateTypeDef HAL_TSC_GetState(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance)); + + if (htsc->State == HAL_TSC_STATE_BUSY) + { + /* Check end of acquisition flag */ + if (__HAL_TSC_GET_FLAG(htsc, TSC_FLAG_EOA) != RESET) + { + /* Check max count error flag */ + if (__HAL_TSC_GET_FLAG(htsc, TSC_FLAG_MCE) != RESET) + { + /* Change TSC state */ + htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_ERROR; + } + else + { + /* Change TSC state */ + htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_READY; + } + } + } + + /* Return TSC state */ + return htsc->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Start acquisition and wait until completion + * @note There is no need of a timeout parameter as the max count error is already + * managed by the TSC peripheral. + * @param htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TSC. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TSC_PollForAcquisition(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance)); + + /* Process locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(htsc); + + /* Check end of acquisition */ + while (HAL_TSC_GetState(htsc) == HAL_TSC_STATE_BUSY) + { + /* The timeout (max count error) is managed by the TSC peripheral itself. */ + } + + /* Process unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(htsc); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handles TSC interrupt request + * @param htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TSC. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_TSC_IRQHandler(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TSC_ALL_INSTANCE(htsc->Instance)); + + /* Check if the end of acquisition occured */ + if (__HAL_TSC_GET_FLAG(htsc, TSC_FLAG_EOA) != RESET) + { + /* Clear EOA flag */ + __HAL_TSC_CLEAR_FLAG(htsc, TSC_FLAG_EOA); + } + + /* Check if max count error occured */ + if (__HAL_TSC_GET_FLAG(htsc, TSC_FLAG_MCE) != RESET) + { + /* Clear MCE flag */ + __HAL_TSC_CLEAR_FLAG(htsc, TSC_FLAG_MCE); + /* Change TSC state */ + htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_ERROR; + /* Conversion completed callback */ + HAL_TSC_ErrorCallback(htsc); + } + else + { + /* Change TSC state */ + htsc->State = HAL_TSC_STATE_READY; + /* Conversion completed callback */ + HAL_TSC_ConvCpltCallback(htsc); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TSC_Exported_Functions_Group5 Callback functions + * @brief Callback functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Acquisition completed callback in non blocking mode + * @param htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TSC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TSC_ConvCpltCallback(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htsc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TSC_ConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Error callback in non blocking mode + * @param htsc pointer to a TSC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified TSC. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_TSC_ErrorCallback(TSC_HandleTypeDef* htsc) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(htsc); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_TSC_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TSC_Private_Functions TSC Private Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Utility function used to set the acquired groups mask + * @param iomask Channels IOs mask + * @retval Acquired groups mask + */ +static uint32_t TSC_extract_groups(uint32_t iomask) +{ + uint32_t groups = 0U; + uint32_t idx; + + for (idx = 0U; idx < TSC_NB_OF_GROUPS; idx++) + { + if ((iomask & (0x0FU << (idx * 4U))) != RESET) + { + groups |= (1U << idx); + } + } + + return groups; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F091xC) || */ + /* defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F072xB) || */ + /* defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F058xx) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F098xx) */ + +#endif /* HAL_TSC_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_uart.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_uart.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..564e2a67 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_uart.c @@ -0,0 +1,2796 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_uart.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief UART HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) peripheral: + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State and Errors functions + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + The UART HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a UART_HandleTypeDef handle structure (eg. UART_HandleTypeDef huart). + (#) Initialize the UART low level resources by implementing the HAL_UART_MspInit() API: + (++) Enable the USARTx interface clock. + (++) UART pins configuration: + (+++) Enable the clock for the UART GPIOs. + (+++) Configure these UART pins as alternate function pull-up. + (++) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() + and HAL_UART_Receive_IT() APIs): + (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority. + (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle. + (++) UART interrupts handling: + -@@- The specific UART interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, + RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) are managed using the macros + __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive processes. + (++) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA() + and HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() APIs): + (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock. + (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters. + (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the UART DMA Tx/Rx handle. + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx channel. + + (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware + flow control and Mode (Receiver/Transmitter) in the huart handle Init structure. + + (#) If required, program UART advanced features (TX/RX pins swap, auto Baud rate detection,...) + in the huart handle AdvancedInit structure. + + (#) For the UART asynchronous mode, initialize the UART registers by calling + the HAL_UART_Init() API. + + (#) For the UART Half duplex mode, initialize the UART registers by calling + the HAL_HalfDuplex_Init() API. + + (#) For the UART Multiprocessor mode, initialize the UART registers + by calling the HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() API. + + (#) For the UART RS485 Driver Enabled mode, initialize the UART registers + by calling the HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API. + + [..] + (@) These APIs(HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(), HAL_MultiProcessor_Init(), + also configure the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) by + calling the customized HAL_UART_MspInit() API. + + [..] + [..] Three operation modes are available within this driver : + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_UART_Transmit() + (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_UART_Receive() + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() + (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback + (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_UART_Receive_IT() + (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_ErrorCallback + + *** DMA mode IO operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA() + (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback + (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() + (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_ErrorCallback + (+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAPause() + (+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAResume() + (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAStop() + + *** UART HAL driver macros list *** + ============================================= + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in UART HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_UART_ENABLE: Enable the UART peripheral + (+) __HAL_UART_DISABLE: Disable the UART peripheral + (+) __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG : Check whether the specified UART flag is set or not + (+) __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified UART pending flag + (+) __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified UART interrupt + (+) __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified UART interrupt + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the UART HAL driver header file for more useful macros + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup UART UART + * @brief HAL UART module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup UART_Private_Constants UART Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define UART_CR1_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | \ + USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8)) /*!< UART or USART CR1 fields of parameters set by UART_SetConfig API */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup UART_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +static void UART_EndTxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static void UART_EndRxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void UART_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions UART Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim +=============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy + in asynchronous mode. + (+) For the asynchronous mode the parameters below can be configured: + (++) Baud Rate + (++) Word Length + (++) Stop Bit + (++) Parity + (++) Hardware flow control + (++) Receiver/transmitter modes + (++) Over Sampling Method + (++) One-Bit Sampling Method + (+) For the asynchronous mode, the following advanced features can be configured as well: + (++) TX and/or RX pin level inversion + (++) data logical level inversion + (++) RX and TX pins swap + (++) RX overrun detection disabling + (++) DMA disabling on RX error + (++) MSB first on communication line + (++) auto Baud rate detection + [..] + The HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init() and HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() + API follow respectively the UART asynchronous, UART Half duplex and multiprocessor mode + configuration procedures (details for the procedures are available in reference manual). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/* + Additional Table: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written + in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. + According to device capability (support or not of 7-bit word length), + frame length is either defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits) + or by the M1 and M0 bits (7-bit, 8-bit or 9-bit). + Possible UART frame formats are as listed in the following table: + + Table 1. UART frame format. + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | M bit | PCE bit | UART frame | + |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8-bit data | STB | | + |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7-bit data | PB | STB | | + |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9-bit data | STB | | + |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8-bit data | PB | STB | | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | M1 bit | M0 bit | PCE bit | UART frame | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 7 bit data | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 6 bit data | PB | STB | | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ + +*/ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the UART mode according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if(huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(huart->Init.HwFlowCtl != UART_HWCONTROL_NONE) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_HWFLOW_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + } + else + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + } + + if(huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); + } + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT) + { + UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart); + } + + /* In asynchronous mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN (if LIN is supported) and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN (if Smartcard is supported), HDSEL and IREN (if IrDA is supported) bits in the USART_CR3 register. */ +#if defined (USART_CR2_LINEN) + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN)); +#else + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_CLKEN); +#endif +#if defined (USART_CR3_SCEN) +#if defined (USART_CR3_IREN) + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN)); +#else + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL)); +#endif +#else +#if defined (USART_CR3_IREN) + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN)); +#else + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_HDSEL); +#endif +#endif + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the half-duplex mode according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if(huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check UART instance */ + assert_param(IS_UART_HALFDUPLEX_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + if(huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); + } + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT) + { + UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart); + } + + /* In half-duplex mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN (if LIN is supported) and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN (if Smartcard is supported), and IREN (if IrDA is supported) bits in the USART_CR3 register. */ +#if defined (USART_CR2_LINEN) + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN)); +#else + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_CLKEN); +#endif +#if defined (USART_CR3_SCEN) +#if defined (USART_CR3_IREN) + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN)); +#else + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_SCEN); +#endif +#else +#if defined (USART_CR3_IREN) + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_IREN); +#endif +#endif + + /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_HDSEL); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + + +/** + * @brief Initialize the multiprocessor mode according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param Address UART node address (4-, 6-, 7- or 8-bit long). + * @param WakeUpMethod specifies the UART wakeup method. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_IDLELINE WakeUp by an idle line detection + * @arg @ref UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK WakeUp by an address mark + * @note If the user resorts to idle line detection wake up, the Address parameter + * is useless and ignored by the initialization function. + * @note If the user resorts to address mark wake up, the address length detection + * is configured by default to 4 bits only. For the UART to be able to + * manage 6-, 7- or 8-bit long addresses detection, the API + * HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set() must be called after + * HAL_MultiProcessor_Init(). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t Address, uint32_t WakeUpMethod) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if(huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the wake up method parameter */ + assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUPMETHOD(WakeUpMethod)); + + if(huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); + } + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT) + { + UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart); + } + + /* In multiprocessor mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN (if LIN is supported) and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN (if Smartcard is supported), HDSEL and IREN (if IrDA is supported) bits in the USART_CR3 register. */ +#if defined (USART_CR2_LINEN) + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, (USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN)); +#else + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_CLKEN); +#endif +#if defined (USART_CR3_SCEN) +#if defined (USART_CR3_IREN) + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN)); +#else + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL)); +#endif +#else +#if defined (USART_CR3_IREN) + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN)); +#else + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_HDSEL); +#endif +#endif + + if (WakeUpMethod == UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK) + { + /* If address mark wake up method is chosen, set the USART address node */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADD, ((uint32_t)Address << UART_CR2_ADDRESS_LSB_POS)); + } + + /* Set the wake up method by setting the WAKE bit in the CR1 register */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_WAKE, WakeUpMethod); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the UART peripheral. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if(huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + huart->Instance->CR1 = 0x0U; + huart->Instance->CR2 = 0x0U; + huart->Instance->CR3 = 0x0U; + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_UART_MspDeInit(huart); + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET; + + /* Process Unlock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the UART MSP. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_MspInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_MspInit can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the UART MSP. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_MspDeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief UART Transmit/Receive functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the UART asynchronous + and Half duplex data transfers. + + (#) There are two mode of transfer: + (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. + The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function + after finishing transfer. + (++) Non-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts + or DMA, These API's return the HAL status. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated UART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when + using DMA mode. + The HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks + will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process + The HAL_UART_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected + + (#) Blocking mode API's are : + (++) HAL_UART_Transmit() + (++) HAL_UART_Receive() + + (#) Non-Blocking mode API's with Interrupt are : + (++) HAL_UART_Transmit_IT() + (++) HAL_UART_Receive_IT() + (++) HAL_UART_IRQHandler() + + (#) Non-Blocking mode API's with DMA are : + (++) HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA() + (++) HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() + (++) HAL_UART_DMAPause() + (++) HAL_UART_DMAResume() + (++) HAL_UART_DMAStop() + + (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in Non_Blocking mode: + (++) HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() + + (#) Non-Blocking mode transfers could be aborted using Abort API's : + (++) HAL_UART_Abort() + (++) HAL_UART_AbortTransmit() + (++) HAL_UART_AbortReceive() + (++) HAL_UART_Abort_IT() + (++) HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT() + (++) HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT() + + (#) For Abort services based on interrupts (HAL_UART_Abortxxx_IT), a set of Abort Complete Callbacks are provided: + (++) HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback() + + (#) In Non-Blocking mode transfers, possible errors are split into 2 categories. + Errors are handled as follows : + (++) Error is considered as Recoverable and non blocking : Transfer could go till end, but error severity is + to be evaluated by user : this concerns Frame Error, Parity Error or Noise Error in Interrupt mode reception . + Received character is then retrieved and stored in Rx buffer, Error code is set to allow user to identify error type, + and HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed. Transfer is kept ongoing on UART side. + If user wants to abort it, Abort services should be called by user. + (++) Error is considered as Blocking : Transfer could not be completed properly and is aborted. + This concerns Overrun Error In Interrupt mode reception and all errors in DMA mode. + Error code is set to allow user to identify error type, and HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed. + + -@- In the Half duplex communication, it is forbidden to run the transmit + and receive process in parallel, the UART state HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX can't be useful. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData Pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer containing data to be sent, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as sent data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if(huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input paramter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be filled into TDR will be + handled through a u16 cast. */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if((((uint32_t)pData)&1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + huart->TxXferSize = Size; + huart->TxXferCount = Size; + while(huart->TxXferCount > 0) + { + huart->TxXferCount--; + if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) pData; + huart->Instance->TDR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FFU); + pData += 2; + } + else + { + huart->Instance->TDR = (*pData++ & (uint8_t)0xFFU); + } + } + if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TC, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* At end of Tx process, restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size amount of data to be received. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer for storing data to be received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as received data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + uint16_t uhMask; + uint32_t tickstart = 0; + + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if(huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input paramter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be received from RDR will be + handled through a u16 cast. */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if((((uint32_t)pData)&1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + huart->RxXferSize = Size; + huart->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Computation of UART mask to apply to RDR register */ + UART_MASK_COMPUTATION(huart); + uhMask = huart->Mask; + + /* as long as data have to be received */ + while(huart->RxXferCount > 0U) + { + huart->RxXferCount--; + if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) pData ; + *tmp = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & uhMask); + pData +=2U; + } + else + { + *pData++ = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask); + } + } + + /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in interrupt mode. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size amount of data to be sent. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer containing data to be sent, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as sent data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if(huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input paramter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be filled into TDR will be + handled through a u16 cast. */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if((((uint32_t)pData)&1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->TxXferSize = Size; + huart->TxXferCount = Size; + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + /* Enable the UART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size amount of data to be received. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer for storing data to be received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as received data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if(huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input paramter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be received from RDR will be + handled through a u16 cast. */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if((((uint32_t)pData)&1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->RxXferSize = Size; + huart->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Computation of UART mask to apply to RDR register */ + UART_MASK_COMPUTATION(huart); + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Enable the UART Parity Error and Data Register not empty Interrupts */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RXNEIE); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in DMA mode. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size amount of data to be sent. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer containing data to be sent, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as sent data will be handled by DMA from halfword frontier). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Tx process is not already ongoing */ + if(huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input paramter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data copy into TDR will be + handled by DMA from a u16 frontier. */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if((((uint32_t)pData)&1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->pTxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->TxXferSize = Size; + huart->TxXferCount = Size; + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMATransmitCplt; + + /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMATxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + huart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA abort callback */ + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the UART transmit DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmatx, (uint32_t)huart->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->TDR, Size); + + /* Clear the TC flag in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_TCF); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in DMA mode. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param pData pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size amount of data to be received. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer for storing data to be received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as received data will be handled by DMA from halfword frontier). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pData. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size) +{ + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if(huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pData buffer provided as input paramter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data copy from RDR will be + handled by DMA from a u16 frontier. */ + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if((((uint32_t)pData)&1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData; + huart->RxXferSize = Size; + + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMAReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + huart->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMARxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + huart->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError; + + /* Set the DMA abort callback */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Enable the DMA channel */ + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->RDR, (uint32_t)huart->pRxBuffPtr, Size); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + /* Enable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + + /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Pause the DMA Transfer. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAPause(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + if ((huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) && + (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))) + { + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + } + if ((huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) && + (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))) + { + /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Resume the DMA Transfer. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAResume(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + if(huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Enable the UART DMA Tx request */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + } + if(huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF); + + /* Reenable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Enable the UART DMA Rx request */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop the DMA Transfer. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAStop(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application + to call the HAL UART API under callbacks HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() / + HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback / HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback: + indeed, when HAL_DMA_Abort() API is called, the DMA TX/RX Transfer or Half Transfer complete + interrupt is generated if the DMA transfer interruption occurs at the middle or at the end of + the stream and the corresponding call back is executed. */ + + /* Stop UART DMA Tx request if ongoing */ + if ((huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) && + (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel */ + if(huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx); + } + + UART_EndTxTransfer(huart); + } + + /* Stop UART DMA Rx request if ongoing */ + if ((huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) && + (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel */ + if(huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx); + } + + UART_EndRxTransfer(huart); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (blocking mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx and Rx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Abort(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx); + } + } + + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx); + } + } + + /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Reset Handle ErrorCode to No Error */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (blocking mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Tx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortTransmit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx); + } + } + + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Receive transfer (blocking mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Rx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable UART Interrupts (Rx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortReceive(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx); + } + } + + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (Interrupt mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx and Rx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Abort_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t abortcplt = 1U; + + /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* If DMA Tx and/or DMA Rx Handles are associated to UART Handle, DMA Abort complete callbacks should be initialised + before any call to DMA Abort functions */ + /* DMA Tx Handle is valid */ + if(huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if UART DMA Tx request if enabled. + Otherwise, set it to NULL */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMATxAbortCallback; + } + else + { + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + } + /* DMA Rx Handle is valid */ + if(huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if UART DMA Rx request if enabled. + Otherwise, set it to NULL */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMARxAbortCallback; + } + else + { + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + } + + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + /* Disable DMA Tx at UART level */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if(huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* UART Tx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised : + will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + else + { + abortcplt = 0U; + } + } + } + + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if(huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* UART Rx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised : + will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + abortcplt = 1U; + } + else + { + abortcplt = 0U; + } + } + } + + /* if no DMA abort complete callback execution is required => call user Abort Complete callback */ + if (abortcplt == 1U) + { + /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Reset errorCode */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(huart); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Transmit transfer (Interrupt mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Tx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable UART Interrupts (Tx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + + /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Tx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if(huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback; + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback(huart->hdmatx); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Tx transfer counter */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing Receive transfer (Interrupt mode). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing Rx transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable UART Interrupts (Rx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if(huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback; + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(huart->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart); + } + } + else + { + /* Reset Rx transfer counter */ + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle UART interrupt request. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_UART_IRQHandler(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t isrflags = READ_REG(huart->Instance->ISR); + uint32_t cr1its = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR1); + uint32_t cr3its; + uint32_t errorflags; + + /* If no error occurs */ + errorflags = (isrflags & (uint32_t)(USART_ISR_PE | USART_ISR_FE | USART_ISR_ORE | USART_ISR_NE)); + if (errorflags == RESET) + { + /* UART in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != RESET)) + { + UART_Receive_IT(huart); + return; + } + } + + /* If some errors occur */ + cr3its = READ_REG(huart->Instance->CR3); + if( (errorflags != RESET) + && ( ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET) + || ((cr1its & (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)) != RESET)) ) + { + /* UART parity error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_PE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_PEIE) != RESET)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_IT(huart, UART_CLEAR_PEF); + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_PE; + } + + /* UART frame error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_FE) != RESET) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_IT(huart, UART_CLEAR_FEF); + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_FE; + } + + /* UART noise error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_NE) != RESET) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_IT(huart, UART_CLEAR_NEF); + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_NE; + } + + /* UART Over-Run interrupt occurred -----------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_ORE) != RESET) && + (((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != RESET) || ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET))) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_IT(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF); + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE; + } + + /* Call UART Error Call back function if need be --------------------------*/ + if(huart->ErrorCode != HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* UART in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != RESET)) + { + UART_Receive_IT(huart); + } + + /* If Overrun error occurs, or if any error occurs in DMA mode reception, + consider error as blocking */ + if (((huart->ErrorCode & HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE) != RESET) || + (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))) + { + /* Blocking error : transfer is aborted + Set the UART state ready to be able to start again the process, + Disable Rx Interrupts, and disable Rx DMA request, if ongoing */ + UART_EndRxTransfer(huart); + + /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the UART DMA Rx channel */ + if(huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the UART DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = UART_DMAAbortOnError; + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(huart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(huart->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); + } + } + else + { + /* Non Blocking error : transfer could go on. + Error is notified to user through user error callback */ + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + } + } + return; + + } /* End if some error occurs */ + +#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) + /* UART wakeup from Stop mode interrupt occurred ---------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_WUF) != RESET) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_WUFIE) != RESET)) + { + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_IT(huart, UART_CLEAR_WUF); + /* Set the UART state ready to be able to start again the process */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback(huart); + return; + } +#endif /* !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) */ + + /* UART in mode Transmitter ------------------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_TXE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TXEIE) != RESET)) + { + UART_Transmit_IT(huart); + return; + } + + /* UART in mode Transmitter (transmission end) -----------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_TC) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TCIE) != RESET)) + { + UART_EndTransmit_IT(huart); + return; + } + +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Half Transfer completed callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief UART error callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief UART Abort Complete callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback (UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief UART Abort Complete callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback (UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief UART Abort Receive Complete callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback (UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions + * @brief UART control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the UART. + (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode() API enables mute mode + (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode() API disables mute mode + (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode() API enters mute mode + (+) HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter() API disables receiver and enables transmitter + (+) HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver() API disables transmitter and enables receiver +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enable UART in mute mode (does not mean UART enters mute mode; + * to enter mute mode, HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode() API must be called). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Enable USART mute mode by setting the MME bit in the CR1 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_MME); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + +/** + * @brief Disable UART mute mode (does not mean the UART actually exits mute mode + * as it may not have been in mute mode at this very moment). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable USART mute mode by clearing the MME bit in the CR1 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_MME); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + +/** + * @brief Enter UART mute mode (means UART actually enters mute mode). + * @note To exit from mute mode, HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode() API must be called. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_MUTE_MODE_REQUEST); +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the UART transmitter and disable the UART receiver. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Clear TE and RE bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE)); + /* Enable the USART's transmit interface by setting the TE bit in the USART CR1 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TE); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Enable the UART receiver and disable the UART transmitter. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status. + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Clear TE and RE bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE)); + /* Enable the USART's receive interface by setting the RE bit in the USART CR1 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RE); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Error functions + * @brief UART Peripheral State functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Error functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to : + (+) Return the UART handle state. + (+) Return the UART handle error code + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the UART handle state. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART. + * @retval HAL state + */ +HAL_UART_StateTypeDef HAL_UART_GetState(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t temp1= 0x00U, temp2 = 0x00U; + temp1 = huart->gState; + temp2 = huart->RxState; + + return (HAL_UART_StateTypeDef)(temp1 | temp2); +} + +/** + * @brief Return the UART handle error code. + * @param huart Pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART. + * @retval UART Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_UART_GetError(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + return huart->ErrorCode; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UART_Private_Functions UART Private Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configure the UART peripheral. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_SetConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00000000U; + UART_ClockSourceTypeDef clocksource = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED; + uint16_t brrtemp = 0x0000U; + uint16_t usartdiv = 0x0000U; + HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_BAUDRATE(huart->Init.BaudRate)); + assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength)); + assert_param(IS_UART_STOPBITS(huart->Init.StopBits)); + assert_param(IS_UART_PARITY(huart->Init.Parity)); + assert_param(IS_UART_MODE(huart->Init.Mode)); + assert_param(IS_UART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(huart->Init.HwFlowCtl)); + assert_param(IS_UART_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE(huart->Init.OneBitSampling)); + assert_param(IS_UART_OVERSAMPLING(huart->Init.OverSampling)); + + + /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE, RE and OVER8 bits and configure + * the UART Word Length, Parity, Mode and oversampling: + * set the M bits according to huart->Init.WordLength value + * set PCE and PS bits according to huart->Init.Parity value + * set TE and RE bits according to huart->Init.Mode value + * set OVER8 bit according to huart->Init.OverSampling value */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)huart->Init.WordLength | huart->Init.Parity | huart->Init.Mode | huart->Init.OverSampling ; + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, UART_CR1_FIELDS, tmpreg); + + /*-------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Configure the UART Stop Bits: Set STOP[13:12] bits according + * to huart->Init.StopBits value */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_STOP, huart->Init.StopBits); + + /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Configure + * - UART HardWare Flow Control: set CTSE and RTSE bits according + * to huart->Init.HwFlowCtl value + * - one-bit sampling method versus three samples' majority rule according + * to huart->Init.OneBitSampling */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)huart->Init.HwFlowCtl | huart->Init.OneBitSampling ; + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE | USART_CR3_ONEBIT), tmpreg); + + /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/ + UART_GETCLOCKSOURCE(huart, clocksource); + + /* Check UART Over Sampling to set Baud Rate Register */ + if (huart->Init.OverSampling == UART_OVERSAMPLING_8) + { + switch (clocksource) + { + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1: + usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate)); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI: + usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(HSI_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate)); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK: + usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(), huart->Init.BaudRate)); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE: + usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(LSE_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate)); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED: + default: + ret = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + brrtemp = usartdiv & 0xFFF0U; + brrtemp |= (uint16_t)((usartdiv & (uint16_t)0x000FU) >> 1U); + huart->Instance->BRR = brrtemp; + } + else + { + switch (clocksource) + { + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1: + huart->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate)); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI: + huart->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(HSI_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate)); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK: + huart->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(), huart->Init.BaudRate)); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE: + huart->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(LSE_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate)); + break; + case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED: + default: + ret = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + } + + return ret; + +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the UART peripheral advanced features. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +void UART_AdvFeatureConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check whether the set of advanced features to configure is properly set */ + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_INIT(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit)); + + /* if required, configure TX pin active level inversion */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_TXINVERT_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_TXINV(huart->AdvancedInit.TxPinLevelInvert)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_TXINV, huart->AdvancedInit.TxPinLevelInvert); + } + + /* if required, configure RX pin active level inversion */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_RXINVERT_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_RXINV(huart->AdvancedInit.RxPinLevelInvert)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RXINV, huart->AdvancedInit.RxPinLevelInvert); + } + + /* if required, configure data inversion */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_DATAINVERT_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_DATAINV(huart->AdvancedInit.DataInvert)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_DATAINV, huart->AdvancedInit.DataInvert); + } + + /* if required, configure RX/TX pins swap */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_SWAP_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_SWAP(huart->AdvancedInit.Swap)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_SWAP, huart->AdvancedInit.Swap); + } + + /* if required, configure RX overrun detection disabling */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_RXOVERRUNDISABLE_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_OVERRUN(huart->AdvancedInit.OverrunDisable)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_OVRDIS, huart->AdvancedInit.OverrunDisable); + } + + /* if required, configure DMA disabling on reception error */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_DMADISABLEONERROR_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_DMAONRXERROR(huart->AdvancedInit.DMADisableonRxError)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DDRE, huart->AdvancedInit.DMADisableonRxError); + } + + /* if required, configure auto Baud rate detection scheme */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_USART_AUTOBAUDRATE_DETECTION_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE(huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateEnable)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ABREN, huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateEnable); + /* set auto Baudrate detection parameters if detection is enabled */ + if(huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateEnable == UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_ENABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATEMODE(huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateMode)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ABRMODE, huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateMode); + } + } + + /* if required, configure MSB first on communication line */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST_INIT)) + { + assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST(huart->AdvancedInit.MSBFirst)); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_MSBFIRST, huart->AdvancedInit.MSBFirst); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Check the UART Idle State. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_CheckIdleState(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ +#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; +#endif /* !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) */ + + /* Initialize the UART ErrorCode */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + +#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* TEACK and REACK bits in ISR are checked only when available (not available on all F0 devices). + Bits are defined for some specific devices, and are available only for UART instances supporting WakeUp from Stop Mode feature. + */ + if (IS_UART_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)) + { + /* Check if the Transmitter is enabled */ + if((huart->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_TE) == USART_CR1_TE) + { + /* Wait until TEACK flag is set */ + if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_TEACK, RESET, tickstart, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Timeout occurred */ + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Check if the Receiver is enabled */ + if((huart->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_RE) == USART_CR1_RE) + { + /* Wait until REACK flag is set */ + if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, tickstart, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Timeout occurred */ + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } +#endif /* !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) */ + + /* Initialize the UART State */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle UART Communication Timeout. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param Flag Specifies the UART flag to check + * @param Status Flag status (SET or RESET) + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @param Timeout Timeout duration + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Wait until flag is set */ + while((__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, Flag) ? SET : RESET) == Status) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-Tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief End ongoing Tx transfer on UART peripheral (following error detection or Transmit completion). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_EndTxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + + /* At end of Tx process, restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; +} + + +/** + * @brief End ongoing Rx transfer on UART peripheral (following error detection or Reception completion). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_EndRxTransfer(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; +} + + +/** + * @brief DMA UART transmit process complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent); + + /* DMA Normal mode */ + if ( HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC) ) + { + huart->TxXferCount = 0; + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by resetting the DMAT bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE); + } + /* DMA Circular mode */ + else + { + HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart); + } + +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART transmit process half complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent); + + HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(huart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART receive process complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent); + + /* DMA Normal mode */ + if ( HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC) ) + { + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by resetting the DMAR bit + in the UART CR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* At end of Rx process, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + } + + HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART receive process half complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent); + + HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(huart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART communication error callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent); + + /* Stop UART DMA Tx request if ongoing */ + if ( (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + &&(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) ) + { + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + UART_EndTxTransfer(huart); + } + + /* Stop UART DMA Rx request if ongoing */ + if ( (huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + &&(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) ) + { + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + UART_EndRxTransfer(huart); + } + + huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA; + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART communication abort callback, when initiated by HAL services on Error + * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure following error occurrence). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent); + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + + HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user + * (To be called at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request). + * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no + * Abort still ongoing for Rx DMA Handle. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef* )(hdma->Parent); + + huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */ + if(huart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + if(huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + return; + } + } + + /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Reset errorCode */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(huart); +} + + +/** + * @brief DMA UART Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user + * (To be called at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request). + * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no + * Abort still ongoing for Tx DMA Handle. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef* )(hdma->Parent); + + huart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */ + if(huart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + if(huart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + return; + } + } + + /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */ + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Reset errorCode */ + huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Restore huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortCpltCallback(huart); +} + + +/** + * @brief DMA UART Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to + * HAL_UART_AbortTransmit_IT API (Abort only Tx transfer) + * (This callback is executed at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request, + * and leads to user Tx Abort Complete callback execution). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMATxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent); + + huart->TxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortTransmitCpltCallback(huart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA UART Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user by a call to + * HAL_UART_AbortReceive_IT API (Abort only Rx transfer) + * (This callback is executed at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request, + * and leads to user Rx Abort Complete callback execution). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void UART_DMARxOnlyAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; + + huart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FLAG(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF | UART_CLEAR_NEF | UART_CLEAR_PEF | UART_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_UART_AbortReceiveCpltCallback(huart); +} + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in interrupt mode. + * @note Function is called under interruption only, once + * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Transmit_IT(). + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + + /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */ + if (huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + if(huart->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the UART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE); + + /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) huart->pTxBuffPtr; + huart->Instance->TDR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FFU); + huart->pTxBuffPtr += 2U; + } + else + { + huart->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*huart->pTxBuffPtr++ & (uint8_t)0xFFU); + } + huart->TxXferCount--; + + return HAL_OK; + } + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Wrap up transmission in non-blocking mode. + * @param huart pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified UART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Disable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TCIE); + + /* Tx process is ended, restore huart->gState to Ready */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode. + * @note Function is called under interruption only, once + * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Receive_IT() + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + uint16_t* tmp; + uint16_t uhMask = huart->Mask; + uint16_t uhdata; + + /* Check that a Rx process is ongoing */ + if(huart->RxState == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + uhdata = (uint16_t) READ_REG(huart->Instance->RDR); + if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) huart->pRxBuffPtr ; + *tmp = (uint16_t)(uhdata & uhMask); + huart->pRxBuffPtr +=2U; + } + else + { + *huart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(uhdata & (uint8_t)uhMask); + } + + if(--huart->RxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt and RXNE interrupt*/ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + + /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Rx process is completed, restore huart->RxState to Ready */ + huart->RxState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + /* Clear RXNE interrupt flag */ + __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST); + + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_uart_ex.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_uart_ex.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d9fcb1f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_uart_ex.c @@ -0,0 +1,621 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_uart_ex.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief Extended UART HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following extended + * functionalities of the Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter Peripheral (UART). + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + * + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### UART peripheral extended features ##### + ============================================================================== + + (#) Declare a UART_HandleTypeDef handle structure. + + (#) For the UART RS485 Driver Enable mode, initialize the UART registers + by calling the HAL_RS485Ex_Init() API. + + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup UARTEx UARTEx + * @brief UART Extended HAL module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup UARTEx_Private_Functions UARTEx Private Functions + * @{ + */ +#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) +static void UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection); +#endif /* !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions UARTEx Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Extended Initialization and Configuration Functions + * +@verbatim +=============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy + in asynchronous mode. + (+) For the asynchronous mode the parameters below can be configured: + (++) Baud Rate + (++) Word Length (Fixed to 8-bits only for LIN mode) + (++) Stop Bit + (++) Parity + (++) Hardware flow control + (++) Receiver/transmitter modes + (++) Over Sampling Method + (++) One-Bit Sampling Method + (+) For the asynchronous mode, the following advanced features can be configured as well: + (++) TX and/or RX pin level inversion + (++) data logical level inversion + (++) RX and TX pins swap + (++) RX overrun detection disabling + (++) DMA disabling on RX error + (++) MSB first on communication line + (++) auto Baud rate detection + [..] + The HAL_LIN_Init() and HAL_RS485Ex_Init() APIs follows respectively the LIN and + the UART RS485 mode configuration procedures (details for the procedures are + available in reference manual). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/* + Additional Table: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written + in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. + According to device capability (support or not of 7-bit word length), + frame length is either defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits) + or by the M1 and M0 bits (7-bit, 8-bit or 9-bit). + Possible UART frame formats are as listed in the following table: + + Table 1. UART frame format. + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | M bit | PCE bit | UART frame | + |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8-bit data | STB | | + |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7-bit data | PB | STB | | + |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9-bit data | STB | | + |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8-bit data | PB | STB | | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | M1 bit | M0 bit | PCE bit | UART frame | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 7 bit data | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 6 bit data | PB | STB | | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ + +*/ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the RS485 Driver enable feature according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param Polarity select the driver enable polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref UART_DE_POLARITY_HIGH DE signal is active high + * @arg @ref UART_DE_POLARITY_LOW DE signal is active low + * @param AssertionTime Driver Enable assertion time: + * 5-bit value defining the time between the activation of the DE (Driver Enable) + * signal and the beginning of the start bit. It is expressed in sample time + * units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the oversampling rate) + * @param DeassertionTime Driver Enable deassertion time: + * 5-bit value defining the time between the end of the last stop bit, in a + * transmitted message, and the de-activation of the DE (Driver Enable) signal. + * It is expressed in sample time units (1/8 or 1/16 bit time, depending on the + * oversampling rate). + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RS485Ex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Polarity, uint32_t AssertionTime, uint32_t DeassertionTime) +{ + uint32_t temp = 0x0U; + + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if(huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* Check the Driver Enable UART instance */ + assert_param(IS_UART_DRIVER_ENABLE_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + /* Check the Driver Enable polarity */ + assert_param(IS_UART_DE_POLARITY(Polarity)); + + /* Check the Driver Enable assertion time */ + assert_param(IS_UART_ASSERTIONTIME(AssertionTime)); + + /* Check the Driver Enable deassertion time */ + assert_param(IS_UART_DEASSERTIONTIME(DeassertionTime)); + + if(huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); + } + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT) + { + UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart); + } + + /* Enable the Driver Enable mode by setting the DEM bit in the CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DEM); + + /* Set the Driver Enable polarity */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DEP, Polarity); + + /* Set the Driver Enable assertion and deassertion times */ + temp = (AssertionTime << UART_CR1_DEAT_ADDRESS_LSB_POS); + temp |= (DeassertionTime << UART_CR1_DEDT_ADDRESS_LSB_POS); + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_DEDT|USART_CR1_DEAT), temp); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + +#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) +/** + * @brief Initialize the LIN mode according to the specified + * parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle . + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param BreakDetectLength specifies the LIN break detection length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_10B 10-bit break detection + * @arg @ref UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_11B 11-bit break detection + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t BreakDetectLength) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if(huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the LIN UART instance */ + assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + /* Check the Break detection length parameter */ + assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(BreakDetectLength)); + + /* LIN mode limited to 16-bit oversampling only */ + if(huart->Init.OverSampling == UART_OVERSAMPLING_8) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + /* LIN mode limited to 8-bit data length */ + if(huart->Init.WordLength != UART_WORDLENGTH_8B) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if(huart->gState == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ + HAL_UART_MspInit(huart); + } + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the UART Communication parameters */ + if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT) + { + UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart); + } + + /* In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register, + - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_CLKEN); + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN)); + + /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LINEN); + + /* Set the USART LIN Break detection length. */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LBDL, BreakDetectLength); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState and huart->RxState to Ready */ + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} +#endif /* !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended IO operation function + * @brief Extended UART Interrupt handling function + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation function ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides function to handle Wake up interrupt call-back. + + (#) Callback provided in No_Blocking mode: + (++) HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback() + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) +/** + * @brief UART wakeup from Stop mode callback. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(huart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_UARTEx_WakeupCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} +#endif /*!defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC)*/ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup UARTEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extended Peripheral Control functions + * @brief Extended Peripheral Control functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides extended functions allowing to control the UART. + (+) HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig() API sets Wakeup from Stop mode interrupt flag selection + (+) HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode() API allows the UART to wake up the MCU from Stop mode as + long as UART clock is HSI or LSE + (+) HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode() API disables the above feature + (+) HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set() API optionally sets the UART node address + detection length to more than 4 bits for multiprocessor address mark wake up. + (+) HAL_LIN_SendBreak() API transmits the break characters + + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) +/** + * @brief Set Wakeup from Stop mode interrupt flag selection. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param WakeUpSelection address match, Start Bit detection or RXNE bit status. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS + * @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_STARTBIT + * @arg @ref UART_WAKEUP_ON_READDATA_NONEMPTY + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection) +{ + HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + /* check the wake-up from stop mode UART instance */ + assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + /* check the wake-up selection parameter */ + assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_SELECTION(WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the wake-up selection scheme */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_WUS, WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent); + + if (WakeUpSelection.WakeUpEvent == UART_WAKEUP_ON_ADDRESS) + { + UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(huart, WakeUpSelection); + } + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* Wait until REACK flag is set */ + if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, tickstart, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK) + { + status = HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + else + { + /* Initialize the UART State */ + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return status; +} + + +/** + * @brief Enable UART Stop Mode. + * @note The UART is able to wake up the MCU from Stop 1 mode as long as UART clock is HSI or LSE. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check parameter */ + assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Set UESM bit */ + SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UESM); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Disable UART Stop Mode. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check parameter */ + assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Clear UESM bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_UESM); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} +#endif /* !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) */ + +/** + * @brief By default in multiprocessor mode, when the wake up method is set + * to address mark, the UART handles only 4-bit long addresses detection; + * this API allows to enable longer addresses detection (6-, 7- or 8-bit + * long). + * @note Addresses detection lengths are: 6-bit address detection in 7-bit data mode, + * 7-bit address detection in 8-bit data mode, 8-bit address detection in 9-bit data mode. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param AddressLength this parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_4B 4-bit long address + * @arg @ref UART_ADDRESS_DETECT_7B 6-, 7- or 8-bit long address + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessorEx_AddressLength_Set(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t AddressLength) +{ + /* Check the UART handle allocation */ + if(huart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the address length parameter */ + assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESSLENGTH_DETECT(AddressLength)); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart); + + /* Set the address length */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADDM7, AddressLength); + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart); + + /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->gState to Ready */ + return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart)); +} + + +#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) +/** + * @brief Transmit break characters. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_SendBreak(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(huart); + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Send break characters */ + huart->Instance->RQR |= UART_SENDBREAK_REQUEST; + + huart->gState = HAL_UART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(huart); + + return HAL_OK; +} +#endif /* !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup UARTEx_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) +/** + * @brief Initialize the UART wake-up from stop mode parameters when triggered by address detection. + * @param huart UART handle. + * @param WakeUpSelection UART wake up from stop mode parameters. + * @retval None + */ +static void UARTEx_Wakeup_AddressConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, UART_WakeUpTypeDef WakeUpSelection) +{ + /* Check parmeters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(huart->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_UART_ADDRESSLENGTH_DETECT(WakeUpSelection.AddressLength)); + + /* Set the USART address length */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADDM7, WakeUpSelection.AddressLength); + + /* Set the USART address node */ + MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADD, ((uint32_t)WakeUpSelection.Address << UART_CR2_ADDRESS_LSB_POS)); +} +#endif /* !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_usart.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_usart.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ad262a93 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_usart.c @@ -0,0 +1,2521 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_usart.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief USART HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter + * Peripheral (USART). + * + Initialization and de-initialization functions + * + IO operation functions + * + Peripheral Control functions + * + Peripheral State and Error functions + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### How to use this driver ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + The USART HAL driver can be used as follows: + + (#) Declare a USART_HandleTypeDef handle structure (eg. USART_HandleTypeDef husart). + (#) Initialize the USART low level resources by implementing the HAL_USART_MspInit() API: + (++) Enable the USARTx interface clock. + (++) USART pins configuration: + (+++) Enable the clock for the USART GPIOs. + (+++) Configure these USART pins as alternate function pull-up. + (++) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_USART_Transmit_IT(), + HAL_USART_Receive_IT() and HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT() APIs): + (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority. + (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle. + (++) USART interrupts handling: + -@@- The specific USART interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt, + RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros + __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process. + (++) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA() + HAL_USART_Receive_DMA() and HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_DMA() APIs): + (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock. + (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters. + (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx channel. + (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the USART DMA Tx/Rx handle. + (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx channel. + + (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware + flow control and Mode (Receiver/Transmitter) in the husart handle Init structure. + + (#) Initialize the USART registers by calling the HAL_USART_Init() API: + (++) This API configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) + by calling the customized HAL_USART_MspInit(&husart) API. + + (#) Three operation modes are available within this driver : + + *** Polling mode IO operation *** + ================================= + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_USART_Transmit() + (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_USART_Receive() + + *** Interrupt mode IO operation *** + =================================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_USART_Transmit_IT() + (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback + (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_USART_Receive_IT() + (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_ErrorCallback + + *** DMA mode IO operation *** + ============================== + [..] + (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA() + (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback + (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_USART_Receive_DMA() + (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback + (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback + (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can + add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_USART_ErrorCallback + (+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_USART_DMAPause() + (+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_USART_DMAResume() + (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_USART_DMAStop() + + *** USART HAL driver macros list *** + ============================================= + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in USART HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_USART_ENABLE: Enable the USART peripheral + (+) __HAL_USART_DISABLE: Disable the USART peripheral + (+) __HAL_USART_GET_FLAG : Check whether the specified USART flag is set or not + (+) __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified USART pending flag + (+) __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified USART interrupt + (+) __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified USART interrupt + + [..] + (@) You can refer to the USART HAL driver header file for more useful macros + [..] + (@) To configure and enable/disable the USART to wake up the MCU from stop mode, resort to UART API's + HAL_UARTEx_StopModeWakeUpSourceConfig(), HAL_UARTEx_EnableStopMode() and + HAL_UARTEx_DisableStopMode() in casting the USART handle to UART type UART_HandleTypeDef. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup USART USART + * @brief HAL USART Synchronous module driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup USART_Private_Constants USART Private Constants + * @{ + */ +#define USART_DUMMY_DATA ((uint16_t) 0xFFFFU) /*!< USART transmitted dummy data */ +#define USART_TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT ( 1000U) /*!< USART TX or RX enable acknowledge time-out value */ +#define USART_CR1_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | \ + USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8)) /*!< USART CR1 fields of parameters set by USART_SetConfig API */ +#define USART_CR2_FIELDS ((uint32_t)(USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_CPOL | \ + USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_LBCL | USART_CR2_STOP)) /*!< USART CR2 fields of parameters set by USART_SetConfig API */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup USART_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +static void USART_EndTransfer(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart); +static void USART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void USART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void USART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void USART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void USART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void USART_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void USART_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static void USART_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_SetConfig(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_CheckIdleState(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_Transmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_EndTransmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_Receive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart); +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_TransmitReceive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Functions USART Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USART + in asynchronous and in synchronous modes. + (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured: + (++) Baud Rate + (++) Word Length + (++) Stop Bit + (++) Parity + (++) USART polarity + (++) USART phase + (++) USART LastBit + (++) Receiver/transmitter modes + + [..] + The HAL_USART_Init() function follows the USART synchronous configuration + procedure (details for the procedure are available in reference manual). + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/* + Additional Table: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written + in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit. + According to device capability (support or not of 7-bit word length), + frame length is either defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits) + or by the M1 and M0 bits (7-bit, 8-bit or 9-bit). + Possible USART frame formats are as listed in the following table: + + Table 1. USART frame format. + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | M bit | PCE bit | USART frame | + |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8-bit data | STB | | + |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7-bit data | PB | STB | | + |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9-bit data | STB | | + |-------------------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8-bit data | PB | STB | | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | M1 bit | M0 bit | PCE bit | USART frame | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 8 bit data | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 7 bit data | PB | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | 0 | | SB | 9 bit data | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 0 | 1 | 1 | | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | 0 | | SB | 7 bit data | STB | | + |---------|---------|-----------|---------------------------------------| + | 1 | 0 | 1 | | SB | 6 bit data | PB | STB | | + +-----------------------------------------------------------------------+ + +*/ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the USART mode according to the specified + * parameters in the USART_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Init(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Check the USART handle allocation */ + if(husart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_INSTANCE(husart->Instance)); + + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_RESET) + { + /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ + husart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; + + /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */ + HAL_USART_MspInit(husart); + } + + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY; + + /* Disable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart); + + /* Set the Usart Communication parameters */ + if (USART_SetConfig(husart) == HAL_ERROR) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In Synchronous mode, the following bits must be kept cleared: + - LINEN bit (if LIN is supported) in the USART_CR2 register + - SCEN (if Smartcard is supported), HDSEL and IREN (if IrDA is supported) bits in the USART_CR3 register. */ +#if defined (USART_CR2_LINEN) + husart->Instance->CR2 &= ~USART_CR2_LINEN; +#endif +#if defined (USART_CR3_SCEN) +#if defined (USART_CR3_IREN) + husart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN); +#else + husart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL); +#endif +#else +#if defined (USART_CR3_IREN) + husart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN); +#else + husart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_HDSEL); +#endif +#endif + + /* Enable the Peripheral */ + __HAL_USART_ENABLE(husart); + + /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving husart->State to Ready */ + return (USART_CheckIdleState(husart)); +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the USART peripheral. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DeInit(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Check the USART handle allocation */ + if(husart == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_INSTANCE(husart->Instance)); + + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY; + + husart->Instance->CR1 = 0x0U; + husart->Instance->CR2 = 0x0U; + husart->Instance->CR3 = 0x0U; + + /* DeInit the low level hardware */ + HAL_USART_MspDeInit(husart); + + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_RESET; + + /* Process Unlock */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the USART MSP. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_USART_MspInit(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(husart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_USART_MspInit can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief DeInitialize the USART MSP. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_USART_MspDeInit(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(husart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_USART_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief USART Transmit and Receive functions + * +@verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART synchronous + data transfers. + + [..] The USART supports master mode only: it cannot receive or send data related to an input + clock (SCLK is always an output). + + (#) There are two modes of transfer: + (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode. + The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function + after finishing transfer. + (++) No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts + or DMA, These APIs return the HAL status. + The end of the data processing will be indicated through the + dedicated USART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when + using DMA mode. + The HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback() and HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback() user callbacks + will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process + The HAL_USART_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected + + (#) Blocking mode APIs are : + (++) HAL_USART_Transmit()in simplex mode + (++) HAL_USART_Receive() in full duplex receive only + (++) HAL_USART_TransmitReceive() in full duplex mode + + (#) No-Blocking mode APIs with Interrupt are : + (++) HAL_USART_Transmit_IT()in simplex mode + (++) HAL_USART_Receive_IT() in full duplex receive only + (++) HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT()in full duplex mode + (++) HAL_USART_IRQHandler() + + (#) No-Blocking mode APIs with DMA are : + (++) HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA()in simplex mode + (++) HAL_USART_Receive_DMA() in full duplex receive only + (++) HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_DMA() in full duplex mode + (++) HAL_USART_DMAPause() + (++) HAL_USART_DMAResume() + (++) HAL_USART_DMAStop() + + (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in Non-Blocking mode: + (++) HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback() + (++) HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() + (++) HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback() + + (#) Non-Blocking mode transfers could be aborted using Abort API's : + (++) HAL_USART_Abort() + (++) HAL_USART_Abort_IT() + + (#) For Abort services based on interrupts (HAL_USART_Abort_IT), a Abort Complete Callbacks is provided: + (++) HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback() + + (#) In Non-Blocking mode transfers, possible errors are split into 2 categories. + Errors are handled as follows : + (++) Error is considered as Recoverable and non blocking : Transfer could go till end, but error severity is + to be evaluated by user : this concerns Frame Error, Parity Error or Noise Error in Interrupt mode reception . + Received character is then retrieved and stored in Rx buffer, Error code is set to allow user to identify error type, + and HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed. Transfer is kept ongoing on USART side. + If user wants to abort it, Abort services should be called by user. + (++) Error is considered as Blocking : Transfer could not be completed properly and is aborted. + This concerns Overrun Error In Interrupt mode reception and all errors in DMA mode. + Error code is set to allow user to identify error type, and HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() user callback is executed. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Simplex send an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @param pTxData Pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size Amount of data to be sent. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer containing data to be sent, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as sent data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pTxData. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Transmit(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint16_t* tmp=0U; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pTxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pTxData buffer provided as input paramter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be filled into TDR will be + handled through a u16 cast. */ + if ((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if((((uint32_t)pTxData)&1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(husart); + + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + husart->TxXferSize = Size; + husart->TxXferCount = Size; + + /* Check the remaining data to be sent */ + while(husart->TxXferCount > 0) + { + husart->TxXferCount--; + if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TC, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + if((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) pTxData; + husart->Instance->TDR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FFU); + pTxData += 2U; + } + else + { + husart->Instance->TDR = (*pTxData++ & (uint8_t)0xFFU); + } + } + + if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TC, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + /* At end of Tx process, restore husart->State to Ready */ + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @note To receive synchronous data, dummy data are simultaneously transmitted. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @param pRxData Pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size Amount of data to be received. + * @param Timeout Timeout duration. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer for storing data to be received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as received data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pRxData. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Receive(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint16_t* tmp=0U; + uint16_t uhMask; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pRxData buffer provided as input paramter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be received from RDR will be + handled through a u16 cast. */ + if ((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if((((uint32_t)pRxData)&1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(husart); + + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + husart->RxXferSize = Size; + husart->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Computation of USART mask to apply to RDR register */ + USART_MASK_COMPUTATION(husart); + uhMask = husart->Mask; + + /* as long as data have to be received */ + while(husart->RxXferCount > 0U) + { + husart->RxXferCount--; + + /* Wait until TC flag is set to send dummy byte in order to generate the + * clock for the slave to send data. + * Whatever the frame length (7, 8 or 9-bit long), the same dummy value + * can be written for all the cases. */ + if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TC, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + husart->Instance->TDR = (USART_DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x0FFU); + + /* Wait for RXNE Flag */ + if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + if((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) pRxData ; + *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->RDR & uhMask); + pRxData +=2; + } + else + { + *pRxData++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask); + } + } + + /* At end of Rx process, restore husart->State to Ready */ + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Full-Duplex Send and Receive an amount of data in blocking mode. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @param pTxData pointer to TX data buffer. + * @param pRxData pointer to RX data buffer. + * @param Size amount of data to be sent (same amount to be received). + * @param Timeout Timeout duration. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffers containing data to be sent/received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as sent/received data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pTxData and pRxData. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_TransmitReceive(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + uint16_t* tmp=0U; + uint16_t uhMask; + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; + + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pTxData and pRxData buffers provided as input paramter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be filled into TDR/retrieved from RDR will be + handled through a u16 cast. */ + if ((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if(((((uint32_t)pTxData)&1U) != 0U) || ((((uint32_t)pRxData)&1U) != 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(husart); + + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + husart->RxXferSize = Size; + husart->TxXferSize = Size; + husart->TxXferCount = Size; + husart->RxXferCount = Size; + + /* Computation of USART mask to apply to RDR register */ + USART_MASK_COMPUTATION(husart); + uhMask = husart->Mask; + + /* Check the remain data to be sent */ + while(husart->TxXferCount > 0U) + { + husart->TxXferCount--; + husart->RxXferCount--; + + /* Wait until TC flag is set to send data */ + if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TC, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + if((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) pTxData; + husart->Instance->TDR = (*tmp & uhMask); + pTxData += 2U; + } + else + { + husart->Instance->TDR = (*pTxData++ & (uint8_t)uhMask); + } + + /* Wait for RXNE Flag */ + if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, tickstart, Timeout) != HAL_OK) + { + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + + if((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) pRxData ; + *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->RDR & uhMask); + pRxData +=2U; + } + else + { + *pRxData++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask); + } + } + + /* At end of TxRx process, restore husart->State to Ready */ + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in interrupt mode. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @param pTxData pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size amount of data to be sent. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer containing data to be sent, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as sent data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pTxData. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Transmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pTxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pTxData buffer provided as input paramter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be filled into TDR will be + handled through a u16 cast. */ + if ((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if((((uint32_t)pTxData)&1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(husart); + + husart->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData; + husart->TxXferSize = Size; + husart->TxXferCount = Size; + + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* The USART Error Interrupts: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) + are not managed by the USART Transmit Process to avoid the overrun interrupt + when the usart mode is configured for transmit and receive "USART_MODE_TX_RX" + to benefit for the frame error and noise interrupts the usart mode should be + configured only for transmit "USART_MODE_TX" */ + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + /* Enable the USART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */ + __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode. + * @note To receive synchronous data, dummy data are simultaneously transmitted. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @param pRxData pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size amount of data to be received. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer for storing data to be received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as received data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pRxData. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Receive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size) +{ + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pRxData buffer provided as input paramter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be received from RDR will be + handled through a u16 cast. */ + if ((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if((((uint32_t)pRxData)&1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(husart); + + husart->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData; + husart->RxXferSize = Size; + husart->RxXferCount = Size; + + USART_MASK_COMPUTATION(husart); + + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + /* Enable the USART Parity Error and Data Register not empty Interrupts */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RXNEIE); + + /* Enable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Send dummy byte in order to generate the clock for the Slave to send the next data */ + if(husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) + { + husart->Instance->TDR = (USART_DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x01FFU); + } + else + { + husart->Instance->TDR = (USART_DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x00FFU); + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Full-Duplex Send and Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @param pTxData pointer to TX data buffer. + * @param pRxData pointer to RX data buffer. + * @param Size amount of data to be sent (same amount to be received). + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffers containing data to be sent/received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as sent/received data will be handled using u16 pointer cast). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pTxData and pRxData. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size) +{ + + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pTxData and pRxData buffers provided as input paramter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data to be filled into TDR/retrieved from RDR will be + handled through a u16 cast. */ + if ((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if(((((uint32_t)pTxData)&1U) != 0U) || ((((uint32_t)pRxData)&1U) != 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(husart); + + husart->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData; + husart->RxXferSize = Size; + husart->RxXferCount = Size; + husart->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData; + husart->TxXferSize = Size; + husart->TxXferCount = Size; + + /* Computation of USART mask to apply to RDR register */ + USART_MASK_COMPUTATION(husart); + + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + /* Enable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Enable the USART Parity Error and USART Data Register not empty Interrupts */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_RXNEIE); + + /* Enable the USART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TXEIE); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Send an amount of data in DMA mode. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @param pTxData pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size amount of data to be sent. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer containing data to be sent, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as sent data will be handled by DMA from halfword frontier). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pTxData. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t *tmp=0U; + + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pTxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pTxData buffer provided as input paramter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data copy into TDR will be + handled by DMA from a u16 frontier. */ + if ((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if((((uint32_t)pTxData)&1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(husart); + + husart->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData; + husart->TxXferSize = Size; + husart->TxXferCount = Size; + + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX; + + /* Set the USART DMA transfer complete callback */ + husart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = USART_DMATransmitCplt; + + /* Set the USART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + husart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = USART_DMATxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the DMA error callback */ + husart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = USART_DMAError; + + /* Enable the USART transmit DMA channel */ + tmp = (uint32_t*)&pTxData; + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->TDR, Size); + + /* Clear the TC flag in the ICR register */ + __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(husart, USART_CLEAR_TCF); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit + in the USART CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Receive an amount of data in DMA mode. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @param pRxData pointer to data buffer. + * @param Size amount of data to be received. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffer for storing data to be received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as received data will be handled by DMA from halfword frontier). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pRxData. + * @note The USART DMA transmit channel must be configured in order to generate the clock for the slave. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Receive_DMA(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t *tmp; + + /* Check that a Rx process is not already ongoing */ + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pRxData buffer provided as input paramter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data copy from RDR will be + handled by DMA from a u16 frontier. */ + if ((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if((((uint32_t)pRxData)&1U) != 0U) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(husart); + + husart->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData; + husart->RxXferSize = Size; + husart->pTxBuffPtr = pRxData; + husart->TxXferSize = Size; + + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX; + + /* Set the USART DMA Rx transfer complete callback */ + husart->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = USART_DMAReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the USART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + husart->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = USART_DMARxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the USART DMA Rx transfer error callback */ + husart->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = USART_DMAError; + + /* Enable the USART receive DMA channel */ + tmp = (uint32_t*)&pRxData; + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->RDR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, Size); + + /* Enable the USART transmit DMA channel: the transmit channel is used in order + to generate in the non-blocking mode the clock to the slave device, + this mode isn't a simplex receive mode but a full-duplex receive mode */ + /* Set the USART DMA Tx Complete and Error callback to Null */ + husart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = NULL; + husart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL; + husart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = NULL; + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->TDR, Size); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + /* Enable the USART Parity Error Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + + /* Enable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit + in the USART CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit + in the USART CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Full-Duplex Transmit Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @param pTxData pointer to TX data buffer. + * @param pRxData pointer to RX data buffer. + * @param Size amount of data to be received/sent. + * @note When UART parity is not enabled (PCE = 0), and Word Length is configured to 9 bits (M1-M0 = 01), + * address of user data buffers containing data to be sent/received, should be aligned on a half word frontier (16 bits) + * (as sent/received data will be handled by DMA from halfword frontier). Depending on compilation chain, + * use of specific alignment compilation directives or pragmas might be required to ensure proper alignment for pTxData and pRxData. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_DMA(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size) +{ + uint32_t *tmp; + + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY) + { + if((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* In case of 9bits/No Parity transfer, pTxData and pRxData buffers provided as input paramter + should be aligned on a u16 frontier, as data copy to/from TDR/RDR will be + handled by DMA from a u16 frontier. */ + if ((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + if(((((uint32_t)pTxData)&1U) != 0U) || ((((uint32_t)pRxData)&1U) != 0U)) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + } + + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(husart); + + husart->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData; + husart->RxXferSize = Size; + husart->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData; + husart->TxXferSize = Size; + + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX; + + /* Set the USART DMA Rx transfer complete callback */ + husart->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = USART_DMAReceiveCplt; + + /* Set the USART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + husart->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = USART_DMARxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the USART DMA Tx transfer complete callback */ + husart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = USART_DMATransmitCplt; + + /* Set the USART DMA Half transfer complete callback */ + husart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = USART_DMATxHalfCplt; + + /* Set the USART DMA Tx transfer error callback */ + husart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = USART_DMAError; + + /* Set the USART DMA Rx transfer error callback */ + husart->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = USART_DMAError; + + /* Enable the USART receive DMA channel */ + tmp = (uint32_t*)&pRxData; + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->RDR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, Size); + + /* Enable the USART transmit DMA channel */ + tmp = (uint32_t*)&pTxData; + HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->TDR, Size); + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + /* Enable the USART Parity Error Interrupt */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + + /* Enable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Clear the TC flag in the ICR register */ + __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(husart, USART_CLEAR_TCF); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit + in the USART CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit + in the USART CR3 register */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Pause the DMA Transfer. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DMAPause(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(husart); + + if( (husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX) && + (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT))) + { + /* Disable the USART DMA Tx request */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + } + else if( (husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX) || + (husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) ) + { + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + /* Disable the USART DMA Tx request */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + } + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the USART DMA Rx request */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + } + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Resume the DMA Transfer. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DMAResume(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Process Locked */ + __HAL_LOCK(husart); + + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Enable the USART DMA Tx request */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + } + else if( (husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX) || + (husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) ) + { + /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer*/ + __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(husart, USART_CLEAR_OREF); + + /* Reenable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Enable the USART DMA Rx request before the DMA Tx request */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Enable the USART DMA Tx request */ + SET_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + } + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Stop the DMA Transfer. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DMAStop(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application + to call the HAL USART API under callbacks HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback() / + HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback() / HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback (): + indeed, when HAL_DMA_Abort() API is called, the DMA TX/RX Transfer or Half Transfer complete interrupt is + generated if the DMA transfer interruption occurs at the middle or at the end of the stream + and the corresponding call back is executed. + */ + + /* Disable the USART Tx/Rx DMA requests */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the USART DMA tx channel */ + if(husart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(husart->hdmatx); + } + /* Abort the USART DMA rx channel */ + if(husart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + HAL_DMA_Abort(husart->hdmarx); + } + + USART_EndTransfer(husart); + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (blocking mode). + * @param husart USART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable USART Interrupts (Tx and Rx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * @note This procedure is executed in blocking mode : when exiting function, Abort is considered as completed. + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Abort(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the USART DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the USART DMA Tx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(husart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the USART DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + husart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(husart->hdmatx); + } + } + + /* Disable the USART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the USART DMA Rx channel : use blocking DMA Abort API (no callback) */ + if(husart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the USART DMA Abort callback to Null. + No call back execution at end of DMA abort procedure */ + husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + HAL_DMA_Abort(husart->hdmarx); + } + } + + /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */ + husart->TxXferCount = 0U; + husart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(husart, USART_CLEAR_OREF | USART_CLEAR_NEF | USART_CLEAR_PEF | USART_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Restore husart->State to Ready */ + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + + /* Reset Handle ErrorCode to No Error */ + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Abort ongoing transfers (Interrupt mode). + * @param husart USART handle. + * @note This procedure could be used for aborting any ongoing transfer started in Interrupt or DMA mode. + * This procedure performs following operations : + * - Disable USART Interrupts (Tx and Rx) + * - Disable the DMA transfer in the peripheral register (if enabled) + * - Abort DMA transfer by calling HAL_DMA_Abort_IT (in case of transfer in DMA mode) + * - Set handle State to READY + * - At abort completion, call user abort complete callback + * @note This procedure is executed in Interrupt mode, meaning that abort procedure could be + * considered as completed only when user abort complete callback is executed (not when exiting function). + * @retval HAL status +*/ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Abort_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + uint32_t abortcplt = 1U; + + /* Disable TXEIE, TCIE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* If DMA Tx and/or DMA Rx Handles are associated to USART Handle, DMA Abort complete callbacks should be initialised + before any call to DMA Abort functions */ + /* DMA Tx Handle is valid */ + if(husart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if USART DMA Tx request if enabled. + Otherwise, set it to NULL */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + husart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = USART_DMATxAbortCallback; + } + else + { + husart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + } + /* DMA Rx Handle is valid */ + if(husart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set DMA Abort Complete callback if USART DMA Rx request if enabled. + Otherwise, set it to NULL */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = USART_DMARxAbortCallback; + } + else + { + husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + } + + /* Disable the USART DMA Tx request if enabled */ + if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT)) + { + /* Disable DMA Tx at USART level */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Abort the USART DMA Tx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if(husart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* USART Tx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised : + will lead to call HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(husart->hdmatx) != HAL_OK) + { + husart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + } + else + { + abortcplt = 0U; + } + } + } + + /* Disable the USART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the USART DMA Rx channel : use non blocking DMA Abort API (callback) */ + if(husart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* USART Rx DMA Abort callback has already been initialised : + will lead to call HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(husart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + abortcplt = 1U; + } + else + { + abortcplt = 0U; + } + } + } + + /* if no DMA abort complete callback execution is required => call user Abort Complete callback */ + if (abortcplt == 1U) + { + /* Reset Tx and Rx transfer counters */ + husart->TxXferCount = 0U; + husart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Reset errorCode */ + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(husart, USART_CLEAR_OREF | USART_CLEAR_NEF | USART_CLEAR_PEF | USART_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Restore husart->State to Ready */ + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + + /* As no DMA to be aborted, call directly user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback(husart); + } + + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle USART interrupt request. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_USART_IRQHandler(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + uint32_t isrflags = READ_REG(husart->Instance->ISR); + uint32_t cr1its = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR1); + uint32_t cr3its; + uint32_t errorflags; + + /* If no error occurs */ + errorflags = (isrflags & (uint32_t)(USART_ISR_PE | USART_ISR_FE | USART_ISR_ORE | USART_ISR_NE)); + if (errorflags == RESET) + { + /* USART in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != RESET)) + { + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + USART_Receive_IT(husart); + } + else + { + USART_TransmitReceive_IT(husart); + } + return; + } + } + + /* If some errors occur */ + cr3its = READ_REG(husart->Instance->CR3); + if( (errorflags != RESET) + && ( ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET) + || ((cr1its & (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)) != RESET)) ) + { + /* USART parity error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_PE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_PEIE) != RESET)) + { + __HAL_USART_CLEAR_IT(husart, USART_CLEAR_PEF); + + husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_PE; + } + + /* USART frame error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_FE) != RESET) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET)) + { + __HAL_USART_CLEAR_IT(husart, USART_CLEAR_FEF); + + husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_FE; + } + + /* USART noise error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_NE) != RESET) && ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET)) + { + __HAL_USART_CLEAR_IT(husart, USART_CLEAR_NEF); + + husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_NE; + } + + /* USART Over-Run interrupt occurred -----------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_ORE) != RESET) && + (((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != RESET) || ((cr3its & USART_CR3_EIE) != RESET))) + { + __HAL_USART_CLEAR_IT(husart, USART_CLEAR_OREF); + + husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_ORE; + } + + /* Call USART Error Call back function if need be --------------------------*/ + if(husart->ErrorCode != HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE) + { + /* USART in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_RXNE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_RXNEIE) != RESET)) + { + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + USART_Receive_IT(husart); + } + else + { + USART_TransmitReceive_IT(husart); + } + } + + /* If Overrun error occurs, or if any error occurs in DMA mode reception, + consider error as blocking */ + if (((husart->ErrorCode & HAL_USART_ERROR_ORE) != RESET) || + (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR))) + { + /* Blocking error : transfer is aborted + Set the USART state ready to be able to start again the process, + Disable Interrupts, and disable DMA requests, if ongoing */ + USART_EndTransfer(husart); + + /* Disable the USART DMA Rx request if enabled */ + if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR)) + { + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR | USART_CR3_DMAR); + + /* Abort the USART DMA Tx channel */ + if(husart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + /* Set the USART Tx DMA Abort callback to NULL : no callback + executed at end of DMA abort procedure */ + husart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Abort DMA TX */ + HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(husart->hdmatx); + } + + /* Abort the USART DMA Rx channel */ + if(husart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + /* Set the USART Rx DMA Abort callback : + will lead to call HAL_USART_ErrorCallback() at end of DMA abort procedure */ + husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = USART_DMAAbortOnError; + + /* Abort DMA RX */ + if(HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(husart->hdmarx) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Call Directly husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback function in case of error */ + husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback(husart->hdmarx); + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ + HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(husart); + } + } + else + { + /* Call user error callback */ + HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(husart); + } + } + else + { + /* Non Blocking error : transfer could go on. + Error is notified to user through user error callback */ + HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(husart); + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + } + } + return; + + } /* End if some error occurs */ + + + /* USART in mode Transmitter ------------------------------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_TXE) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TXEIE) != RESET)) + { + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + USART_Transmit_IT(husart); + } + else + { + USART_TransmitReceive_IT(husart); + } + return; + } + + /* USART in mode Transmitter (transmission end) -----------------------------*/ + if(((isrflags & USART_ISR_TC) != RESET) && ((cr1its & USART_CR1_TCIE) != RESET)) + { + USART_EndTransmit_IT(husart); + return; + } + +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(husart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callback. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(husart); + + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Transfer completed callback. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(husart); + + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Rx Half Transfer completed callback. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(husart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief Tx/Rx Transfers completed callback for the non-blocking process. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(husart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @brief USART error callback. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(husart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_USART_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @brief USART Abort Complete callback. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback (USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(husart); + + /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file. + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Error functions + * @brief USART Peripheral State and Error functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Peripheral State and Error functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This subsection provides functions allowing to : + (+) Return the USART handle state + (+) Return the USART handle error code + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + + +/** + * @brief Return the USART handle state. + * @param husart pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART. + * @retval USART handle state + */ +HAL_USART_StateTypeDef HAL_USART_GetState(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + return husart->State; +} + +/** + * @brief Return the USART error code. + * @param husart pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART. + * @retval USART handle Error Code + */ +uint32_t HAL_USART_GetError(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + return husart->ErrorCode; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Private_Functions USART Private Functions + * @brief USART Private functions + * +@verbatim + [..] + This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the USART. + (+) USART_SetConfig() API is used to set the USART communication parameters. + (+) USART_CheckIdleState() APi ensures that TEACK and/or REACK bits are set after initialization + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief End ongoing transfer on USART peripheral (following error detection or Transfer completion). + * @param husart USART handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void USART_EndTransfer(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Disable TXEIE and TCIE interrupts */ + /* Disable RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TXEIE | USART_CR1_TCIE | USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* At end of process, restore husart->State to Ready */ + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; +} + +/** + * @brief DMA USART transmit process complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void USART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = (USART_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent); + + /* DMA Normal mode */ + if ( HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC) ) + { + husart->TxXferCount = 0U; + + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by resetting the DMAT bit + in the USART CR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + /* Enable the USART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TC); + } + } + /* DMA Circular mode */ + else + { + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(husart); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief DMA USART transmit process half complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void USART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = (USART_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent); + + HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback(husart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA USART receive process complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void USART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = (USART_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent); + + /* DMA Normal mode */ + if ( HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hdma->Instance->CCR, DMA_CCR_CIRC) ) + { + husart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Disable PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_PEIE); + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Disable the DMA RX transfer for the receiver request by resetting the DMAR bit + in USART CR3 register */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAR); + /* similarly, disable the DMA TX transfer that was started to provide the + clock to the slave device */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DMAT); + + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(husart); + } + /* The USART state is HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX */ + else + { + HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback(husart); + } + husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + } + /* DMA circular mode */ + else + { + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(husart); + } + /* The USART state is HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX */ + else + { + HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback(husart); + } + } + +} + +/** + * @brief DMA USART receive process half complete callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void USART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = (USART_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent); + + HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback(husart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA USART communication error callback. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void USART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = (USART_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent); + + husart->RxXferCount = 0U; + husart->TxXferCount = 0U; + USART_EndTransfer(husart); + + husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_DMA; + husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + + HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(husart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA USART communication abort callback, when initiated by HAL services on Error + * (To be called at end of DMA Abort procedure following error occurrence). + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void USART_DMAAbortOnError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = (USART_HandleTypeDef*)(hdma->Parent); + husart->RxXferCount = 0U; + husart->TxXferCount = 0U; + + HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(husart); +} + +/** + * @brief DMA USART Tx communication abort callback, when initiated by user + * (To be called at end of DMA Tx Abort procedure following user abort request). + * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no + * Abort still ongoing for Rx DMA Handle. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void USART_DMATxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = (USART_HandleTypeDef* )(hdma->Parent); + + husart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */ + if(husart->hdmarx != NULL) + { + if(husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + return; + } + } + + /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */ + husart->TxXferCount = 0U; + husart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Reset errorCode */ + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(husart, USART_CLEAR_OREF | USART_CLEAR_NEF | USART_CLEAR_PEF | USART_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Restore husart->State to Ready */ + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback(husart); +} + + +/** + * @brief DMA USART Rx communication abort callback, when initiated by user + * (To be called at end of DMA Rx Abort procedure following user abort request). + * @note When this callback is executed, User Abort complete call back is called only if no + * Abort still ongoing for Tx DMA Handle. + * @param hdma DMA handle. + * @retval None + */ +static void USART_DMARxAbortCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) +{ + USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = (USART_HandleTypeDef* )(hdma->Parent); + + husart->hdmarx->XferAbortCallback = NULL; + + /* Check if an Abort process is still ongoing */ + if(husart->hdmatx != NULL) + { + if(husart->hdmatx->XferAbortCallback != NULL) + { + return; + } + } + + /* No Abort process still ongoing : All DMA channels are aborted, call user Abort Complete callback */ + husart->TxXferCount = 0U; + husart->RxXferCount = 0U; + + /* Reset errorCode */ + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + + /* Clear the Error flags in the ICR register */ + __HAL_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(husart, USART_CLEAR_OREF | USART_CLEAR_NEF | USART_CLEAR_PEF | USART_CLEAR_FEF); + + /* Restore husart->State to Ready */ + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + + /* Call user Abort complete callback */ + HAL_USART_AbortCpltCallback(husart); +} + + +/** + * @brief Handle USART Communication Timeout. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @param Flag Specifies the USART flag to check. + * @param Status the Flag status (SET or RESET). + * @param Tickstart Tick start value + * @param Timeout timeout duration. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Tickstart, uint32_t Timeout) +{ + /* Wait until flag is set */ + while((__HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, Flag) ? SET : RESET) == Status) + { + /* Check for the Timeout */ + if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY) + { + if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-Tickstart) > Timeout)) + { + /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE | USART_CR1_TXEIE)); + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Configure the USART peripheral. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_SetConfig(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0x0U; + USART_ClockSourceTypeDef clocksource = USART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED; + HAL_StatusTypeDef ret = HAL_OK; + uint16_t brrtemp = 0x0000U; + uint16_t usartdiv = 0x0000U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_POLARITY(husart->Init.CLKPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_USART_PHASE(husart->Init.CLKPhase)); + assert_param(IS_USART_LASTBIT(husart->Init.CLKLastBit)); + assert_param(IS_USART_BAUDRATE(husart->Init.BaudRate)); + assert_param(IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(husart->Init.WordLength)); + assert_param(IS_USART_STOPBITS(husart->Init.StopBits)); + assert_param(IS_USART_PARITY(husart->Init.Parity)); + assert_param(IS_USART_MODE(husart->Init.Mode)); + + + /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits and configure + * the USART Word Length, Parity and Mode: + * set the M bits according to husart->Init.WordLength value + * set PCE and PS bits according to husart->Init.Parity value + * set TE and RE bits according to husart->Init.Mode value + * force OVER8 to 1 to allow to reach the maximum speed (Fclock/8) */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)husart->Init.WordLength | husart->Init.Parity | husart->Init.Mode | USART_CR1_OVER8; + MODIFY_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_FIELDS, tmpreg); + + /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration ---------------------*/ + /* Clear and configure the USART Clock, CPOL, CPHA, LBCL and STOP bits: + * set CPOL bit according to husart->Init.CLKPolarity value + * set CPHA bit according to husart->Init.CLKPhase value + * set LBCL bit according to husart->Init.CLKLastBit value + * set STOP[13:12] bits according to husart->Init.StopBits value */ + tmpreg = (uint32_t)(USART_CLOCK_ENABLE); + tmpreg |= ((uint32_t)husart->Init.CLKPolarity | (uint32_t)husart->Init.CLKPhase); + tmpreg |= ((uint32_t)husart->Init.CLKLastBit | (uint32_t)husart->Init.StopBits); + MODIFY_REG(husart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_FIELDS, tmpreg); + + /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* no CR3 register configuration */ + + /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* BRR is filled-up according to OVER8 bit setting which is forced to 1 */ + USART_GETCLOCKSOURCE(husart, clocksource); + switch (clocksource) + { + case USART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1: + usartdiv = (uint16_t)(((2*HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq()) + (husart->Init.BaudRate/2)) / husart->Init.BaudRate); + break; + case USART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI: + usartdiv = (uint16_t)(((2*HSI_VALUE) + (husart->Init.BaudRate/2)) / husart->Init.BaudRate); + break; + case USART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK: + usartdiv = (uint16_t)(((2*HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq()) + (husart->Init.BaudRate/2)) / husart->Init.BaudRate); + break; + case USART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE: + usartdiv = (uint16_t)(((2*LSE_VALUE) + (husart->Init.BaudRate/2)) / husart->Init.BaudRate); + break; + case USART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED: + default: + ret = HAL_ERROR; + break; + } + + brrtemp = usartdiv & 0xFFF0U; + brrtemp |= (uint16_t)((usartdiv & (uint16_t)0x000FU) >> 1U); + husart->Instance->BRR = brrtemp; + + return ret; +} + +/** + * @brief Check the USART Idle State. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_CheckIdleState(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ +#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) + uint32_t tickstart = 0U; +#endif /* !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) */ + + /* Initialize the USART ErrorCode */ + husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE; + +#if !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) + /* Init tickstart for timeout managment*/ + tickstart = HAL_GetTick(); + + /* TEACK and REACK bits in ISR are checked only when available (not available on all F0 devices). + Bits are defined for some specific devices, and are available only for UART instances supporting WakeUp from Stop Mode feature. + */ + if (IS_UART_WAKEUP_FROMSTOP_INSTANCE(husart->Instance)) + { + /* Check if the Transmitter is enabled */ + if((husart->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_TE) == USART_CR1_TE) + { + /* Wait until TEACK flag is set */ + if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_ISR_TEACK, RESET, tickstart, USART_TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Timeout occurred */ + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + + /* Check if the Receiver is enabled */ + if((husart->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_RE) == USART_CR1_RE) + { + /* Wait until REACK flag is set */ + if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, tickstart, USART_TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT) != HAL_OK) + { + /* Timeout occurred */ + return HAL_TIMEOUT; + } + } + } +#endif /* !defined(STM32F030x6) && !defined(STM32F030x8)&& !defined(STM32F070xB)&& !defined(STM32F070x6)&& !defined(STM32F030xC) */ + + /* Initialize the USART state*/ + husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + + /* Process Unlocked */ + __HAL_UNLOCK(husart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Simplex send an amount of data in non-blocking mode. + * @note Function called under interruption only, once + * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_USART_Transmit_IT(). + * @note The USART errors are not managed to avoid the overrun error. + * @param husart USART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_Transmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + uint16_t* tmp=0U; + + /* Check that a Tx process is ongoing */ + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX) + { + + if(husart->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the USART Transmit data register empty interrupt */ + __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE); + + /* Enable the USART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TC); + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + if((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) husart->pTxBuffPtr; + husart->Instance->TDR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FFU); + husart->pTxBuffPtr += 2U; + } + else + { + husart->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*husart->pTxBuffPtr++ & (uint8_t)0xFFU); + } + + husart->TxXferCount--; + + return HAL_OK; + } + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Wraps up transmission in non-blocking mode. + * @param husart Pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified USART module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_EndTransmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + /* Disable the USART Transmit Complete Interrupt */ + __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TC); + + /* Disable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR); + + /* Tx process is ended, restore husart->State to Ready */ + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + + HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(husart); + + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Simplex receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode. + * @note Function called under interruption only, once + * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_USART_Receive_IT(). + * @param husart USART handle + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_Receive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + uint16_t* tmp=0U; + uint16_t uhMask = husart->Mask; + + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX) + { + + if((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) husart->pRxBuffPtr; + *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->RDR & uhMask); + husart->pRxBuffPtr += 2U; + } + else + { + *husart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask); + } + + /* Send dummy byte in order to generate the clock for the Slave to Send the next data */ + husart->Instance->TDR = (USART_DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x00FFU); + + if(--husart->RxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the USART Parity Error Interrupt and RXNE interrupt*/ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + + /* Disable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Rx process is completed, restore husart->State to Ready */ + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + + HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(husart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Full-Duplex Send receive an amount of data in full-duplex mode (non-blocking). + * @note Function called under interruption only, once + * interruptions have been enabled by HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT(). + * @param husart USART handle. + * @retval HAL status + */ +static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_TransmitReceive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart) +{ + uint16_t* tmp=0U; + uint16_t uhMask = husart->Mask; + + if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX) + { + + if(husart->TxXferCount != 0x00U) + { + if(__HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE) != RESET) + { + if((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) husart->pTxBuffPtr; + husart->Instance->TDR = (uint16_t)(*tmp & uhMask); + husart->pTxBuffPtr += 2U; + } + else + { + husart->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*husart->pTxBuffPtr++ & (uint8_t)uhMask); + } + husart->TxXferCount--; + + /* Check the latest data transmitted */ + if(husart->TxXferCount == 0U) + { + __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE); + } + } + } + + if(husart->RxXferCount != 0x00U) + { + if(__HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) + { + if((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE)) + { + tmp = (uint16_t*) husart->pRxBuffPtr; + *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->RDR & uhMask); + husart->pRxBuffPtr += 2U; + } + else + { + *husart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask); + } + husart->RxXferCount--; + } + } + + /* Check the latest data received */ + if(husart->RxXferCount == 0U) + { + /* Disable the USART Parity Error Interrupt and RXNE interrupt*/ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_RXNEIE | USART_CR1_PEIE)); + + /* Disable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */ + CLEAR_BIT(husart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_EIE); + + /* Rx process is completed, restore husart->State to Ready */ + husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY; + + HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback(husart); + + return HAL_OK; + } + + return HAL_OK; + } + else + { + return HAL_BUSY; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_wwdg.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_wwdg.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ae48b997 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_hal_wwdg.c @@ -0,0 +1,320 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_hal_wwdg.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief WWDG HAL module driver. + * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following + * functionalities of the Window Watchdog (WWDG) peripheral: + * + Initialization and Configuration function + * + IO operation functions + @verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### WWDG specific features ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed + time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (T[6;0] downcounter) + before reaching 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter + value rolls over from 0x40 to 0x3F). + + (+) An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed + before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This + implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window. + + (+) Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset. + + (+) WWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register informs when a WWDG reset has + occurred (check available with __HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST)). + + (+) The WWDG downcounter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided + by a programmable prescaler. + + (+) WWDG downcounter clock (Hz) = PCLK / (4096 * Prescaler) + + (+) WWDG timeout (ms) = (1000 * (T[5;0] + 1)) / (WWDG downcounter clock) + where T[5;0] are the lowest 6 bits of downcounter. + + (+) WWDG Counter refresh is allowed between the following limits : + (++) min time (ms) = (1000 * (T[5;0] - Window)) / (WWDG downcounter clock) + (++) max time (ms) = (1000 * (T[5;0] - 0x40)) / (WWDG downcounter clock) + + (+) Min-max timeout value @48 MHz(PCLK): ~85,3us / ~5,46 ms + + (+) The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific safety + operations or data logging must be performed before the actual reset is + generated. When the downcounter reaches the value 0x40, an EWI interrupt + is generated and the corresponding interrupt service routine (ISR) can + be used to trigger specific actions (such as communications or data + logging), before resetting the device. + In some applications, the EWI interrupt can be used to manage a software + system check and/or system recovery/graceful degradation, without + generating a WWDG reset. In this case, the corresponding interrupt + service routine (ISR) should reload the WWDG counter to avoid the WWDG + reset, then trigger the required actions. + Note:When the EWI interrupt cannot be served, e.g. due to a system lock + in a higher priority task, the WWDG reset will eventually be generated. + + (+) Debug mode : When the microcontroller enters debug mode (core halted), + the WWDG counter either continues to work normally or stops, depending + on DBG_WWDG_STOP configuration bit in DBG module, accessible through + __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_WWDG() and __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_WWDG() macros + + ##### How to use this driver ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + (+) Enable WWDG APB1 clock using __HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_ENABLE(). + + (+) Set the WWDG prescaler, refresh window, counter value and Early Wakeup + Interrupt mode using using HAL_WWDG_Init() function. + This enables WWDG peripheral and the downcounter starts downcounting + from given counter value. + Init function can be called again to modify all watchdog parameters, + however if EWI mode has been set once, it can't be clear until next + reset. + + (+) The application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular + intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset using + HAL_WWDG_Refresh() function. This operation must occur only when + the counter is lower than the window value already programmed. + + (+) if Early Wakeup Interrupt mode is enable an interrupt is generated when + the counter reaches 0x40. User can add his own code in weak function + HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(). + + *** WWDG HAL driver macros list *** + ================================== + [..] + Below the list of most used macros in WWDG HAL driver. + + (+) __HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check the selected WWDG's interrupt source. + (+) __HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG: Get the selected WWDG's flag status. + (+) __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the WWDG's pending flags. + + @endverbatim + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_hal.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_HAL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED +/** @defgroup WWDG WWDG + * @brief WWDG HAL module driver. + * @{ + */ + +/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions WWDG Exported Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions + * @brief Initialization and Configuration functions. + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### Initialization and Configuration functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Initialize and start the WWDG according to the specified parameters + in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle. + (+) Initialize the WWDG MSP. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Initialize the WWDG according to the specified. + * parameters in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle. + * @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified WWDG module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Init(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg) +{ + /* Check the WWDG handle allocation */ + if(hwwdg == NULL) + { + return HAL_ERROR; + } + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hwwdg->Instance)); + assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(hwwdg->Init.Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW(hwwdg->Init.Window)); + assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(hwwdg->Init.Counter)); + assert_param(IS_WWDG_EWI_MODE(hwwdg->Init.EWIMode)); + + /* Init the low level hardware */ + HAL_WWDG_MspInit(hwwdg); + + /* Set WWDG Counter */ + WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (WWDG_CR_WDGA | hwwdg->Init.Counter)); + + /* Set WWDG Prescaler and Window */ + WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CFR, (hwwdg->Init.EWIMode | hwwdg->Init.Prescaler | hwwdg->Init.Window)); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + + +/** + * @brief Initialize the WWDG MSP. + * @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified WWDG module. + * @note When rewriting this function in user file, mechanism may be added + * to avoid multiple initialize when HAL_WWDG_Init function is called + * again to change parameters. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_WWDG_MspInit(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hwwdg); + + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_WWDG_MspInit could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions + * @brief IO operation functions + * +@verbatim + ============================================================================== + ##### IO operation functions ##### + ============================================================================== + [..] + This section provides functions allowing to: + (+) Refresh the WWDG. + (+) Handle WWDG interrupt request and associated function callback. + +@endverbatim + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Refresh the WWDG. + * @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified WWDG module. + * @retval HAL status + */ +HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Refresh(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg) +{ + /* Write to WWDG CR the WWDG Counter value to refresh with */ + WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (hwwdg->Init.Counter)); + + /* Return function status */ + return HAL_OK; +} + +/** + * @brief Handle WWDG interrupt request. + * @note The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific safety operations + * or data logging must be performed before the actual reset is generated. + * The EWI interrupt is enabled by calling HAL_WWDG_Init function with + * EWIMode set to WWDG_EWI_ENABLE. + * When the downcounter reaches the value 0x40, and EWI interrupt is + * generated and the corresponding Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) can + * be used to trigger specific actions (such as communications or data + * logging), before resetting the device. + * @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified WWDG module. + * @retval None + */ +void HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg) +{ + /* Check if Early Wakeup Interrupt is enable */ + if(__HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE(hwwdg, WWDG_IT_EWI) != RESET) + { + /* Check if WWDG Early Wakeup Interrupt occurred */ + if(__HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF) != RESET) + { + /* Clear the WWDG Early Wakeup flag */ + __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF); + + /* Early Wakeup callback */ + HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(hwwdg); + } + } +} + + +/** + * @brief WWDG Early Wakeup callback. + * @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified WWDG module. + * @retval None + */ +__weak void HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef* hwwdg) +{ + /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ + UNUSED(hwwdg); + + /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, + the HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback could be implemented in the user file + */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_adc.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_adc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7db18a6a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_adc.c @@ -0,0 +1,567 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_ll_adc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief ADC LL module driver + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_adc.h" +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h" + +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT + #include "stm32_assert.h" +#else + #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (ADC1) + +/** @addtogroup ADC_LL ADC + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Private_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/* Definitions of ADC hardware constraints delays */ +/* Note: Only ADC IP HW delays are defined in ADC LL driver driver, */ +/* not timeout values: */ +/* Timeout values for ADC operations are dependent to device clock */ +/* configuration (system clock versus ADC clock), */ +/* and therefore must be defined in user application. */ +/* Refer to @ref ADC_LL_EC_HW_DELAYS for description of ADC timeout */ +/* values definition. */ +/* Note: ADC timeout values are defined here in CPU cycles to be independent */ +/* of device clock setting. */ +/* In user application, ADC timeout values should be defined with */ +/* temporal values, in function of device clock settings. */ +/* Highest ratio CPU clock frequency vs ADC clock frequency: */ +/* - ADC clock from synchronous clock with AHB prescaler 512, */ +/* APB prescaler 16, ADC prescaler 4. */ +/* - ADC clock from asynchronous clock (HSI) with prescaler 1, */ +/* with highest ratio CPU clock frequency vs HSI clock frequency: */ +/* CPU clock frequency max 48MHz, HSI frequency 14MHz: ratio 4. */ +/* Unit: CPU cycles. */ +#define ADC_CLOCK_RATIO_VS_CPU_HIGHEST ((uint32_t) 512U * 16U * 4U) +#define ADC_TIMEOUT_DISABLE_CPU_CYCLES (ADC_CLOCK_RATIO_VS_CPU_HIGHEST * 1U) +#define ADC_TIMEOUT_STOP_CONVERSION_CPU_CYCLES (ADC_CLOCK_RATIO_VS_CPU_HIGHEST * 1U) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */ +/* common to several ADC instances. */ +/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */ +/* ADC instance. */ +#define IS_LL_ADC_CLOCK(__CLOCK__) \ + ( ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV4) \ + || ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV2) \ + || ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_ASYNC) \ + ) + +#define IS_LL_ADC_RESOLUTION(__RESOLUTION__) \ + ( ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_12B) \ + || ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_10B) \ + || ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_8B) \ + || ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_6B) \ + ) + +#define IS_LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(__DATA_ALIGN__) \ + ( ((__DATA_ALIGN__) == LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_RIGHT) \ + || ((__DATA_ALIGN__) == LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_LEFT) \ + ) + +#define IS_LL_ADC_LOW_POWER(__LOW_POWER__) \ + ( ((__LOW_POWER__) == LL_ADC_LP_MODE_NONE) \ + || ((__LOW_POWER__) == LL_ADC_LP_AUTOWAIT) \ + || ((__LOW_POWER__) == LL_ADC_LP_AUTOPOWEROFF) \ + || ((__LOW_POWER__) == LL_ADC_LP_AUTOWAIT_AUTOPOWEROFF) \ + ) + +/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */ +/* ADC group regular */ +#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) \ + ( ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO) \ + || ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM15_TRGO) \ + ) + +#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE(__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) \ + ( ((__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE) \ + || ((__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_CONV_CONTINUOUS) \ + ) + +#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER(__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) \ + ( ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_NONE) \ + || ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_LIMITED) \ + || ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_UNLIMITED) \ + ) + +#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR(__REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR__) \ + ( ((__REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR__) == LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_PRESERVED) \ + || ((__REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR__) == LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_OVERWRITTEN) \ + ) + +#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) \ + ( ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE) \ + || ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_1RANK) \ + ) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initialize registers of all ADC instances belonging to + * the same ADC common instance to their default reset values. + * @note This function is performing a hard reset, using high level + * clock source RCC ADC reset. + * @param ADCxy_COMMON ADC common instance + * (can be set directly from CMSIS definition or by using helper macro @ref __LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE() ) + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: ADC common registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +ErrorStatus LL_ADC_CommonDeInit(ADC_Common_TypeDef *ADCxy_COMMON) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON)); + + /* Force reset of ADC clock (core clock) */ + LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_ADC1); + + /* Release reset of ADC clock (core clock) */ + LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_ADC1); + + return SUCCESS; +} + + +/** + * @brief De-initialize registers of the selected ADC instance + * to their default reset values. + * @note To reset all ADC instances quickly (perform a hard reset), + * use function @ref LL_ADC_CommonDeInit(). + * @note If this functions returns error status, it means that ADC instance + * is in an unknown state. + * In this case, perform a hard reset using high level + * clock source RCC ADC reset. + * Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_CommonDeInit(). + * @param ADCx ADC instance + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: ADC registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: ADC registers are not de-initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_ADC_DeInit(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + __IO uint32_t timeout_cpu_cycles = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx)); + + /* Disable ADC instance if not already disabled. */ + if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 1U) + { + /* Set ADC group regular trigger source to SW start to ensure to not */ + /* have an external trigger event occurring during the conversion stop */ + /* ADC disable process. */ + LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource(ADCx, LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE); + + /* Stop potential ADC conversion on going on ADC group regular. */ + if(LL_ADC_REG_IsConversionOngoing(ADCx) != 0U) + { + if(LL_ADC_REG_IsStopConversionOngoing(ADCx) == 0U) + { + LL_ADC_REG_StopConversion(ADCx); + } + } + + /* Wait for ADC conversions are effectively stopped */ + timeout_cpu_cycles = ADC_TIMEOUT_STOP_CONVERSION_CPU_CYCLES; + while (LL_ADC_REG_IsStopConversionOngoing(ADCx) == 1U) + { + if(timeout_cpu_cycles-- == 0U) + { + /* Time-out error */ + status = ERROR; + } + } + + /* Disable the ADC instance */ + LL_ADC_Disable(ADCx); + + /* Wait for ADC instance is effectively disabled */ + timeout_cpu_cycles = ADC_TIMEOUT_DISABLE_CPU_CYCLES; + while (LL_ADC_IsDisableOngoing(ADCx) == 1U) + { + if(timeout_cpu_cycles-- == 0U) + { + /* Time-out error */ + status = ERROR; + } + } + } + + /* Check whether ADC state is compliant with expected state */ + if(READ_BIT(ADCx->CR, + ( ADC_CR_ADSTP | ADC_CR_ADSTART + | ADC_CR_ADDIS | ADC_CR_ADEN ) + ) + == 0U) + { + /* ========== Reset ADC registers ========== */ + /* Reset register IER */ + CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->IER, + ( LL_ADC_IT_ADRDY + | LL_ADC_IT_EOC + | LL_ADC_IT_EOS + | LL_ADC_IT_OVR + | LL_ADC_IT_EOSMP + | LL_ADC_IT_AWD1 ) + ); + + /* Reset register ISR */ + SET_BIT(ADCx->ISR, + ( LL_ADC_FLAG_ADRDY + | LL_ADC_FLAG_EOC + | LL_ADC_FLAG_EOS + | LL_ADC_FLAG_OVR + | LL_ADC_FLAG_EOSMP + | LL_ADC_FLAG_AWD1 ) + ); + + /* Reset register CR */ + /* Bits ADC_CR_ADCAL, ADC_CR_ADSTP, ADC_CR_ADSTART are in access mode */ + /* "read-set": no direct reset applicable. */ + /* No action on register CR */ + + /* Reset register CFGR1 */ + CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CFGR1, + ( ADC_CFGR1_AWDCH | ADC_CFGR1_AWDEN | ADC_CFGR1_AWDSGL | ADC_CFGR1_DISCEN + | ADC_CFGR1_AUTOFF | ADC_CFGR1_WAIT | ADC_CFGR1_CONT | ADC_CFGR1_OVRMOD + | ADC_CFGR1_EXTEN | ADC_CFGR1_EXTSEL | ADC_CFGR1_ALIGN | ADC_CFGR1_RES + | ADC_CFGR1_SCANDIR | ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG | ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN ) + ); + + /* Reset register CFGR2 */ + /* Note: Update of ADC clock mode is conditioned to ADC state disabled: */ + /* already done above. */ + CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CFGR2, ADC_CFGR2_CKMODE); + + /* Reset register SMPR */ + CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SMPR, ADC_SMPR_SMP); + + /* Reset register TR */ + MODIFY_REG(ADCx->TR, ADC_TR_HT | ADC_TR_LT, ADC_TR_HT); + + /* Reset register CHSELR */ +#if defined(ADC_CCR_VBATEN) + CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CHSELR, + ( ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL18 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL17 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL16 + | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL15 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL14 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL13 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL12 + | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL11 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL10 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL9 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL8 + | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL7 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL6 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL5 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL4 + | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL3 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL2 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL1 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL0 ) + ); +#else + CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CHSELR, + ( ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL17 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL16 + | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL15 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL14 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL13 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL12 + | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL11 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL10 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL9 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL8 + | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL7 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL6 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL5 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL4 + | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL3 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL2 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL1 | ADC_CHSELR_CHSEL0 ) + ); +#endif + + /* Reset register DR */ + /* bits in access mode read only, no direct reset applicable */ + + } + else + { + /* ADC instance is in an unknown state */ + /* Need to performing a hard reset of ADC instance, using high level */ + /* clock source RCC ADC reset. */ + /* Caution: On this STM32 serie, if several ADC instances are available */ + /* on the selected device, RCC ADC reset will reset */ + /* all ADC instances belonging to the common ADC instance. */ + status = ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize some features of ADC instance. + * @note These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC instance. + * Refer to corresponding unitary functions into + * @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Instance . + * @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init() + * is conditioned to ADC state: + * ADC instance must be disabled. + * This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency + * and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different + * features can be set under different ADC state conditions + * (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going, + * ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...) + * Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function + * and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled, + * refer to description of each function for setting + * conditioned to ADC state. + * @note After using this function, some other features must be configured + * using LL unitary functions. + * The minimum configuration remaining to be done is: + * - Set ADC group regular sequencer: + * map channel on rank corresponding to channel number. + * Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels(); + * - Set ADC channel sampling time + * Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime(); + * @param ADCx ADC instance + * @param ADC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized + * - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_InitTypeDef *ADC_InitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx)); + + assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_CLOCK(ADC_InitStruct->Clock)); + assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_RESOLUTION(ADC_InitStruct->Resolution)); + assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment)); + assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_LOW_POWER(ADC_InitStruct->LowPowerMode)); + + /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */ + /* ADC instance must be disabled. */ + if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0U) + { + /* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */ + /* - ADC instance */ + /* - Set ADC data resolution */ + /* - Set ADC conversion data alignment */ + /* - Set ADC low power mode */ + MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CFGR1, + ADC_CFGR1_RES + | ADC_CFGR1_ALIGN + | ADC_CFGR1_WAIT + | ADC_CFGR1_AUTOFF + , + ADC_InitStruct->Resolution + | ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment + | ADC_InitStruct->LowPowerMode + ); + + } + else + { + /* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */ + status = ERROR; + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_InitTypeDef field to default value. + * @param ADC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_InitTypeDef structure + * whose fields will be set to default values. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_ADC_StructInit(LL_ADC_InitTypeDef *ADC_InitStruct) +{ + /* Set ADC_InitStruct fields to default values */ + /* Set fields of ADC instance */ + ADC_InitStruct->Clock = LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV2; + ADC_InitStruct->Resolution = LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_12B; + ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment = LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_RIGHT; + ADC_InitStruct->LowPowerMode = LL_ADC_LP_MODE_NONE; + +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize some features of ADC group regular. + * @note These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC group regular. + * Refer to corresponding unitary functions into + * @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Group_Regular + * (functions with prefix "REG"). + * @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init() + * is conditioned to ADC state: + * ADC instance must be disabled. + * This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency + * and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different + * features can be set under different ADC state conditions + * (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going, + * ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...) + * Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function + * and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled, + * refer to description of each function for setting + * conditioned to ADC state. + * @note After using this function, other features must be configured + * using LL unitary functions. + * The minimum configuration remaining to be done is: + * - Set ADC group regular sequencer: + * map channel on rank corresponding to channel number. + * Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerChannels(); + * - Set ADC channel sampling time + * Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime(); + * @param ADCx ADC instance + * @param ADC_REG_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized + * - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_ADC_REG_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef *ADC_REG_InitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource)); + assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont)); + assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER(ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer)); + assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_BEHAVIOR(ADC_REG_InitStruct->Overrun)); + + /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */ + /* ADC instance must be disabled. */ + if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0U) + { + /* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */ + /* - ADC group regular */ + /* - Set ADC group regular trigger source */ + /* - Set ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode */ + /* - Set ADC group regular continuous mode */ + /* - Set ADC group regular conversion data transfer: no transfer or */ + /* transfer by DMA, and DMA requests mode */ + /* - Set ADC group regular overrun behavior */ + /* Note: On this STM32 serie, ADC trigger edge is set to value 0x0 by */ + /* setting of trigger source to SW start. */ + MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CFGR1, + ADC_CFGR1_EXTSEL + | ADC_CFGR1_EXTEN + | ADC_CFGR1_DISCEN + | ADC_CFGR1_CONT + | ADC_CFGR1_DMAEN + | ADC_CFGR1_DMACFG + | ADC_CFGR1_OVRMOD + , + ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource + | ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont + | ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode + | ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer + | ADC_REG_InitStruct->Overrun + ); + + } + else + { + /* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */ + status = ERROR; + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef field to default value. + * @param ADC_REG_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure + * whose fields will be set to default values. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_ADC_REG_StructInit(LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef *ADC_REG_InitStruct) +{ + /* Set ADC_REG_InitStruct fields to default values */ + /* Set fields of ADC group regular */ + /* Note: On this STM32 serie, ADC trigger edge is set to value 0x0 by */ + /* setting of trigger source to SW start. */ + ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource = LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE; + ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont = LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE; + ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode = LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE; + ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer = LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_NONE; + ADC_REG_InitStruct->Overrun = LL_ADC_REG_OVR_DATA_OVERWRITTEN; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* ADC1 */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_comp.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_comp.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0a4f6f9c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_comp.c @@ -0,0 +1,331 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_ll_comp.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief COMP LL module driver + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_comp.h" + +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT + #include "stm32_assert.h" +#else + #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (COMP1) || defined (COMP2) + +/** @addtogroup COMP_LL COMP + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @addtogroup COMP_LL_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/* Check of parameters for configuration of COMP hierarchical scope: */ +/* COMP instance. */ + +#define IS_LL_COMP_POWER_MODE(__POWER_MODE__) \ + ( ((__POWER_MODE__) == LL_COMP_POWERMODE_HIGHSPEED) \ + || ((__POWER_MODE__) == LL_COMP_POWERMODE_MEDIUMSPEED) \ + || ((__POWER_MODE__) == LL_COMP_POWERMODE_LOWPOWER) \ + || ((__POWER_MODE__) == LL_COMP_POWERMODE_ULTRALOWPOWER) \ + ) + +/* Note: On this STM32 serie, comparator input plus parameters are */ +/* the different depending on COMP instances. */ +#define IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS(__COMP_INSTANCE__, __INPUT_PLUS__) \ + (((__COMP_INSTANCE__) == COMP1) \ + ? ( \ + ((__INPUT_PLUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO1) \ + || ((__INPUT_PLUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_DAC1_CH1) \ + ) \ + : \ + ( \ + ((__INPUT_PLUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO1) \ + ) \ + ) + +/* Note: On this STM32 serie, comparator input minus parameters are */ +/* the same on all COMP instances. */ +/* However, comparator instance kept as macro parameter for */ +/* compatibility with other STM32 families. */ +#define IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS(__COMP_INSTANCE__, __INPUT_MINUS__) \ + ( ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_1_4VREFINT) \ + || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_1_2VREFINT) \ + || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_3_4VREFINT) \ + || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_VREFINT) \ + || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_DAC1_CH1) \ + || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_DAC1_CH2) \ + || ((__INPUT_MINUS__) == LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_IO1) \ + ) + +#define IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_HYSTERESIS(__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) \ + ( ((__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) == LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_NONE) \ + || ((__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) == LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_LOW) \ + || ((__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) == LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_MEDIUM) \ + || ((__INPUT_HYSTERESIS__) == LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_HIGH) \ + ) + +#define IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_SELECTION(__OUTPUT_SELECTION__) \ + ( ((__OUTPUT_SELECTION__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUT_NONE) \ + || ((__OUTPUT_SELECTION__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1_BKIN) \ + || ((__OUTPUT_SELECTION__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1_IC1) \ + || ((__OUTPUT_SELECTION__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUT_TIM1_OCCLR) \ + || ((__OUTPUT_SELECTION__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUT_TIM2_IC4) \ + || ((__OUTPUT_SELECTION__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUT_TIM2_OCCLR) \ + || ((__OUTPUT_SELECTION__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUT_TIM3_IC1) \ + || ((__OUTPUT_SELECTION__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUT_TIM3_OCCLR) \ + ) + +#define IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_POLARITY(__POLARITY__) \ + ( ((__POLARITY__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUTPOL_NONINVERTED) \ + || ((__POLARITY__) == LL_COMP_OUTPUTPOL_INVERTED) \ + ) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup COMP_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup COMP_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initialize registers of the selected COMP instance + * to their default reset values. + * @note If comparator is locked, de-initialization by software is + * not possible. + * The only way to unlock the comparator is a device hardware reset. + * @param COMPx COMP instance + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: COMP registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: COMP registers are not de-initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_COMP_DeInit(COMP_TypeDef *COMPx) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(COMPx)); + + /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */ + /* COMP instance must not be locked. */ + if(LL_COMP_IsLocked(COMPx) == 0U) + { + /* Note: Connection switch is applicable only to COMP instance COMP1, */ + /* therefore is COMP2 is selected the equivalent bit is */ + /* kept unmodified. */ + if(COMPx == COMP1) + { + CLEAR_BIT(COMP->CSR, + ( COMP_CSR_COMP1MODE + | COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL + | COMP_CSR_COMP1SW1 + | COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL + | COMP_CSR_COMP1HYST + | COMP_CSR_COMP1POL + | COMP_CSR_COMP1EN + ) << __COMP_BITOFFSET_INSTANCE(COMPx) + ); + } + else + { + CLEAR_BIT(COMP->CSR, + ( COMP_CSR_COMP1MODE + | COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL + | COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL + | COMP_CSR_COMP1HYST + | COMP_CSR_COMP1POL + | COMP_CSR_COMP1EN + ) << __COMP_BITOFFSET_INSTANCE(COMPx) + ); + } + + } + else + { + /* Comparator instance is locked: de-initialization by software is */ + /* not possible. */ + /* The only way to unlock the comparator is a device hardware reset. */ + status = ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize some features of COMP instance. + * @note This function configures features of the selected COMP instance. + * Some features are also available at scope COMP common instance + * (common to several COMP instances). + * Refer to functions having argument "COMPxy_COMMON" as parameter. + * @param COMPx COMP instance + * @param COMP_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_COMP_InitTypeDef structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: COMP registers are initialized + * - ERROR: COMP registers are not initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_COMP_Init(COMP_TypeDef *COMPx, LL_COMP_InitTypeDef *COMP_InitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_COMP_ALL_INSTANCE(COMPx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_POWER_MODE(COMP_InitStruct->PowerMode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS(COMPx, COMP_InitStruct->InputPlus)); + assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS(COMPx, COMP_InitStruct->InputMinus)); + assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_INPUT_HYSTERESIS(COMP_InitStruct->InputHysteresis)); + assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_SELECTION(COMP_InitStruct->OutputSelection)); + assert_param(IS_LL_COMP_OUTPUT_POLARITY(COMP_InitStruct->OutputPolarity)); + + /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function) */ + /* COMP instance must not be locked. */ + if(LL_COMP_IsLocked(COMPx) == 0U) + { + /* Configuration of comparator instance : */ + /* - PowerMode */ + /* - InputPlus */ + /* - InputMinus */ + /* - InputHysteresis */ + /* - OutputSelection */ + /* - OutputPolarity */ + /* Note: Connection switch is applicable only to COMP instance COMP1, */ + /* therefore is COMP2 is selected the equivalent bit is */ + /* kept unmodified. */ + if(COMPx == COMP1) + { + MODIFY_REG(COMP->CSR, + ( COMP_CSR_COMP1MODE + | COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL + | COMP_CSR_COMP1SW1 + | COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL + | COMP_CSR_COMP1HYST + | COMP_CSR_COMP1POL + ) << __COMP_BITOFFSET_INSTANCE(COMPx) + , + ( COMP_InitStruct->PowerMode + | COMP_InitStruct->InputPlus + | COMP_InitStruct->InputMinus + | COMP_InitStruct->InputHysteresis + | COMP_InitStruct->OutputSelection + | COMP_InitStruct->OutputPolarity + ) << __COMP_BITOFFSET_INSTANCE(COMPx) + ); + } + else + { + MODIFY_REG(COMP->CSR, + ( COMP_CSR_COMP1MODE + | COMP_CSR_COMP1INSEL + | COMP_CSR_COMP1OUTSEL + | COMP_CSR_COMP1HYST + | COMP_CSR_COMP1POL + ) << __COMP_BITOFFSET_INSTANCE(COMPx) + , + ( COMP_InitStruct->PowerMode + | COMP_InitStruct->InputPlus + | COMP_InitStruct->InputMinus + | COMP_InitStruct->InputHysteresis + | COMP_InitStruct->OutputSelection + | COMP_InitStruct->OutputPolarity + ) << __COMP_BITOFFSET_INSTANCE(COMPx) + ); + } + + } + else + { + /* Initialization error: COMP instance is locked. */ + status = ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_COMP_InitTypeDef field to default value. + * @param COMP_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_COMP_InitTypeDef structure + * whose fields will be set to default values. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_COMP_StructInit(LL_COMP_InitTypeDef *COMP_InitStruct) +{ + /* Set COMP_InitStruct fields to default values */ + COMP_InitStruct->PowerMode = LL_COMP_POWERMODE_ULTRALOWPOWER; + COMP_InitStruct->InputPlus = LL_COMP_INPUT_PLUS_IO1; + COMP_InitStruct->InputMinus = LL_COMP_INPUT_MINUS_VREFINT; + COMP_InitStruct->InputHysteresis = LL_COMP_HYSTERESIS_NONE; + COMP_InitStruct->OutputSelection = LL_COMP_OUTPUT_NONE; + COMP_InitStruct->OutputPolarity = LL_COMP_OUTPUTPOL_NONINVERTED; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* COMP1 || COMP2 */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_crc.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_crc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c634603c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_crc.c @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_ll_crc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief CRC LL module driver. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_crc.h" + +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT +#include "stm32_assert.h" +#else +#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (CRC) + +/** @addtogroup CRC_LL + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup CRC_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup CRC_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initialize CRC registers (Registers restored to their default values). + * @param CRCx CRC Instance + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: CRC registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: CRC registers are not de-initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_TypeDef *CRCx) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(CRCx)); + + if (CRCx == CRC) + { +#if defined(CRC_PROG_POLYNOMIAL_SUPPORT) + /* Set programmable polynomial size in CR register to reset value (32 bits)*/ + LL_CRC_SetPolynomialSize(CRCx, LL_CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B); + + /* Set programmable polynomial in POL register to reset value */ + LL_CRC_SetPolynomialCoef(CRCx, LL_CRC_DEFAULT_CRC32_POLY); +#endif + + /* Set INIT register to reset value */ + LL_CRC_SetInitialData(CRCx, LL_CRC_DEFAULT_CRC_INITVALUE); + + /* Set Reversibility options on I/O data values in CR register to reset value */ + LL_CRC_SetInputDataReverseMode(CRCx, LL_CRC_INDATA_REVERSE_NONE); + LL_CRC_SetOutputDataReverseMode(CRCx, LL_CRC_OUTDATA_REVERSE_NONE); + + /* Reset the CRC calculation unit */ + LL_CRC_ResetCRCCalculationUnit(CRCx); + + /* Reset IDR register */ + LL_CRC_Write_IDR(CRCx, 0x00U); + } + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + + return (status); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* defined (CRC) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ + diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_crs.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_crs.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..845f94e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_crs.c @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_ll_crs.h + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief CRS LL module driver. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_crs.h" +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined(CRS) + +/** @defgroup CRS_LL CRS + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup CRS_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup CRS_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-Initializes CRS peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: CRS registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +ErrorStatus LL_CRS_DeInit(void) +{ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CRS); + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CRS); + + return SUCCESS; +} + + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* defined(CRS) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_dac.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_dac.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b4596d1c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_dac.c @@ -0,0 +1,292 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_ll_dac.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief DAC LL module driver + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_dac.h" +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h" + +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT + #include "stm32_assert.h" +#else + #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (DAC1) + +/** @addtogroup DAC_LL DAC + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +#if defined(DAC_CHANNEL2_SUPPORT) +#define IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(__DACX__, __DAC_CHANNEL__) \ + ( \ + ((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1) \ + || ((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_2) \ + ) +#else +#define IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(__DACX__, __DAC_CHANNEL__) \ + ( \ + ((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1) \ + ) +#endif /* DAC_CHANNEL2_SUPPORT */ + +#define IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) \ + ( ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \ + || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO) \ + || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_TRGO) \ + || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO) \ + || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM6_TRGO) \ + || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM7_TRGO) \ + || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM15_TRGO) \ + || ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE9) \ + ) + +#if defined(DAC_CR_WAVE1) +#define IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_MODE(__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) \ + ( ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NOISE) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_TRIANGLE) \ + ) + +#define IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_CONFIG(__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) \ + ( ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS1_0) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS2_0) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS3_0) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS4_0) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS5_0) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS6_0) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS7_0) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS8_0) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS9_0) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS10_0) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS11_0) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_1) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_3) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_7) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_15) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_31) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_63) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_127) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_255) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_511) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_1023) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_2047) \ + || ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_4095) \ + ) +#endif + +#define IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER(__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) \ + ( ((__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE) \ + || ((__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_DISABLE) \ + ) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initialize registers of the selected DAC instance + * to their default reset values. + * @param DACx DAC instance + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: DAC registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +ErrorStatus LL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_TypeDef *DACx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(DACx)); + + /* Force reset of DAC clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC1); + + /* Release reset of DAC clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC1); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize some features of DAC instance. + * @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_DAC_Init() + * is conditioned to DAC state: + * DAC instance must be disabled. + * @param DACx DAC instance + * @param DAC_Channel This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1 + * @arg @ref LL_DAC_CHANNEL_2 (1) + * + * (1) On this STM32 serie, parameter not available on all devices. + * Refer to device datasheet for channels availability. + * @param DAC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: DAC registers are initialized + * - ERROR: DAC registers are not initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_DAC_Init(DAC_TypeDef *DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, LL_DAC_InitTypeDef *DAC_InitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(DACx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(DACx, DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource)); + assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER(DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer)); +#if defined(DAC_CR_WAVE1) + assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_MODE(DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration)); + if (DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration != LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE) + { + assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_CONFIG(DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig)); + } +#endif + + /* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function) */ + /* DAC instance must be disabled. */ + if(LL_DAC_IsEnabled(DACx, DAC_Channel) == 0U) + { + /* Configuration of DAC channel: */ + /* - TriggerSource */ +#if defined(DAC_CR_WAVE1) + /* - WaveAutoGeneration */ +#endif + /* - OutputBuffer */ +#if defined(DAC_CR_WAVE1) + if (DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration != LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE) + { + MODIFY_REG(DACx->CR, + ( DAC_CR_TSEL1 + | DAC_CR_WAVE1 + | DAC_CR_MAMP1 + | DAC_CR_BOFF1 + ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK) + , + ( DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource + | DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration + | DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig + | DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer + ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK) + ); + } + else + { + MODIFY_REG(DACx->CR, + ( DAC_CR_TSEL1 + | DAC_CR_WAVE1 + | DAC_CR_BOFF1 + ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK) + , + ( DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource + | LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE + | DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer + ) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK) + ); + } +#endif + } + else + { + /* Initialization error: DAC instance is not disabled. */ + status = ERROR; + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef field to default value. + * @param DAC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef structure + * whose fields will be set to default values. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_DAC_StructInit(LL_DAC_InitTypeDef *DAC_InitStruct) +{ + /* Set DAC_InitStruct fields to default values */ + DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource = LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE; +#if defined(DAC_CR_WAVE1) + DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration = LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE; + /* Note: Parameter discarded if wave auto generation is disabled, */ + /* set anyway to its default value. */ + DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig = LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0; +#endif + DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer = LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* DAC1 */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_dma.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_dma.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ac2a89c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_dma.c @@ -0,0 +1,412 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_ll_dma.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief DMA LL module driver. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_dma.h" +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h" +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT +#include "stm32_assert.h" +#else +#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (DMA1) || defined (DMA2) + +/** @defgroup DMA_LL DMA + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ +#define IS_LL_DMA_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY)) + +#define IS_LL_DMA_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_CIRCULAR)) + +#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHINCMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PERIPH_INCREMENT) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT)) + +#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYINCMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MEMORY_INCREMENT) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT)) + +#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHDATASIZE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD)) + +#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYDATASIZE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD)) + +#define IS_LL_DMA_NBDATA(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x0000FFFFU) + +#if (defined(DMA1_CSELR_DEFAULT)||defined(DMA2_CSELR_DEFAULT)) +#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHREQUEST(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_0) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_1) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_2) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_3) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_4) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_5) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_6) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_7) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_8) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_9) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_10) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_11) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_12) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_13) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_14) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_REQUEST_15)) +#endif + +#define IS_LL_DMA_PRIORITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_VERYHIGH)) + +#if defined (DMA2) +#if defined (DMA2_Channel6) && defined (DMA2_Channel7) +#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL) ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \ + (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))) || \ + (((INSTANCE) == DMA2) && \ + (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7)))) +#else +#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL) ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \ + (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))) || \ + (((INSTANCE) == DMA2) && \ + (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5)))) +#endif +#else +#if defined(DMA1_Channel6) && defined(DMA1_Channel7) +#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL) ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \ + (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1)|| \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7)))) +#elif defined (DMA1_Channel6) +#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL) ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \ + (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1)|| \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6)))) +#else +#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, CHANNEL) ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \ + (((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1)|| \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \ + ((CHANNEL) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5)))) +#endif /* DMA1_Channel6 && DMA1_Channel7 */ +#endif +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initialize the DMA registers to their default reset values. + * @param DMAx DMAx Instance + * @param Channel This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1 + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2 + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3 + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4 + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5 + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6 (*) + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7 (*) + * + * (*) value not defined in all devices + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: DMA registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: DMA registers are not de-initialized + */ +uint32_t LL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Channel) +{ + DMA_Channel_TypeDef *tmp = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *)DMA1_Channel1; + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + /* Check the DMA Instance DMAx and Channel parameters*/ + assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel)); + + tmp = (DMA_Channel_TypeDef *)(__LL_DMA_GET_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel)); + + /* Disable the selected DMAx_Channely */ + CLEAR_BIT(tmp->CCR, DMA_CCR_EN); + + /* Reset DMAx_Channely control register */ + LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CCR, 0U); + + /* Reset DMAx_Channely remaining bytes register */ + LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CNDTR, 0U); + + /* Reset DMAx_Channely peripheral address register */ + LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CPAR, 0U); + + /* Reset DMAx_Channely memory address register */ + LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CMAR, 0U); + +#if (defined(DMA1_CSELR_DEFAULT)||defined(DMA2_CSELR_DEFAULT)) + /* Reset Request register field for DMAx Channel */ + LL_DMA_SetPeriphRequest(DMAx, Channel, LL_DMA_REQUEST_0); +#endif + + if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel1 */ + LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI1(DMAx); + } + else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel2 */ + LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI2(DMAx); + } + else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel3 */ + LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI3(DMAx); + } + else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel4 */ + LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI4(DMAx); + } + else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel5 */ + LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI5(DMAx); + } + +#if defined(DMA1_Channel6) + else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel6 */ + LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI6(DMAx); + } +#endif +#if defined(DMA1_Channel7) + else if (Channel == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7) + { + /* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMAx Channel7 */ + LL_DMA_ClearFlag_GI7(DMAx); + } +#endif + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the DMA registers according to the specified parameters in DMA_InitStruct. + * @note To convert DMAx_Channely Instance to DMAx Instance and Channely, use helper macros : + * @arg @ref __LL_DMA_GET_INSTANCE + * @arg @ref __LL_DMA_GET_CHANNEL + * @param DMAx DMAx Instance + * @param Channel This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1 + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2 + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3 + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4 + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5 + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6 (*) + * @arg @ref LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7 (*) + * + * (*) value not defined in all devices + * @param DMA_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: DMA registers are initialized + * - ERROR: Not applicable + */ +uint32_t LL_DMA_Init(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Channel, LL_DMA_InitTypeDef *DMA_InitStruct) +{ + /* Check the DMA Instance DMAx and Channel parameters*/ + assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_ALL_CHANNEL_INSTANCE(DMAx, Channel)); + + /* Check the DMA parameters from DMA_InitStruct */ + assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_DIRECTION(DMA_InitStruct->Direction)); + assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MODE(DMA_InitStruct->Mode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHINCMODE(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYINCMODE(DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHDATASIZE(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize)); + assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYDATASIZE(DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize)); + assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_NBDATA(DMA_InitStruct->NbData)); +#if (defined(DMA1_CSELR_DEFAULT)||defined(DMA2_CSELR_DEFAULT)) + assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHREQUEST(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest)); +#endif + assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PRIORITY(DMA_InitStruct->Priority)); + + /*---------------------------- DMAx CCR Configuration ------------------------ + * Configure DMAx_Channely: data transfer direction, data transfer mode, + * peripheral and memory increment mode, + * data size alignment and priority level with parameters : + * - Direction: DMA_CCR_DIR and DMA_CCR_MEM2MEM bits + * - Mode: DMA_CCR_CIRC bit + * - PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode: DMA_CCR_PINC bit + * - MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode: DMA_CCR_MINC bit + * - PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize: DMA_CCR_PSIZE[1:0] bits + * - MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize: DMA_CCR_MSIZE[1:0] bits + * - Priority: DMA_CCR_PL[1:0] bits + */ + LL_DMA_ConfigTransfer(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->Direction | \ + DMA_InitStruct->Mode | \ + DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode | \ + DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode | \ + DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize | \ + DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize | \ + DMA_InitStruct->Priority); + + /*-------------------------- DMAx CMAR Configuration ------------------------- + * Configure the memory or destination base address with parameter : + * - MemoryOrM2MDstAddress: DMA_CMAR_MA[31:0] bits + */ + LL_DMA_SetMemoryAddress(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstAddress); + + /*-------------------------- DMAx CPAR Configuration ------------------------- + * Configure the peripheral or source base address with parameter : + * - PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress: DMA_CPAR_PA[31:0] bits + */ + LL_DMA_SetPeriphAddress(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress); + + /*--------------------------- DMAx CNDTR Configuration ----------------------- + * Configure the peripheral base address with parameter : + * - NbData: DMA_CNDTR_NDT[15:0] bits + */ + LL_DMA_SetDataLength(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->NbData); + +#if (defined(DMA1_CSELR_DEFAULT)||defined(DMA2_CSELR_DEFAULT)) + /*--------------------------- DMAx CSELR Configuration ----------------------- + * Configure the DMA request for DMA instance on Channel x with parameter : + * - PeriphRequest: DMA_CSELR[31:0] bits + */ + LL_DMA_SetPeriphRequest(DMAx, Channel, DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest); +#endif + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef field to default value. + * @param DMA_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_DMA_StructInit(LL_DMA_InitTypeDef *DMA_InitStruct) +{ + /* Set DMA_InitStruct fields to default values */ + DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress = 0x00000000U; + DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstAddress = 0x00000000U; + DMA_InitStruct->Direction = LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY; + DMA_InitStruct->Mode = LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL; + DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode = LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT; + DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode = LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT; + DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize = LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE; + DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize = LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE; + DMA_InitStruct->NbData = 0x00000000U; +#if (defined(DMA1_CSELR_DEFAULT)||defined(DMA2_CSELR_DEFAULT)) + DMA_InitStruct->PeriphRequest = LL_DMA_REQUEST_0; +#endif + DMA_InitStruct->Priority = LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* DMA1 || DMA2 */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_exti.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_exti.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d9e42531 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_exti.c @@ -0,0 +1,238 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_ll_exti.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief EXTI LL module driver. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_exti.h" +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT +#include "stm32_assert.h" +#else +#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (EXTI) + +/** @defgroup EXTI_LL EXTI + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_0_31(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) & ~LL_EXTI_LINE_ALL_0_31) == 0x00000000U) + +#define IS_LL_EXTI_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_IT) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT)) + + +#define IS_LL_EXTI_TRIGGER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initialize the EXTI registers to their default reset values. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: EXTI registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +uint32_t LL_EXTI_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Interrupt mask register set to default reset values */ +#if defined(STM32F030x6) || defined(STM32F031x6) ||defined(STM32F038xx) + LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR, 0x0FF40000U); +#elif defined(STM32F070x6) || defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) + LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR, 0x7FF40000U); +#elif defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) + LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR, 0x0F940000U); +#else + LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR, 0x7F840000U); +#endif + /* Event mask register set to default reset values */ + LL_EXTI_WriteReg(EMR, 0x00000000U); + /* Rising Trigger selection register set to default reset values */ + LL_EXTI_WriteReg(RTSR, 0x00000000U); + /* Falling Trigger selection register set to default reset values */ + LL_EXTI_WriteReg(FTSR, 0x00000000U); + /* Software interrupt event register set to default reset values */ + LL_EXTI_WriteReg(SWIER, 0x00000000U); + /* Pending register clear */ + LL_EXTI_WriteReg(PR, 0x007BFFFFU); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the EXTI registers according to the specified parameters in EXTI_InitStruct. + * @param EXTI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: EXTI registers are initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +uint32_t LL_EXTI_Init(LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTI_InitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand)); + assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_MODE(EXTI_InitStruct->Mode)); + + /* ENABLE LineCommand */ + if (EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand != DISABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_TRIGGER(EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger)); + + /* Configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */ + if (EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31 != LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE) + { + switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Mode) + { + case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT: + /* First Disable Event on provided Lines */ + LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + /* Then Enable IT on provided Lines */ + LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + break; + case LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT: + /* First Disable IT on provided Lines */ + LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + /* Then Enable Event on provided Lines */ + LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + break; + case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT: + /* Directly Enable IT & Event on provided Lines */ + LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + break; + default: + status = ERROR; + break; + } + if (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger != LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE) + { + switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger) + { + case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING: + /* First Disable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */ + LL_EXTI_DisableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + /* Then Enable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */ + LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + break; + case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING: + /* First Disable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */ + LL_EXTI_DisableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + /* Then Enable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */ + LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + break; + case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING: + LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + break; + default: + status = ERROR; + break; + } + } + } + } + /* DISABLE LineCommand */ + else + { + /* De-configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */ + LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31); + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef field to default value. + * @param EXTI_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_EXTI_StructInit(LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTI_InitStruct) +{ + EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31 = LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE; + EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand = DISABLE; + EXTI_InitStruct->Mode = LL_EXTI_MODE_IT; + EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger = LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* defined (EXTI) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_gpio.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_gpio.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3fae50cc --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_gpio.c @@ -0,0 +1,279 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_ll_gpio.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief GPIO LL module driver. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_gpio.h" +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h" +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT +#include "stm32_assert.h" +#else +#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (GPIOA) || defined (GPIOB) || defined (GPIOC) || defined (GPIOD) || defined (GPIOE) || defined (GPIOF) + +/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ +#define IS_LL_GPIO_PIN(__VALUE__) (((0x00000000U) < (__VALUE__)) && ((__VALUE__) <= (LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL))) + +#define IS_LL_GPIO_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_INPUT) ||\ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) ||\ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE) ||\ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_ANALOG)) + +#define IS_LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL) ||\ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_OPENDRAIN)) + +#define IS_LL_GPIO_SPEED(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW) ||\ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM) ||\ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH)) + +#define IS_LL_GPIO_PULL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_NO) ||\ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_UP) ||\ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_DOWN)) + +#define IS_LL_GPIO_ALTERNATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_0 ) ||\ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_1 ) ||\ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_2 ) ||\ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_3 ) ||\ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_4 ) ||\ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_5 ) ||\ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_6 ) ||\ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_7 )) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initialize GPIO registers (Registers restored to their default values). + * @param GPIOx GPIO Port + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: GPIO registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: Wrong GPIO Port + */ +ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); + + /* Force and Release reset on clock of GPIOx Port */ + if (GPIOx == GPIOA) + { + LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA); + LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA); + } + else if (GPIOx == GPIOB) + { + LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB); + LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB); + } + else if (GPIOx == GPIOC) + { + LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC); + LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC); + } +#if defined(GPIOD) + else if (GPIOx == GPIOD) + { + LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOD); + LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOD); + } +#endif /* GPIOD */ +#if defined(GPIOE) + else if (GPIOx == GPIOE) + { + LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOE); + LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOE); + } +#endif /* GPIOE */ +#if defined(GPIOF) + else if (GPIOx == GPIOF) + { + LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOF); + LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOF); + } +#endif /* GPIOF */ + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + + return (status); +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize GPIO registers according to the specified parameters in GPIO_InitStruct. + * @param GPIOx GPIO Port + * @param GPIO_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: GPIO registers are initialized according to GPIO_InitStruct content + * - ERROR: Not applicable + */ +ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t pinpos = 0x00000000U; + uint32_t currentpin = 0x00000000U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_InitStruct->Pin)); + assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_InitStruct->Mode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_InitStruct->Pull)); + + /* ------------------------- Configure the port pins ---------------- */ + /* Initialize pinpos on first pin set */ + /* pinpos = 0; useless as already done in default initialization */ + + /* Configure the port pins */ + while (((GPIO_InitStruct->Pin) >> pinpos) != 0x00000000U) + { + /* Get current io position */ + currentpin = (GPIO_InitStruct->Pin) & (0x00000001U << pinpos); + + if (currentpin) + { + /* Pin Mode configuration */ + LL_GPIO_SetPinMode(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Mode); + + if ((GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE)) + { + /* Check Speed mode parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_InitStruct->Speed)); + + /* Speed mode configuration */ + LL_GPIO_SetPinSpeed(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Speed); + } + + /* Pull-up Pull down resistor configuration*/ + LL_GPIO_SetPinPull(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Pull); + + if (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE) + { + /* Check Alternate parameter */ + assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_ALTERNATE(GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate)); + + /* Speed mode configuration */ + if (currentpin < LL_GPIO_PIN_8) + { + LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_0_7(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate); + } + else + { + LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_8_15(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate); + } + } + } + pinpos++; + } + + if ((GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE)) + { + /* Check Output mode parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE(GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType)); + + /* Output mode configuration*/ + LL_GPIO_SetPinOutputType(GPIOx, GPIO_InitStruct->Pin, GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType); + + } + return (SUCCESS); +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef field to default value. + * @param GPIO_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure + * whose fields will be set to default values. + * @retval None + */ + +void LL_GPIO_StructInit(LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_InitStruct) +{ + /* Reset GPIO init structure parameters values */ + GPIO_InitStruct->Pin = LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL; + GPIO_InitStruct->Mode = LL_GPIO_MODE_ANALOG; + GPIO_InitStruct->Speed = LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW; + GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType = LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL; + GPIO_InitStruct->Pull = LL_GPIO_PULL_NO; + GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate = LL_GPIO_AF_0; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* defined (GPIOA) || defined (GPIOB) || defined (GPIOC) || defined (GPIOD) || defined (GPIOE) || defined (GPIOF) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_i2c.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_i2c.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5d886404 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_i2c.c @@ -0,0 +1,245 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_ll_i2c.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief I2C LL module driver. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_i2c.h" +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h" +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT +#include "stm32_assert.h" +#else +#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (I2C1) || defined (I2C2) + +/** @defgroup I2C_LL I2C + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_LL_I2C_PERIPHERAL_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_I2C) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_HOST) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE_ARP)) + +#define IS_LL_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE)) + +#define IS_LL_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x0000000FU) + +#define IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x000003FFU) + +#define IS_LL_I2C_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ACK) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_NACK)) + +#define IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRSIZE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_10BIT)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initialize the I2C registers to their default reset values. + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: I2C registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: I2C registers are not de-initialized + */ +uint32_t LL_I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + /* Check the I2C Instance I2Cx */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx)); + + if (I2Cx == I2C1) + { + /* Force reset of I2C clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C1); + + /* Release reset of I2C clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C1); + } +#if defined(I2C2) + else if (I2Cx == I2C2) + { + /* Force reset of I2C clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C2); + + /* Release reset of I2C clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C2); + + } +#endif + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the I2C registers according to the specified parameters in I2C_InitStruct. + * @param I2Cx I2C Instance. + * @param I2C_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef structure. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: I2C registers are initialized + * - ERROR: Not applicable + */ +uint32_t LL_I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, LL_I2C_InitTypeDef *I2C_InitStruct) +{ + /* Check the I2C Instance I2Cx */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx)); + + /* Check the I2C parameters from I2C_InitStruct */ + assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_PERIPHERAL_MODE(I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter)); + assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter)); + assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1)); + assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGE(I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge)); + assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRSIZE(I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize)); + + /* Disable the selected I2Cx Peripheral */ + LL_I2C_Disable(I2Cx); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ------------------------ + * Configure the analog and digital noise filters with parameters : + * - AnalogFilter: I2C_CR1_ANFOFF bit + * - DigitalFilter: I2C_CR1_DNF[3:0] bits + */ + LL_I2C_ConfigFilters(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter, I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx TIMINGR Configuration -------------------- + * Configure the SDA setup, hold time and the SCL high, low period with parameter : + * - Timing: I2C_TIMINGR_PRESC[3:0], I2C_TIMINGR_SCLDEL[3:0], I2C_TIMINGR_SDADEL[3:0], + * I2C_TIMINGR_SCLH[7:0] and I2C_TIMINGR_SCLL[7:0] bits + */ + LL_I2C_SetTiming(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->Timing); + + /* Enable the selected I2Cx Peripheral */ + LL_I2C_Enable(I2Cx); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration ----------------------- + * Disable, Configure and Enable I2Cx device own address 1 with parameters : + * - OwnAddress1: I2C_OAR1_OA1[9:0] bits + * - OwnAddrSize: I2C_OAR1_OA1MODE bit + */ + LL_I2C_DisableOwnAddress1(I2Cx); + LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress1(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1, I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize); + + /* OwnAdress1 == 0 is reserved for General Call address */ + if (I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1 != 0U) + { + LL_I2C_EnableOwnAddress1(I2Cx); + } + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx MODE Configuration ----------------------- + * Configure I2Cx peripheral mode with parameter : + * - PeripheralMode: I2C_CR1_SMBDEN and I2C_CR1_SMBHEN bits + */ + LL_I2C_SetMode(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode); + + /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ------------------------ + * Configure the ACKnowledge or Non ACKnowledge condition + * after the address receive match code or next received byte with parameter : + * - TypeAcknowledge: I2C_CR2_NACK bit + */ + LL_I2C_AcknowledgeNextData(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef field to default value. + * @param I2C_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef structure. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_I2C_StructInit(LL_I2C_InitTypeDef *I2C_InitStruct) +{ + /* Set I2C_InitStruct fields to default values */ + I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode = LL_I2C_MODE_I2C; + I2C_InitStruct->Timing = 0U; + I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter = LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE; + I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter = 0U; + I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1 = 0U; + I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge = LL_I2C_NACK; + I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize = LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* I2C1 || I2C2 */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_pwr.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_pwr.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b4bf6650 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_pwr.c @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_ll_pwr.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief PWR LL module driver. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_pwr.h" +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined(PWR) + +/** @defgroup PWR_LL PWR + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initialize the PWR registers to their default reset values. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: PWR registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +ErrorStatus LL_PWR_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Force reset of PWR clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR); + + /* Release reset of PWR clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* defined(PWR) */ +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_rcc.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_rcc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6a244fdd --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_rcc.c @@ -0,0 +1,599 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_ll_rcc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief RCC LL module driver. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_rcc.h" +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT + #include "stm32_assert.h" +#else + #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */ +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined(RCC) + +/** @defgroup RCC_LL RCC + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ +#if defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW) && defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW) +#define IS_LL_RCC_USART_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE)) +#elif defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW) && !defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW) +#define IS_LL_RCC_USART_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE)) +#elif defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW) && !defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW) +#define IS_LL_RCC_USART_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE)) +#else +#define IS_LL_RCC_USART_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE)) +#endif /* RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW && RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW */ + +#define IS_LL_RCC_I2C_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_I2C1_CLKSOURCE) + +#if defined(USB) +#define IS_LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE)) +#endif /* USB */ + +#if defined(CEC) +#define IS_LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE)) +#endif /* CEC */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup RCC_LL_Private_Functions RCC Private functions + * @{ + */ +uint32_t RCC_GetSystemClockFreq(void); +uint32_t RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency); +uint32_t RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(uint32_t HCLK_Frequency); +uint32_t RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS(void); +/** + * @} + */ + + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Reset the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state. + * @note The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below: + * - HSI ON and used as system clock source + * - HSE and PLL OFF + * - AHB and APB1 prescaler set to 1. + * - CSS, MCO OFF + * - All interrupts disabled + * @note This function doesn't modify the configuration of the + * - Peripheral clocks + * - LSI, LSE and RTC clocks + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RCC registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +ErrorStatus LL_RCC_DeInit(void) +{ + uint32_t vl_mask = 0U; + + /* Set HSION bit */ + LL_RCC_HSI_Enable(); + + /* Set HSITRIM bits to the reset value*/ + LL_RCC_HSI_SetCalibTrimming(0x10U); + + /* Reset SW, HPRE, PPRE and MCOSEL bits */ + vl_mask = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + CLEAR_BIT(vl_mask, (RCC_CFGR_SW | RCC_CFGR_HPRE | RCC_CFGR_PPRE | RCC_CFGR_MCOSEL)); + LL_RCC_WriteReg(CFGR, vl_mask); + + /* Reset HSEON, CSSON, PLLON bits */ + vl_mask = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + CLEAR_BIT(vl_mask, (RCC_CR_PLLON | RCC_CR_CSSON | RCC_CR_HSEON)); + LL_RCC_WriteReg(CR, vl_mask); + + /* Reset HSEBYP bit */ + LL_RCC_HSE_DisableBypass(); + + /* Reset CFGR register */ + LL_RCC_WriteReg(CFGR, 0x00000000U); + +#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT) + /* Reset CR2 register */ + LL_RCC_WriteReg(CR2, 0x00000000U); + + /* Disable HSI48 */ + LL_RCC_HSI48_Disable(); + +#endif /*RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT*/ + /* Set HSI14TRIM/HSI14ON/HSI14DIS bits to the reset value*/ + LL_RCC_HSI14_SetCalibTrimming(0x10U); + LL_RCC_HSI14_Disable(); + LL_RCC_HSI14_EnableADCControl(); + + /* Reset CFGR2 register */ + LL_RCC_WriteReg(CFGR2, 0x00000000U); + + /* Reset CFGR3 register */ + LL_RCC_WriteReg(CFGR3, 0x00000000U); + + /* Clear pending flags */ +#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT) + vl_mask = (LL_RCC_CIR_LSIRDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_LSERDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_HSIRDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_HSERDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_PLLRDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_HSI14RDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_HSI48RDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_CSSC); +#else + vl_mask = (LL_RCC_CIR_LSIRDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_LSERDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_HSIRDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_HSERDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_PLLRDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_HSI14RDYC | LL_RCC_CIR_CSSC); +#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */ + SET_BIT(RCC->CIR, vl_mask); + + /* Disable all interrupts */ + LL_RCC_WriteReg(CIR, 0x00000000U); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_EF_Get_Freq + * @brief Return the frequencies of different on chip clocks; System, AHB and APB1 buses clocks + * and different peripheral clocks available on the device. + * @note If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(**) + * @note If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(***) + * @note If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns values based on + * HSI_VALUE(**) or HSE_VALUE(***) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors. + * @note (**) HSI_VALUE is a defined constant but the real value may vary + * depending on the variations in voltage and temperature. + * @note (***) HSE_VALUE is a defined constant, user has to ensure that + * HSE_VALUE is same as the real frequency of the crystal used. + * Otherwise, this function may have wrong result. + * @note The result of this function could be incorrect when using fractional + * value for HSE crystal. + * @note This function can be used by the user application to compute the + * baud-rate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return the frequencies of different on chip clocks; System, AHB and APB1 buses clocks + * @note Each time SYSCLK, HCLK and/or PCLK1 clock changes, this function + * must be called to update structure fields. Otherwise, any + * configuration based on this function will be incorrect. + * @param RCC_Clocks pointer to a @ref LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef structure which will hold the clocks frequencies + * @retval None + */ +void LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef *RCC_Clocks) +{ + /* Get SYSCLK frequency */ + RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency = RCC_GetSystemClockFreq(); + + /* HCLK clock frequency */ + RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency = RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(RCC_Clocks->SYSCLK_Frequency); + + /* PCLK1 clock frequency */ + RCC_Clocks->PCLK1_Frequency = RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(RCC_Clocks->HCLK_Frequency); +} + +/** + * @brief Return USARTx clock frequency + * @param USARTxSource This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE + * @arg @ref LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE (*) + * @arg @ref LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE (*) + * + * (*) value not defined in all devices. + * @retval USART clock frequency (in Hz) + * @arg @ref LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO indicates that oscillator (HSI or LSE) is not ready + */ +uint32_t LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq(uint32_t USARTxSource) +{ + uint32_t usart_frequency = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO; + + /* Check parameter */ + assert_param(IS_LL_RCC_USART_CLKSOURCE(USARTxSource)); +#if defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW) + if (USARTxSource == LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE) + { + /* USART1CLK clock frequency */ + switch (LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockSource(USARTxSource)) + { + case LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: /* USART1 Clock is System Clock */ + usart_frequency = RCC_GetSystemClockFreq(); + break; + + case LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE_HSI: /* USART1 Clock is HSI Osc. */ + if (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady()) + { + usart_frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + break; + + case LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE_LSE: /* USART1 Clock is LSE Osc. */ + if (LL_RCC_LSE_IsReady()) + { + usart_frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + break; + + case LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: /* USART1 Clock is PCLK1 */ + default: + usart_frequency = RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(RCC_GetSystemClockFreq())); + break; + } + } +#endif /* RCC_CFGR3_USART1SW */ + +#if defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW) + if (USARTxSource == LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE) + { + /* USART2CLK clock frequency */ + switch (LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockSource(USARTxSource)) + { + case LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: /* USART2 Clock is System Clock */ + usart_frequency = RCC_GetSystemClockFreq(); + break; + + case LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE_HSI: /* USART2 Clock is HSI Osc. */ + if (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady()) + { + usart_frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + break; + + case LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE_LSE: /* USART2 Clock is LSE Osc. */ + if (LL_RCC_LSE_IsReady()) + { + usart_frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + break; + + case LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: /* USART2 Clock is PCLK1 */ + default: + usart_frequency = RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(RCC_GetSystemClockFreq())); + break; + } + } +#endif /* RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW */ + +#if defined(RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW) + if (USARTxSource == LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE) + { + /* USART3CLK clock frequency */ + switch (LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockSource(USARTxSource)) + { + case LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: /* USART3 Clock is System Clock */ + usart_frequency = RCC_GetSystemClockFreq(); + break; + + case LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE_HSI: /* USART3 Clock is HSI Osc. */ + if (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady()) + { + usart_frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + break; + + case LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE_LSE: /* USART3 Clock is LSE Osc. */ + if (LL_RCC_LSE_IsReady()) + { + usart_frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + break; + + case LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE_PCLK1: /* USART3 Clock is PCLK1 */ + default: + usart_frequency = RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(RCC_GetSystemClockFreq())); + break; + } + } + +#endif /* RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW */ + return usart_frequency; +} + +/** + * @brief Return I2Cx clock frequency + * @param I2CxSource This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_RCC_I2C1_CLKSOURCE + * @retval I2C clock frequency (in Hz) + * @arg @ref LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO indicates that HSI oscillator is not ready + */ +uint32_t LL_RCC_GetI2CClockFreq(uint32_t I2CxSource) +{ + uint32_t i2c_frequency = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO; + + /* Check parameter */ + assert_param(IS_LL_RCC_I2C_CLKSOURCE(I2CxSource)); + + /* I2C1 CLK clock frequency */ + if (I2CxSource == LL_RCC_I2C1_CLKSOURCE) + { + switch (LL_RCC_GetI2CClockSource(I2CxSource)) + { + case LL_RCC_I2C1_CLKSOURCE_SYSCLK: /* I2C1 Clock is System Clock */ + i2c_frequency = RCC_GetSystemClockFreq(); + break; + + case LL_RCC_I2C1_CLKSOURCE_HSI: /* I2C1 Clock is HSI Osc. */ + default: + if (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady()) + { + i2c_frequency = HSI_VALUE; + } + break; + } + } + + return i2c_frequency; +} + +#if defined(USB) +/** + * @brief Return USBx clock frequency + * @param USBxSource This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE + * @retval USB clock frequency (in Hz) + * @arg @ref LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO indicates that oscillator (HSI48) or PLL is not ready + * @arg @ref LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NA indicates that no clock source selected + */ +uint32_t LL_RCC_GetUSBClockFreq(uint32_t USBxSource) +{ + uint32_t usb_frequency = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO; + + /* Check parameter */ + assert_param(IS_LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE(USBxSource)); + + /* USBCLK clock frequency */ + switch (LL_RCC_GetUSBClockSource(USBxSource)) + { + case LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_PLL: /* PLL clock used as USB clock source */ + if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady()) + { + usb_frequency = RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS(); + } + break; + +#if defined(RCC_CFGR3_USBSW_HSI48) + case LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_HSI48: /* HSI48 clock used as USB clock source */ + default: + if (LL_RCC_HSI48_IsReady()) + { + usb_frequency = HSI48_VALUE; + } + break; +#else + case LL_RCC_USB_CLKSOURCE_NONE: /* No clock used as USB clock source */ + default: + usb_frequency = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NA; + break; +#endif /* RCC_CFGR3_USBSW_HSI48 */ + } + + return usb_frequency; +} +#endif /* USB */ + +#if defined(CEC) +/** + * @brief Return CECx clock frequency + * @param CECxSource This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE + * @retval CEC clock frequency (in Hz) + * @arg @ref LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO indicates that oscillators (HSI or LSE) are not ready + */ +uint32_t LL_RCC_GetCECClockFreq(uint32_t CECxSource) +{ + uint32_t cec_frequency = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO; + + /* Check parameter */ + assert_param(IS_LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE(CECxSource)); + + /* CECCLK clock frequency */ + switch (LL_RCC_GetCECClockSource(CECxSource)) + { + case LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE_HSI_DIV244: /* HSI / 244 clock used as CEC clock source */ + if (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady()) + { + cec_frequency = HSI_VALUE / 244U; + } + break; + + case LL_RCC_CEC_CLKSOURCE_LSE: /* LSE clock used as CEC clock source */ + default: + if (LL_RCC_LSE_IsReady()) + { + cec_frequency = LSE_VALUE; + } + break; + } + + return cec_frequency; +} +#endif /* CEC */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup RCC_LL_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Return SYSTEM clock frequency + * @retval SYSTEM clock frequency (in Hz) + */ +uint32_t RCC_GetSystemClockFreq(void) +{ + uint32_t frequency = 0U; + + /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/ + switch (LL_RCC_GetSysClkSource()) + { + case LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI: /* HSI used as system clock source */ + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + break; + + case LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE: /* HSE used as system clock source */ + frequency = HSE_VALUE; + break; + + case LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLL: /* PLL used as system clock source */ + frequency = RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS(); + break; + +#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT) + case LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI48:/* HSI48 used as system clock source */ + frequency = HSI48_VALUE; + break; +#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */ + + default: + frequency = HSI_VALUE; + break; + } + + return frequency; +} + +/** + * @brief Return HCLK clock frequency + * @param SYSCLK_Frequency SYSCLK clock frequency + * @retval HCLK clock frequency (in Hz) + */ +uint32_t RCC_GetHCLKClockFreq(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency) +{ + /* HCLK clock frequency */ + return __LL_RCC_CALC_HCLK_FREQ(SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_RCC_GetAHBPrescaler()); +} + +/** + * @brief Return PCLK1 clock frequency + * @param HCLK_Frequency HCLK clock frequency + * @retval PCLK1 clock frequency (in Hz) + */ +uint32_t RCC_GetPCLK1ClockFreq(uint32_t HCLK_Frequency) +{ + /* PCLK1 clock frequency */ + return __LL_RCC_CALC_PCLK1_FREQ(HCLK_Frequency, LL_RCC_GetAPB1Prescaler()); +} +/** + * @brief Return PLL clock frequency used for system domain + * @retval PLL clock frequency (in Hz) + */ +uint32_t RCC_PLL_GetFreqDomain_SYS(void) +{ + uint32_t pllinputfreq = 0U, pllsource = 0U; + + /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE / PLL divider) * PLL Multiplicator */ + + /* Get PLL source */ + pllsource = LL_RCC_PLL_GetMainSource(); + + switch (pllsource) + { +#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT) + case LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI: /* HSI used as PLL clock source */ + pllinputfreq = HSI_VALUE; +#else + case LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV_2: /* HSI used as PLL clock source */ + pllinputfreq = HSI_VALUE / 2U; +#endif /* RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT */ + break; + +#if defined(RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT) + case LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI48: /* HSI48 used as PLL clock source */ + pllinputfreq = HSI48_VALUE; + break; +#endif /* RCC_HSI48_SUPPORT */ + + case LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE: /* HSE used as PLL clock source */ + pllinputfreq = HSE_VALUE; + break; + + default: +#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT) + pllinputfreq = HSI_VALUE; +#else + pllinputfreq = HSI_VALUE / 2U; +#endif /* RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT */ + break; + } +#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT) + return __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ(pllinputfreq, LL_RCC_PLL_GetMultiplicator(), LL_RCC_PLL_GetPrediv()); +#else + return __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ((pllinputfreq / (LL_RCC_PLL_GetPrediv() + 1U)), LL_RCC_PLL_GetMultiplicator()); +#endif /* RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT */ +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* defined(RCC) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_rtc.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_rtc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6c1ba8e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_rtc.c @@ -0,0 +1,740 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_ll_rtc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief RTC LL module driver. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_rtc.h" +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_cortex.h" +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT +#include "stm32_assert.h" +#else +#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined(RTC) + +/** @addtogroup RTC_LL + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Private_Constants + * @{ + */ +/* Default values used for prescaler */ +#define RTC_ASYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT 0x0000007FU +#define RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT 0x000000FFU + +/* Values used for timeout */ +#define RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT 1000U /* 1s when tick set to 1ms */ +#define RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT 1000U /* 1s when tick set to 1ms */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_AMPM)) + +#define IS_LL_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x7FU) + +#define IS_LL_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x7FFFU) + +#define IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD)) + +#define IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_AM_OR_24) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_PM)) + +#define IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__HOUR__) (((__HOUR__) > 0U) && ((__HOUR__) <= 12U)) +#define IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__HOUR__) ((__HOUR__) <= 23U) +#define IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__MINUTES__) ((__MINUTES__) <= 59U) +#define IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__SECONDS__) ((__SECONDS__) <= 59U) + +#define IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_TUESDAY) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_WEDNESDAY) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_THURSDAY) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_FRIDAY) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_SATURDAY) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_SUNDAY)) + +#define IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__DAY__) (((__DAY__) >= 1U) && ((__DAY__) <= 31U)) + +#define IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_JANUARY) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_FEBRUARY) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_MARCH) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_APRIL) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_MAY) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_JUNE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_JULY) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_AUGUST) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_SEPTEMBER) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_OCTOBER) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_NOVEMBER) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_DECEMBER)) + +#define IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(__YEAR__) ((__YEAR__) <= 99U) + +#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_NONE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_DATEWEEKDAY) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_HOURS) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_MINUTES) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_SECONDS) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_ALL)) + + +#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(__SEL__) (((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) || \ + ((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_WEEKDAY)) + + +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-Initializes the RTC registers to their default reset values. + * @note This function doesn't reset the RTC Clock source and RTC Backup Data + * registers. + * @param RTCx RTC Instance + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: RTC registers are not de-initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_RTC_DeInit(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx); + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR) + { + /* Reset TR, DR and CR registers */ + LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, TR, 0x00000000U); +#if defined(RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT) + LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, WUTR, RTC_WUTR_WUT); +#endif /* RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT */ + LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, DR , (RTC_DR_WDU_0 | RTC_DR_MU_0 | RTC_DR_DU_0)); + /* Reset All CR bits except CR[2:0] */ +#if defined(RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT) + LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, CR, (LL_RTC_ReadReg(RTCx, CR) & RTC_CR_WUCKSEL)); +#else + LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, CR, 0x00000000U); +#endif /* RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT */ + LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, PRER, (RTC_PRER_PREDIV_A | RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT)); + LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ALRMAR, 0x00000000U); + LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, SHIFTR, 0x00000000U); + LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, CALR, 0x00000000U); + LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ALRMASSR, 0x00000000U); + + /* Reset ISR register and exit initialization mode */ + LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ISR, 0x00000000U); + + /* Reset Tamper and alternate functions configuration register */ + LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, TAFCR, 0x00000000U); + + /* Wait till the RTC RSF flag is set */ + status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx); + } + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the RTC registers according to the specified parameters + * in RTC_InitStruct. + * @param RTCx RTC Instance + * @param RTC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the RTC peripheral. + * @note The RTC Prescaler register is write protected and can be written in + * initialization mode only. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are initialized + * - ERROR: RTC registers are not initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_RTC_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, LL_RTC_InitTypeDef *RTC_InitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT(RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat)); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx); + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR) + { + /* Set Hour Format */ + LL_RTC_SetHourFormat(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat); + + /* Configure Synchronous and Asynchronous prescaler factor */ + LL_RTC_SetSynchPrescaler(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler); + LL_RTC_SetAsynchPrescaler(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler); + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx); + + status = SUCCESS; + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef field to default value. + * @param RTC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_RTC_StructInit(LL_RTC_InitTypeDef *RTC_InitStruct) +{ + /* Set RTC_InitStruct fields to default values */ + RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat = LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR; + RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler = RTC_ASYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT; + RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler = RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the RTC current time. + * @param RTCx RTC Instance + * @param RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN + * @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD + * @param RTC_TimeStruct pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that contains + * the time configuration information for the RTC. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Time register is configured + * - ERROR: RTC Time register is not configured + */ +ErrorStatus LL_RTC_TIME_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef *RTC_TimeStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR) + { + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours)); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat)); + } + else + { + RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = 0x00U; + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours)); + } + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes)); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds)); + } + else + { + if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR) + { + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours))); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat)); + } + else + { + RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = 0x00U; + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours))); + } + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes))); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds))); + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx); + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR) + { + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + LL_RTC_TIME_Config(RTCx, RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat, RTC_TimeStruct->Hours, + RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes, RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds); + } + else + { + LL_RTC_TIME_Config(RTCx, RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours), + __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes), + __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds)); + } + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTC); + + /* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */ + if (LL_RTC_IsShadowRegBypassEnabled(RTCx) == 0U) + { + status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx); + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef field to default value (Time = 00h:00min:00sec). + * @param RTC_TimeStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_RTC_TIME_StructInit(LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef *RTC_TimeStruct) +{ + /* Time = 00h:00min:00sec */ + RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_AM_OR_24; + RTC_TimeStruct->Hours = 0U; + RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes = 0U; + RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds = 0U; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the RTC current date. + * @param RTCx RTC Instance + * @param RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN + * @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD + * @param RTC_DateStruct pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that contains + * the date configuration information for the RTC. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC Day register is configured + * - ERROR: RTC Day register is not configured + */ +ErrorStatus LL_RTC_DATE_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_DateTypeDef *RTC_DateStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + + if ((RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) && ((RTC_DateStruct->Month & 0x10U) == 0x10U)) + { + RTC_DateStruct->Month = (RTC_DateStruct->Month & (uint32_t)~(0x10U)) + 0x0AU; + } + if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(RTC_DateStruct->Year)); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(RTC_DateStruct->Month)); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(RTC_DateStruct->Day)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Year))); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Month))); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Day))); + } + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay)); + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx); + + /* Set Initialization mode */ + if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR) + { + /* Check the input parameters format */ + if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + LL_RTC_DATE_Config(RTCx, RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay, RTC_DateStruct->Day, RTC_DateStruct->Month, RTC_DateStruct->Year); + } + else + { + LL_RTC_DATE_Config(RTCx, RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Day), + __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Month), __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Year)); + } + + /* Exit Initialization mode */ + LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTC); + + /* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */ + if (LL_RTC_IsShadowRegBypassEnabled(RTCx) == 0U) + { + status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx); + } + else + { + status = SUCCESS; + } + } + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx); + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_DateTypeDef field to default value (date = Monday, January 01 xx00) + * @param RTC_DateStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_DateTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_RTC_DATE_StructInit(LL_RTC_DateTypeDef *RTC_DateStruct) +{ + /* Monday, January 01 xx00 */ + RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay = LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY; + RTC_DateStruct->Day = 1U; + RTC_DateStruct->Month = LL_RTC_MONTH_JANUARY; + RTC_DateStruct->Year = 0U; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the RTC Alarm A. + * @note The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm + * is disabled (Use @ref LL_RTC_ALMA_Disable function). + * @param RTCx RTC Instance + * @param RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN + * @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD + * @param RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that + * contains the alarm configuration parameters. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: ALARMA registers are configured + * - ERROR: ALARMA registers are not configured + */ +ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ALMA_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format)); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask)); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel)); + + if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR) + { + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat)); + } + else + { + RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U; + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)); + } + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes)); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds)); + + if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) + { + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)); + } + } + else + { + if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR) + { + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours))); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat)); + } + else + { + RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U; + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours))); + } + + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes))); + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds))); + + if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) + { + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay))); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay))); + } + } + + /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */ + LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx); + + /* Select weekday selection */ + if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) + { + /* Set the date for ALARM */ + LL_RTC_ALMA_DisableWeekday(RTCx); + if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + LL_RTC_ALMA_SetDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay); + } + else + { + LL_RTC_ALMA_SetDay(RTCx, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)); + } + } + else + { + /* Set the week day for ALARM */ + LL_RTC_ALMA_EnableWeekday(RTCx); + LL_RTC_ALMA_SetWeekDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay); + } + + /* Configure the Alarm register */ + if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) + { + LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours, + RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds); + } + else + { + LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat, + __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours), + __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes), + __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds)); + } + /* Set ALARM mask */ + LL_RTC_ALMA_SetMask(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask); + + /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */ + LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef of ALARMA field to default value (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec / + * Day = 1st day of the month/Mask = all fields are masked). + * @param RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_RTC_ALMA_StructInit(LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct) +{ + /* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = LL_RTC_ALMA_TIME_FORMAT_AM; + RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours = 0U; + RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes = 0U; + RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds = 0U; + + /* Alarm Day Settings : Day = 1st day of the month */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel = LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE; + RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay = 1U; + + /* Alarm Masks Settings : Mask = all fields are not masked */ + RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask = LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_NONE; +} + +/** + * @brief Enters the RTC Initialization mode. + * @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the + * @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function. + * @param RTCx RTC Instance + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC is in Init mode + * - ERROR: RTC is not in Init mode + */ +ErrorStatus LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx) +{ + __IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT; + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx)); + + /* Check if the Initialization mode is set */ + if (LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx) == 0U) + { + /* Set the Initialization mode */ + LL_RTC_EnableInitMode(RTCx); + + /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */ + tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx); + while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 1U)) + { + if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U) + { + timeout --; + } + tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx); + if (timeout == 0U) + { + status = ERROR; + } + } + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Exit the RTC Initialization mode. + * @note When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts + * counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles. + * @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the + * @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function. + * @param RTCx RTC Instance + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC exited from in Init mode + * - ERROR: Not applicable + */ +ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx)); + + /* Disable initialization mode */ + LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Waits until the RTC Time and Day registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) are + * synchronized with RTC APB clock. + * @note The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the + * @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function. + * @note To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar + * initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes + * the software must first clear the RSF flag. + * The software must then wait until it is set again before reading + * the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been + * correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers. + * @param RTCx RTC Instance + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: RTC registers are synchronised + * - ERROR: RTC registers are not synchronised + */ +ErrorStatus LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx) +{ + __IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT; + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx)); + + /* Clear RSF flag */ + LL_RTC_ClearFlag_RS(RTCx); + + /* Wait the registers to be synchronised */ + tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx); + while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 0U)) + { + if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U) + { + timeout--; + } + tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx); + if (timeout == 0U) + { + status = ERROR; + } + } + + if (status != ERROR) + { + timeout = RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT; + tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx); + while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 1U)) + { + if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U) + { + timeout--; + } + tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx); + if (timeout == 0U) + { + status = ERROR; + } + } + } + + return (status); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* defined(RTC) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_spi.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_spi.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..30054902 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_spi.c @@ -0,0 +1,545 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_ll_spi.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief SPI LL module driver. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_spi.h" +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h" +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_rcc.h" + +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT +#include "stm32_assert.h" +#else +#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (SPI1) || defined (SPI2) + +/** @addtogroup SPI_LL + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup SPI_LL_Private_Constants SPI Private Constants + * @{ + */ +/* SPI registers Masks */ +#define SPI_CR1_CLEAR_MASK (SPI_CR1_CPHA | SPI_CR1_CPOL | SPI_CR1_MSTR | \ + SPI_CR1_BR | SPI_CR1_LSBFIRST | SPI_CR1_SSI | \ + SPI_CR1_SSM | SPI_CR1_RXONLY | SPI_CR1_CRCL | \ + SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT | SPI_CR1_CRCEN | SPI_CR1_BIDIOE | \ + SPI_CR1_BIDIMODE) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup SPI_LL_Private_Macros SPI Private Macros + * @{ + */ +#define IS_LL_SPI_TRANSFER_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_FULL_DUPLEX) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_SIMPLEX_RX) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_RX) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_TX)) + +#define IS_LL_SPI_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MODE_MASTER) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MODE_SLAVE)) + +#define IS_LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_4BIT) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_5BIT) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_6BIT) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_7BIT) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_8BIT) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_9BIT) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_10BIT) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_11BIT) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_12BIT) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_13BIT) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_14BIT) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_15BIT) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_16BIT)) + +#define IS_LL_SPI_POLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_POLARITY_LOW) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_POLARITY_HIGH)) + +#define IS_LL_SPI_PHASE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_PHASE_1EDGE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_PHASE_2EDGE)) + +#define IS_LL_SPI_NSS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_SOFT) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_OUTPUT)) + +#define IS_LL_SPI_BAUDRATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV2) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV4) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV8) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV16) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV32) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV64) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV128) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV256)) + +#define IS_LL_SPI_BITORDER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_LSB_FIRST) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MSB_FIRST)) + +#define IS_LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE)) + +#define IS_LL_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 0x1U) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup SPI_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup SPI_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initialize the SPI registers to their default reset values. + * @param SPIx SPI Instance + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: SPI registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: SPI registers are not de-initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_SPI_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx)); + +#if defined(SPI1) + if (SPIx == SPI1) + { + /* Force reset of SPI clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_SPI1); + + /* Release reset of SPI clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_SPI1); + + status = SUCCESS; + } +#endif /* SPI1 */ +#if defined(SPI2) + if (SPIx == SPI2) + { + /* Force reset of SPI clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI2); + + /* Release reset of SPI clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI2); + + status = SUCCESS; + } +#endif /* SPI2 */ + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize the SPI registers according to the specified parameters in SPI_InitStruct. + * @note As some bits in SPI configuration registers can only be written when the SPI is disabled (SPI_CR1_SPE bit =0), + * SPI IP should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned. + * @param SPIx SPI Instance + * @param SPI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value. (Return always SUCCESS) + */ +ErrorStatus LL_SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, LL_SPI_InitTypeDef *SPI_InitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the SPI Instance SPIx*/ + assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx)); + + /* Check the SPI parameters from SPI_InitStruct*/ + assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_TRANSFER_DIRECTION(SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection)); + assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->Mode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH(SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth)); + assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_POLARITY(SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_PHASE(SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase)); + assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_NSS(SPI_InitStruct->NSS)); + assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_BAUDRATE(SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate)); + assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_BITORDER(SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder)); + assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION(SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation)); + + if (LL_SPI_IsEnabled(SPIx) == 0x00000000U) + { + /*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------ + * Configure SPIx CR1 with parameters: + * - TransferDirection: SPI_CR1_BIDIMODE, SPI_CR1_BIDIOE and SPI_CR1_RXONLY bits + * - Master/Slave Mode: SPI_CR1_MSTR bit + * - ClockPolarity: SPI_CR1_CPOL bit + * - ClockPhase: SPI_CR1_CPHA bit + * - NSS management: SPI_CR1_SSM bit + * - BaudRate prescaler: SPI_CR1_BR[2:0] bits + * - BitOrder: SPI_CR1_LSBFIRST bit + * - CRCCalculation: SPI_CR1_CRCEN bit + */ + MODIFY_REG(SPIx->CR1, + SPI_CR1_CLEAR_MASK, + SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection | SPI_InitStruct->Mode | + SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity | SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase | + SPI_InitStruct->NSS | SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate | + SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder | SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation); + + /*---------------------------- SPIx CR2 Configuration ------------------------ + * Configure SPIx CR2 with parameters: + * - DataWidth: DS[3:0] bits + * - NSS management: SSOE bit + */ + MODIFY_REG(SPIx->CR2, + SPI_CR2_DS | SPI_CR2_SSOE, + SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth | (SPI_InitStruct->NSS >> 16U)); + + /*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPR Configuration ---------------------- + * Configure SPIx CRCPR with parameters: + * - CRCPoly: CRCPOLY[15:0] bits + */ + if (SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) + { + assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly)); + LL_SPI_SetCRCPolynomial(SPIx, SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly); + } + status = SUCCESS; + } + +#if defined (SPI_I2S_SUPPORT) + /* Activate the SPI mode (Reset I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register) */ + CLEAR_BIT(SPIx->I2SCFGR, SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD); +#endif /* SPI_I2S_SUPPORT */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef field to default value. + * @param SPI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef structure + * whose fields will be set to default values. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_SPI_StructInit(LL_SPI_InitTypeDef *SPI_InitStruct) +{ + /* Set SPI_InitStruct fields to default values */ + SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection = LL_SPI_FULL_DUPLEX; + SPI_InitStruct->Mode = LL_SPI_MODE_SLAVE; + SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth = LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_8BIT; + SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity = LL_SPI_POLARITY_LOW; + SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase = LL_SPI_PHASE_1EDGE; + SPI_InitStruct->NSS = LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT; + SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate = LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV2; + SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder = LL_SPI_MSB_FIRST; + SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation = LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE; + SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly = 7U; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#if defined(SPI_I2S_SUPPORT) +/** @addtogroup I2S_LL + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup I2S_LL_Private_Constants I2S Private Constants + * @{ + */ +/* I2S registers Masks */ +#define I2S_I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK (SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | \ + SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD | \ + SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD ) + +#define I2S_I2SPR_CLEAR_MASK 0x0002U +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup I2S_LL_Private_Macros I2S Private Macros + * @{ + */ + +#define IS_LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B_EXTENDED) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B)) + +#define IS_LL_I2S_CPOL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_POLARITY_LOW) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_POLARITY_HIGH)) + +#define IS_LL_I2S_STANDARD(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PHILIPS) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_MSB) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_LSB) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PCM_SHORT) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PCM_LONG)) + +#define IS_LL_I2S_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX)) + +#define IS_LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_ENABLE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_DISABLE)) + +#define IS_LL_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(__VALUE__) ((((__VALUE__) >= LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_8K) \ + && ((__VALUE__) <= LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_192K)) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT)) + +#define IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_LINEAR(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 0x2U) + +#define IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_EVEN) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_ODD)) +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup I2S_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup I2S_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initialize the SPI/I2S registers to their default reset values. + * @param SPIx SPI Instance + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: SPI registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: SPI registers are not de-initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx) +{ + return LL_SPI_DeInit(SPIx); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the SPI/I2S registers according to the specified parameters in I2S_InitStruct. + * @note As some bits in SPI configuration registers can only be written when the SPI is disabled (SPI_CR1_SPE bit =0), + * SPI IP should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned. + * @param SPIx SPI Instance + * @param I2S_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: SPI registers are Initialized + * - ERROR: SPI registers are not Initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, LL_I2S_InitTypeDef *I2S_InitStruct) +{ + uint16_t i2sdiv = 2U, i2sodd = 0U, packetlength = 1U; + uint32_t tmp = 0U; + LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef rcc_clocks; + uint32_t sourceclock = 0U; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the I2S parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_MODE(I2S_InitStruct->Mode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_STANDARD(I2S_InitStruct->Standard)); + assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT(I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat)); + assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput)); + assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq)); + assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_CPOL(I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity)); + + if (LL_I2S_IsEnabled(SPIx) == 0x00000000U) + { + /*---------------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR Configuration -------------------- + * Configure SPIx I2SCFGR with parameters: + * - Mode: SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG[1:0] bit + * - Standard: SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD[1:0] and SPI_I2SCFGR_PCMSYNC bits + * - DataFormat: SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN and SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN bits + * - ClockPolarity: SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL bit + */ + + /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */ + MODIFY_REG(SPIx->I2SCFGR, + I2S_I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK, + I2S_InitStruct->Mode | I2S_InitStruct->Standard | + I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat | I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity | + SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD); + + /*---------------------------- SPIx I2SPR Configuration ---------------------- + * Configure SPIx I2SPR with parameters: + * - MCLKOutput: SPI_I2SPR_MCKOE bit + * - AudioFreq: SPI_I2SPR_I2SDIV[7:0] and SPI_I2SPR_ODD bits + */ + + /* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler (i2sodd, i2sdiv) + * else, default values are used: i2sodd = 0U, i2sdiv = 2U. + */ + if (I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq != LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT) + { + /* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing) + * Default value: LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B (packetlength = 1U). + */ + if (I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat != LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B) + { + /* Packet length is 32 bits */ + packetlength = 2U; + } + + /* I2S Clock source is System clock: Get System Clock frequency */ + LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&rcc_clocks); + + /* Get the source clock value: based on System Clock value */ + sourceclock = rcc_clocks.SYSCLK_Frequency; + + /* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state with a floating point */ + if (I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_ENABLE) + { + /* MCLK output is enabled */ + tmp = (uint16_t)(((((sourceclock / 256U) * 10U) / I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq)) + 5U); + } + else + { + /* MCLK output is disabled */ + tmp = (uint16_t)(((((sourceclock / (32U * packetlength)) * 10U) / I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq)) + 5U); + } + + /* Remove the floating point */ + tmp = tmp / 10U; + + /* Check the parity of the divider */ + i2sodd = (uint16_t)(tmp & (uint16_t)0x0001U); + + /* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */ + i2sdiv = (uint16_t)((tmp - i2sodd) / 2U); + + /* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */ + i2sodd = (uint16_t)(i2sodd << 8U); + } + + /* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */ + if ((i2sdiv < 2U) || (i2sdiv > 0xFFU)) + { + /* Set the default values */ + i2sdiv = 2U; + i2sodd = 0U; + } + + /* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */ + WRITE_REG(SPIx->I2SPR, i2sdiv | i2sodd | I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput); + + status = SUCCESS; + } + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef field to default value. + * @param I2S_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef structure + * whose fields will be set to default values. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_I2S_StructInit(LL_I2S_InitTypeDef *I2S_InitStruct) +{ + /*--------------- Reset I2S init structure parameters values -----------------*/ + I2S_InitStruct->Mode = LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX; + I2S_InitStruct->Standard = LL_I2S_STANDARD_PHILIPS; + I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat = LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B; + I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput = LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_DISABLE; + I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq = LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT; + I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity = LL_I2S_POLARITY_LOW; +} + +/** + * @brief Set linear and parity prescaler. + * @note To calculate value of PrescalerLinear(I2SDIV[7:0] bits) and PrescalerParity(ODD bit)\n + * Check Audio frequency table and formulas inside Reference Manual (SPI/I2S). + * @param SPIx SPI Instance + * @param PrescalerLinear value: Min_Data=0x02 and Max_Data=0xFF. + * @param PrescalerParity This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_EVEN + * @arg @ref LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_ODD + * @retval None + */ +void LL_I2S_ConfigPrescaler(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, uint32_t PrescalerLinear, uint32_t PrescalerParity) +{ + /* Check the I2S parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_LINEAR(PrescalerLinear)); + assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY(PrescalerParity)); + + /* Write to SPIx I2SPR */ + MODIFY_REG(SPIx->I2SPR, SPI_I2SPR_I2SDIV | SPI_I2SPR_ODD, PrescalerLinear | (PrescalerParity << 8U)); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ +#endif /* SPI_I2S_SUPPORT */ + +#endif /* defined (SPI1) || defined (SPI2) */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_tim.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_tim.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fa745e11 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_tim.c @@ -0,0 +1,1175 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_ll_tim.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief TIM LL module driver. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_tim.h" +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h" + +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT +#include "stm32_assert.h" +#else +#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (TIM1) || defined (TIM2) || defined (TIM3) || defined (TIM14) || defined (TIM15) || defined (TIM16) || defined (TIM17) || defined (TIM6) || defined (TIM7) + +/** @addtogroup TIM_LL + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup TIM_LL_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ +#define IS_LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_DOWN) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_UP) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_DOWN) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_CENTER_UP_DOWN)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV1) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV2) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV4)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_OCMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCMODE_FROZEN) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCMODE_ACTIVE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCMODE_INACTIVE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCMODE_TOGGLE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCMODE_FORCED_INACTIVE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCMODE_FORCED_ACTIVE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCMODE_PWM1) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCMODE_PWM2)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCSTATE_DISABLE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCSTATE_ENABLE)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_LOW)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE_LOW) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE_HIGH)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_DIRECTTI) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_INDIRECTTI) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_TRC)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_ICPSC(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV1) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV2) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV4) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV8)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_IC_FILTER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1_N2) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1_N4) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1_N8) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV2_N6) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV2_N8) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV4_N6) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV4_N8) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV8_N6) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV8_N8) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV16_N5) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV16_N6) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV16_N8) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV32_N5) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV32_N6) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV32_N8)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_FALLING) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_BOTHEDGE)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_ENCODERMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ENCODERMODE_X2_TI1) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ENCODERMODE_X2_TI2) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_ENCODERMODE_X4_TI12)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_ENCODER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_FALLING)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_OSSR_STATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OSSR_DISABLE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OSSR_ENABLE)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_OSSI_STATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OSSI_DISABLE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_OSSI_ENABLE)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_OFF) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_1) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_2) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_3)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_BREAK_STATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_BREAK_DISABLE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_BREAK_ENABLE)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_LOW) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_HIGH)) + +#define IS_LL_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_DISABLE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_TIM_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_ENABLE)) +/** + * @} + */ + + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup TIM_LL_Private_Functions TIM Private Functions + * @{ + */ +static ErrorStatus OC1Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OCInitStruct); +static ErrorStatus OC2Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OCInitStruct); +static ErrorStatus OC3Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OCInitStruct); +static ErrorStatus OC4Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OCInitStruct); +static ErrorStatus IC1Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct); +static ErrorStatus IC2Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct); +static ErrorStatus IC3Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct); +static ErrorStatus IC4Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup TIM_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIM_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Set TIMx registers to their reset values. + * @param TIMx Timer instance + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: invalid TIMx instance + */ +ErrorStatus LL_TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx) +{ + ErrorStatus result = SUCCESS; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + + if (TIMx == TIM1) + { + LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_TIM1); + LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_TIM1); + } +#if defined (TIM2) + else if (TIMx == TIM2) + { + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM2); + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM2); + } +#endif +#if defined(TIM3) + else if (TIMx == TIM3) + { + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM3); + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM3); + } +#endif +#if defined(TIM5) + else if (TIMx == TIM5) + { + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM5); + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM5); + } +#endif +#if defined (TIM6) + else if (TIMx == TIM6) + { + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM6); + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM6); + } +#endif +#if defined (TIM7) + else if (TIMx == TIM7) + { + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM7); + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM7); + } +#endif +#if defined(TIM8) + else if (TIMx == TIM8) + { + LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM8); + LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM8); + } +#endif +#if defined (TIM14) + else if (TIMx == TIM14) + { + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM14); + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_TIM14); + } +#endif +#if defined (TIM15) + else if (TIMx == TIM15) + { + LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_TIM15); + LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_TIM15); + } +#endif +#if defined (TIM16) + else if (TIMx == TIM16) + { + LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_TIM16); + LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_TIM16); + } +#endif +#if defined(TIM17) + else if (TIMx == TIM17) + { + LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_TIM17); + LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_TIM17); + } +#endif + else + { + result = ERROR; + } + + return result; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the fields of the time base unit configuration data structure + * to their default values. + * @param TIM_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_InitTypeDef structure (time base unit configuration data structure) + * @retval None + */ +void LL_TIM_StructInit(LL_TIM_InitTypeDef *TIM_InitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_InitStruct->Prescaler = (uint16_t)0x0000U; + TIM_InitStruct->CounterMode = LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP; + TIM_InitStruct->Autoreload = 0xFFFFFFFFU; + TIM_InitStruct->ClockDivision = LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV1; + TIM_InitStruct->RepetitionCounter = (uint8_t)0x00U; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIMx time base unit. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param TIM_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_InitTypeDef structure (TIMx time base unit configuration data structure) + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +ErrorStatus LL_TIM_Init(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_InitTypeDef *TIM_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr1 = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_COUNTERMODE(TIM_InitStruct->CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION(TIM_InitStruct->ClockDivision)); + + tmpcr1 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CR1); + + if (IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Select the Counter Mode */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpcr1, (TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS), TIM_InitStruct->CounterMode); + } + + if (IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Set the clock division */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpcr1, TIM_CR1_CKD, TIM_InitStruct->ClockDivision); + } + + /* Write to TIMx CR1 */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CR1, tmpcr1); + + /* Set the Autoreload value */ + LL_TIM_SetAutoReload(TIMx, TIM_InitStruct->Autoreload); + + /* Set the Prescaler value */ + LL_TIM_SetPrescaler(TIMx, TIM_InitStruct->Prescaler); + + if (IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + /* Set the Repetition Counter value */ + LL_TIM_SetRepetitionCounter(TIMx, TIM_InitStruct->RepetitionCounter); + } + + /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler + and the repetition counter value (if applicable) immediately */ + LL_TIM_GenerateEvent_UPDATE(TIMx); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the fields of the TIMx output channel configuration data + * structure to their default values. + * @param TIM_OC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef structure (the output channel configuration data structure) + * @retval None + */ +void LL_TIM_OC_StructInit(LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OC_InitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_OC_InitStruct->OCMode = LL_TIM_OCMODE_FROZEN; + TIM_OC_InitStruct->OCState = LL_TIM_OCSTATE_DISABLE; + TIM_OC_InitStruct->OCNState = LL_TIM_OCSTATE_DISABLE; + TIM_OC_InitStruct->CompareValue = 0x00000000U; + TIM_OC_InitStruct->OCPolarity = LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH; + TIM_OC_InitStruct->OCNPolarity = LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH; + TIM_OC_InitStruct->OCIdleState = LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE_LOW; + TIM_OC_InitStruct->OCNIdleState = LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE_LOW; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIMx output channel. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param Channel This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH1 + * @arg @ref LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH2 + * @arg @ref LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH3 + * @arg @ref LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH4 + * @param TIM_OC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef structure (TIMx output channel configuration data structure) + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx output channel is initialized + * - ERROR: TIMx output channel is not initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_TIM_OC_Init(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OC_InitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus result = ERROR; + + switch (Channel) + { + case LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH1: + result = OC1Config(TIMx, TIM_OC_InitStruct); + break; + case LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH2: + result = OC2Config(TIMx, TIM_OC_InitStruct); + break; + case LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH3: + result = OC3Config(TIMx, TIM_OC_InitStruct); + break; + case LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH4: + result = OC4Config(TIMx, TIM_OC_InitStruct); + break; + default: + break; + } + + return result; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the fields of the TIMx input channel configuration data + * structure to their default values. + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef structure (the input channel configuration data structure) + * @retval None + */ +void LL_TIM_IC_StructInit(LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity = LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING; + TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput = LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_DIRECTTI; + TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler = LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV1; + TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter = LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIMx input channel. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param Channel This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH1 + * @arg @ref LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH2 + * @arg @ref LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH3 + * @arg @ref LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH4 + * @param TIM_IC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef structure (TIMx input channel configuration data structure) + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx output channel is initialized + * - ERROR: TIMx output channel is not initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_TIM_IC_Init(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_IC_InitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus result = ERROR; + + switch (Channel) + { + case LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH1: + result = IC1Config(TIMx, TIM_IC_InitStruct); + break; + case LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH2: + result = IC2Config(TIMx, TIM_IC_InitStruct); + break; + case LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH3: + result = IC3Config(TIMx, TIM_IC_InitStruct); + break; + case LL_TIM_CHANNEL_CH4: + result = IC4Config(TIMx, TIM_IC_InitStruct); + break; + default: + break; + } + + return result; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each TIM_EncoderInitStruct field with its default value + * @param TIM_EncoderInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef structure (encoder interface configuration data structure) + * @retval None + */ +void LL_TIM_ENCODER_StructInit(LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef *TIM_EncoderInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_EncoderInitStruct->EncoderMode = LL_TIM_ENCODERMODE_X2_TI1; + TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Polarity = LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING; + TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1ActiveInput = LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_DIRECTTI; + TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Prescaler = LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV1; + TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Filter = LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1; + TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Polarity = LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING; + TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2ActiveInput = LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_DIRECTTI; + TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Prescaler = LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV1; + TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Filter = LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the encoder interface of the timer instance. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param TIM_EncoderInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef structure (TIMx encoder interface configuration data structure) + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +ErrorStatus LL_TIM_ENCODER_Init(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_ENCODER_InitTypeDef *TIM_EncoderInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ENCODERMODE(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->EncoderMode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_ENCODER(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1ActiveInput)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ICPSC(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Filter)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_ENCODER(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2ActiveInput)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ICPSC(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Filter)); + + /* Disable the CC1 and CC2: Reset the CC1E and CC2E Bits */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC1E | TIM_CCER_CC2E); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCMR1); + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCER); + + /* Configure TI1 */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1ActiveInput >> 16U); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Filter >> 16U); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Prescaler >> 16U); + + /* Configure TI2 */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCMR1_CC2S | TIM_CCMR1_IC2F | TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2ActiveInput >> 8U); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Filter >> 8U); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Prescaler >> 8U); + + /* Set TI1 and TI2 polarity and enable TI1 and TI2 */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP | TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC1Polarity); + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)(TIM_EncoderInitStruct->IC2Polarity << 4U); + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)(TIM_CCER_CC1E | TIM_CCER_CC2E); + + /* Set encoder mode */ + LL_TIM_SetEncoderMode(TIMx, TIM_EncoderInitStruct->EncoderMode); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCMR1, tmpccmr1); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCER, tmpccer); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the fields of the TIMx Hall sensor interface configuration data + * structure to their default values. + * @param TIM_HallSensorInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_InitTypeDef structure (HALL sensor interface configuration data structure) + * @retval None + */ +void LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_StructInit(LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_InitTypeDef *TIM_HallSensorInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Polarity = LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_RISING; + TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Prescaler = LL_TIM_ICPSC_DIV1; + TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Filter = LL_TIM_IC_FILTER_FDIV1; + TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->CommutationDelay = 0U; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the Hall sensor interface of the timer instance. + * @note TIMx CH1, CH2 and CH3 inputs connected through a XOR + * to the TI1 input channel + * @note TIMx slave mode controller is configured in reset mode. + Selected internal trigger is TI1F_ED. + * @note Channel 1 is configured as input, IC1 is mapped on TRC. + * @note Captured value stored in TIMx_CCR1 correspond to the time elapsed + * between 2 changes on the inputs. It gives information about motor speed. + * @note Channel 2 is configured in output PWM 2 mode. + * @note Compare value stored in TIMx_CCR2 corresponds to the commutation delay. + * @note OC2REF is selected as trigger output on TRGO. + * @note LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_BOTHEDGE must not be used for TI1 when it is used + * when TIMx operates in Hall sensor interface mode. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param TIM_HallSensorInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_InitTypeDef structure (TIMx HALL sensor interface configuration data structure) + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +ErrorStatus LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_Init(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_HALLSENSOR_InitTypeDef *TIM_HallSensorInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_HALL_SENSOR_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY_ENCODER(TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ICPSC(TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Prescaler)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Filter)); + + /* Disable the CC1 and CC2: Reset the CC1E and CC2E Bits */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC1E | TIM_CCER_CC2E); + + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CR2); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCMR1); + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCER); + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, SMCR); + + /* Connect TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 pins to the TI1 input */ + tmpcr2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S; + + /* OC2REF signal is used as trigger output (TRGO) */ + tmpcr2 |= LL_TIM_TRGO_OC2REF; + + /* Configure the slave mode controller */ + tmpsmcr &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_SMCR_TS | TIM_SMCR_SMS); + tmpsmcr |= LL_TIM_TS_TI1F_ED; + tmpsmcr |= LL_TIM_SLAVEMODE_RESET; + + /* Configure input channel 1 */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT_TRC >> 16U); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Filter >> 16U); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Prescaler >> 16U); + + /* Configure input channel 2 */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCMR1_OC2M | TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE | TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE | TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint32_t)(LL_TIM_OCMODE_PWM2 << 8U); + + /* Set Channel 1 polarity and enable Channel 1 and Channel2 */ + tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP | TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)(TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->IC1Polarity); + tmpccer |= (uint32_t)(TIM_CCER_CC1E | TIM_CCER_CC2E); + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CR2, tmpcr2); + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, SMCR, tmpsmcr); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCMR1, tmpccmr1); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCER, tmpccer); + + /* Write to TIMx CCR2 */ + LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH2(TIMx, TIM_HallSensorInitStruct->CommutationDelay); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the fields of the Break and Dead Time configuration data structure + * to their default values. + * @param TIM_BDTRInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef structure (Break and Dead Time configuration data structure) + * @retval None + */ +void LL_TIM_BDTR_StructInit(LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef *TIM_BDTRInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->OSSRState = LL_TIM_OSSR_DISABLE; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->OSSIState = LL_TIM_OSSI_DISABLE; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->LockLevel = LL_TIM_LOCKLEVEL_OFF; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->DeadTime = (uint8_t)0x00U; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->BreakState = LL_TIM_BREAK_DISABLE; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->BreakPolarity = LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY_LOW; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->AutomaticOutput = LL_TIM_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_DISABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the Break and Dead Time feature of the timer instance. + * @note As the bits AOE, BKP, BKE, OSSR, OSSI and DTG[7:0] can be write-locked + * depending on the LOCK configuration, it can be necessary to configure all of + * them during the first write access to the TIMx_BDTR register. + * @note Macro @ref IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx) can be used to check whether or not + * a timer instance provides a break input. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param TIM_BDTRInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef structure(Break and Dead Time configuration data structure) + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: Break and Dead Time is initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +ErrorStatus LL_TIM_BDTR_Init(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_BDTR_InitTypeDef *TIM_BDTRInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpbdtr = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OSSR_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->OSSRState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OSSI_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->OSSIState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->LockLevel)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_BREAK_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->BreakState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->BreakPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->AutomaticOutput)); + + /* Set the Lock level, the Break enable Bit and the Polarity, the OSSR State, + the OSSI State, the dead time value and the Automatic Output Enable Bit */ + + /* Set the BDTR bits */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_DTG, TIM_BDTRInitStruct->DeadTime); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_LOCK, TIM_BDTRInitStruct->LockLevel); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_OSSI, TIM_BDTRInitStruct->OSSIState); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_OSSR, TIM_BDTRInitStruct->OSSRState); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_BKE, TIM_BDTRInitStruct->BreakState); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_BKP, TIM_BDTRInitStruct->BreakPolarity); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_AOE, TIM_BDTRInitStruct->AutomaticOutput); + MODIFY_REG(tmpbdtr, TIM_BDTR_MOE, TIM_BDTRInitStruct->AutomaticOutput); + + /* Set TIMx_BDTR */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, BDTR, tmpbdtr); + + return SUCCESS; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup TIM_LL_Private_Functions TIM Private Functions + * @brief Private functions + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Configure the TIMx output channel 1. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct pointer to the the TIMx output channel 1 configuration data structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +static ErrorStatus OC1Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCMODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(TIMx->CCER, TIM_CCER_CC1E); + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCER); + + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CR2); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCMR1); + + /* Reset Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(tmpccmr1, TIM_CCMR1_CC1S); + + /* Set the Output Compare Mode */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccmr1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1M, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCMode); + + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC1P, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCPolarity); + + /* Set the Output State */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC1E, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCState); + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCIdleState)); + + /* Set the complementary output Polarity */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC1NP, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNPolarity << 2U); + + /* Set the complementary output State */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC1NE, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNState << 2U); + + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpcr2, TIM_CR2_OIS1, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCIdleState); + + /* Set the complementary output Idle state */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpcr2, TIM_CR2_OIS1N, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNIdleState << 1U); + } + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CR2, tmpcr2); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCMR1, tmpccmr1); + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH1(TIMx, TIM_OCInitStruct->CompareValue); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCER, tmpccer); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIMx output channel 2. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct pointer to the the TIMx output channel 2 configuration data structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +static ErrorStatus OC2Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCMODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(TIMx->CCER, TIM_CCER_CC2E); + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCER); + + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CR2); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCMR1); + + /* Reset Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(tmpccmr1, TIM_CCMR1_CC2S); + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccmr1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2M, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCMode << 8U); + + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC2P, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCPolarity << 4U); + + /* Set the Output State */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC2E, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCState << 4U); + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCIdleState)); + + /* Set the complementary output Polarity */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC2NP, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNPolarity << 6U); + + /* Set the complementary output State */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC2NE, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNState << 6U); + + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpcr2, TIM_CR2_OIS2, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCIdleState << 2U); + + /* Set the complementary output Idle state */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpcr2, TIM_CR2_OIS2N, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNIdleState << 3U); + } + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CR2, tmpcr2); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCMR1, tmpccmr1); + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH2(TIMx, TIM_OCInitStruct->CompareValue); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCER, tmpccer); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIMx output channel 3. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct pointer to the the TIMx output channel 3 configuration data structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +static ErrorStatus OC3Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCMODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNPolarity)); + + /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(TIMx->CCER, TIM_CCER_CC3E); + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCER); + + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CR2); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmr2 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCMR2); + + /* Reset Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(tmpccmr2, TIM_CCMR2_CC3S); + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccmr2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3M, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCMode); + + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC3P, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCPolarity << 8U); + + /* Set the Output State */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC3E, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCState << 8U); + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCIdleState)); + + /* Set the complementary output Polarity */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC3NP, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNPolarity << 10U); + + /* Set the complementary output State */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC3NE, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNState << 10U); + + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpcr2, TIM_CR2_OIS3, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCIdleState << 4U); + + /* Set the complementary output Idle state */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpcr2, TIM_CR2_OIS3N, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNIdleState << 5U); + } + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CR2, tmpcr2); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCMR2, tmpccmr2); + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH3(TIMx, TIM_OCInitStruct->CompareValue); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCER, tmpccer); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIMx output channel 4. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct pointer to the the TIMx output channel 4 configuration data structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +static ErrorStatus OC4Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0U; + uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; + uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCMODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCPOLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCSTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNState)); + + /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + CLEAR_BIT(TIMx->CCER, TIM_CCER_CC4E); + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCER); + + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CR2); + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmr2 = LL_TIM_ReadReg(TIMx, CCMR2); + + /* Reset Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + CLEAR_BIT(tmpccmr2, TIM_CCMR2_CC4S); + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccmr2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4M, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCMode << 8U); + + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC4P, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCPolarity << 12U); + + /* Set the Output State */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpccer, TIM_CCER_CC4E, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCState << 12U); + + if (IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) + { + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_OCIDLESTATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->OCIdleState)); + + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + MODIFY_REG(tmpcr2, TIM_CR2_OIS4, TIM_OCInitStruct->OCIdleState << 6U); + } + + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CR2, tmpcr2); + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCMR2, tmpccmr2); + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + LL_TIM_OC_SetCompareCH4(TIMx, TIM_OCInitStruct->CompareValue); + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + LL_TIM_WriteReg(TIMx, CCER, tmpccer); + + return SUCCESS; +} + + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIMx input channel 1. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct pointer to the the TIMx input channel 1 configuration data structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +static ErrorStatus IC1Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ICPSC(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter)); + + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC1E; + + /* Select the Input and set the filter and the prescaler value */ + MODIFY_REG(TIMx->CCMR1, + (TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC), + (TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput | TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter | TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler) >> 16U); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ + MODIFY_REG(TIMx->CCER, + (TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP), + (TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity | TIM_CCER_CC1E)); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIMx input channel 2. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct pointer to the the TIMx input channel 2 configuration data structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +static ErrorStatus IC2Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ICPSC(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter)); + + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC2E; + + /* Select the Input and set the filter and the prescaler value */ + MODIFY_REG(TIMx->CCMR1, + (TIM_CCMR1_CC2S | TIM_CCMR1_IC2F | TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC), + (TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput | TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter | TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler) >> 8U); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ + MODIFY_REG(TIMx->CCER, + (TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP), + ((TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity << 4U) | TIM_CCER_CC2E)); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIMx input channel 3. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct pointer to the the TIMx input channel 3 configuration data structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +static ErrorStatus IC3Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ICPSC(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter)); + + /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC3E; + + /* Select the Input and set the filter and the prescaler value */ + MODIFY_REG(TIMx->CCMR2, + (TIM_CCMR2_CC3S | TIM_CCMR2_IC3F | TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC), + (TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput | TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter | TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler) >> 16U); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */ + MODIFY_REG(TIMx->CCER, + (TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP), + ((TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity << 8U) | TIM_CCER_CC3E)); + + return SUCCESS; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TIMx input channel 4. + * @param TIMx Timer Instance + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct pointer to the the TIMx input channel 4 configuration data structure + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: TIMx registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: not applicable + */ +static ErrorStatus IC4Config(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, LL_TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ACTIVEINPUT(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_ICPSC(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_LL_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter)); + + /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC4E; + + /* Select the Input and set the filter and the prescaler value */ + MODIFY_REG(TIMx->CCMR2, + (TIM_CCMR2_CC4S | TIM_CCMR2_IC4F | TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC), + (TIM_ICInitStruct->ICActiveInput | TIM_ICInitStruct->ICFilter | TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPrescaler) >> 8U); + + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ + MODIFY_REG(TIMx->CCER, + (TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP), + ((TIM_ICInitStruct->ICPolarity << 12U) | TIM_CCER_CC4E)); + + return SUCCESS; +} + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* TIM1 || TIM2 || TIM3 || TIM14 || TIM15 || TIM16 || TIM17 || TIM6 || TIM7 */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_usart.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_usart.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d671b293 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_usart.c @@ -0,0 +1,529 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_ll_usart.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief USART LL module driver. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER) + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_usart.h" +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_rcc.h" +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_bus.h" +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT +#include "stm32_assert.h" +#else +#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +#if defined (USART1) || defined (USART2) || defined (USART3) || defined (USART4) || defined (USART5) || defined (USART6) || defined (USART7) || defined (USART8) + +/** @addtogroup USART_LL + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup USART_LL_Private_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup USART_LL_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/* __BAUDRATE__ The maximum Baud Rate is derived from the maximum clock available + * divided by the smallest oversampling used on the USART (i.e. 8) */ +#define IS_LL_USART_BAUDRATE(__BAUDRATE__) ((__BAUDRATE__) <= 6000000U) + +/* __VALUE__ In case of oversampling by 16 and 8, BRR content must be greater than or equal to 16d. */ +#define IS_LL_USART_BRR_MIN(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 16U) + +/* __VALUE__ BRR content must be lower than or equal to 0xFFFF. */ +#define IS_LL_USART_BRR_MAX(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x0000FFFFU) + +#define IS_LL_USART_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_NONE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_RX) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX_RX)) + +#define IS_LL_USART_PARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_NONE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_EVEN) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_ODD)) + +#if defined(USART_7BITS_SUPPORT) +#define IS_LL_USART_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_7B) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_9B)) +#else +#define IS_LL_USART_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_9B)) +#endif + +#define IS_LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_8)) + +#define IS_LL_USART_LASTBITCLKOUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_NO_OUTPUT) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_OUTPUT)) + +#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPHASE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PHASE_1EDGE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PHASE_2EDGE)) + +#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPOLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_POLARITY_LOW) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_POLARITY_HIGH)) + +#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKOUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_CLOCK_ENABLE)) + +#if defined(USART_SMARTCARD_SUPPORT) +#define IS_LL_USART_STOPBITS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_0_5) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_1) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_1_5) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_2)) +#else +#define IS_LL_USART_STOPBITS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_1) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_2)) +#endif + +#define IS_LL_USART_HWCONTROL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_NONE) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_CTS) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS_CTS)) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup USART_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup USART_LL_EF_Init + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief De-initialize USART registers (Registers restored to their default values). + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: USART registers are de-initialized + * - ERROR: USART registers are not de-initialized + */ +ErrorStatus LL_USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef *USARTx) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx)); + + if (USARTx == USART1) + { + /* Force reset of USART clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_USART1); + + /* Release reset of USART clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_USART1); + } +#if defined(USART2) + else if (USARTx == USART2) + { + /* Force reset of USART clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART2); + + /* Release reset of USART clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART2); + } +#endif /* USART2 */ +#if defined(USART3) + else if (USARTx == USART3) + { + /* Force reset of USART clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART3); + + /* Release reset of USART clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART3); + } +#endif /* USART3 */ +#if defined(USART4) + else if (USARTx == USART4) + { + /* Force reset of USART clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART4); + + /* Release reset of USART clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART4); + } +#endif /* USART4 */ +#if defined(USART5) + else if (USARTx == USART5) + { + /* Force reset of USART clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART5); + + /* Release reset of USART clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART5); + } +#endif /* USART5 */ +#if defined(USART6) + else if (USARTx == USART6) + { + /* Force reset of USART clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_USART6); + + /* Release reset of USART clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_USART6); + } +#endif /* USART6 */ +#if defined(USART7) + else if (USARTx == USART7) + { + /* Force reset of USART clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_USART7); + + /* Release reset of USART clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_USART7); + } +#endif /* USART7 */ +#if defined(USART8) + else if (USARTx == USART8) + { + /* Force reset of USART clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_USART8); + + /* Release reset of USART clock */ + LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_USART8); + } +#endif /* USART8 */ + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + + return (status); +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize USART registers according to the specified + * parameters in USART_InitStruct. + * @note As some bits in USART configuration registers can only be written when the USART is disabled (USART_CR1_UE bit =0), + * USART IP should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned. + * @note Baud rate value stored in USART_InitStruct BaudRate field, should be valid (different from 0). + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @param USART_InitStruct pointer to a LL_USART_InitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified USART peripheral. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: USART registers are initialized according to USART_InitStruct content + * - ERROR: Problem occurred during USART Registers initialization + */ +ErrorStatus LL_USART_Init(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, LL_USART_InitTypeDef *USART_InitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + uint32_t periphclk = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO; +#if defined(STM32F030x8) || defined(STM32F030xC) || defined(STM32F042x6) || defined(STM32F048xx) || defined(STM32F051x8) || defined(STM32F058xx) || defined(STM32F070x6) || defined(STM32F070xB) || defined(STM32F071xB) || defined(STM32F072xB) || defined(STM32F078xx) || defined(STM32F091xC) || defined(STM32F098xx) + LL_RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_Clocks; +#endif + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_USART_BAUDRATE(USART_InitStruct->BaudRate)); + assert_param(IS_LL_USART_DATAWIDTH(USART_InitStruct->DataWidth)); + assert_param(IS_LL_USART_STOPBITS(USART_InitStruct->StopBits)); + assert_param(IS_LL_USART_PARITY(USART_InitStruct->Parity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_USART_DIRECTION(USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection)); + assert_param(IS_LL_USART_HWCONTROL(USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl)); + assert_param(IS_LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING(USART_InitStruct->OverSampling)); + + /* USART needs to be in disabled state, in order to be able to configure some bits in + CRx registers */ + if (LL_USART_IsEnabled(USARTx) == 0U) + { + /*---------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration --------------------- + * Configure USARTx CR1 (USART Word Length, Parity, Mode and Oversampling bits) with parameters: + * - DataWidth: USART_CR1_M bits according to USART_InitStruct->DataWidth value + * - Parity: USART_CR1_PCE, USART_CR1_PS bits according to USART_InitStruct->Parity value + * - TransferDirection: USART_CR1_TE, USART_CR1_RE bits according to USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection value + * - Oversampling: USART_CR1_OVER8 bit according to USART_InitStruct->OverSampling value. + */ + MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR1, + (USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | + USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8), + (USART_InitStruct->DataWidth | USART_InitStruct->Parity | + USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection | USART_InitStruct->OverSampling)); + + /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration --------------------- + * Configure USARTx CR2 (Stop bits) with parameters: + * - Stop Bits: USART_CR2_STOP bits according to USART_InitStruct->StopBits value. + * - CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA and LBCL bits are to be configured using LL_USART_ClockInit(). + */ + LL_USART_SetStopBitsLength(USARTx, USART_InitStruct->StopBits); + + /*---------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration --------------------- + * Configure USARTx CR3 (Hardware Flow Control) with parameters: + * - HardwareFlowControl: USART_CR3_RTSE, USART_CR3_CTSE bits according to USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl value. + */ + LL_USART_SetHWFlowCtrl(USARTx, USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl); + + /*---------------------------- USART BRR Configuration --------------------- + * Retrieve Clock frequency used for USART Peripheral + */ + if (USARTx == USART1) + { + periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE); + } +#if defined(USART2) + else if (USARTx == USART2) + { +#if defined (RCC_CFGR3_USART2SW) + periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE); +#else + /* USART2 clock is PCLK */ + LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks); + periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency; +#endif + } +#endif /* USART2 */ +#if defined(USART3) + else if (USARTx == USART3) + { +#if defined (RCC_CFGR3_USART3SW) + periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE); +#else + /* USART3 clock is PCLK */ + LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks); + periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency; +#endif + } +#endif /* USART3 */ +#if defined(USART4) + else if (USARTx == USART4) + { + /* USART4 clock is PCLK */ + LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks); + periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency; + } +#endif /* USART4 */ +#if defined(USART5) + else if (USARTx == USART5) + { + /* USART5 clock is PCLK */ + LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks); + periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency; + } +#endif /* USART5 */ +#if defined(USART6) + else if (USARTx == USART6) + { + /* USART6 clock is PCLK */ + LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks); + periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency; + } +#endif /* USART6 */ +#if defined(USART7) + else if (USARTx == USART7) + { + /* USART7 clock is PCLK */ + LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks); + periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency; + } +#endif /* USART7 */ +#if defined(USART8) + else if (USARTx == USART8) + { + /* USART8 clock is PCLK */ + LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks); + periphclk = RCC_Clocks.PCLK1_Frequency; + } +#endif /* USART8 */ + else + { + /* Nothing to do, as error code is already assigned to ERROR value */ + } + + /* Configure the USART Baud Rate : + - valid baud rate value (different from 0) is required + - Peripheral clock as returned by RCC service, should be valid (different from 0). + */ + if ((periphclk != LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO) + && (USART_InitStruct->BaudRate != 0U)) + { + status = SUCCESS; + LL_USART_SetBaudRate(USARTx, + periphclk, + USART_InitStruct->OverSampling, + USART_InitStruct->BaudRate); + + /* Check BRR is greater than or equal to 16d */ + assert_param(IS_LL_USART_BRR_MIN(USARTx->BRR)); + + /* Check BRR is greater than or equal to 16d */ + assert_param(IS_LL_USART_BRR_MAX(USARTx->BRR)); + } + } + /* Endif (=> USART not in Disabled state => return ERROR) */ + + return (status); +} + +/** + * @brief Set each @ref LL_USART_InitTypeDef field to default value. + * @param USART_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_USART_InitTypeDef structure + * whose fields will be set to default values. + * @retval None + */ + +void LL_USART_StructInit(LL_USART_InitTypeDef *USART_InitStruct) +{ + /* Set USART_InitStruct fields to default values */ + USART_InitStruct->BaudRate = 9600U; + USART_InitStruct->DataWidth = LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B; + USART_InitStruct->StopBits = LL_USART_STOPBITS_1; + USART_InitStruct->Parity = LL_USART_PARITY_NONE ; + USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection = LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX_RX; + USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl = LL_USART_HWCONTROL_NONE; + USART_InitStruct->OverSampling = LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16; +} + +/** + * @brief Initialize USART Clock related settings according to the + * specified parameters in the USART_ClockInitStruct. + * @note As some bits in USART configuration registers can only be written when the USART is disabled (USART_CR1_UE bit =0), + * USART IP should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned. + * @param USARTx USART Instance + * @param USART_ClockInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the Clock configuration information for the specified USART peripheral. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: USART registers related to Clock settings are initialized according to USART_ClockInitStruct content + * - ERROR: Problem occurred during USART Registers initialization + */ +ErrorStatus LL_USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef *USART_ClockInitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + /* Check USART Instance and Clock signal output parameters */ + assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKOUTPUT(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput)); + + /* USART needs to be in disabled state, in order to be able to configure some bits in + CRx registers */ + if (LL_USART_IsEnabled(USARTx) == 0U) + { + /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* If Clock signal has to be output */ + if (USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput == LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE) + { + /* Deactivate Clock signal delivery : + * - Disable Clock Output: USART_CR2_CLKEN cleared + */ + LL_USART_DisableSCLKOutput(USARTx); + } + else + { + /* Ensure USART instance is USART capable */ + assert_param(IS_USART_INSTANCE(USARTx)); + + /* Check clock related parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPOLARITY(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPHASE(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase)); + assert_param(IS_LL_USART_LASTBITCLKOUTPUT(USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse)); + + /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration ----------------------- + * Configure USARTx CR2 (Clock signal related bits) with parameters: + * - Enable Clock Output: USART_CR2_CLKEN set + * - Clock Polarity: USART_CR2_CPOL bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity value + * - Clock Phase: USART_CR2_CPHA bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase value + * - Last Bit Clock Pulse Output: USART_CR2_LBCL bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse value. + */ + MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR2, + USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_CPOL | USART_CR2_LBCL, + USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity | + USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase | USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse); + } + } + /* Else (USART not in Disabled state => return ERROR */ + else + { + status = ERROR; + } + + return (status); +} + +/** + * @brief Set each field of a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef type structure to default value. + * @param USART_ClockInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure + * whose fields will be set to default values. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_USART_ClockStructInit(LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef *USART_ClockInitStruct) +{ + /* Set LL_USART_ClockInitStruct fields with default values */ + USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE; + USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity = LL_USART_POLARITY_LOW; /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */ + USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase = LL_USART_PHASE_1EDGE; /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */ + USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse = LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_NO_OUTPUT; /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */ +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USART1 || USART2|| USART3 || USART4 || USART5 || USART6 || USART7 || USART8 */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ + diff --git a/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_utils.c b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_utils.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..836204a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/hal-stm32f0/source/stm32f0xx_ll_utils.c @@ -0,0 +1,620 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f0xx_ll_utils.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @brief UTILS LL module driver. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, + * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors + * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + * without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + ****************************************************************************** + */ +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_rcc.h" +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_utils.h" +#include "stm32f0xx_ll_system.h" +#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT +#include "stm32_assert.h" +#else +#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U) +#endif + +/** @addtogroup STM32F0xx_LL_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL + * @{ + */ + +/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Constants + * @{ + */ + +/* Defines used for PLL range */ +#define UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MIN 16000000U /*!< Frequency min for PLL output, in Hz */ +#define UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MAX 48000000U /*!< Frequency max for PLL output, in Hz */ + +/* Defines used for HSE range */ +#define UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MIN 4000000U /*!< Frequency min for HSE frequency, in Hz */ +#define UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MAX 32000000U /*!< Frequency max for HSE frequency, in Hz */ + +/* Defines used for FLASH latency according to SYSCLK Frequency */ +#define UTILS_LATENCY1_FREQ 24000000U /*!< SYSCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 1 */ +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ +#define IS_LL_UTILS_SYSCLK_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_1) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_2) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_4) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_8) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_16) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_64) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_128) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_256) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_512)) + +#define IS_LL_UTILS_APB1_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_1) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_2) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_4) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_8) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_16)) + +#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLMUL_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_2) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_3) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_4) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_5) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_6) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_7) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_8) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_9) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_10) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_11) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_12) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_13) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_14) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_15) \ + || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLL_MUL_16)) + +#define IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_1) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_2) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_3) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_4) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_5) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_6) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_7) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_8) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_9) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_10) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_11) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_12) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_13) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_14) || \ + ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_15) || ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_16)) + +#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLL_FREQUENCY(__VALUE__) ((UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MIN <= (__VALUE__)) && ((__VALUE__) <= UTILS_PLL_OUTPUT_MAX)) + + +#define IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_BYPASS(__STATE__) (((__STATE__) == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON) \ + || ((__STATE__) == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_OFF)) + +#define IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY(__FREQUENCY__) (((__FREQUENCY__) >= UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MIN) && ((__FREQUENCY__) <= UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MAX)) +/** + * @} + */ +/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ +/** @defgroup UTILS_LL_Private_Functions UTILS Private functions + * @{ + */ +static uint32_t UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(uint32_t PLL_InputFrequency, + LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct); +#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) +static ErrorStatus UTILS_SetFlashLatency(uint32_t Frequency); +#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */ +static ErrorStatus UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct); +static ErrorStatus UTILS_PLL_IsBusy(void); +/** + * @} + */ + +/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ +/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Exported_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_EF_DELAY + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief This function configures the Cortex-M SysTick source to have 1ms time base. + * @note When a RTOS is used, it is recommended to avoid changing the Systick + * configuration by calling this function, for a delay use rather osDelay RTOS service. + * @param HCLKFrequency HCLK frequency in Hz + * @note HCLK frequency can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro or function @ref LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq + * @retval None + */ +void LL_Init1msTick(uint32_t HCLKFrequency) +{ + /* Use frequency provided in argument */ + LL_InitTick(HCLKFrequency, 1000U); +} + +/** + * @brief This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based + * on SysTick counter flag + * @note When a RTOS is used, it is recommended to avoid using blocking delay + * and use rather osDelay service. + * @note To respect 1ms timebase, user should call @ref LL_Init1msTick function which + * will configure Systick to 1ms + * @param Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds. + * @retval None + */ +void LL_mDelay(uint32_t Delay) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = SysTick->CTRL; /* Clear the COUNTFLAG first */ + /* Add this code to indicate that local variable is not used */ + ((void)tmp); + + /* Add a period to guaranty minimum wait */ + if (Delay < LL_MAX_DELAY) + { + Delay++; + } + + while (Delay) + { + if ((SysTick->CTRL & SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Msk) != 0U) + { + Delay--; + } + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup UTILS_EF_SYSTEM + * @brief System Configuration functions + * + @verbatim + =============================================================================== + ##### System Configuration functions ##### + =============================================================================== + [..] + System, AHB and APB buses clocks configuration + + (+) The maximum frequency of the SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and PCLK2 is 48000000 Hz. + @endverbatim + @internal + Depending on the SYSCLK frequency, the flash latency should be adapted accordingly: + (++) +-----------------------------------------------+ + (++) | Latency | SYSCLK clock frequency (MHz) | + (++) |---------------|-------------------------------| + (++) |0WS(1CPU cycle)| 0 < SYSCLK <= 24 | + (++) |---------------|-------------------------------| + (++) |1WS(2CPU cycle)| 24 < SYSCLK <= 48 | + (++) +-----------------------------------------------+ + @endinternal + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief This function sets directly SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable. + * @note Variable can be calculated also through SystemCoreClockUpdate function. + * @param HCLKFrequency HCLK frequency in Hz (can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro) + * @retval None + */ +void LL_SetSystemCoreClock(uint32_t HCLKFrequency) +{ + /* HCLK clock frequency */ + SystemCoreClock = HCLKFrequency; +} + +/** + * @brief This function configures system clock with HSI as clock source of the PLL + * @note The application need to ensure that PLL is disabled. + * @note Function is based on the following formula: + * - PLL output frequency = ((HSI frequency / PREDIV) * PLLMUL) + * - PREDIV: Set to 2 for few devices + * - PLLMUL: The application software must set correctly the PLL multiplication factor to + * be in the range 16-48MHz + * @note FLASH latency can be modified through this function. + * @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the PLL. + * @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the BUS prescalers. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done + * - ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done + */ +ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSI(LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct, + LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + uint32_t pllfreq = 0U; + + /* Check if one of the PLL is enabled */ + if (UTILS_PLL_IsBusy() == SUCCESS) + { +#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT) + /* Check PREDIV value */ + assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv)); +#else + /* Force PREDIV value to 2 */ + UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv = LL_RCC_PREDIV_DIV_2; +#endif /*RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT*/ + /* Calculate the new PLL output frequency */ + pllfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(HSI_VALUE, UTILS_PLLInitStruct); + + /* Enable HSI if not enabled */ + if (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady() != 1U) + { + LL_RCC_HSI_Enable(); + while (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady() != 1U) + { + /* Wait for HSI ready */ + } + } + + /* Configure PLL */ +#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT) + LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS(LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv); +#else + LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS(LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI_DIV_2, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul); +#endif /*RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT*/ + + /* Enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL */ + status = UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(pllfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct); + } + else + { + /* Current PLL configuration cannot be modified */ + status = ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +#if defined(RCC_CFGR_SW_HSI48) +/** + * @brief This function configures system clock with HSI48 as clock source of the PLL + * @note The application need to ensure that PLL is disabled. + * @note Function is based on the following formula: + * - PLL output frequency = ((HSI48 frequency / PREDIV) * PLLMUL) + * - PLLMUL: The application software must set correctly the PLL multiplication factor to + * be in the range 16-48MHz + * @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the PLL. + * @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the BUS prescalers. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done + * - ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done + */ +ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSI48(LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct, + LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + uint32_t pllfreq = 0U; + + /* Check if one of the PLL is enabled */ + if (UTILS_PLL_IsBusy() == SUCCESS) + { + /* Check PREDIV value */ + assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv)); + + /* Calculate the new PLL output frequency */ + pllfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(HSI48_VALUE, UTILS_PLLInitStruct); + + /* Enable HSI48 if not enabled */ + if (LL_RCC_HSI48_IsReady() != 1U) + { + LL_RCC_HSI48_Enable(); + while (LL_RCC_HSI48_IsReady() != 1U) + { + /* Wait for HSI48 ready */ + } + } + + /* Configure PLL */ + LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS(LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI48, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv); + + /* Enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL */ + status = UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(pllfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct); + } + else + { + /* Current PLL configuration cannot be modified */ + status = ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +#endif /*RCC_CFGR_SW_HSI48*/ +/** + * @brief This function configures system clock with HSE as clock source of the PLL + * @note The application need to ensure that PLL is disabled. + * @note Function is based on the following formula: + * - PLL output frequency = ((HSE frequency / PREDIV) * PLLMUL) + * - PLLMUL: The application software must set correctly the PLL multiplication factor to + * be in the range 16-48MHz + * @note FLASH latency can be modified through this function. + * @param HSEFrequency Value between Min_Data = 4000000 and Max_Data = 32000000 + * @param HSEBypass This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg @ref LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON + * @arg @ref LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_OFF + * @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the PLL. + * @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the BUS prescalers. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done + * - ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done + */ +ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSE(uint32_t HSEFrequency, uint32_t HSEBypass, + LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + uint32_t pllfreq = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY(HSEFrequency)); + assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_BYPASS(HSEBypass)); + + /* Check if one of the PLL is enabled */ + if (UTILS_PLL_IsBusy() == SUCCESS) + { + /* Check PREDIV value */ +#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT) + assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv)); +#else + assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PREDIV_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv)); +#endif /*RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT*/ + + /* Calculate the new PLL output frequency */ + pllfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(HSEFrequency, UTILS_PLLInitStruct); + + /* Enable HSE if not enabled */ + if (LL_RCC_HSE_IsReady() != 1U) + { + /* Check if need to enable HSE bypass feature or not */ + if (HSEBypass == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON) + { + LL_RCC_HSE_EnableBypass(); + } + else + { + LL_RCC_HSE_DisableBypass(); + } + + /* Enable HSE */ + LL_RCC_HSE_Enable(); + while (LL_RCC_HSE_IsReady() != 1U) + { + /* Wait for HSE ready */ + } + } + + /* Configure PLL */ +#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT) + LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS(LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv); +#else + LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS((RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC_HSE_PREDIV | UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv), UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul); +#endif /*RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT*/ + + /* Enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL */ + status = UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(pllfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct); + } + else + { + /* Current PLL configuration cannot be modified */ + status = ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ +/** + * @brief Update number of Flash wait states in line with new frequency and current + voltage range. + * @param Frequency SYSCLK frequency + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: Latency has been modified + * - ERROR: Latency cannot be modified + */ +#if defined(FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) +static ErrorStatus UTILS_SetFlashLatency(uint32_t Frequency) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + uint32_t latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0; /* default value 0WS */ + + /* Frequency cannot be equal to 0 */ + if (Frequency == 0U) + { + status = ERROR; + } + else + { + if (Frequency > UTILS_LATENCY1_FREQ) + { + /* 24 < SYSCLK <= 48 => 1WS (2 CPU cycles) */ + latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_1; + } + /* else SYSCLK < 24MHz default LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0 0WS */ + + LL_FLASH_SetLatency(latency); + + /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash + memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */ + if (LL_FLASH_GetLatency() != latency) + { + status = ERROR; + } + } + return status; +} +#endif /* FLASH_ACR_LATENCY */ + +/** + * @brief Function to check that PLL can be modified + * @param PLL_InputFrequency PLL input frequency (in Hz) + * @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the PLL. + * @retval PLL output frequency (in Hz) + */ +static uint32_t UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(uint32_t PLL_InputFrequency, LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t pllfreq = 0U; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLLMUL_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul)); + + /* Check different PLL parameters according to RM */ + /* The application software must set correctly the PLL multiplication factor to + be in the range 16-48MHz */ +#if defined(RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT) + pllfreq = __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ(PLL_InputFrequency, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLDiv); +#else + pllfreq = __LL_RCC_CALC_PLLCLK_FREQ(PLL_InputFrequency / (UTILS_PLLInitStruct->Prediv + 1U), UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLMul); +#endif /*RCC_PLLSRC_PREDIV1_SUPPORT*/ + assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLL_FREQUENCY(pllfreq)); + + return pllfreq; +} + +/** + * @brief Function to check that PLL can be modified + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: PLL modification can be done + * - ERROR: PLL is busy + */ +static ErrorStatus UTILS_PLL_IsBusy(void) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + + /* Check if PLL is busy*/ + if (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady() != 0U) + { + /* PLL configuration cannot be modified */ + status = ERROR; + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Function to enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL + * @param SYSCLK_Frequency SYSCLK frequency + * @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the BUS prescalers. + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: No problem to switch system to PLL + * - ERROR: Problem to switch system to PLL + */ +static ErrorStatus UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct) +{ + ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS; + uint32_t sysclk_frequency_current = 0U; + + assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_SYSCLK_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider)); + assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_APB1_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider)); + + /* Calculate current SYSCLK frequency */ + sysclk_frequency_current = (SystemCoreClock << AHBPrescTable[LL_RCC_GetAHBPrescaler() >> RCC_POSITION_HPRE]); + + /* Increasing the number of wait states because of higher CPU frequency */ + if (sysclk_frequency_current < SYSCLK_Frequency) + { + /* Set FLASH latency to highest latency */ + status = UTILS_SetFlashLatency(SYSCLK_Frequency); + } + + /* Update system clock configuration */ + if (status == SUCCESS) + { + /* Enable PLL */ + LL_RCC_PLL_Enable(); + while (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady() != 1U) + { + /* Wait for PLL ready */ + } + + /* Sysclk activation on the main PLL */ + LL_RCC_SetAHBPrescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider); + LL_RCC_SetSysClkSource(LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_PLL); + while (LL_RCC_GetSysClkSource() != LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLL) + { + /* Wait for system clock switch to PLL */ + } + + /* Set APB1 & APB2 prescaler*/ + LL_RCC_SetAPB1Prescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider); + } + + /* Decreasing the number of wait states because of lower CPU frequency */ + if (sysclk_frequency_current > SYSCLK_Frequency) + { + /* Set FLASH latency to lowest latency */ + status = UTILS_SetFlashLatency(SYSCLK_Frequency); + } + + /* Update SystemCoreClock variable */ + if (status == SUCCESS) + { + LL_SetSystemCoreClock(__LL_RCC_CALC_HCLK_FREQ(SYSCLK_Frequency, UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider)); + } + + return status; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ |